false2020FY0001564618--12-31us-gaap:OtherLiabilitiesus-gaap:OtherLiabilitiesP3YP1YP2YP18YP1YP3Y00015646182020-01-012020-12-31iso4217:USD00015646182020-06-30xbrli:shares00015646182021-02-25xbrli:pure0001564618srt:ParentCompanyMember2020-12-310001564618srt:ParentCompanyMember2019-12-3100015646182020-12-3100015646182019-12-3100015646182019-01-012019-12-3100015646182018-01-012018-12-31iso4217:USDxbrli:shares00015646182018-12-3100015646182017-12-310001564618us-gaap:PreferredStockMember2017-12-310001564618us-gaap:CommonStockMember2017-12-310001564618us-gaap:AdditionalPaidInCapitalMember2017-12-310001564618us-gaap:RetainedEarningsMember2017-12-310001564618us-gaap:AccumulatedOtherComprehensiveIncomeMember2017-12-310001564618us-gaap:RetainedEarningsMembersrt:CumulativeEffectPeriodOfAdoptionAdjustmentMember2017-12-310001564618us-gaap:AccumulatedOtherComprehensiveIncomeMembersrt:CumulativeEffectPeriodOfAdoptionAdjustmentMember2017-12-310001564618srt:CumulativeEffectPeriodOfAdoptionAdjustmentMember2017-12-310001564618us-gaap:PreferredStockMembersrt:CumulativeEffectPeriodOfAdoptionAdjustedBalanceMember2017-12-310001564618us-gaap:CommonStockMembersrt:CumulativeEffectPeriodOfAdoptionAdjustedBalanceMember2017-12-310001564618srt:CumulativeEffectPeriodOfAdoptionAdjustedBalanceMemberus-gaap:AdditionalPaidInCapitalMember2017-12-310001564618srt:CumulativeEffectPeriodOfAdoptionAdjustedBalanceMemberus-gaap:RetainedEarningsMember2017-12-310001564618srt:CumulativeEffectPeriodOfAdoptionAdjustedBalanceMemberus-gaap:AccumulatedOtherComprehensiveIncomeMember2017-12-310001564618srt:CumulativeEffectPeriodOfAdoptionAdjustedBalanceMember2017-12-310001564618us-gaap:RetainedEarningsMember2018-01-012018-12-310001564618us-gaap:AccumulatedOtherComprehensiveIncomeMember2018-01-012018-12-310001564618us-gaap:CommonStockMember2018-01-012018-12-310001564618us-gaap:AdditionalPaidInCapitalMember2018-01-012018-12-310001564618us-gaap:PreferredStockMember2018-12-310001564618us-gaap:CommonStockMember2018-12-310001564618us-gaap:AdditionalPaidInCapitalMember2018-12-310001564618us-gaap:RetainedEarningsMember2018-12-310001564618us-gaap:AccumulatedOtherComprehensiveIncomeMember2018-12-310001564618us-gaap:RetainedEarningsMembersrt:CumulativeEffectPeriodOfAdoptionAdjustmentMember2018-12-310001564618srt:CumulativeEffectPeriodOfAdoptionAdjustmentMember2018-12-310001564618us-gaap:PreferredStockMembersrt:CumulativeEffectPeriodOfAdoptionAdjustedBalanceMember2018-12-310001564618us-gaap:CommonStockMembersrt:CumulativeEffectPeriodOfAdoptionAdjustedBalanceMember2018-12-310001564618srt:CumulativeEffectPeriodOfAdoptionAdjustedBalanceMemberus-gaap:AdditionalPaidInCapitalMember2018-12-310001564618srt:CumulativeEffectPeriodOfAdoptionAdjustedBalanceMemberus-gaap:RetainedEarningsMember2018-12-310001564618srt:CumulativeEffectPeriodOfAdoptionAdjustedBalanceMemberus-gaap:AccumulatedOtherComprehensiveIncomeMember2018-12-310001564618srt:CumulativeEffectPeriodOfAdoptionAdjustedBalanceMember2018-12-310001564618us-gaap:RetainedEarningsMember2019-01-012019-12-310001564618us-gaap:AccumulatedOtherComprehensiveIncomeMember2019-01-012019-12-310001564618us-gaap:CommonStockMember2019-01-012019-12-310001564618us-gaap:AdditionalPaidInCapitalMember2019-01-012019-12-310001564618us-gaap:PreferredStockMember2019-12-310001564618us-gaap:CommonStockMember2019-12-310001564618us-gaap:AdditionalPaidInCapitalMember2019-12-310001564618us-gaap:RetainedEarningsMember2019-12-310001564618us-gaap:AccumulatedOtherComprehensiveIncomeMember2019-12-310001564618us-gaap:RetainedEarningsMember2020-01-012020-12-310001564618us-gaap:AccumulatedOtherComprehensiveIncomeMember2020-01-012020-12-310001564618us-gaap:CommonStockMember2020-01-012020-12-310001564618us-gaap:AdditionalPaidInCapitalMember2020-01-012020-12-310001564618us-gaap:PreferredStockMember2020-12-310001564618us-gaap:CommonStockMember2020-12-310001564618us-gaap:AdditionalPaidInCapitalMember2020-12-310001564618us-gaap:RetainedEarningsMember2020-12-310001564618us-gaap:AccumulatedOtherComprehensiveIncomeMember2020-12-31ibtx:business_trust0001564618ibtx:GuarantyBancorpMember2019-01-012019-01-01ibtx:segment0001564618srt:MinimumMember2020-01-012020-12-310001564618srt:MaximumMember2020-01-012020-12-310001564618srt:MinimumMemberus-gaap:ComputerSoftwareIntangibleAssetMember2020-01-012020-12-310001564618srt:MaximumMemberus-gaap:ComputerSoftwareIntangibleAssetMember2020-01-012020-12-310001564618us-gaap:CoreDepositsMember2020-01-012020-12-310001564618us-gaap:CustomerRelatedIntangibleAssetsMember2020-01-012020-12-310001564618srt:MinimumMembersrt:ScenarioForecastMemberus-gaap:AccountingStandardsUpdate201613Member2021-01-010001564618srt:ScenarioForecastMembersrt:MaximumMemberus-gaap:AccountingStandardsUpdate201613Member2021-01-010001564618srt:ScenarioForecastMemberus-gaap:FinancialAssetAcquiredWithCreditDeteriorationMemberus-gaap:AccountingStandardsUpdate201613Member2021-01-010001564618us-gaap:AccountingStandardsUpdate201602Member2019-01-010001564618us-gaap:RetainedEarningsMembersrt:CumulativeEffectPeriodOfAdoptionAdjustmentMemberus-gaap:AccountingStandardsUpdate201602Member2019-01-010001564618us-gaap:RetainedEarningsMemberus-gaap:AccountingStandardsUpdate201710Membersrt:CumulativeEffectPeriodOfAdoptionAdjustmentMember2019-01-010001564618us-gaap:AccumulatedOtherComprehensiveIncomeMembersrt:CumulativeEffectPeriodOfAdoptionAdjustmentMemberus-gaap:AccountingStandardsUpdate201802Member2018-01-010001564618ibtx:SaleofBranchMember2019-01-012019-12-310001564618ibtx:SaleofBranchMemberus-gaap:DisposalGroupDisposedOfBySaleNotDiscontinuedOperationsMember2019-12-310001564618ibtx:TrustBusinessSaleMember2019-01-012019-12-310001564618ibtx:TrustBusinessSaleMemberus-gaap:DisposalGroupDisposedOfBySaleNotDiscontinuedOperationsMember2019-01-012019-12-310001564618us-gaap:USTreasurySecuritiesMember2020-12-310001564618us-gaap:AgencySecuritiesMember2020-12-310001564618us-gaap:USStatesAndPoliticalSubdivisionsMember2020-12-310001564618us-gaap:CorporateBondSecuritiesMember2020-12-310001564618us-gaap:ResidentialMortgageBackedSecuritiesMember2020-12-310001564618us-gaap:OtherDebtSecuritiesMember2020-12-310001564618us-gaap:USTreasurySecuritiesMember2019-12-310001564618us-gaap:AgencySecuritiesMember2019-12-310001564618us-gaap:USStatesAndPoliticalSubdivisionsMember2019-12-310001564618us-gaap:CorporateBondSecuritiesMember2019-12-310001564618us-gaap:ResidentialMortgageBackedSecuritiesMember2019-12-310001564618us-gaap:OtherDebtSecuritiesMember2019-12-31ibtx:security0001564618us-gaap:CommercialPortfolioSegmentMember2020-12-310001564618us-gaap:CommercialPortfolioSegmentMember2019-12-310001564618ibtx:RealEstatePortfolioSegmentMemberus-gaap:CommercialRealEstateMember2020-12-310001564618ibtx:RealEstatePortfolioSegmentMemberus-gaap:CommercialRealEstateMember2019-12-310001564618ibtx:RealEstatePortfolioSegmentMemberibtx:CommercialConstructionLandandLandDevelopmentRealEstateMember2020-12-310001564618ibtx:RealEstatePortfolioSegmentMemberibtx:CommercialConstructionLandandLandDevelopmentRealEstateMember2019-12-310001564618us-gaap:ResidentialRealEstateMemberibtx:RealEstatePortfolioSegmentMember2020-12-310001564618us-gaap:ResidentialRealEstateMemberibtx:RealEstatePortfolioSegmentMember2019-12-310001564618ibtx:RealEstatePortfolioSegmentMemberibtx:SingleFamilyInterimConstructionRealEstatePortfolioSegmentMember2020-12-310001564618ibtx:RealEstatePortfolioSegmentMemberibtx:SingleFamilyInterimConstructionRealEstatePortfolioSegmentMember2019-12-310001564618ibtx:AgriculturalPortfolioSegmentMember2020-12-310001564618ibtx:AgriculturalPortfolioSegmentMember2019-12-310001564618us-gaap:ConsumerPortfolioSegmentMember2020-12-310001564618us-gaap:ConsumerPortfolioSegmentMember2019-12-310001564618ibtx:OtherPortfolioSegmentMember2020-12-310001564618ibtx:OtherPortfolioSegmentMember2019-12-310001564618ibtx:EnergyRelatedLoansMemberus-gaap:CommercialPortfolioSegmentMember2020-12-310001564618ibtx:EnergyRelatedLoansMemberus-gaap:CommercialPortfolioSegmentMember2019-12-310001564618ibtx:WarehouseLoansMembersrt:MaximumMemberus-gaap:CommercialPortfolioSegmentMember2020-01-012020-12-310001564618ibtx:WarehouseLoansMemberus-gaap:CommercialPortfolioSegmentMember2020-01-012020-12-310001564618ibtx:WarehouseLoansMemberus-gaap:CommercialPortfolioSegmentMember2020-12-310001564618ibtx:WarehouseLoansMemberus-gaap:CommercialPortfolioSegmentMember2019-12-310001564618srt:MinimumMemberibtx:SmallBusinessAdministrationSBACARESActPaycheckProtectionProgramMemberus-gaap:CommercialPortfolioSegmentMember2020-01-012020-12-310001564618ibtx:SmallBusinessAdministrationSBACARESActPaycheckProtectionProgramMembersrt:MaximumMemberus-gaap:CommercialPortfolioSegmentMember2020-01-012020-12-310001564618ibtx:SmallBusinessAdministrationSBACARESActPaycheckProtectionProgramMemberus-gaap:CommercialPortfolioSegmentMember2020-12-310001564618ibtx:LoansandLeasesNetMemberibtx:OwnerOccupiedMember2020-01-012020-12-310001564618ibtx:AgriculturalPortfolioSegmentMemberus-gaap:RealEstateLoanMember2020-12-310001564618ibtx:AgriculturalPortfolioSegmentMemberus-gaap:RealEstateLoanMember2020-01-012020-12-310001564618ibtx:AgriculturalPortfolioSegmentMemberibtx:NonRealEstateLoanMember2020-01-012020-12-310001564618us-gaap:ConsumerPortfolioSegmentMember2020-01-012020-12-310001564618ibtx:LoansandLeasesNetMemberus-gaap:GeographicConcentrationRiskMemberstpr:CO2020-01-012020-12-31ibtx:component0001564618ibtx:RealEstatePortfolioSegmentMemberibtx:CommercialRealEstateConstructionLandandLandDevelopmentMember2019-12-310001564618us-gaap:UnallocatedFinancingReceivablesMember2019-12-310001564618us-gaap:CommercialPortfolioSegmentMember2020-01-012020-12-310001564618ibtx:RealEstatePortfolioSegmentMemberibtx:CommercialRealEstateConstructionLandandLandDevelopmentMember2020-01-012020-12-310001564618us-gaap:ResidentialRealEstateMemberibtx:RealEstatePortfolioSegmentMember2020-01-012020-12-310001564618ibtx:RealEstatePortfolioSegmentMemberibtx:SingleFamilyInterimConstructionRealEstatePortfolioSegmentMember2020-01-012020-12-310001564618ibtx:AgriculturalPortfolioSegmentMember2020-01-012020-12-310001564618ibtx:OtherPortfolioSegmentMember2020-01-012020-12-310001564618us-gaap:UnallocatedFinancingReceivablesMember2020-01-012020-12-310001564618ibtx:RealEstatePortfolioSegmentMemberibtx:CommercialRealEstateConstructionLandandLandDevelopmentMember2020-12-310001564618us-gaap:UnallocatedFinancingReceivablesMember2020-12-310001564618us-gaap:CommercialPortfolioSegmentMember2018-12-310001564618ibtx:RealEstatePortfolioSegmentMemberibtx:CommercialRealEstateConstructionLandandLandDevelopmentMember2018-12-310001564618us-gaap:ResidentialRealEstateMemberibtx:RealEstatePortfolioSegmentMember2018-12-310001564618ibtx:RealEstatePortfolioSegmentMemberibtx:SingleFamilyInterimConstructionRealEstatePortfolioSegmentMember2018-12-310001564618ibtx:AgriculturalPortfolioSegmentMember2018-12-310001564618us-gaap:ConsumerPortfolioSegmentMember2018-12-310001564618ibtx:OtherPortfolioSegmentMember2018-12-310001564618us-gaap:UnallocatedFinancingReceivablesMember2018-12-310001564618us-gaap:CommercialPortfolioSegmentMember2019-01-012019-12-310001564618ibtx:RealEstatePortfolioSegmentMemberibtx:CommercialRealEstateConstructionLandandLandDevelopmentMember2019-01-012019-12-310001564618us-gaap:ResidentialRealEstateMemberibtx:RealEstatePortfolioSegmentMember2019-01-012019-12-310001564618ibtx:RealEstatePortfolioSegmentMemberibtx:SingleFamilyInterimConstructionRealEstatePortfolioSegmentMember2019-01-012019-12-310001564618ibtx:AgriculturalPortfolioSegmentMember2019-01-012019-12-310001564618us-gaap:ConsumerPortfolioSegmentMember2019-01-012019-12-310001564618ibtx:OtherPortfolioSegmentMember2019-01-012019-12-310001564618us-gaap:UnallocatedFinancingReceivablesMember2019-01-012019-12-310001564618us-gaap:CommercialPortfolioSegmentMember2017-12-310001564618ibtx:RealEstatePortfolioSegmentMemberibtx:CommercialRealEstateConstructionLandandLandDevelopmentMember2017-12-310001564618us-gaap:ResidentialRealEstateMemberibtx:RealEstatePortfolioSegmentMember2017-12-310001564618ibtx:RealEstatePortfolioSegmentMemberibtx:SingleFamilyInterimConstructionRealEstatePortfolioSegmentMember2017-12-310001564618ibtx:AgriculturalPortfolioSegmentMember2017-12-310001564618us-gaap:ConsumerPortfolioSegmentMember2017-12-310001564618ibtx:OtherPortfolioSegmentMember2017-12-310001564618us-gaap:UnallocatedFinancingReceivablesMember2017-12-310001564618us-gaap:CommercialPortfolioSegmentMember2018-01-012018-12-310001564618ibtx:RealEstatePortfolioSegmentMemberibtx:CommercialRealEstateConstructionLandandLandDevelopmentMember2018-01-012018-12-310001564618us-gaap:ResidentialRealEstateMemberibtx:RealEstatePortfolioSegmentMember2018-01-012018-12-310001564618ibtx:RealEstatePortfolioSegmentMemberibtx:SingleFamilyInterimConstructionRealEstatePortfolioSegmentMember2018-01-012018-12-310001564618ibtx:AgriculturalPortfolioSegmentMember2018-01-012018-12-310001564618us-gaap:ConsumerPortfolioSegmentMember2018-01-012018-12-310001564618ibtx:OtherPortfolioSegmentMember2018-01-012018-12-310001564618us-gaap:UnallocatedFinancingReceivablesMember2018-01-012018-12-310001564618us-gaap:FinancialAssetAcquiredWithCreditDeteriorationMemberus-gaap:CommercialPortfolioSegmentMember2020-12-310001564618ibtx:RealEstatePortfolioSegmentMemberus-gaap:FinancialAssetAcquiredWithCreditDeteriorationMemberibtx:CommercialRealEstateConstructionLandandLandDevelopmentMember2020-12-310001564618us-gaap:ResidentialRealEstateMemberibtx:RealEstatePortfolioSegmentMemberus-gaap:FinancialAssetAcquiredWithCreditDeteriorationMember2020-12-310001564618ibtx:RealEstatePortfolioSegmentMemberibtx:SingleFamilyInterimConstructionRealEstatePortfolioSegmentMemberus-gaap:FinancialAssetAcquiredWithCreditDeteriorationMember2020-12-310001564618ibtx:AgriculturalPortfolioSegmentMemberus-gaap:FinancialAssetAcquiredWithCreditDeteriorationMember2020-12-310001564618us-gaap:ConsumerPortfolioSegmentMemberus-gaap:FinancialAssetAcquiredWithCreditDeteriorationMember2020-12-310001564618ibtx:OtherPortfolioSegmentMemberus-gaap:FinancialAssetAcquiredWithCreditDeteriorationMember2020-12-310001564618us-gaap:FinancialAssetAcquiredWithCreditDeteriorationMemberus-gaap:UnallocatedFinancingReceivablesMember2020-12-310001564618us-gaap:FinancialAssetAcquiredWithCreditDeteriorationMember2020-12-310001564618us-gaap:FinancialAssetAcquiredWithCreditDeteriorationMemberus-gaap:CommercialPortfolioSegmentMember2019-12-310001564618ibtx:RealEstatePortfolioSegmentMemberus-gaap:FinancialAssetAcquiredWithCreditDeteriorationMemberibtx:CommercialRealEstateConstructionLandandLandDevelopmentMember2019-12-310001564618us-gaap:ResidentialRealEstateMemberibtx:RealEstatePortfolioSegmentMemberus-gaap:FinancialAssetAcquiredWithCreditDeteriorationMember2019-12-310001564618ibtx:RealEstatePortfolioSegmentMemberibtx:SingleFamilyInterimConstructionRealEstatePortfolioSegmentMemberus-gaap:FinancialAssetAcquiredWithCreditDeteriorationMember2019-12-310001564618ibtx:AgriculturalPortfolioSegmentMemberus-gaap:FinancialAssetAcquiredWithCreditDeteriorationMember2019-12-310001564618us-gaap:ConsumerPortfolioSegmentMemberus-gaap:FinancialAssetAcquiredWithCreditDeteriorationMember2019-12-310001564618ibtx:OtherPortfolioSegmentMemberus-gaap:FinancialAssetAcquiredWithCreditDeteriorationMember2019-12-310001564618us-gaap:FinancialAssetAcquiredWithCreditDeteriorationMemberus-gaap:UnallocatedFinancingReceivablesMember2019-12-310001564618us-gaap:FinancialAssetAcquiredWithCreditDeteriorationMember2019-12-310001564618us-gaap:NonperformingFinancingReceivableMemberus-gaap:CommercialPortfolioSegmentMember2020-12-310001564618us-gaap:NonperformingFinancingReceivableMemberibtx:RealEstatePortfolioSegmentMemberibtx:CommercialRealEstateConstructionLandandLandDevelopmentMember2020-12-310001564618us-gaap:NonperformingFinancingReceivableMemberus-gaap:ResidentialRealEstateMemberibtx:RealEstatePortfolioSegmentMember2020-12-310001564618us-gaap:NonperformingFinancingReceivableMemberibtx:RealEstatePortfolioSegmentMemberibtx:SingleFamilyInterimConstructionRealEstatePortfolioSegmentMember2020-12-310001564618us-gaap:NonperformingFinancingReceivableMemberibtx:AgriculturalPortfolioSegmentMember2020-12-310001564618us-gaap:NonperformingFinancingReceivableMemberus-gaap:ConsumerPortfolioSegmentMember2020-12-310001564618us-gaap:NonperformingFinancingReceivableMemberibtx:OtherPortfolioSegmentMember2020-12-310001564618us-gaap:NonperformingFinancingReceivableMember2020-12-310001564618us-gaap:NonperformingFinancingReceivableMemberus-gaap:CommercialPortfolioSegmentMember2019-12-310001564618us-gaap:NonperformingFinancingReceivableMemberibtx:RealEstatePortfolioSegmentMemberibtx:CommercialRealEstateConstructionLandandLandDevelopmentMember2019-12-310001564618us-gaap:NonperformingFinancingReceivableMemberus-gaap:ResidentialRealEstateMemberibtx:RealEstatePortfolioSegmentMember2019-12-310001564618us-gaap:NonperformingFinancingReceivableMemberibtx:RealEstatePortfolioSegmentMemberibtx:SingleFamilyInterimConstructionRealEstatePortfolioSegmentMember2019-12-310001564618us-gaap:NonperformingFinancingReceivableMemberibtx:AgriculturalPortfolioSegmentMember2019-12-310001564618us-gaap:NonperformingFinancingReceivableMemberus-gaap:ConsumerPortfolioSegmentMember2019-12-310001564618us-gaap:NonperformingFinancingReceivableMemberibtx:OtherPortfolioSegmentMember2019-12-310001564618us-gaap:NonperformingFinancingReceivableMember2019-12-31ibtx:contractibtx:modified_loan0001564618ibtx:TemporaryModificationMemberus-gaap:PaymentDeferralMember2020-01-012020-12-310001564618ibtx:TemporaryModificationMemberus-gaap:PaymentDeferralMember2020-12-310001564618ibtx:FinancingReceivablesExcludingReceivablesAcquiredwithDeterioratedCreditQualityMemberibtx:FinancingReceivables30to89DaysPastDueMemberus-gaap:CommercialPortfolioSegmentMember2020-12-310001564618us-gaap:FinancingReceivablesEqualToGreaterThan90DaysPastDueMemberibtx:FinancingReceivablesExcludingReceivablesAcquiredwithDeterioratedCreditQualityMemberus-gaap:CommercialPortfolioSegmentMember2020-12-310001564618ibtx:FinancingReceivablesExcludingReceivablesAcquiredwithDeterioratedCreditQualityMemberus-gaap:CommercialPortfolioSegmentMember2020-12-310001564618ibtx:FinancingReceivablesExcludingReceivablesAcquiredwithDeterioratedCreditQualityMemberibtx:RealEstatePortfolioSegmentMemberibtx:FinancingReceivables30to89DaysPastDueMemberibtx:CommercialRealEstateConstructionLandandLandDevelopmentMember2020-12-310001564618us-gaap:FinancingReceivablesEqualToGreaterThan90DaysPastDueMemberibtx:FinancingReceivablesExcludingReceivablesAcquiredwithDeterioratedCreditQualityMemberibtx:RealEstatePortfolioSegmentMemberibtx:CommercialRealEstateConstructionLandandLandDevelopmentMember2020-12-310001564618ibtx:FinancingReceivablesExcludingReceivablesAcquiredwithDeterioratedCreditQualityMemberibtx:RealEstatePortfolioSegmentMemberibtx:CommercialRealEstateConstructionLandandLandDevelopmentMember2020-12-310001564618ibtx:FinancingReceivablesExcludingReceivablesAcquiredwithDeterioratedCreditQualityMemberus-gaap:ResidentialRealEstateMemberibtx:RealEstatePortfolioSegmentMemberibtx:FinancingReceivables30to89DaysPastDueMember2020-12-310001564618us-gaap:FinancingReceivablesEqualToGreaterThan90DaysPastDueMemberibtx:FinancingReceivablesExcludingReceivablesAcquiredwithDeterioratedCreditQualityMemberus-gaap:ResidentialRealEstateMemberibtx:RealEstatePortfolioSegmentMember2020-12-310001564618ibtx:FinancingReceivablesExcludingReceivablesAcquiredwithDeterioratedCreditQualityMemberus-gaap:ResidentialRealEstateMemberibtx:RealEstatePortfolioSegmentMember2020-12-310001564618ibtx:FinancingReceivablesExcludingReceivablesAcquiredwithDeterioratedCreditQualityMemberibtx:RealEstatePortfolioSegmentMemberibtx:FinancingReceivables30to89DaysPastDueMemberibtx:SingleFamilyInterimConstructionRealEstatePortfolioSegmentMember2020-12-310001564618us-gaap:FinancingReceivablesEqualToGreaterThan90DaysPastDueMemberibtx:FinancingReceivablesExcludingReceivablesAcquiredwithDeterioratedCreditQualityMemberibtx:RealEstatePortfolioSegmentMemberibtx:SingleFamilyInterimConstructionRealEstatePortfolioSegmentMember2020-12-310001564618ibtx:FinancingReceivablesExcludingReceivablesAcquiredwithDeterioratedCreditQualityMemberibtx:RealEstatePortfolioSegmentMemberibtx:SingleFamilyInterimConstructionRealEstatePortfolioSegmentMember2020-12-310001564618ibtx:FinancingReceivablesExcludingReceivablesAcquiredwithDeterioratedCreditQualityMemberibtx:AgriculturalPortfolioSegmentMemberibtx:FinancingReceivables30to89DaysPastDueMember2020-12-310001564618us-gaap:FinancingReceivablesEqualToGreaterThan90DaysPastDueMemberibtx:FinancingReceivablesExcludingReceivablesAcquiredwithDeterioratedCreditQualityMemberibtx:AgriculturalPortfolioSegmentMember2020-12-310001564618ibtx:FinancingReceivablesExcludingReceivablesAcquiredwithDeterioratedCreditQualityMemberibtx:AgriculturalPortfolioSegmentMember2020-12-310001564618us-gaap:ConsumerPortfolioSegmentMemberibtx:FinancingReceivablesExcludingReceivablesAcquiredwithDeterioratedCreditQualityMemberibtx:FinancingReceivables30to89DaysPastDueMember2020-12-310001564618us-gaap:FinancingReceivablesEqualToGreaterThan90DaysPastDueMemberus-gaap:ConsumerPortfolioSegmentMemberibtx:FinancingReceivablesExcludingReceivablesAcquiredwithDeterioratedCreditQualityMember2020-12-310001564618us-gaap:ConsumerPortfolioSegmentMemberibtx:FinancingReceivablesExcludingReceivablesAcquiredwithDeterioratedCreditQualityMember2020-12-310001564618ibtx:FinancingReceivablesExcludingReceivablesAcquiredwithDeterioratedCreditQualityMemberibtx:FinancingReceivables30to89DaysPastDueMemberibtx:OtherPortfolioSegmentMember2020-12-310001564618us-gaap:FinancingReceivablesEqualToGreaterThan90DaysPastDueMemberibtx:FinancingReceivablesExcludingReceivablesAcquiredwithDeterioratedCreditQualityMemberibtx:OtherPortfolioSegmentMember2020-12-310001564618ibtx:FinancingReceivablesExcludingReceivablesAcquiredwithDeterioratedCreditQualityMemberibtx:OtherPortfolioSegmentMember2020-12-310001564618ibtx:FinancingReceivablesExcludingReceivablesAcquiredwithDeterioratedCreditQualityMemberibtx:FinancingReceivables30to89DaysPastDueMember2020-12-310001564618us-gaap:FinancingReceivablesEqualToGreaterThan90DaysPastDueMemberibtx:FinancingReceivablesExcludingReceivablesAcquiredwithDeterioratedCreditQualityMember2020-12-310001564618ibtx:FinancingReceivablesExcludingReceivablesAcquiredwithDeterioratedCreditQualityMember2020-12-310001564618ibtx:FinancingReceivables30to89DaysPastDueMemberus-gaap:FinancialAssetAcquiredWithCreditDeteriorationMember2020-12-310001564618us-gaap:FinancingReceivablesEqualToGreaterThan90DaysPastDueMemberus-gaap:FinancialAssetAcquiredWithCreditDeteriorationMember2020-12-310001564618ibtx:FinancingReceivables30to89DaysPastDueMember2020-12-310001564618us-gaap:FinancingReceivablesEqualToGreaterThan90DaysPastDueMember2020-12-310001564618ibtx:FinancingReceivablesExcludingReceivablesAcquiredwithDeterioratedCreditQualityMemberibtx:FinancingReceivables30to89DaysPastDueMemberus-gaap:CommercialPortfolioSegmentMember2019-12-310001564618us-gaap:FinancingReceivablesEqualToGreaterThan90DaysPastDueMemberibtx:FinancingReceivablesExcludingReceivablesAcquiredwithDeterioratedCreditQualityMemberus-gaap:CommercialPortfolioSegmentMember2019-12-310001564618ibtx:FinancingReceivablesExcludingReceivablesAcquiredwithDeterioratedCreditQualityMemberus-gaap:CommercialPortfolioSegmentMember2019-12-310001564618ibtx:FinancingReceivablesExcludingReceivablesAcquiredwithDeterioratedCreditQualityMemberibtx:RealEstatePortfolioSegmentMemberibtx:FinancingReceivables30to89DaysPastDueMemberibtx:CommercialRealEstateConstructionLandandLandDevelopmentMember2019-12-310001564618us-gaap:FinancingReceivablesEqualToGreaterThan90DaysPastDueMemberibtx:FinancingReceivablesExcludingReceivablesAcquiredwithDeterioratedCreditQualityMemberibtx:RealEstatePortfolioSegmentMemberibtx:CommercialRealEstateConstructionLandandLandDevelopmentMember2019-12-310001564618ibtx:FinancingReceivablesExcludingReceivablesAcquiredwithDeterioratedCreditQualityMemberibtx:RealEstatePortfolioSegmentMemberibtx:CommercialRealEstateConstructionLandandLandDevelopmentMember2019-12-310001564618ibtx:FinancingReceivablesExcludingReceivablesAcquiredwithDeterioratedCreditQualityMemberus-gaap:ResidentialRealEstateMemberibtx:RealEstatePortfolioSegmentMemberibtx:FinancingReceivables30to89DaysPastDueMember2019-12-310001564618us-gaap:FinancingReceivablesEqualToGreaterThan90DaysPastDueMemberibtx:FinancingReceivablesExcludingReceivablesAcquiredwithDeterioratedCreditQualityMemberus-gaap:ResidentialRealEstateMemberibtx:RealEstatePortfolioSegmentMember2019-12-310001564618ibtx:FinancingReceivablesExcludingReceivablesAcquiredwithDeterioratedCreditQualityMemberus-gaap:ResidentialRealEstateMemberibtx:RealEstatePortfolioSegmentMember2019-12-310001564618ibtx:FinancingReceivablesExcludingReceivablesAcquiredwithDeterioratedCreditQualityMemberibtx:RealEstatePortfolioSegmentMemberibtx:FinancingReceivables30to89DaysPastDueMemberibtx:SingleFamilyInterimConstructionRealEstatePortfolioSegmentMember2019-12-310001564618us-gaap:FinancingReceivablesEqualToGreaterThan90DaysPastDueMemberibtx:FinancingReceivablesExcludingReceivablesAcquiredwithDeterioratedCreditQualityMemberibtx:RealEstatePortfolioSegmentMemberibtx:SingleFamilyInterimConstructionRealEstatePortfolioSegmentMember2019-12-310001564618ibtx:FinancingReceivablesExcludingReceivablesAcquiredwithDeterioratedCreditQualityMemberibtx:RealEstatePortfolioSegmentMemberibtx:SingleFamilyInterimConstructionRealEstatePortfolioSegmentMember2019-12-310001564618ibtx:FinancingReceivablesExcludingReceivablesAcquiredwithDeterioratedCreditQualityMemberibtx:AgriculturalPortfolioSegmentMemberibtx:FinancingReceivables30to89DaysPastDueMember2019-12-310001564618us-gaap:FinancingReceivablesEqualToGreaterThan90DaysPastDueMemberibtx:FinancingReceivablesExcludingReceivablesAcquiredwithDeterioratedCreditQualityMemberibtx:AgriculturalPortfolioSegmentMember2019-12-310001564618ibtx:FinancingReceivablesExcludingReceivablesAcquiredwithDeterioratedCreditQualityMemberibtx:AgriculturalPortfolioSegmentMember2019-12-310001564618us-gaap:ConsumerPortfolioSegmentMemberibtx:FinancingReceivablesExcludingReceivablesAcquiredwithDeterioratedCreditQualityMemberibtx:FinancingReceivables30to89DaysPastDueMember2019-12-310001564618us-gaap:FinancingReceivablesEqualToGreaterThan90DaysPastDueMemberus-gaap:ConsumerPortfolioSegmentMemberibtx:FinancingReceivablesExcludingReceivablesAcquiredwithDeterioratedCreditQualityMember2019-12-310001564618us-gaap:ConsumerPortfolioSegmentMemberibtx:FinancingReceivablesExcludingReceivablesAcquiredwithDeterioratedCreditQualityMember2019-12-310001564618ibtx:FinancingReceivablesExcludingReceivablesAcquiredwithDeterioratedCreditQualityMemberibtx:FinancingReceivables30to89DaysPastDueMemberibtx:OtherPortfolioSegmentMember2019-12-310001564618us-gaap:FinancingReceivablesEqualToGreaterThan90DaysPastDueMemberibtx:FinancingReceivablesExcludingReceivablesAcquiredwithDeterioratedCreditQualityMemberibtx:OtherPortfolioSegmentMember2019-12-310001564618ibtx:FinancingReceivablesExcludingReceivablesAcquiredwithDeterioratedCreditQualityMemberibtx:OtherPortfolioSegmentMember2019-12-310001564618ibtx:FinancingReceivablesExcludingReceivablesAcquiredwithDeterioratedCreditQualityMemberibtx:FinancingReceivables30to89DaysPastDueMember2019-12-310001564618us-gaap:FinancingReceivablesEqualToGreaterThan90DaysPastDueMemberibtx:FinancingReceivablesExcludingReceivablesAcquiredwithDeterioratedCreditQualityMember2019-12-310001564618ibtx:FinancingReceivablesExcludingReceivablesAcquiredwithDeterioratedCreditQualityMember2019-12-310001564618ibtx:FinancingReceivables30to89DaysPastDueMemberus-gaap:FinancialAssetAcquiredWithCreditDeteriorationMember2019-12-310001564618us-gaap:FinancingReceivablesEqualToGreaterThan90DaysPastDueMemberus-gaap:FinancialAssetAcquiredWithCreditDeteriorationMember2019-12-310001564618ibtx:FinancingReceivables30to89DaysPastDueMember2019-12-310001564618us-gaap:FinancingReceivablesEqualToGreaterThan90DaysPastDueMember2019-12-310001564618us-gaap:PassMemberus-gaap:CommercialPortfolioSegmentMember2020-12-310001564618us-gaap:CommercialPortfolioSegmentMemberibtx:PassWatchMember2020-12-310001564618us-gaap:CommercialPortfolioSegmentMemberus-gaap:SpecialMentionMember2020-12-310001564618us-gaap:SubstandardMemberus-gaap:CommercialPortfolioSegmentMember2020-12-310001564618us-gaap:DoubtfulMemberus-gaap:CommercialPortfolioSegmentMember2020-12-310001564618ibtx:RealEstatePortfolioSegmentMemberus-gaap:PassMemberibtx:CommercialRealEstateConstructionLandandLandDevelopmentMember2020-12-310001564618ibtx:RealEstatePortfolioSegmentMemberibtx:PassWatchMemberibtx:CommercialRealEstateConstructionLandandLandDevelopmentMember2020-12-310001564618ibtx:RealEstatePortfolioSegmentMemberus-gaap:SpecialMentionMemberibtx:CommercialRealEstateConstructionLandandLandDevelopmentMember2020-12-310001564618ibtx:RealEstatePortfolioSegmentMemberus-gaap:SubstandardMemberibtx:CommercialRealEstateConstructionLandandLandDevelopmentMember2020-12-310001564618ibtx:RealEstatePortfolioSegmentMemberus-gaap:DoubtfulMemberibtx:CommercialRealEstateConstructionLandandLandDevelopmentMember2020-12-310001564618us-gaap:ResidentialRealEstateMemberibtx:RealEstatePortfolioSegmentMemberus-gaap:PassMember2020-12-310001564618us-gaap:ResidentialRealEstateMemberibtx:RealEstatePortfolioSegmentMemberibtx:PassWatchMember2020-12-310001564618us-gaap:ResidentialRealEstateMemberibtx:RealEstatePortfolioSegmentMemberus-gaap:SpecialMentionMember2020-12-310001564618us-gaap:ResidentialRealEstateMemberibtx:RealEstatePortfolioSegmentMemberus-gaap:SubstandardMember2020-12-310001564618us-gaap:ResidentialRealEstateMemberibtx:RealEstatePortfolioSegmentMemberus-gaap:DoubtfulMember2020-12-310001564618ibtx:RealEstatePortfolioSegmentMemberus-gaap:PassMemberibtx:SingleFamilyInterimConstructionRealEstatePortfolioSegmentMember2020-12-310001564618ibtx:RealEstatePortfolioSegmentMemberibtx:SingleFamilyInterimConstructionRealEstatePortfolioSegmentMemberibtx:PassWatchMember2020-12-310001564618ibtx:RealEstatePortfolioSegmentMemberibtx:SingleFamilyInterimConstructionRealEstatePortfolioSegmentMemberus-gaap:SpecialMentionMember2020-12-310001564618ibtx:RealEstatePortfolioSegmentMemberus-gaap:SubstandardMemberibtx:SingleFamilyInterimConstructionRealEstatePortfolioSegmentMember2020-12-310001564618ibtx:RealEstatePortfolioSegmentMemberus-gaap:DoubtfulMemberibtx:SingleFamilyInterimConstructionRealEstatePortfolioSegmentMember2020-12-310001564618ibtx:AgriculturalPortfolioSegmentMemberus-gaap:PassMember2020-12-310001564618ibtx:AgriculturalPortfolioSegmentMemberibtx:PassWatchMember2020-12-310001564618ibtx:AgriculturalPortfolioSegmentMemberus-gaap:SpecialMentionMember2020-12-310001564618ibtx:AgriculturalPortfolioSegmentMemberus-gaap:SubstandardMember2020-12-310001564618ibtx:AgriculturalPortfolioSegmentMemberus-gaap:DoubtfulMember2020-12-310001564618us-gaap:ConsumerPortfolioSegmentMemberus-gaap:PassMember2020-12-310001564618us-gaap:ConsumerPortfolioSegmentMemberibtx:PassWatchMember2020-12-310001564618us-gaap:ConsumerPortfolioSegmentMemberus-gaap:SpecialMentionMember2020-12-310001564618us-gaap:ConsumerPortfolioSegmentMemberus-gaap:SubstandardMember2020-12-310001564618us-gaap:ConsumerPortfolioSegmentMemberus-gaap:DoubtfulMember2020-12-310001564618us-gaap:PassMemberibtx:OtherPortfolioSegmentMember2020-12-310001564618ibtx:OtherPortfolioSegmentMemberibtx:PassWatchMember2020-12-310001564618ibtx:OtherPortfolioSegmentMemberus-gaap:SpecialMentionMember2020-12-310001564618ibtx:OtherPortfolioSegmentMemberus-gaap:SubstandardMember2020-12-310001564618ibtx:OtherPortfolioSegmentMemberus-gaap:DoubtfulMember2020-12-310001564618us-gaap:PassMember2020-12-310001564618ibtx:PassWatchMember2020-12-310001564618us-gaap:SpecialMentionMember2020-12-310001564618us-gaap:SubstandardMember2020-12-310001564618us-gaap:DoubtfulMember2020-12-310001564618us-gaap:PassMemberus-gaap:CommercialPortfolioSegmentMember2019-12-310001564618us-gaap:CommercialPortfolioSegmentMemberibtx:PassWatchMember2019-12-310001564618us-gaap:CommercialPortfolioSegmentMemberus-gaap:SpecialMentionMember2019-12-310001564618us-gaap:SubstandardMemberus-gaap:CommercialPortfolioSegmentMember2019-12-310001564618us-gaap:DoubtfulMemberus-gaap:CommercialPortfolioSegmentMember2019-12-310001564618ibtx:RealEstatePortfolioSegmentMemberus-gaap:PassMemberibtx:CommercialRealEstateConstructionLandandLandDevelopmentMember2019-12-310001564618ibtx:RealEstatePortfolioSegmentMemberibtx:PassWatchMemberibtx:CommercialRealEstateConstructionLandandLandDevelopmentMember2019-12-310001564618ibtx:RealEstatePortfolioSegmentMemberus-gaap:SpecialMentionMemberibtx:CommercialRealEstateConstructionLandandLandDevelopmentMember2019-12-310001564618ibtx:RealEstatePortfolioSegmentMemberus-gaap:SubstandardMemberibtx:CommercialRealEstateConstructionLandandLandDevelopmentMember2019-12-310001564618ibtx:RealEstatePortfolioSegmentMemberus-gaap:DoubtfulMemberibtx:CommercialRealEstateConstructionLandandLandDevelopmentMember2019-12-310001564618us-gaap:ResidentialRealEstateMemberibtx:RealEstatePortfolioSegmentMemberus-gaap:PassMember2019-12-310001564618us-gaap:ResidentialRealEstateMemberibtx:RealEstatePortfolioSegmentMemberibtx:PassWatchMember2019-12-310001564618us-gaap:ResidentialRealEstateMemberibtx:RealEstatePortfolioSegmentMemberus-gaap:SpecialMentionMember2019-12-310001564618us-gaap:ResidentialRealEstateMemberibtx:RealEstatePortfolioSegmentMemberus-gaap:SubstandardMember2019-12-310001564618us-gaap:ResidentialRealEstateMemberibtx:RealEstatePortfolioSegmentMemberus-gaap:DoubtfulMember2019-12-310001564618ibtx:RealEstatePortfolioSegmentMemberus-gaap:PassMemberibtx:SingleFamilyInterimConstructionRealEstatePortfolioSegmentMember2019-12-310001564618ibtx:RealEstatePortfolioSegmentMemberibtx:SingleFamilyInterimConstructionRealEstatePortfolioSegmentMemberibtx:PassWatchMember2019-12-310001564618ibtx:RealEstatePortfolioSegmentMemberibtx:SingleFamilyInterimConstructionRealEstatePortfolioSegmentMemberus-gaap:SpecialMentionMember2019-12-310001564618ibtx:RealEstatePortfolioSegmentMemberus-gaap:SubstandardMemberibtx:SingleFamilyInterimConstructionRealEstatePortfolioSegmentMember2019-12-310001564618ibtx:RealEstatePortfolioSegmentMemberus-gaap:DoubtfulMemberibtx:SingleFamilyInterimConstructionRealEstatePortfolioSegmentMember2019-12-310001564618ibtx:AgriculturalPortfolioSegmentMemberus-gaap:PassMember2019-12-310001564618ibtx:AgriculturalPortfolioSegmentMemberibtx:PassWatchMember2019-12-310001564618ibtx:AgriculturalPortfolioSegmentMemberus-gaap:SpecialMentionMember2019-12-310001564618ibtx:AgriculturalPortfolioSegmentMemberus-gaap:SubstandardMember2019-12-310001564618ibtx:AgriculturalPortfolioSegmentMemberus-gaap:DoubtfulMember2019-12-310001564618us-gaap:ConsumerPortfolioSegmentMemberus-gaap:PassMember2019-12-310001564618us-gaap:ConsumerPortfolioSegmentMemberibtx:PassWatchMember2019-12-310001564618us-gaap:ConsumerPortfolioSegmentMemberus-gaap:SpecialMentionMember2019-12-310001564618us-gaap:ConsumerPortfolioSegmentMemberus-gaap:SubstandardMember2019-12-310001564618us-gaap:ConsumerPortfolioSegmentMemberus-gaap:DoubtfulMember2019-12-310001564618us-gaap:PassMemberibtx:OtherPortfolioSegmentMember2019-12-310001564618ibtx:OtherPortfolioSegmentMemberibtx:PassWatchMember2019-12-310001564618ibtx:OtherPortfolioSegmentMemberus-gaap:SpecialMentionMember2019-12-310001564618ibtx:OtherPortfolioSegmentMemberus-gaap:SubstandardMember2019-12-310001564618ibtx:OtherPortfolioSegmentMemberus-gaap:DoubtfulMember2019-12-310001564618us-gaap:PassMember2019-12-310001564618ibtx:PassWatchMember2019-12-310001564618us-gaap:SpecialMentionMember2019-12-310001564618us-gaap:SubstandardMember2019-12-310001564618us-gaap:DoubtfulMember2019-12-310001564618us-gaap:PassMemberus-gaap:FinancialAssetAcquiredWithCreditDeteriorationMember2020-12-310001564618us-gaap:FinancialAssetAcquiredWithCreditDeteriorationMemberibtx:PassWatchMember2020-12-310001564618us-gaap:FinancialAssetAcquiredWithCreditDeteriorationMemberus-gaap:SpecialMentionMember2020-12-310001564618us-gaap:SubstandardMemberus-gaap:FinancialAssetAcquiredWithCreditDeteriorationMember2020-12-310001564618us-gaap:DoubtfulMemberus-gaap:FinancialAssetAcquiredWithCreditDeteriorationMember2020-12-310001564618us-gaap:PassMemberus-gaap:FinancialAssetAcquiredWithCreditDeteriorationMember2019-12-310001564618us-gaap:FinancialAssetAcquiredWithCreditDeteriorationMemberibtx:PassWatchMember2019-12-310001564618us-gaap:FinancialAssetAcquiredWithCreditDeteriorationMemberus-gaap:SpecialMentionMember2019-12-310001564618us-gaap:SubstandardMemberus-gaap:FinancialAssetAcquiredWithCreditDeteriorationMember2019-12-310001564618us-gaap:DoubtfulMemberus-gaap:FinancialAssetAcquiredWithCreditDeteriorationMember2019-12-310001564618ibtx:GuarantyBancorpMember2019-01-010001564618ibtx:GuarantyBancorpMember2019-01-012019-12-310001564618us-gaap:CoreDepositsMember2019-12-310001564618us-gaap:CoreDepositsMember2018-12-310001564618us-gaap:CoreDepositsMember2019-01-012019-12-310001564618us-gaap:CoreDepositsMember2020-12-310001564618us-gaap:CustomerRelatedIntangibleAssetsMember2019-12-310001564618us-gaap:CustomerRelatedIntangibleAssetsMember2018-12-310001564618us-gaap:CustomerRelatedIntangibleAssetsMember2019-01-012019-12-310001564618us-gaap:CustomerRelatedIntangibleAssetsMember2020-12-310001564618us-gaap:FederalHomeLoanBankAdvancesMember2020-12-310001564618ibtx:FivePointEightSevenFivePercentSubordinatedNotesDueAugust12024Member2020-12-310001564618ibtx:FivePointEightSevenFivePercentSubordinatedNotesDueAugust12024Member2019-12-310001564618ibtx:UnsecuredSubordinatedDebentureNotesDueJulyTwentiethTwoThousandTwentySixMember2020-12-310001564618ibtx:UnsecuredSubordinatedDebentureNotesDueJulyTwentiethTwoThousandTwentySixMember2019-12-310001564618ibtx:UnsecuredSubordinatedDebentureNotesDueJulyTwentiethTwoThousandTwentySixMemberus-gaap:LondonInterbankOfferedRateLIBORMember2020-01-012020-12-310001564618ibtx:UnsecuredSubordinatedDebentureNotesDueDecemberThirtyFirstTwoThousandTwentySevenMember2019-12-310001564618ibtx:UnsecuredSubordinatedDebentureNotesDueDecemberThirtyFirstTwoThousandTwentySevenMember2020-12-310001564618us-gaap:LondonInterbankOfferedRateLIBORMemberibtx:UnsecuredSubordinatedDebentureNotesDueDecemberThirtyFirstTwoThousandTwentySevenMember2020-01-012020-12-310001564618ibtx:UnsecuredSubordinatedDebentureNotesDueSeptemberFifteenthTwoThousandThirtyMember2020-12-310001564618us-gaap:SecuredOvernightFinancingRateSofrOvernightIndexSwapRateMemberibtx:UnsecuredSubordinatedDebentureNotesDueSeptemberFifteenthTwoThousandThirtyMember2020-01-012020-12-310001564618ibtx:UnsecuredSubordinatedDebentureNotesDueSeptemberFifteenthTwoThousandThirtyMember2019-12-310001564618us-gaap:RevolvingCreditFacilityMemberus-gaap:LineOfCreditMemberus-gaap:LineOfCreditMember2020-12-310001564618us-gaap:LondonInterbankOfferedRateLIBORMemberus-gaap:RevolvingCreditFacilityMemberus-gaap:LineOfCreditMemberus-gaap:LineOfCreditMember2020-01-012020-12-310001564618us-gaap:RevolvingCreditFacilityMemberus-gaap:LineOfCreditMemberus-gaap:LineOfCreditMember2019-12-31ibtx:unaffiliated_bank0001564618us-gaap:LineOfCreditMemberibtx:FederalFundsLineofCreditMember2020-01-012020-12-310001564618us-gaap:LineOfCreditMemberibtx:FederalFundsLineofCreditMember2020-12-310001564618us-gaap:LineOfCreditMemberibtx:FederalFundsLineofCreditMember2019-01-012019-12-310001564618us-gaap:LineOfCreditMemberibtx:FederalFundsLineofCreditMember2019-12-31ibtx:Number_of_Lines0001564618ibtx:FederalFundsLineofCreditMemberus-gaap:LineOfCreditMember2020-01-012020-12-310001564618ibtx:FederalFundsLineofCreditMemberus-gaap:LineOfCreditMember2020-12-310001564618us-gaap:SecuredDebtMemberus-gaap:LineOfCreditMember2020-12-310001564618us-gaap:SecuredDebtMemberus-gaap:LineOfCreditMember2019-12-310001564618us-gaap:UnsecuredDebtMemberus-gaap:LineOfCreditMemberibtx:DirectOvernightBorrowingsMember2020-12-310001564618us-gaap:UnsecuredDebtMemberus-gaap:LineOfCreditMemberibtx:DirectOvernightBorrowingsMember2019-12-310001564618ibtx:IbTrustOneMember2020-12-310001564618us-gaap:LondonInterbankOfferedRateLIBORMemberibtx:IbTrustOneMember2020-01-012020-12-310001564618ibtx:GuarantyTrustThreeMember2020-12-310001564618us-gaap:LondonInterbankOfferedRateLIBORMemberibtx:GuarantyTrustThreeMember2020-01-012020-12-310001564618ibtx:IbTrustTwoMember2020-12-310001564618ibtx:IbTrustTwoMemberus-gaap:LondonInterbankOfferedRateLIBORMember2020-01-012020-12-310001564618ibtx:CenbankTrustThreeMember2020-12-310001564618us-gaap:LondonInterbankOfferedRateLIBORMemberibtx:CenbankTrustThreeMember2020-01-012020-12-310001564618ibtx:IbTrustThreeMember2020-12-310001564618ibtx:IbTrustThreeMemberus-gaap:LondonInterbankOfferedRateLIBORMember2020-01-012020-12-310001564618ibtx:IbCentexTrustOneMember2020-12-310001564618us-gaap:LondonInterbankOfferedRateLIBORMemberibtx:IbCentexTrustOneMember2020-01-012020-12-310001564618ibtx:CommunityGroupStatutoryTrustOneMember2020-12-310001564618us-gaap:LondonInterbankOfferedRateLIBORMemberibtx:CommunityGroupStatutoryTrustOneMember2020-01-012020-12-310001564618ibtx:NorthstarTrustTwoMember2020-12-310001564618us-gaap:LondonInterbankOfferedRateLIBORMemberibtx:NorthstarTrustTwoMember2020-01-012020-12-310001564618ibtx:NorthstarTrustThreeMember2020-12-310001564618us-gaap:LondonInterbankOfferedRateLIBORMemberibtx:NorthstarTrustThreeMember2020-01-012020-12-31ibtx:branch0001564618srt:MinimumMember2020-12-310001564618srt:MaximumMember2020-12-310001564618us-gaap:DomesticCountryMember2020-12-310001564618us-gaap:StateAndLocalJurisdictionMember2020-12-310001564618us-gaap:CommitmentsToExtendCreditMember2020-12-310001564618us-gaap:CommitmentsToExtendCreditMember2019-12-310001564618us-gaap:StandbyLettersOfCreditMember2020-12-310001564618us-gaap:StandbyLettersOfCreditMember2019-12-3100015646182018-07-012018-12-310001564618srt:MinimumMember2018-01-012018-06-300001564618srt:MaximumMember2018-01-012018-06-3000015646182018-01-012018-06-300001564618us-gaap:USTreasurySecuritiesMemberus-gaap:FairValueMeasurementsRecurringMember2020-12-310001564618us-gaap:FairValueInputsLevel1Memberus-gaap:USTreasurySecuritiesMemberus-gaap:FairValueMeasurementsRecurringMember2020-12-310001564618us-gaap:USTreasurySecuritiesMemberus-gaap:FairValueInputsLevel2Memberus-gaap:FairValueMeasurementsRecurringMember2020-12-310001564618us-gaap:FairValueInputsLevel3Memberus-gaap:USTreasurySecuritiesMemberus-gaap:FairValueMeasurementsRecurringMember2020-12-310001564618us-gaap:AgencySecuritiesMemberus-gaap:FairValueMeasurementsRecurringMember2020-12-310001564618us-gaap:FairValueInputsLevel1Memberus-gaap:AgencySecuritiesMemberus-gaap:FairValueMeasurementsRecurringMember2020-12-310001564618us-gaap:AgencySecuritiesMemberus-gaap:FairValueInputsLevel2Memberus-gaap:FairValueMeasurementsRecurringMember2020-12-310001564618us-gaap:FairValueInputsLevel3Memberus-gaap:AgencySecuritiesMemberus-gaap:FairValueMeasurementsRecurringMember2020-12-310001564618us-gaap:USStatesAndPoliticalSubdivisionsMemberus-gaap:FairValueMeasurementsRecurringMember2020-12-310001564618us-gaap:FairValueInputsLevel1Memberus-gaap:USStatesAndPoliticalSubdivisionsMemberus-gaap:FairValueMeasurementsRecurringMember2020-12-310001564618us-gaap:USStatesAndPoliticalSubdivisionsMemberus-gaap:FairValueInputsLevel2Memberus-gaap:FairValueMeasurementsRecurringMember2020-12-310001564618us-gaap:USStatesAndPoliticalSubdivisionsMemberus-gaap:FairValueInputsLevel3Memberus-gaap:FairValueMeasurementsRecurringMember2020-12-310001564618us-gaap:FairValueMeasurementsRecurringMemberus-gaap:CorporateBondSecuritiesMember2020-12-310001564618us-gaap:FairValueInputsLevel1Memberus-gaap:FairValueMeasurementsRecurringMemberus-gaap:CorporateBondSecuritiesMember2020-12-310001564618us-gaap:FairValueInputsLevel2Memberus-gaap:FairValueMeasurementsRecurringMemberus-gaap:CorporateBondSecuritiesMember2020-12-310001564618us-gaap:FairValueInputsLevel3Memberus-gaap:FairValueMeasurementsRecurringMemberus-gaap:CorporateBondSecuritiesMember2020-12-310001564618us-gaap:FairValueMeasurementsRecurringMemberus-gaap:ResidentialMortgageBackedSecuritiesMember2020-12-310001564618us-gaap:FairValueInputsLevel1Memberus-gaap:FairValueMeasurementsRecurringMemberus-gaap:ResidentialMortgageBackedSecuritiesMember2020-12-310001564618us-gaap:FairValueInputsLevel2Memberus-gaap:FairValueMeasurementsRecurringMemberus-gaap:ResidentialMortgageBackedSecuritiesMember2020-12-310001564618us-gaap:FairValueInputsLevel3Memberus-gaap:FairValueMeasurementsRecurringMemberus-gaap:ResidentialMortgageBackedSecuritiesMember2020-12-310001564618us-gaap:FairValueMeasurementsRecurringMemberus-gaap:OtherDebtSecuritiesMember2020-12-310001564618us-gaap:FairValueInputsLevel1Memberus-gaap:FairValueMeasurementsRecurringMemberus-gaap:OtherDebtSecuritiesMember2020-12-310001564618us-gaap:FairValueInputsLevel2Memberus-gaap:FairValueMeasurementsRecurringMemberus-gaap:OtherDebtSecuritiesMember2020-12-310001564618us-gaap:FairValueInputsLevel3Memberus-gaap:FairValueMeasurementsRecurringMemberus-gaap:OtherDebtSecuritiesMember2020-12-310001564618us-gaap:NondesignatedMemberus-gaap:FairValueMeasurementsRecurringMember2020-12-310001564618us-gaap:FairValueInputsLevel1Memberus-gaap:NondesignatedMemberus-gaap:FairValueMeasurementsRecurringMember2020-12-310001564618us-gaap:NondesignatedMemberus-gaap:FairValueInputsLevel2Memberus-gaap:FairValueMeasurementsRecurringMember2020-12-310001564618us-gaap:FairValueInputsLevel3Memberus-gaap:NondesignatedMemberus-gaap:FairValueMeasurementsRecurringMember2020-12-310001564618us-gaap:InterestRateLockCommitmentsMemberus-gaap:NondesignatedMemberus-gaap:FairValueMeasurementsRecurringMember2020-12-310001564618us-gaap:FairValueInputsLevel1Memberus-gaap:InterestRateLockCommitmentsMemberus-gaap:NondesignatedMemberus-gaap:FairValueMeasurementsRecurringMember2020-12-310001564618us-gaap:InterestRateLockCommitmentsMemberus-gaap:NondesignatedMemberus-gaap:FairValueInputsLevel2Memberus-gaap:FairValueMeasurementsRecurringMember2020-12-310001564618us-gaap:InterestRateLockCommitmentsMemberus-gaap:FairValueInputsLevel3Memberus-gaap:NondesignatedMemberus-gaap:FairValueMeasurementsRecurringMember2020-12-310001564618ibtx:LoancustomercounterpartyMemberus-gaap:NondesignatedMemberus-gaap:InterestRateSwapMemberus-gaap:FairValueMeasurementsRecurringMember2020-12-310001564618us-gaap:FairValueInputsLevel1Memberibtx:LoancustomercounterpartyMemberus-gaap:NondesignatedMemberus-gaap:InterestRateSwapMemberus-gaap:FairValueMeasurementsRecurringMember2020-12-310001564618ibtx:LoancustomercounterpartyMemberus-gaap:NondesignatedMemberus-gaap:FairValueInputsLevel2Memberus-gaap:InterestRateSwapMemberus-gaap:FairValueMeasurementsRecurringMember2020-12-310001564618ibtx:LoancustomercounterpartyMemberus-gaap:FairValueInputsLevel3Memberus-gaap:NondesignatedMemberus-gaap:InterestRateSwapMemberus-gaap:FairValueMeasurementsRecurringMember2020-12-310001564618us-gaap:NondesignatedMemberus-gaap:ForwardContractsMemberus-gaap:FairValueMeasurementsRecurringMember2020-12-310001564618us-gaap:FairValueInputsLevel1Memberus-gaap:NondesignatedMemberus-gaap:ForwardContractsMemberus-gaap:FairValueMeasurementsRecurringMember2020-12-310001564618us-gaap:NondesignatedMemberus-gaap:FairValueInputsLevel2Memberus-gaap:ForwardContractsMemberus-gaap:FairValueMeasurementsRecurringMember2020-12-310001564618us-gaap:FairValueInputsLevel3Memberus-gaap:NondesignatedMemberus-gaap:ForwardContractsMemberus-gaap:FairValueMeasurementsRecurringMember2020-12-310001564618ibtx:FinancialinstitutioncounterpartyMemberus-gaap:NondesignatedMemberus-gaap:InterestRateSwapMemberus-gaap:FairValueMeasurementsRecurringMember2020-12-310001564618us-gaap:FairValueInputsLevel1Memberibtx:FinancialinstitutioncounterpartyMemberus-gaap:NondesignatedMemberus-gaap:InterestRateSwapMemberus-gaap:FairValueMeasurementsRecurringMember2020-12-310001564618ibtx:FinancialinstitutioncounterpartyMemberus-gaap:NondesignatedMemberus-gaap:FairValueInputsLevel2Memberus-gaap:InterestRateSwapMemberus-gaap:FairValueMeasurementsRecurringMember2020-12-310001564618ibtx:FinancialinstitutioncounterpartyMemberus-gaap:FairValueInputsLevel3Memberus-gaap:NondesignatedMemberus-gaap:InterestRateSwapMemberus-gaap:FairValueMeasurementsRecurringMember2020-12-310001564618us-gaap:USTreasurySecuritiesMemberus-gaap:FairValueMeasurementsRecurringMember2019-12-310001564618us-gaap:FairValueInputsLevel1Memberus-gaap:USTreasurySecuritiesMemberus-gaap:FairValueMeasurementsRecurringMember2019-12-310001564618us-gaap:USTreasurySecuritiesMemberus-gaap:FairValueInputsLevel2Memberus-gaap:FairValueMeasurementsRecurringMember2019-12-310001564618us-gaap:FairValueInputsLevel3Memberus-gaap:USTreasurySecuritiesMemberus-gaap:FairValueMeasurementsRecurringMember2019-12-310001564618us-gaap:AgencySecuritiesMemberus-gaap:FairValueMeasurementsRecurringMember2019-12-310001564618us-gaap:FairValueInputsLevel1Memberus-gaap:AgencySecuritiesMemberus-gaap:FairValueMeasurementsRecurringMember2019-12-310001564618us-gaap:AgencySecuritiesMemberus-gaap:FairValueInputsLevel2Memberus-gaap:FairValueMeasurementsRecurringMember2019-12-310001564618us-gaap:FairValueInputsLevel3Memberus-gaap:AgencySecuritiesMemberus-gaap:FairValueMeasurementsRecurringMember2019-12-310001564618us-gaap:USStatesAndPoliticalSubdivisionsMemberus-gaap:FairValueMeasurementsRecurringMember2019-12-310001564618us-gaap:FairValueInputsLevel1Memberus-gaap:USStatesAndPoliticalSubdivisionsMemberus-gaap:FairValueMeasurementsRecurringMember2019-12-310001564618us-gaap:USStatesAndPoliticalSubdivisionsMemberus-gaap:FairValueInputsLevel2Memberus-gaap:FairValueMeasurementsRecurringMember2019-12-310001564618us-gaap:USStatesAndPoliticalSubdivisionsMemberus-gaap:FairValueInputsLevel3Memberus-gaap:FairValueMeasurementsRecurringMember2019-12-310001564618us-gaap:FairValueMeasurementsRecurringMemberus-gaap:CorporateBondSecuritiesMember2019-12-310001564618us-gaap:FairValueInputsLevel1Memberus-gaap:FairValueMeasurementsRecurringMemberus-gaap:CorporateBondSecuritiesMember2019-12-310001564618us-gaap:FairValueInputsLevel2Memberus-gaap:FairValueMeasurementsRecurringMemberus-gaap:CorporateBondSecuritiesMember2019-12-310001564618us-gaap:FairValueInputsLevel3Memberus-gaap:FairValueMeasurementsRecurringMemberus-gaap:CorporateBondSecuritiesMember2019-12-310001564618us-gaap:FairValueMeasurementsRecurringMemberus-gaap:ResidentialMortgageBackedSecuritiesMember2019-12-310001564618us-gaap:FairValueInputsLevel1Memberus-gaap:FairValueMeasurementsRecurringMemberus-gaap:ResidentialMortgageBackedSecuritiesMember2019-12-310001564618us-gaap:FairValueInputsLevel2Memberus-gaap:FairValueMeasurementsRecurringMemberus-gaap:ResidentialMortgageBackedSecuritiesMember2019-12-310001564618us-gaap:FairValueInputsLevel3Memberus-gaap:FairValueMeasurementsRecurringMemberus-gaap:ResidentialMortgageBackedSecuritiesMember2019-12-310001564618us-gaap:FairValueMeasurementsRecurringMemberus-gaap:OtherDebtSecuritiesMember2019-12-310001564618us-gaap:FairValueInputsLevel1Memberus-gaap:FairValueMeasurementsRecurringMemberus-gaap:OtherDebtSecuritiesMember2019-12-310001564618us-gaap:FairValueInputsLevel2Memberus-gaap:FairValueMeasurementsRecurringMemberus-gaap:OtherDebtSecuritiesMember2019-12-310001564618us-gaap:FairValueInputsLevel3Memberus-gaap:FairValueMeasurementsRecurringMemberus-gaap:OtherDebtSecuritiesMember2019-12-310001564618us-gaap:NondesignatedMemberus-gaap:FairValueMeasurementsRecurringMember2019-12-310001564618us-gaap:FairValueInputsLevel1Memberus-gaap:NondesignatedMemberus-gaap:FairValueMeasurementsRecurringMember2019-12-310001564618us-gaap:NondesignatedMemberus-gaap:FairValueInputsLevel2Memberus-gaap:FairValueMeasurementsRecurringMember2019-12-310001564618us-gaap:FairValueInputsLevel3Memberus-gaap:NondesignatedMemberus-gaap:FairValueMeasurementsRecurringMember2019-12-310001564618us-gaap:InterestRateLockCommitmentsMemberus-gaap:NondesignatedMemberus-gaap:FairValueMeasurementsRecurringMember2019-12-310001564618us-gaap:FairValueInputsLevel1Memberus-gaap:InterestRateLockCommitmentsMemberus-gaap:NondesignatedMemberus-gaap:FairValueMeasurementsRecurringMember2019-12-310001564618us-gaap:InterestRateLockCommitmentsMemberus-gaap:NondesignatedMemberus-gaap:FairValueInputsLevel2Memberus-gaap:FairValueMeasurementsRecurringMember2019-12-310001564618us-gaap:InterestRateLockCommitmentsMemberus-gaap:FairValueInputsLevel3Memberus-gaap:NondesignatedMemberus-gaap:FairValueMeasurementsRecurringMember2019-12-310001564618us-gaap:NondesignatedMemberus-gaap:ForwardContractsMemberus-gaap:FairValueMeasurementsRecurringMember2019-12-310001564618us-gaap:FairValueInputsLevel1Memberus-gaap:NondesignatedMemberus-gaap:ForwardContractsMemberus-gaap:FairValueMeasurementsRecurringMember2019-12-310001564618us-gaap:NondesignatedMemberus-gaap:FairValueInputsLevel2Memberus-gaap:ForwardContractsMemberus-gaap:FairValueMeasurementsRecurringMember2019-12-310001564618us-gaap:FairValueInputsLevel3Memberus-gaap:NondesignatedMemberus-gaap:ForwardContractsMemberus-gaap:FairValueMeasurementsRecurringMember2019-12-310001564618ibtx:LoancustomercounterpartyMemberus-gaap:NondesignatedMemberus-gaap:InterestRateSwapMemberus-gaap:FairValueMeasurementsRecurringMember2019-12-310001564618us-gaap:FairValueInputsLevel1Memberibtx:LoancustomercounterpartyMemberus-gaap:NondesignatedMemberus-gaap:InterestRateSwapMemberus-gaap:FairValueMeasurementsRecurringMember2019-12-310001564618ibtx:LoancustomercounterpartyMemberus-gaap:NondesignatedMemberus-gaap:FairValueInputsLevel2Memberus-gaap:InterestRateSwapMemberus-gaap:FairValueMeasurementsRecurringMember2019-12-310001564618ibtx:LoancustomercounterpartyMemberus-gaap:FairValueInputsLevel3Memberus-gaap:NondesignatedMemberus-gaap:InterestRateSwapMemberus-gaap:FairValueMeasurementsRecurringMember2019-12-310001564618ibtx:FinancialinstitutioncounterpartyMemberus-gaap:NondesignatedMemberus-gaap:InterestRateSwapMemberus-gaap:FairValueMeasurementsRecurringMember2019-12-310001564618us-gaap:FairValueInputsLevel1Memberibtx:FinancialinstitutioncounterpartyMemberus-gaap:NondesignatedMemberus-gaap:InterestRateSwapMemberus-gaap:FairValueMeasurementsRecurringMember2019-12-310001564618ibtx:FinancialinstitutioncounterpartyMemberus-gaap:NondesignatedMemberus-gaap:FairValueInputsLevel2Memberus-gaap:InterestRateSwapMemberus-gaap:FairValueMeasurementsRecurringMember2019-12-310001564618ibtx:FinancialinstitutioncounterpartyMemberus-gaap:FairValueInputsLevel3Memberus-gaap:NondesignatedMemberus-gaap:InterestRateSwapMemberus-gaap:FairValueMeasurementsRecurringMember2019-12-310001564618us-gaap:FairValueMeasurementsNonrecurringMember2020-12-310001564618us-gaap:FairValueInputsLevel1Memberus-gaap:FairValueMeasurementsNonrecurringMember2020-12-310001564618us-gaap:FairValueMeasurementsNonrecurringMemberus-gaap:FairValueInputsLevel2Member2020-12-310001564618us-gaap:FairValueMeasurementsNonrecurringMemberus-gaap:FairValueInputsLevel3Member2020-12-310001564618us-gaap:FairValueMeasurementsNonrecurringMemberibtx:ImpairedLoansMember2020-01-012020-12-310001564618us-gaap:FairValueMeasurementsNonrecurringMember2019-12-310001564618us-gaap:FairValueInputsLevel1Memberus-gaap:FairValueMeasurementsNonrecurringMember2019-12-310001564618us-gaap:FairValueMeasurementsNonrecurringMemberus-gaap:FairValueInputsLevel2Member2019-12-310001564618us-gaap:FairValueMeasurementsNonrecurringMemberus-gaap:FairValueInputsLevel3Member2019-12-310001564618us-gaap:FairValueMeasurementsNonrecurringMemberibtx:ImpairedLoansMember2019-01-012019-12-310001564618us-gaap:FairValueMeasurementsNonrecurringMemberibtx:OtherRealEstateMember2019-01-012019-12-310001564618us-gaap:CarryingReportedAmountFairValueDisclosureMember2020-12-310001564618us-gaap:EstimateOfFairValueFairValueDisclosureMember2020-12-310001564618us-gaap:FairValueInputsLevel1Member2020-12-310001564618us-gaap:FairValueInputsLevel2Member2020-12-310001564618us-gaap:FairValueInputsLevel3Member2020-12-310001564618us-gaap:CarryingReportedAmountFairValueDisclosureMemberus-gaap:CommitmentsToExtendCreditMember2020-12-310001564618us-gaap:EstimateOfFairValueFairValueDisclosureMemberus-gaap:CommitmentsToExtendCreditMember2020-12-310001564618us-gaap:FairValueInputsLevel1Memberus-gaap:CommitmentsToExtendCreditMember2020-12-310001564618us-gaap:CommitmentsToExtendCreditMemberus-gaap:FairValueInputsLevel2Member2020-12-310001564618us-gaap:FairValueInputsLevel3Memberus-gaap:CommitmentsToExtendCreditMember2020-12-310001564618us-gaap:CarryingReportedAmountFairValueDisclosureMemberus-gaap:StandbyLettersOfCreditMember2020-12-310001564618us-gaap:EstimateOfFairValueFairValueDisclosureMemberus-gaap:StandbyLettersOfCreditMember2020-12-310001564618us-gaap:FairValueInputsLevel1Memberus-gaap:StandbyLettersOfCreditMember2020-12-310001564618us-gaap:StandbyLettersOfCreditMemberus-gaap:FairValueInputsLevel2Member2020-12-310001564618us-gaap:FairValueInputsLevel3Memberus-gaap:StandbyLettersOfCreditMember2020-12-310001564618us-gaap:CarryingReportedAmountFairValueDisclosureMember2019-12-310001564618us-gaap:EstimateOfFairValueFairValueDisclosureMember2019-12-310001564618us-gaap:FairValueInputsLevel1Member2019-12-310001564618us-gaap:FairValueInputsLevel2Member2019-12-310001564618us-gaap:FairValueInputsLevel3Member2019-12-310001564618us-gaap:CarryingReportedAmountFairValueDisclosureMemberus-gaap:CommitmentsToExtendCreditMember2019-12-310001564618us-gaap:EstimateOfFairValueFairValueDisclosureMemberus-gaap:CommitmentsToExtendCreditMember2019-12-310001564618us-gaap:FairValueInputsLevel1Memberus-gaap:CommitmentsToExtendCreditMember2019-12-310001564618us-gaap:CommitmentsToExtendCreditMemberus-gaap:FairValueInputsLevel2Member2019-12-310001564618us-gaap:FairValueInputsLevel3Memberus-gaap:CommitmentsToExtendCreditMember2019-12-310001564618us-gaap:CarryingReportedAmountFairValueDisclosureMemberus-gaap:StandbyLettersOfCreditMember2019-12-310001564618us-gaap:EstimateOfFairValueFairValueDisclosureMemberus-gaap:StandbyLettersOfCreditMember2019-12-310001564618us-gaap:FairValueInputsLevel1Memberus-gaap:StandbyLettersOfCreditMember2019-12-310001564618us-gaap:StandbyLettersOfCreditMemberus-gaap:FairValueInputsLevel2Member2019-12-310001564618us-gaap:FairValueInputsLevel3Memberus-gaap:StandbyLettersOfCreditMember2019-12-310001564618us-gaap:InterestRateLockCommitmentsMemberus-gaap:NondesignatedMember2020-12-310001564618us-gaap:NondesignatedMemberus-gaap:ForwardContractsMember2020-12-310001564618ibtx:LoancustomercounterpartyMemberus-gaap:NondesignatedMemberus-gaap:InterestRateSwapMemberus-gaap:CommercialLoanMember2020-12-310001564618ibtx:FinancialinstitutioncounterpartyMemberus-gaap:NondesignatedMemberus-gaap:InterestRateSwapMemberus-gaap:CommercialLoanMember2020-12-310001564618us-gaap:InterestRateLockCommitmentsMemberus-gaap:NondesignatedMember2019-12-310001564618us-gaap:NondesignatedMemberus-gaap:ForwardContractsMember2019-12-310001564618ibtx:LoancustomercounterpartyMemberus-gaap:NondesignatedMemberus-gaap:InterestRateSwapMemberus-gaap:CommercialLoanMember2019-12-310001564618ibtx:FinancialinstitutioncounterpartyMemberus-gaap:NondesignatedMemberus-gaap:InterestRateSwapMemberus-gaap:CommercialLoanMember2019-12-310001564618ibtx:LoancustomercounterpartyMemberus-gaap:NondesignatedMemberus-gaap:InterestRateSwapMemberibtx:InterestRateReceivedMemberus-gaap:CommercialLoanMember2020-12-310001564618ibtx:LoancustomercounterpartyMemberibtx:InterestRatePaidMemberus-gaap:NondesignatedMemberus-gaap:InterestRateSwapMemberus-gaap:CommercialLoanMember2020-12-310001564618ibtx:LoancustomercounterpartyMemberus-gaap:NondesignatedMemberus-gaap:InterestRateSwapMemberibtx:InterestRateReceivedMemberus-gaap:CommercialLoanMember2019-12-310001564618ibtx:LoancustomercounterpartyMemberibtx:InterestRatePaidMemberus-gaap:NondesignatedMemberus-gaap:InterestRateSwapMemberus-gaap:CommercialLoanMember2019-12-310001564618ibtx:LoancustomercounterpartyMemberus-gaap:InterestRateSwapMember2020-12-310001564618ibtx:RiskParticipationAgreementsParticipantBankMember2020-12-310001564618ibtx:RiskParticipationAgreementsLeadBankMember2020-12-310001564618us-gaap:InterestRateLockCommitmentsMember2020-01-012020-12-310001564618us-gaap:InterestRateLockCommitmentsMember2019-01-012019-12-310001564618us-gaap:ForwardContractsMember2020-01-012020-12-310001564618us-gaap:ForwardContractsMember2019-01-012019-12-310001564618ibtx:EquityIncentivePlanTwentyThirteenMember2013-04-300001564618ibtx:EquityIncentivePlanTwentyThirteenMember2020-12-310001564618srt:MinimumMemberibtx:EquityIncentivePlanTwentyThirteenMember2020-01-012020-12-310001564618ibtx:EquityIncentivePlanTwentyThirteenMembersrt:MaximumMember2020-01-012020-12-310001564618srt:MinimumMemberibtx:EquityIncentivePlanTwentyThirteenMemberibtx:PerformanceBasedPerformanceStockUnitsMember2020-01-012020-12-310001564618ibtx:EquityIncentivePlanTwentyThirteenMembersrt:MaximumMemberibtx:PerformanceBasedPerformanceStockUnitsMember2020-01-012020-12-310001564618us-gaap:RestrictedStockMember2019-12-310001564618us-gaap:RestrictedStockMember2020-01-012020-12-310001564618us-gaap:RestrictedStockMember2020-12-310001564618us-gaap:RestrictedStockMember2018-12-310001564618us-gaap:RestrictedStockMember2019-01-012019-12-310001564618us-gaap:RestrictedStockMember2018-01-012018-12-310001564618ibtx:FirstYearMember2020-12-310001564618ibtx:SecondYearMember2020-12-310001564618ibtx:ThirdYearMember2020-12-310001564618ibtx:FourthYearMember2020-12-310001564618ibtx:FifthYearMember2020-12-310001564618ibtx:PerformanceBasedPerformanceStockUnitsMember2019-12-310001564618ibtx:PerformanceBasedPerformanceStockUnitsMember2020-01-012020-12-310001564618ibtx:PerformanceBasedPerformanceStockUnitsMember2020-12-310001564618srt:SubsidiariesMember2020-12-310001564618srt:SubsidiariesMember2019-12-310001564618ibtx:October2020ShareRepurchaseProgramMember2020-10-220001564618ibtx:October2020ShareRepurchaseProgramMember2020-01-012020-12-310001564618ibtx:October2018ShareRepurchaseProgramMember2019-01-012019-12-310001564618ibtx:TexasCapitalBancsharesInc.Member2020-01-012020-12-310001564618ibtx:TexasCapitalBancsharesInc.Member2019-01-012019-12-310001564618ibtx:GuarantyBancorpMember2019-12-310001564618ibtx:SalariesandemployeebenefitsMemberibtx:GuarantyBancorpMember2019-01-012019-12-310001564618ibtx:GuarantyBancorpMemberus-gaap:AcquisitionRelatedCostsMember2019-01-012019-12-310001564618ibtx:GuarantyBancorpMember2018-01-012018-12-310001564618ibtx:GuarantyBancorpMemberus-gaap:CommonStockMember2019-01-012019-01-010001564618ibtx:GuarantyBancorpMemberibtx:RestrictedStockReplacementAwardsMember2019-01-012019-01-010001564618ibtx:GuarantyBancorpMemberibtx:RestrictedStockReplacementAwardsMember2019-01-012019-12-310001564618srt:ParentCompanyMember2020-01-012020-12-310001564618srt:ParentCompanyMember2019-01-012019-12-310001564618srt:ParentCompanyMember2018-01-012018-12-310001564618srt:ParentCompanyMember2018-12-310001564618srt:ParentCompanyMember2017-12-310001564618us-gaap:SubsequentEventMemberus-gaap:RevolvingCreditFacilityMemberus-gaap:LineOfCreditMember2021-01-170001564618us-gaap:SubsequentEventMemberus-gaap:RevolvingCreditFacilityMemberus-gaap:LineOfCreditMember2021-03-012021-03-010001564618us-gaap:SubsequentEventMember2021-01-282021-01-280001564618us-gaap:SubsequentEventMember2021-02-252021-02-25

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549   
FORM 10-K
(Mark One)
ANNUAL REPORT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1934
For The Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2020.
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(D) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the transition period from                 to                    .
Commission file number 001-35854
Independent Bank Group, Inc.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)   
Texas     13-4219346
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)     (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
7777 Henneman Way    
McKinney,
Texas 75070-1711
(Address of principal executive offices)     (Zip Code)
(972) 562-9004
(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
Title of Each Class Trading Symbol(s) Name of Each Exchange on which Registered
Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share IBTX NASDAQ Global Select Market
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
None

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes No
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes No
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes No
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes No
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
Large Accelerated Filer Accelerated Filer
Non-Accelerated Filer Smaller Reporting Company
Emerging Growth Company
If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.                    
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report.                                     Yes No
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). Yes No

The aggregate market value of the shares of common stock held by non-affiliates based on the closing price of the common stock on the Nasdaq Global Select Market on June 30, 2020 was approximately $1,494,273,058.
At February 25, 2021, the Company had outstanding 43,192,020 shares of common stock, par value $.01 per share.

Documents Incorporated By Reference:
Portions of the Company’s Proxy Statement relating to the 2021 Annual Meeting of Shareholders, which will be filed within 120 days after December 31, 2020, are incorporated by reference into Part III, Items 10 - 14 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.




INDEPENDENT BANK GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Annual Report on Form 10-K
December 31, 2020
   
PART I
Item 1.
1
Item 1A.
17
Item 1B.
36
Item 2.
36
Item 3.
37
Item 4.
38
PART II
Item 5.
38
Item 6.
41
Item 7.
43
Item 7A.
79
Item 8.
79
Item 9.
79
Item 9A.
79
Item 9B.
82
PART III
Item 10.
82
Item 11.
82
Item 12.
82
Item 13.
82
Item 14.
82
PART IV
Item 15.
83
Item 16.
150
   





Table of Contents
PART I

ITEM 1. BUSINESS
The disclosures set forth in this item are qualified by Item 1A. Risk Factors, and the section captioned “Forward-Looking Statements” in Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations of this report and other cautionary statements set forth elsewhere in this report.
General
Independent Bank Group, Inc. (the “Company”) is a registered bank holding company headquartered in McKinney, Texas, which is located in the northern portion of the Dallas-Fort Worth metropolitan area. The Company was organized as a Texas corporation on September 20, 2002. Through the Company’s wholly owned subsidiary, Independent Bank, a Texas state chartered bank, doing business as Independent Financial (the “Bank”), the Company provides a wide range of relationship-driven commercial banking products and services tailored to meet the needs of businesses, professionals and individuals. The Company operates through its branch banking offices in the Dallas/North Texas area, including McKinney, Dallas, Fort Worth, and Sherman/Denison, the Austin/Central Texas area, including Austin and Waco, the Houston Texas metropolitan area and along the Colorado Front Range area, including Denver, Colorado Springs and Fort Collins.
As of December 31, 2020, the Company had consolidated total assets of approximately $17.8 billion, total loans of approximately $13.0 billion, total deposits of approximately $14.4 billion and total stockholders’ equity of approximately $2.5 billion.
The Company’s primary function is to own all of the stock of the Bank. The Bank is a locally managed community bank that seeks to provide personal attention and professional assistance to its customer base, which consists principally of small to medium sized businesses, professionals and individuals. The Bank’s philosophy includes offering direct access to its officers and personnel, providing friendly, informed and courteous service, local and timely decision making, flexible and reasonable operating procedures, and consistently applied credit policies.
The Company’s common stock is traded on the Nasdaq Global Select Market under the symbol "IBTX."
Business Strategy
The Company operates based upon the following core strategies, which the Company designed to enhance shareholder value by growing strategically while preserving asset quality, improving efficiency and increasing profitability:
Grow Organically. The Company focuses on continued organic growth through the Company’s existing footprint and business lines. The Company utilizes a community-focused, relationship-driven customer strategy to increase loans and deposits through the Company’s existing locations. Preserving the safety and soundness of the Company’s loan portfolio is a fundamental element of the Company’s organic growth strategy. The Company has a strong and conservative credit culture, which allows the Company to maintain its asset quality as the Company grows. In addition, the Company has an enterprise risk management function to identify and mitigate risk on a Company wide basis to support continued growth.
1



Table of Contents
Grow Through Acquisitions. The Company plans to continue to take advantage of opportunities to acquire or strategically partner with other banking franchises both within and outside the Company’s current footprint. Since mid-2010, the Company has completed twelve acquisitions that the Company believes have enhanced shareholder value and the Company’s market presence. The following table summarizes each of the acquisitions completed since 2010.
Acquired Institution/Market Date of Acquisition Fair Value of Total Assets Acquired
(dollars in thousands)
Town Center Bank
Dallas/North Texas
July 31, 2010 $37,451
Farmersville Bancshares, Inc.
Dallas/North Texas
September 30, 2010 99,420
I Bank Holding Company, Inc.
Austin/Central Texas
April 1, 2012 172,587
The Community Group, Inc.
Dallas/North Texas
October 1, 2012 110,967
Collin Bank
Dallas/North Texas
November 30, 2013 168,320
Live Oak Financial Corp.
Dallas/North Texas
January 1, 2014 131,008
BOH Holdings, Inc.
Houston, Texas
April 15, 2014 1,188,893
Houston City Bancshares, Inc.
Houston, Texas
October 1, 2014 350,747
Grand Bank
Dallas, Texas
November 1, 2015 620,196
Carlile Bancshares, Inc.
Dallas/North Texas, Central Texas, Colorado Front Range
April 1, 2017 2,444,155
Integrity Bancshares, Inc.
Houston, Texas
June 1, 2018 851,875
Guaranty Bancorp
Denver, Colorado and Colorado Front Range
January 1, 2019 3,943,070
The Company's Community Banking Services

The Independent Way. Nearly a century after the Bank’s beginning, the Bank’s dedication to serving the needs of businesses and individuals in the Bank’s communities remains stronger than ever. Through the Bank, the Company strives to provide customers with innovative financial products and services, local decision making and a level of service and responsiveness that is second to none. The Company’s innovative and independent spirit is balanced by adherence to fundamental banking principles that have enabled the Company to remain strong, sound and financially secure even during challenging economic times. The Company is also steeped in a tradition of civic pride as evidenced by the investment of the Company’s time, energies and financial resources in many local community development initiatives and organizations to improve and benefit the Company’s communities.
Lending Operations. Through the Bank, the Company offers a broad range of commercial and retail lending products to businesses, professionals and individuals. Commercial lending products include owner-occupied commercial real estate loans, interim construction loans, commercial loans (such as SBA guaranteed loans, business term loans, equipment lease financing, lines of credit and energy related loans) to a diversified mix of small and midsized businesses, and loans to professionals, including medical practices. Retail lending products include residential first and second mortgage loans and consumer installment loans, such as loans to purchase cars, boats and other recreational vehicles.
2



Table of Contents
The Company’s strategy is to maintain a broadly diversified loan portfolio by type and location. The Company’s loan portfolio consists of real estate loans, commercial and industrial loans, residential mortgage loans, residential construction loans, agricultural loans and consumer loans. Real estate secured loans are spread among a variety of types of borrowers, including owner-occupied offices for small businesses, medical practices and offices, retail operations and multi-family properties. The Company’s loans are diversified geographically throughout the Company’s Dallas/North Texas region (approximately 45%), the Company’s Houston region (approximately 20%), the Company’s Austin/Central Texas region (approximately 11%) and the Company's Colorado Front Range region (approximately 24%). See “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations - Loan Portfolio" for a more detailed description of the Company’s lending operations.
Deposits. Through the Bank, the Company provides a full range of deposit products and services, including a variety of checking and savings accounts, debit cards, online banking, mobile banking, eStatements and bank-by-mail and direct deposit services. Deposits are the Company’s principal source of funds for use in lending and other general banking purposes. The Company also offers business accounts and management services, including analyzed business checking, business savings, and treasury management services. The Company solicits deposits through its relationship-driven team of dedicated and accessible bankers and through community focused marketing. The Company also utilizes an experienced Treasury Management team to solicit and manage large deposit relationships.
Other Services. In connection with our relationship driven approach to our customers, the Company, through the Bank, offers residential mortgages through the mortgage brokerage division. As a mortgage broker, the Company originates residential mortgages which are sold into the secondary market shortly after closing. The Company also supports residential mortgage operations through a mortgage warehouse program. The Company provides wealth management services to its customers through Private Capital Management, LLC, a registered investment advisory firm, which is a wholly owned subsidiary of the Bank.
The Company has recently initiated a retail banking strategy designed to enhance products and services to consumers. Through this strategy, the Company intends to provide personalized and consumer focused services to retail customers through the Company’s branch structure.
Competition
The Company competes in the commercial banking industry solely through the Bank and firmly believes that the Bank’s long-standing presence in the community and personal service philosophy enhance the Company’s ability to attract and retain customers. This industry is highly competitive, and the Bank faces strong direct competition for deposits, loans and other financial-related services. The Company competes with other commercial banks, thrifts and credit unions. An emerging source of competition is banking through digital channels offered by large, money center banking organizations, as well as “FinTech” businesses. Although some of these competitors are situated locally, others have statewide or nationwide presence. In addition, the Company competes with large banks in major financial centers and other financial intermediaries, such as consumer finance companies, brokerage firms, mortgage banking companies, insurance companies, securities firms, mutual funds and certain government agencies as well as major retailers, all actively engaged in providing various types of loans and other financial services. The Company believes that its banking professionals, the range and quality of products that the Company offers, its market presence, and its emphasis on building long-lasting relationships distinguishes the Bank from its competitors.
According to S&P Global Market Intelligence, as of June 30, 2020, the Company had the 13th largest deposit market share in Texas and the 13th largest deposit market share in Colorado. We believe that our strong market share is a reflection of the Company’s ability to compete with more prominent banking franchises in our markets.
3



Table of Contents
COVID-19 Impact and Response
COVID-19 Impact and Legislative Response. In December of 2019, a novel strain of coronavirus, COVID-19, was reported in Wuhan China. COVID-19 virus rapidly spread to many other countries, including the United States, and the World Health Organization formally declared the coronavirus outbreak a pandemic in March of 2020. In response, federal and many state governments, including Colorado and Texas, implemented measures, including “stay at home” orders, restricting the operations of businesses and the activities of individuals. These orders and other effects of COVID-19 have had significant and widespread impact on the macroeconomic environment, leading to lower interest rates, depressed market valuations, heightened unemployment, heightened volatility in the financial, commodities (including oil and gas) and other markets, and significant disruption in banking and other financial activity in the areas in which the Company operates. COVID-19 also had a significant economic impact on a broad range of industries in which the customers of the Company operate.
In March of 2020, the Coronavirus Aid, Relief and Economic Security (“CARES Act”) took effect to address the impact of COVID-19. The CARES Act included the Paycheck Protection Program (“PPP”), a nearly $350 billion program designed to aid small and medium sized businesses through federally guaranteed loans distributed through banks (“PPP Round 1”). The PPP loans carried with them certain requirements for use of funds to pay for payroll costs, as well as certain other operational costs, to help businesses remain viable in the face of the economic uncertainty created by the COVID-19 pandemic. In April of 2020, Congress passed another bill to provide additional PPP loan funding and authority. In June of 2020, the Paycheck Protection Program Flexibility Act (the “Flexibility Act”) increased flexibility in the PPP loan program to address pervasive issues experienced by small businesses, such as hiring and continued operational constraints negatively impacting their businesses. Among other modifications, the Flexibility Act extended the period of time businesses had to use PPP loan funds from 8 weeks to 24 weeks, relaxed measures to qualify for PPP loan forgiveness, and extended deferral periods for PPP loans. In July of 2020, Congress again responded to small business needs by extending the deadline to apply for PPP Round 1 funding to August of 2020. In December of 2020, Congress enacted the Economic Aid to Hard-Hit Small Business, Nonprofits, and Venues Act, which allocated an additional $284 billion for PPP loans, extended authority to make PPP loans to March 31, 2021, modified provisions related to making PPP loans and forgiveness of PPP loans, and set forth requirements to obtain a second draw loan (“PPP Round 2”).
In addition to providing stimulus packages to maintain the viability of U.S. businesses, the CARES Act, and subsequent amendments thereto, also permitted financial institutions to delay adoption of the new accounting measure for estimating allowances for loan losses and provision known as the current expected credit loss model or CECL. Further discussion of the impact of these legislative measures on the Bank is addressed below under “Supervision and Regulation, Regulation of the Bank, Measurement for Loan Allowances and Provision” and under Item 7, Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations - “Recent Development: COVID-19”.
Our Company’s COVID-19 Response. In the face of the challenges presented by COVID-19, our team and our customers have continued to demonstrate resilience, creativity and flexibility. Our team swept into action to close over 6,300 PPP loans during PPP Round 1. As of February 25, 2021, our team has originated over 1,600 loans for PPP Round 2. Aside from PPP loans, our teams have actively worked with our customers on a one-on-one basis to provide payment relief through prudent loan modifications, including deferrals and payment reductions. Refer to Item 7, Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations - “Recent Developments: COVID-19” for additional discussion of the impact of the pandemic on the Company’s financial condition.
In addition, the Company’s business continuity team instituted measures to maintain the health and safety of our employees and the customers we serve. We adjusted operating hours, instituted 50/50 staff rotation schedules and modified branch lobby configurations to promote social distancing and installed plexi-glass shields where appropriate to provide additional protections. Employees are required to wear face coverings, particularly when team members are engaging with customers. Surfaces are routinely cleaned and sanitized, work-from-home measures are in place, with cybersecurity protocols heightened to accommodate those measures, and protocols are in place to track and address exposures and potential exposures to COVID-19. We distribute routine communication to employees pertaining to pandemic related resources, updates and protocol reminders. Business travel also remains limited. Aside from these safety measures, the Company did not lay off or furlough any of its workforce and provided Special Circumstance Pay to employees impacted by COVID-19 so they are not required to exhaust Personal Time Off to deal with the challenges the pandemic has created in their daily lives. These measures have allowed us to successfully sustain operations in an incredibly challenging environment. However, as more thoroughly discussed under Item 1A, Risk Factors, Other Risk Affecting Our Business, the prolonged nature of the pandemic and its impact on the economy could lengthen, exacerbate, and prolong the risks identified in the Company’s 10-K.
4



Table of Contents
Our Company also focused on the needs of the greater community in these difficult times by providing over $100,000 in donations to support food banks across Texas and Colorado. This investment contributed to the delivery of over 300,000 meals to families in need, and provided meaningful paid employment to unemployed shift workers. In addition, the Bank provided more than $95,000 in additional donations to non-profits focused on small business support, housing and shelter, employment, remote learning technology, childcare and health care.
Human Capital Management
As of December 31, 2020, we employed 1,513 employees. The average tenure of senior executives within the Company is 13 years, and the attrition rate for all employees in 2020 was 16.1%. None of the Company’s employees are represented by any collective bargaining unit nor are they parties to any collective bargaining agreement. We believe our employee relations to be good.
We are a high performing company that provides meaningful and engaging employee experience while serving as a powerful force for positive change in the communities we serve. We believe in a corporate culture where all people are empowered to reach their full potential. The Company’s Board of Directors fosters this belief by ensuring that senior management adopt strategies that result in the Company keeping a continuous pulse on both employee performance and satisfaction at every level. One of these strategies includes developing measures that focus on recruitment, retention and advancement of a diverse workforce. To that end, the Company launched a new Diversity and Inclusion Program in the fourth quarter of 2020 built upon the three core principles of people, culture and community. The Company’s Diversity Council, comprised of 18 cross-functional leaders diverse in gender, race and ethnicity, was created as part of this initiative. The Company has also adopted and enforces codes of conduct that establish principles of integrity, respect, and excellence at all levels of the Company.
To attract and retain talent, the Company offers competitive compensation and benefits to our employees, and is heavily invested in the health, safety and welfare of each employee. Aside from the measures taken by the Company to protect our employee’s health and financial well-being in the midst of the COVID-19 pandemic described above, the Company’s standard benefits package includes an active health and wellness program that engages employees throughout the year with the goal of generating positive health outcomes for our team members. The program includes access to telemedicine, health savings accounts, flexible spending accounts, insurance premium reductions for those who complete certain health and fitness tasks in the year, and an Employee Assistance Program offering confidential emotional support, work-life solutions, and legal and financial planning resources. The Company also empowers employees to plan for their financial futures by matching 100% of the first 6% of contributions made to the Company’s 401-K plan. The Company also offers a competitive employee bonus incentive plan. In 2020, the Company paid 100% of the employee bonus incentive plan to its employees, despite the challenges presented by the COVID-19 pandemic.
The Company also encourages every employee to effect positive change in the communities we serve throughout Texas and Colorado. Senior management has designed programs that encourage and celebrate community service by providing additional paid time off to employees to accommodate participation in service related activities and by highlighting contributions made by our team throughout the year. In 2020, our employees volunteered over 6,500 hours for a volunteer value of over $178,000.
The Company firmly believes that one of its greatest assets is its employees. We strive year after year to build and enhance our corporate culture so that our workforce continues to feel valued, understood, appreciated, encouraged and empowered to professionally thrive and make a difference within the Company and the communities we serve.
Available Information
The Company files reports, proxy statements and other information with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. You may read and copy this information at the SEC’s Public Reference Room, 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. You may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC also maintains an Internet site that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information about issuers, like the Company, who file electronically with the SEC. The address of that site is http://www.sec.gov.
5



Table of Contents
Documents filed by the Company with the SEC are available from the Company without charge (except for exhibits to the documents). You may obtain documents filed by the Company with the SEC by requesting them in writing or by telephone from the Company at the following address:
Independent Bank Group, Inc.
7777 Henneman Way
McKinney, Texas 75070-1711
Attention: Paul Langdale
Senior Vice President, Director of Corporate Development
Telephone: (972) 562-9004
www.ibtx.com
Documents filed by the Company with the SEC are also available on the Company’s website, www.ibtx.com. Information furnished by the Company and information on, or accessible through, the SEC’s or the Company’s website is not part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Supervision and Regulation
General. The U.S. banking industry is highly regulated under federal and state law. Consequently, the growth and earnings performance of the Company and its subsidiaries will be affected not only by management decisions and general and local economic conditions, but also by the statutes administered by, and the regulations and policies of, various governmental regulatory authorities. These authorities include the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, or Federal Reserve, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, or the FDIC, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, or the OCC, the Texas Department of Banking, or TDB, the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau, or the CFPB, the SEC, the Internal Revenue Service and state taxing authorities. The effect of these statutes, regulations and policies, and any changes to such statutes, regulations and policies, can be significant and cannot be predicted.
The primary goals of the bank regulatory scheme are to maintain a safe and sound banking system and to facilitate the conduct of sound monetary policy. The system of supervision and regulation applicable to the Company and its subsidiaries establishes a comprehensive framework for their respective operations and is intended primarily for the protection of the FDIC’s deposit insurance fund, the banks’ depositors and the public, rather than the Company’s shareholders or creditors. The description below summarizes certain elements of the applicable bank regulatory framework. This description is not intended to describe all laws and regulations applicable to the Company and its subsidiaries, and the description is qualified in its entirety by reference to the full text of the statutes, regulations, policies, interpretive letters and other written guidance that are described herein.
Independent Bank Group as a Bank Holding Company
As a bank holding company, the Company is subject to regulation under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, or the BHC Act, and to supervision, examination and enforcement by the Federal Reserve. The BHC Act and other federal laws subject bank holding companies to particular restrictions on the types of activities in which they may engage, and to a range of supervisory requirements and activities, including regulatory enforcement actions for violations of laws and regulations. The Federal Reserve’s jurisdiction also extends to any company that the Company directly or indirectly controls, such as the Company’s nonbank subsidiaries.
Regulatory Restrictions on Dividends; Source of Strength. The Company is regarded as a legal entity separate and distinct from the Bank. The principal source of the Company’s revenues is dividends received from the Bank. As described in more detail below, Texas state law places limitations on the amount that state banks may pay in dividends, which Independent Bank must adhere to when paying dividends to the Company. The Federal Reserve has issued a policy statement that provides that a bank holding company should not pay dividends unless (a) its net income over the last four quarters (net of dividends paid) has been sufficient to fully fund the dividends, (b) the prospective rate of earnings retention appears to be consistent with the capital needs, asset quality and overall financial condition of the bank holding company and its subsidiaries and (c) the bank holding company will continue to meet minimum required capital adequacy ratios. Accordingly, the Company should not pay cash dividends that exceed its net income in any year or that can only be funded in ways that weaken its ability to serve as a source of financial strength for its banking subsidiaries, including by borrowing money to pay dividends.
6



Table of Contents
Under Federal Reserve policy, bank holding companies have historically been required to act as a source of financial and managerial strength to each of its banking subsidiaries, and the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, (the “Dodd-Frank Act”) codified this policy as a statutory requirement. Under this requirement, the Company is expected to commit resources to support the Bank, including at times when the Company may not be in a financial position to provide such resources. Any capital loans by a bank holding company to any of its subsidiary banks are subordinate in right of payment to deposits and to certain other indebtedness of such subsidiary banks. As discussed below, a bank holding company, in certain circumstances, could be required to guarantee the capital restoration plan of an undercapitalized banking subsidiary. If the capital of the Bank were to become impaired, the Federal Reserve could assess the Company for the deficiency. If the Company failed to pay the assessment within three months, the Federal Reserve could order the sale of the Company’s stock in the Bank to cover the deficiency.
Scope of Permissible Activities. Under the BHC Act, the Company is prohibited from acquiring a direct or indirect interest in or control of more than 5% of the voting shares of any company that is not a bank or financial holding company and from engaging directly or indirectly in activities other than those of banking, managing or controlling banks or furnishing services to or performing services for its subsidiary banks, except that the Company may engage in, directly or indirectly, and may own shares of companies engaged in, certain activities found by the Federal Reserve to be so closely related to banking or managing and controlling banks as to be a proper. These activities include, among others, operating a mortgage, finance, credit card or factoring company; performing certain data processing operations; providing investment and financial advice; acting as an insurance agent for certain types of credit-related insurance; leasing personal property on a full-payout, nonoperating basis; and providing certain stock brokerage and investment advisory services. In approving acquisitions or the addition of activities, the Federal Reserve considers, among other things, whether the acquisition or the additional activities can reasonably be expected to produce benefits to the public, such as greater convenience, increased competition, or gains in efficiency, that outweigh such possible adverse effects as undue concentration of resources, decreased or unfair competition, conflicts of interest or unsound banking practices.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, also known as the Financial Services Modernization Act of 1999, effective March 11, 2000, or the GLB Act, amended the BHC Act and eliminated the barriers to affiliations among banks, securities firms, insurance companies and other financial service providers. The GLB Act permits bank holding companies to become financial holding companies and thereby affiliate with securities firms and insurance companies and engage in other activities that are financial in nature. The GLB Act defines “financial in nature” to include securities underwriting, dealing and market making; sponsoring mutual funds and investment companies; insurance underwriting and agency; merchant banking activities; and activities that the Federal Reserve has determined to be closely related to banking. No regulatory approval will be required for a financial holding company to acquire a company, other than a bank or savings association, engaged in activities that are financial in nature or incidental to activities that are financial in nature, as determined by the Federal Reserve.
Safe and Sound Banking Practices. Bank holding companies are not permitted to engage in unsafe and unsound banking practices. The Federal Reserve’s capital regulations and Regulation Y, for example, generally requires a bank holding company to receive prior approval of and/or provide the Federal Reserve with prior notice of any redemption or repurchase of its own equity securities. The Federal Reserve may oppose the transaction if it believes that the transaction would constitute an unsafe or unsound practice or would violate any law or regulation. In certain circumstances, the Federal Reserve could take the position that paying a dividend would constitute an unsafe or unsound banking practice.
The Federal Reserve has broad authority to prohibit activities of bank holding companies and their nonbanking subsidiaries which represent unsafe and unsound banking practices or which constitute violations of laws or regulations, and can assess civil money penalties for certain activities conducted on a knowing and reckless basis, if those activities caused a substantial loss to a depository institution. The penalties can be as high as one million dollars ($1,000,000) for each day the activity continues.
Anti-Tying Restrictions. Bank holding companies and their affiliates are prohibited from tying the provision of certain services, such as extensions of credit, to other nonbanking services offered by a bank holding company or its affiliates.
7



Table of Contents
Capital Adequacy Requirements. The Federal Reserve utilizes a system based upon risk-based capital guidelines under a two-tier capital framework to evaluate the capital adequacy of bank holding companies. Tier 1 capital generally consists of common stockholders’ equity, retained earnings, a limited amount of qualifying perpetual preferred stock, qualifying trust preferred securities and noncontrolling interests in the equity accounts of consolidated subsidiaries, less goodwill and certain intangibles. Tier 2 capital generally consists of certain hybrid capital instruments and perpetual debt, mandatory convertible debt securities and a limited amount of subordinated debt, qualifying preferred stock, loan loss allowance, and unrealized holding gains on certain equity securities. The regulatory capital requirements are applicable to the Company because its total consolidated assets equal more than $1 billion. The Bank is subject to the capital requirements of the FDIC.
Under the guidelines, specific categories of assets are assigned different risk weights, based generally on the perceived credit risk of the asset. These risk weights are multiplied by corresponding asset balances to determine a “risk-weighted” asset base. The guidelines required a minimum ratio to be well capitalized of total capital to total risk-weighted assets of 8.0% (of which at least 6.0% was required to consist of Tier 1 capital elements). Total capital is the sum of Tier 1 and Tier 2 capital. Risk-weighted assets exclude intangible assets such as goodwill and core deposit intangibles.
In addition to the risk-based capital guidelines, the Federal Reserve uses a leverage ratio as an additional tool to evaluate the capital adequacy of bank holding companies. The leverage ratio is a company’s Tier 1 capital divided by its average total consolidated assets. In general, bank holding companies are required to maintain a leverage ratio of at least 4.0%. Further, under what is known as the “Basel III” requirements, the Company is subject to a capital measure known as “Common Equity Tier 1”, or CET1, which emphasizes the common equity component of capital adequacy.
The federal banking agencies’ risk-based and leverage capital ratios are minimum supervisory ratios generally applicable to banking organizations that meet certain specified criteria. Banking organizations not meeting these criteria are expected to operate with capital positions well above the minimum ratios. The federal bank regulatory agencies may set capital requirements for a particular banking organization that are higher than the minimum ratios when circumstances warrant. Federal Reserve guidelines also provide that banking organizations experiencing internal growth or making acquisitions must maintain strong capital positions substantially above the minimum supervisory levels, without significant reliance on intangible assets.
In addition to the minimum CET1, Tier 1 and total risk-based capital ratios, the Company and the Bank must maintain a capital conservation buffer consisting of additional CET1 capital greater than 2.5% of risk-weighted assets above the required minimum levels in order to avoid limitations on paying dividends, repurchasing shares, and paying discretionary bonuses.
Under the Federal Reserve's and FDIC’s prompt corrective action standards, in order to be considered well-capitalized, the Company and the Bank must have a ratio of CET1 capital to risk-weighted assets of 6.5%, a ratio of Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets of 8%, a ratio of total capital to risk-weighted assets of 10%, and a leverage ratio of 5%; and must not be subject to any written agreement, order, capital directive, or prompt corrective action directive to meet and maintain a specific capital level for any capital measure. In order to be considered adequately capitalized, an institution must have the minimum capital ratios described above. As of December 31, 2020, the Company and the Bank each were “well-capitalized.” An institution that is not well capitalized is subject to certain restrictions on brokered deposits and interest rates on deposits.
The Federal Reserve’s capital regulations and Regulation Y generally require a bank holding company to receive the prior approval of and/or provide the Federal Reserve with prior notice of any redemption or repurchase of its own equity securities.
Interchange Fees. The Durbin Amendment to the Dodd-Frank Act limits the amount of interchange fees that banks with assets of $10 billion or more may charge to process electronic debit transactions. An issuer must begin complying with the Durbin Amendment no later than July 1 of the next calendar year after the issuer crosses the $10 billion threshold. The Company and the Bank exceeded $10 billion in total consolidated assets upon consummation of the merger of the Company with Guaranty Bancorp and the merger of the Bank with Guaranty Bank and Trust Company, both on January 1, 2019. Thus, the Bank became subject to the rule on July 1, 2020. Under the Durbin Amendment and the Federal Reserve’s implementing regulations, bank issuers who are not exempt may only receive an interchange fee from merchants that is reasonable and proportional to the cost of clearing the transaction. The maximum permissible interchange fee is equal to no more than $0.21 plus 5 basis points of the transaction value for many types of debit interchange transactions. A debit card issuer may also recover $0.01 per transaction for fraud prevention purposes if the issuer complies with certain fraud-related requirements required by the Federal Reserve. In addition, the Federal Reserve has rules governing routing and exclusivity that require issuers to offer two unaffiliated networks for routing transactions on each debit or prepaid product.
8



Table of Contents
Imposition of Liability for Undercapitalized Subsidiaries. Bank regulators are required to take prompt corrective action to resolve problems associated with insured depository institutions whose capital declines below certain levels. In the event an institution becomes undercapitalized, it must submit a capital restoration plan. The capital restoration plan will not be accepted by the regulators unless each company having control of the undercapitalized institution guarantees the subsidiary’s compliance with the capital restoration plan up to a certain specified amount. Any such guarantee from a depository institution’s holding company is entitled to a priority of payment in bankruptcy.
The aggregate liability of the holding company of an undercapitalized bank is limited to the lesser of 5.0% of the institution’s assets at the time it became undercapitalized or the amount necessary to cause the institution to be adequately capitalized. The bank regulators have greater power in situations where an institution becomes significantly or critically undercapitalized or fails to submit a capital restoration plan. For example, a bank holding company controlling such an institution can be required to obtain prior Federal Reserve approval of proposed dividends, or might be required to consent to a consolidation or to divest the troubled institution or other affiliates.
Acquisitions by Bank Holding Companies. The BHC Act requires every bank holding company to obtain the prior approval of the Federal Reserve before it acquires all or substantially all of the assets of any bank, or ownership or control of any voting shares of any bank if after such acquisition it would own or control, directly or indirectly, more than 5% of the voting shares of such bank. In approving bank acquisitions by bank holding companies, the Federal Reserve is required to consider, among other things, the effect of the acquisition on competition, the financial condition, managerial resources and future prospects of the bank holding company and the banks concerned, the convenience and needs of the communities to be served (including the record of performance under the Community Reinvestment Act, or CRA), the effectiveness of the applicant in combating money laundering activities and the extent to which the proposed acquisition would result in greater or more concentrated risks to the stability of the U.S. banking or financial system. The Company’s ability to make future acquisitions will depend on its ability to obtain approval for such acquisitions from the Federal Reserve. The Federal Reserve could deny the Company’s application based on the above criteria or other considerations. For example, the Company could be required to sell banking centers as a condition to receiving regulatory approval, which condition may not be acceptable to the Company or, if acceptable, may reduce the benefit of a proposed acquisition.
Control Acquisitions. Federal and state laws, including the BHCA and the Change in Bank Control Act, or the CBCA, impose additional prior notice or approval requirements and ongoing regulatory requirements on any investor that seeks to acquire direct or indirect “control” of an FDIC-insured depository institution or bank holding company. Whether an investor “controls” a depository institution is based on all of the facts and circumstances surrounding the investment. As a general matter, an investor is deemed to control a depository institution or other company if the investor owns or controls 25% or more of any class of voting securities. Subject to rebuttal, an investor is presumed to control a depository institution or other company if the investor owns or controls 10% or more of any class of voting securities and either the depository institution or company is a public company or no other person will hold a greater percentage of that class of voting securities after the acquisition. If an investor’s ownership of the Company’s voting securities were to exceed certain thresholds, the investor could be deemed to “control” the Company for regulatory purposes, which could subject such investor to regulatory filings or other regulatory consequences.
On January 30, 2020, the Federal Reserve finalized a rule that simplifies and increases transparency of its rules for determining when one company controls another company for purposes of the BHC Act. The rule became effective September 30, 2020. The rule has and will likely continue to have a meaningful impact on control determinations related to investments in banks and bank holding companies and investments by bank holding companies in nonbank companies.
Volcker Rule. Section 619 of the Dodd-Frank Act, known as the Volcker Rule, prohibits any bank, bank holding company, or affiliate (referred to collectively as “banking entities”) from engaging in two types of activities: “proprietary trading” and the ownership or sponsorship of private equity or hedge funds that are referred to as “covered funds.” Proprietary trading is, in general, trading in securities on a short-term basis for a banking entity's own account. In December 2013, the federal banking agencies, the SEC and the Commodity Futures Trading Commission, finalized a regulation to implement the Volcker Rule. After the enactment of the Economic Growth, Regulatory Relief, and Consumer Protection Act in May 2018, Volcker Rule limitations apply to banking entities with $10 billion or more in total consolidated assets. Under the Volcker Rule implementing regulations, banking entities have two years to conform its investments and implement the required compliance plan or in the case of the Company, January 1, 2021.
9



Table of Contents
Federal Securities Laws. The common stock of the Company is registered with the SEC under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). Therefore, the Company is subject to the reporting, information disclosure, proxy solicitation, insider trading limits and other requirements imposed on public companies by the SEC under the Exchange Act. This includes limits on sales of stock by certain insiders and the filing of insider ownership reports with the SEC. The SEC and Nasdaq have adopted regulations under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the Dodd Frank Act that apply to the Company as a Nasdaq-traded, public company, which seek to improve corporate governance, provide enhanced penalties for financial reporting improprieties and improve the reliability of disclosures in SEC filings.
Regulation of the Bank
The Bank is a Texas-chartered banking association, the deposits of which are insured by the deposit insurance fund of the FDIC. The Bank is not a member of the Federal Reserve System; therefore, the Bank is subject to supervision and regulation by the FDIC, the TDB and CFPB. Such supervision and regulation subject the Bank to special restrictions, requirements, potential enforcement actions and periodic examination by the FDIC, the TDB and the CFPB. Because the Federal Reserve regulates the Company, the Federal Reserve also has supervisory authority that directly affects the Bank.
Equivalence to National Bank Powers. The Texas Constitution, as amended in 1986, provides that a Texas-chartered bank has the same rights and privileges that are or may be granted to national banks domiciled in Texas. To the extent that the Texas laws and regulations may have allowed state-chartered banks to engage in a broader range of activities than national banks, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991, or the FDICIA, has operated to limit this authority. The FDICIA provides that no state bank or subsidiary thereof may engage as a principal in any activity not permitted for national banks, unless the institution complies with applicable capital requirements and the FDIC determines that the activity poses no significant risk to the deposit insurance fund of the FDIC. In general, statutory restrictions on the activities of banks are aimed at protecting the safety and soundness of depository institutions.
Financial Modernization. Under the GLB Act, a national bank may establish a financial subsidiary and engage, subject to limitations on investment, in activities that are financial in nature, other than insurance underwriting as principal, insurance company portfolio investment, real estate development, real estate investment, annuity issuance and merchant banking activities. To do so, a bank must be well capitalized, well managed and have a Community Reinvestment Act, or CRA, rating from the FDIC of satisfactory or better. Subsidiary banks of a financial holding company or national banks with financial subsidiaries must remain well capitalized and well managed in order to continue to engage in activities that are financial in nature without regulatory actions or restrictions. Such actions or restrictions could include divestiture of the “financial in nature” subsidiary or subsidiaries. In addition, a financial holding company or a bank may not acquire a company that is engaged in activities that are financial in nature unless each of the subsidiary banks of the financial holding company or the bank has a CRA rating of satisfactory of better.
Although the powers of state chartered banks are not specifically addressed in the GLB Act, Texas-chartered banks such as the Bank will have the same if not greater powers as national banks through the parity provisions contained in the Texas Constitution and other Texas statutes.
Branching. Texas law provides that a Texas-chartered bank can establish a branch anywhere in Texas provided that the branch is approved in advance by the TDB. The branch must also be approved by the FDIC, which considers a number of factors, including financial history, capital adequacy, earnings prospects, character of management, needs of the community and consistency with corporate powers. The Dodd-Frank Act permits insured state banks to engage in de novo interstate branching if the laws of the state where the new branch is to be established would permit the establishment of the branch if it were chartered by such state.
10



Table of Contents
Restrictions on Transactions with Affiliates and Insiders. Transactions between the Bank and its nonbanking subsidiaries and/or affiliates, including the Company, are subject to Section 23A of the Federal Reserve Act. In general, Section 23A of the Federal Reserve Act imposes limits on the amount of such transactions, and also requires certain levels of collateral for loans to affiliated parties. It also limits the amount of advances to third parties that are collateralized by the securities or obligations of the Company or its subsidiaries. Covered transactions with any single affiliate may not exceed 10% of the capital stock and surplus of the Bank, and covered transactions with all affiliates may not exceed, in the aggregate, 20% of the Bank’s capital and surplus. For a bank, capital stock and surplus refers to the bank’s Tier 1 and Tier 2 capital, as calculated under the risk-based capital guidelines, plus the balance of the allowance for credit losses excluded from Tier 2 capital. The Bank’s transactions with all of its affiliates in the aggregate are limited to 20% of the foregoing capital. “Covered transactions” are defined by statute to include a loan or extension of credit to an affiliate, as well as a purchase of securities issued by an affiliate, a purchase of assets (unless otherwise exempted by the Federal Reserve) from the affiliate, the acceptance of securities issued by the affiliate as collateral for a loan, and the issuance of a guarantee, acceptance or letter of credit on behalf of an affiliate. In addition, in connection with covered transactions that are extensions of credit, the Bank may be required to hold collateral to provide added security to the Bank, and the types of permissible collateral may be limited. The Dodd-Frank Act generally enhances the restrictions on transactions with affiliates.
Affiliate transactions are also subject to Section 23B of the Federal Reserve Act, which generally requires that certain transactions between the Bank and its affiliates be on terms substantially the same, or at least as favorable to the Bank, as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with or involving other nonaffiliated persons.
The restrictions on loans to directors, executive officers, principal shareholders and their related interests (collectively referred to herein as “insiders”) contained in the Federal Reserve Act and in Regulation O promulgated by the Federal Reserve apply to all insured institutions and their subsidiaries and bank holding companies. These restrictions include limits on loans to one borrower and conditions that must be met before such a loan can be made. There is also an aggregate limitation on all loans to insiders and their related interests. Generally, these loans cannot exceed the institution’s total unimpaired capital and surplus, and the FDIC may determine that a lesser amount is appropriate. Loans to senior executive officers of a bank are even further restricted, generally limited to $100,000 per senior executive officer. Insiders are subject to enforcement actions for knowingly accepting loans in violation of applicable restrictions.
Restrictions on Dividends. Dividends paid by the Bank have provided a substantial part of the Company’s operating funds, and for the foreseeable future, it is anticipated that dividends paid by the Bank to the Company will continue to be the Company’s principal source of operating funds. However, capital adequacy requirements serve to limit the amount of dividends that may be paid by the Bank. Under federal law, the Bank cannot pay a dividend if, after paying the dividend, it would be undercapitalized. The FDIC may declare a dividend payment to be unsafe and unsound even though the Bank would continue to meet its capital requirements after payment of the dividend.
Because the Company is a legal entity separate and distinct from its subsidiaries, its right to participate in the distribution of assets of any subsidiary upon the subsidiary’s liquidation or reorganization will be subject to the prior claims of the subsidiary’s creditors. The Federal Deposit Insurance Act, or the FDI Act, provides that, in the event of a “liquidation or other resolution” of an insured depository institution, the claims of depositors of the institution (including the claims of the FDIC as subrogee of insured depositors) and certain claims for administrative expenses of the FDIC as a receiver will have priority over other general unsecured claims against the institution. If the Bank fails, insured and uninsured depositors, along with the FDIC, will have priority in payment ahead of unsecured, nondeposit creditors, including the Company, with respect to any extensions of credit it has made to the Bank.
Examinations by FDIC & TDB. The Company is subject to a continuous program of examination by the FDIC and TDB concerning, among other things, lending practices, reserve methodology, compliance with regulations, BSA/AML compliance, and management of risk related to interest rate, liquidity, capital and operations, overall enterprise risk management, internal audit program, financial accounting practice, and other related matters. The Company devotes a significant amount of time and resources to the compliance function.
11



Table of Contents
Examinations by CFPB. The Bank is subject to supervision and examination by the CFPB. The CFPB maintains authority over the Bank with respect to substantially all federal statutes and regulations protecting the interests of consumers of financial services, including but not limited to the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, the Fair Credit Reporting Act, the Truth in Lending Act, the Home Mortgage Disclosure Act, the Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act, the Fair Debt Collection Practices Act, the Truth in Savings Act, the Right to Financial Privacy Act and the Electronic Funds Transfer Act and their respective related regulations. Violation of these laws and regulations could subject the Bank to lawsuits and administrative penalties, including civil monetary penalties, payments to affected consumers, and orders to halt or materially change our consumer banking activities. The CFPB has broad authority to pursue enforcement actions, including investigations, civil actions and cease and desist proceedings and can refer civil and criminal findings to the Department of Justice for prosecution. The Bank is also subject to other federal and state consumer protection laws that, among other things, prohibit unfair, deceptive and abusive, corrupt or fraudulent business practices, untrue or misleading advertising and unfair competition.
Audit Reports. Insured institutions with total assets of $500 million or more must submit annual audit reports prepared by independent auditors to federal and state regulators. In some instances, the audit report of the institution’s holding company can be used to satisfy this requirement. Auditors of an insured institution must receive examination reports, supervisory agreements and reports of enforcement actions. For institutions with total assets of $1 billion or more, financial statements prepared in accordance with GAAP, management’s certifications signed by the Company’s and the Bank’s chief executive officer and chief accounting or financial officer concerning management’s responsibility for the financial statements, and an attestation by the auditors regarding the Bank’s internal controls must also be submitted. For institutions with total assets of more than $3 billion, independent auditors may be required to review quarterly financial statements. The FDICIA requires that the Bank have an independent audit committee, consisting only of outside directors, or that the Company has an audit committee that is entirely independent. The committees of such institutions must include members with experience in banking or financial management, must have access to outside counsel, and must not include representatives of large customers.
Capital Adequacy Requirements. The FDIC has adopted regulations establishing minimum requirements for the capital adequacy of insured institutions and may establish higher minimum requirements if, for example, a bank has previously received special attention or has a high susceptibility to interest rate risk. The FDIC’s risk-based capital guidelines, under the fully phased-in Basel III Capital Rules, generally require state banks to have a minimum ratio of Tier 1 capital to total risk-weighted assets of 8.5% and a ratio of total capital to total risk-weighted assets of 10.5%. The capital categories have the same definitions for the Bank as for the Company. The FDIC’s leverage guidelines require state banks to maintain Tier 1 capital of no less than 4.0% of average total assets, except in the case of certain highly rated banks for which the requirement is 3.0% of average total assets. The TDB has issued a policy which generally requires state chartered banks to maintain a leverage ratio (defined in accordance with federal capital guidelines) of 5.0%.
Measurement for Loan Allowances and Provision. The Bank is subject to accounting standards updates (ASU) set forth by the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB). In June 2016, FASB issued ASU No. 2016‑13, “Financial Instruments - Credit Losses (Topic 326), Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments.” ASU 2016-13 along with several other subsequent codification updates related to accounting for credit losses, requires the measurement of all expected credit losses for financial assets held at the reporting date based on historical experience, current conditions, and reasonable and supportable forecasts and requires enhanced disclosures related to the significant estimates and judgments used in estimating credit losses, as well as the credit quality and underwriting standards of an organization’s portfolio. In addition, ASU 2016-13 amends the credit loss measurement guidance for available for sale debt securities and purchased financial assets with credit deterioration. Under prior US GAAP, companies generally recognized credit losses when it was probable that the loss has been incurred (Incurred Loss Model). ASU 2016-13 requires a new credit loss methodology, the current expected credit loss model (CECL), which requires the recognition of an allowance for lifetime expected credit losses on loans, held-to-maturity debt securities and other receivables measured at amortized cost at the time the financial asset is originated or acquired. Under CECL, credit losses will be immediately recognized through net income; the amount recognized will be based on the current estimate of contractual cash flows not expected to be collected over the financial asset’s contractual term. ASU 2016-13 initially became effective for the Company on January 1, 2020.
On March 27, 2020, the CARES Act was enacted, which included an option for financial institutions to delay the implementation of ASU 2016-13 until the earlier of the termination date of the national emergency declaration relating to the COVID-19 pandemic or December 31, 2020. Due to the uncertainty of the economic forecast resulting from COVID-19 and the potential impact of future government economic stimulus measures, the Company delayed adoption of CECL under ASU 2016-13 and continued to calculate and record its provision for loan losses under the Incurred Loss Model.
12



Table of Contents
The CARES Act was furthered amended by the Consolidated Appropriations Act, 2021 signed into law on December 27, 2020, which permitted companies to further delay the adoption of CECL until as late as January 1, 2022. The Company elected to adopt CECL as of January 1, 2021 and utilized the Incurred Loss Model for 2020. Item 1A, Risk Factors and Item 7, Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations - "Recent Development: COVID-19, Credit and Asset Quality" contain additional discussion of the impact resulting from this decision.
Corrective Measures for Capital Deficiencies. The federal banking regulators are required by the FDI Act to take “prompt corrective action” with respect to capital-deficient institutions that are FDIC-insured. Agency regulations define, for each capital category, the levels at which institutions are “well capitalized,” “adequately capitalized,” “undercapitalized,” “significantly undercapitalized” and “critically undercapitalized.” A “well capitalized” bank has a total risk-based capital ratio of 10.0% or higher, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 8.0% or higher, a leverage ratio of 5.0% or higher, and is not subject to any written agreement, order or directive requiring it to maintain a specific capital level for any capital measure. An “adequately capitalized” bank has a total risk-based capital ratio of 8.0% or higher, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 4.0% or higher, a leverage ratio of 4.0% or higher (3.0% or higher if the bank was rated a composite 1 in its most recent examination report and is not experiencing significant growth), and does not meet the criteria for a well‑capitalized bank. A bank is “undercapitalized” if it fails to meet any one of the ratios required to be adequately capitalized.
In addition to requiring undercapitalized institutions to submit a capital restoration plan, agency regulations contain broad restrictions on certain activities of undercapitalized institutions, including asset growth, acquisitions, branch establishment and expansion into new lines of business. With certain exceptions, an insured depository institution is prohibited from making capital distributions, including dividends, and is prohibited from paying management fees to control persons if the institution would be undercapitalized after any such distribution or payment.
As an institution’s capital decreases, the FDIC’s enforcement powers become more severe. A significantly undercapitalized institution is subject to mandated capital raising activities, restrictions on interest rates paid and transactions with affiliates, removal of management and other restrictions. The FDIC has only very limited discretion in dealing with a critically undercapitalized institution and is virtually required to appoint a receiver or conservator.
Banks with risk-based capital and leverage ratios below the required minimums may also be subject to certain administrative actions, including the termination of deposit insurance upon notice and hearing, or a temporary suspension of insurance without a hearing in the event the institution has no tangible capital.
Deposit Insurance Assessments. Substantially all of the deposits of the Bank are insured up to applicable limits by the deposit insurance fund of the FDIC, and the Bank must pay annual deposit insurance assessments to the FDIC for such deposit insurance protection. The FDIC maintains the deposit insurance fund by designating a required reserve ratio. If the reserve ratio falls below the designated level, the FDIC must adopt a restoration plan that provides that the deposit insurance fund will return to an acceptable level generally within five years.
On December 20, 2010, the FDIC raised the minimum designated reserve ratio of the deposit insurance fund to 2.00%, which exceeds the 1.35% reserve ratio that is required by the Dodd-Frank Act. The FDIC has the discretion to set the price for deposit insurance according to the risk for all insured institutions regardless of the level of the reserve ratio.
The deposit insurance fund reserve ratio is maintained by assessing depository institutions and establishing an insurance premium based upon statutory factors. Under its current regulations, the FDIC imposes assessments for deposit insurance according to a depository institution’s ranking in one of four risk categories based upon supervisory and capital evaluations.
On February 7, 2012, the FDIC approved a final rule that amends its existing deposit insurance funds restoration plan and implements certain provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act. Effective as of July 1, 2012, the assessment base is determined using average consolidated total assets minus average tangible equity rather than the current assessment base of adjusted domestic deposits. Because the change resulted in a much larger assessment base, the final rule also lowered the assessment rates in order to keep the total amount collected from financial institutions relatively unchanged from the amounts previously being collected. After the effect of potential base-rate adjustments, the total base assessment rate for the Bank could range from 2.5 to 45 basis points on an annualized basis.
13



Table of Contents
Under the Dodd-Frank Act, for institutions with $10 billion or more in assets, the FDIC uses a performance score and a loss-severity score that are used to calculate an initial assessment rate. In calculating these scores, the FDIC uses a bank’s capital level and regulatory supervisory ratings and certain financial measures to assess an institution’s ability to withstand asset-related stress and funding-related stress. The FDIC also has the ability to make discretionary adjustments to the total score based upon significant risk factors that are not adequately captured in the calculations. The FDIC deposit assessment began use of this new calculation in the first quarter of 2020.
On June 22, 2020, the FDIC issued a rule that mitigates the deposit insurance assessment effects of participating in the PPP loan program first enacted under the CARES Act. Pursuant to the final rule, the FDIC will generally remove the effect of PPP lending in calculating an institution’s deposit insurance assessment. The final rule also provides an offset to an institution’s total assessment amount for the increase in its assessment base attributable to participation in the PPP loan program. Further, on October 20, 2020, the FDIC issued a final rule to allow institutions that experienced temporary growth from participation in the PPP loan program to determine whether they are subject to the requirements of Part 363 of the FDIC’s regulations (which imposes annual audit and reporting requirements on insured deposit institutions with $500 million or more in consolidated total assets) for fiscal years ending in 2021 based on the consolidated assets of December 31, 2019.
Brokered Deposit Restrictions. Adequately capitalized institutions cannot accept, renew or roll over brokered deposits, without receiving a waiver from the FDIC, and are subject to restrictions on the interest rates that can be paid on any deposits. Undercapitalized institutions may not accept, renew or roll over brokered deposits. In December 2020, the FDIC finalized a rule that is intended to bring the brokered deposit regulations in line with modern deposit taking methods, which may result in a reduction in the amount of deposits that would be classified as brokered.
Concentrated Commercial Real Estate Lending Regulations. The federal banking agencies have promulgated guidance governing financial institutions with concentrations in commercial real estate lending. The guidance provides that a bank has a concentration in commercial real estate lending if (i) total reported loans for construction, land development and other land represent 100% or more of total capital or (ii) total reported loans secured by multifamily and nonfarm residential properties and loans for construction, land development and other land represent 300% or more of total capital and the bank’s commercial real estate loan portfolio has increased 50% or more during the prior 36 months. Owner-occupied loans are excluded from this second category. If a concentration is present, management must employ heightened risk management practices that address the following key elements: board and management oversight and strategic planning, portfolio management, development of underwriting standards, risk assessment and monitoring through market analysis and stress testing, and maintenance of increased capital levels as needed to support the level of commercial real estate lending.
Community Reinvestment Act. The CRA and the regulations issued thereunder are intended to encourage banks to help meet the credit needs of their entire service area, including low and moderate income neighborhoods, consistent with the safe and sound operations of such banks. These regulations also provide for regulatory assessment of a bank’s record in meeting the needs of its service area when considering applications to establish branches, merger applications and applications to acquire the assets and assume the liabilities of another bank. The FIRREA requires federal banking agencies to make public a rating of a bank’s performance under the CRA. In the case of a bank holding company, the CRA performance record of the banks involved in the transaction are reviewed in connection with the filing of an application to acquire ownership or control of shares or assets of a bank or to merge with any other bank holding company. An unsatisfactory CRA record could substantially delay approval or result in denial of an application. In December 2019, the FDIC and the OCC jointly proposed rules that change the existing regulations in four key ways: (i) clarifying what activities will qualify for CRA credit; (ii) updating where activities count for CRA credit; (iii) providing a more transparent and objective method for measuring CRA performance; and (iv) revising CRA-related data collection, record keeping, and reporting. While the OCC issued its final rule, which took effect October 1, 2020, the FDIC has not yet finalized revisions to its CRA rules.
Privacy and Cybersecurity. In addition to expanding the activities in which banks and bank holding companies may engage, the GLB Act also imposed new requirements on financial institutions with respect to customer privacy. The GLB Act generally prohibits disclosure of customer information to nonaffiliated third parties unless the customer has been given the opportunity to object and has not objected to such disclosure. Financial institutions are further required to disclose their privacy policies to customers annually. Financial institutions, however, are required to comply with state law if it is more protective of customer privacy than the GLB Act.
14



Table of Contents
Federal regulators have issued advisory statements regarding cybersecurity. Generally, federal regulators expect that financial institutions should design multiple layers of security controls to establish lines of defense and to ensure that their risk management processes also address the risk posed by compromised customer credentials, including security measures to reliably authenticate customers accessing internet-based services of the financial institution. In addition, a financial institution’s management is expected to maintain sufficient business continuity planning processes to ensure the rapid recovery, resumption and maintenance of the institution’s operations after a cyber-attack involving destructive malware. A financial institution is also expected to develop appropriate processes to enable recovery of data and business operations and address rebuilding network capabilities and restoring data if the institution or its critical service providers fall victim to this type of cyber-attack. If the Company fails to observe the regulatory guidance, the Company could be subject to various regulatory sanctions, including financial penalties. In December of 2020, federal banking agencies issued a Notice of Proposed Rulemaking that would require banking organizations to notify their primary federal regulator within 36 hours of becoming aware of a “computer-security incident” or a “notification incident.” The Notice of Proposed Rulemaking also would require specific and immediate notifications by bank service providers that become aware of similar incidents.
State regulators have also been increasingly active in implementing privacy and cybersecurity standards and regulations. Recently, several states, have adopted regulations requiring certain financial institutions to implement cybersecurity programs and providing detailed requirements with respect to these programs, including data encryption requirements. Many states, including Texas and Colorado, have implemented or modified their data breach notification and data privacy requirements. The Texas banks are required to promptly report material cybersecurity incidents to the Texas Banking Commissioner.
The Company expects this trend of both federal and state-level attention to cybersecurity to continue, and is continually monitoring developments at the federal level and in the states in which its customers are located.
Limits on Compensation. The Federal Reserve, OCC and FDIC in 2010 issued comprehensive final guidance on incentive compensation policies for executive management of banks and bank holding companies. This guidance was intended to ensure that the incentive compensation policies of banking organizations do not undermine their safety and soundness by encouraging excessive risk-taking. The objective of the guidance is to assure that incentive compensation arrangements (i) provide incentives that do not encourage excessive risk-taking, (ii) are compatible with effective internal controls and risk management and (iii) are supported by strong corporate governance, including oversight by the board of directors. In 2016, the Federal Reserve and the FDIC proposed rules that would, depending upon the assets of the institution, directly regulate incentive compensation arrangements and would require enhanced oversight and recordkeeping. As of December 31, 2020, these rules have not been implemented.
Anti-Money Laundering and Anti-Terrorism Legislation. A major focus of governmental policy on financial institutions in recent years has been aimed at combating money laundering and terrorist financing. The USA PATRIOT Act of 2001, or the USA Patriot Act, substantially broadened the scope of U.S. anti-money laundering laws and regulations by imposing significant new compliance and due diligence obligations, creating new crimes and penalties and expanding the extra-territorial jurisdiction of the United States. The U.S. Treasury Department has issued and, in some cases, proposed a number of regulations that apply various requirements of the USA Patriot Act to financial institutions. These regulations impose obligations on financial institutions to maintain appropriate policies, procedures and controls to detect, prevent and report money laundering and terrorist financing and to verify the identity of their customers. The USA Patriot Act requires, among other things, financial institutions to comply with certain due diligence requirements in connection with correspondent or private banking relationships with non-U.S. financial institutions or persons, establish an anti-money laundering program that includes employee training and an independent audit, follow minimum standards for identifying customers and maintaining records of the identification information and make regular comparisons of customers against agency lists of suspected terrorists, their organizations and money launderers. Failure of a financial institution to maintain and implement adequate programs to combat money laundering and terrorist financing, or to comply with all of the relevant laws or regulations, could have serious legal and reputational consequences for the institution.
The Anti-Money Laundering Act of 2020 (the “AMLA”), which amends the Bank Secrecy Act of 1970 (BSA), was enacted in January 2021. The AMLA is intended to be a comprehensive reform and modernization to the U.S. bank secrecy and anti-money laundering laws. Among other things, it codifies a risk-based approach to anti-money laundering compliance for financial institutions, requires the development of standards for evaluating technology and internal process for BSA compliance, and expands enforcement and investigation-related authority, including increasing available sanctions for certain BSA violations and instituting BSA whistleblower incentives and protections.
15



Table of Contents
Office of Foreign Assets Control Regulation. The United States has imposed economic sanctions that affect transactions with designated foreign countries, nationals and others. These are typically known as the “OFAC” rules based on their administration by the U.S. Treasury Department Office of Foreign Assets Control, or OFAC. The OFAC-administered sanctions targeting certain countries take many different forms. Generally, however, they contain one or more of the following elements: (i) restrictions on trade with or investment in a sanctioned country, including prohibitions against direct or indirect imports from and exports to a sanctioned country and prohibitions on “U.S. persons” engaging in financial transactions relating to making investments in, or providing investment-related advice or assistance to, a sanctioned country; and (ii) a blocking of assets in which the government or specially designated nationals of the sanctioned country have an interest, by prohibiting transfers of property subject to a U.S. jurisdiction (including property in the possession or control of U.S. persons). Blocked assets (e.g., property and bank deposits) cannot be paid out, withdrawn, set off or transferred in any manner without a license from OFAC. Failure to comply with these sanctions could have serious legal and reputational consequences.
Changes in Laws, Regulations or Policies
In general, regulators have increased their focus on the regulation of financial institutions. From time to time, various legislative and regulatory initiatives are introduced in Congress and state legislatures. Such initiatives may change banking statutes and the operating environment of the Company and the Bank in substantial and unpredictable ways. The Company cannot determine the ultimate effect that any potential legislation, if enacted, or implementing regulations with respect thereto, would have, upon the financial condition or results of operations of the Company or the Bank. A change in statutes, regulations or regulatory policies applicable to the Company or the Bank could have a material effect on the financial condition, results of operations or business of the Company and the Bank.
Enforcement Powers of Federal and State Banking Agencies
The federal banking agencies have broad enforcement powers, including the power to terminate deposit insurance, impose substantial fines and other civil and criminal penalties, and appoint a conservator or receiver. Failure to comply with applicable laws, regulations and supervisory agreements could subject the Company or the Bank and their subsidiaries, as well as their respective officers, directors, and other institution‑affiliated parties, to administrative sanctions and potentially substantial civil money penalties. In addition to the grounds discussed above under “Corrective Measures for Capital Deficiencies,” the appropriate federal banking agency may appoint the FDIC as conservator or receiver for a banking institution (or the FDIC may appoint itself, under certain circumstances) if any one or more of a number of circumstances exist. The TDB also has broad enforcement powers over the Bank, including the power to impose orders, remove officers and directors, impose fines and appoint supervisors and conservators.
Effect on Economic Environment
The policies of regulatory authorities, including the monetary policy of the Federal Reserve, have a significant effect on the operating results of bank holding companies and their subsidiaries. Among the means available to the Federal Reserve to affect the money supply are open market operations in U.S. government securities, changes in the discount rate on member bank borrowings, and changes in reserve requirements against member bank deposits. These means are used in varying combinations to influence overall growth and distribution of bank loans, investments and deposits, and their use may affect interest rates charged on loans or paid for deposits.
Federal Reserve monetary policies have materially affected the operating results of commercial banks in the past and are expected to continue to do so in the future. The Company cannot predict the nature of future monetary policies and the effect of such policies on the business and earnings of it and its subsidiaries.

16



Table of Contents
ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS
An investment in the Company’s common stock involves risks. The following is a description of the material risks and uncertainties that the Company believes affect its business and an investment in the common stock. Additional risks and uncertainties that the Company is unaware of, or that it currently deems immaterial, also may become important factors that affect the Company and its business. If any of the risks described in this Annual Report on Form 10-K were to occur, the Company’s financial condition, results of operations and cash flows could be materially and adversely affected. If this were to happen, the value of the common stock could decline significantly and you could lose all or part of your investment.
Summarized below are the most significant risks and uncertainties that we believe could adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations. Following this summary, we discuss each risk in greater detail under each risk’s respective headings, organized by Risks Related to the Company’s Business and Risks Related to an Investment in the Company’s Common Stock. We also separately discuss how COVID-19 has heightened certain of these risks and any new risks directly resulting from the pandemic. You should read both the summary and the detailed descriptions of each risk before investing in the Company’s securities.
RISKS RELATED TO THE COMPANY’S BUSINESS
Operational Risk
The Company must effectively manage the need for technological change.
The Company may experience system failure or cybersecurity breaches.
The Company’s success depends significantly on its management team.
The Company is reliant on third party service providers.
The Company is subject to data processing failures, control failures and fraud.
New lines of business or new products and services subject the Company to additional risks.
The Company’s accounting estimates and risk management programs rely on analytical and forecasting models.
The Company is subject to counterparty risk.
The value of the Company’s goodwill could become impaired.
Strategic Risk
The Company may not be able to continue to grow.
The Company may not be able to continue its acquisition strategy.
The Company must effectively manage risk associated with its acquisition strategy.
The Company has a geographic concentration in Texas and Colorado.
Credit Risk
The Company must manage credit risk.
The Company has a significant concentration in commercial real estate loans.
The Company has exposure to credit risk related to the energy industry.
The Company’s Allowance for Loan Losses may be insufficient to absorb loan losses.
The adoption of CECL may impact future loan loss provisions.
The Company’s mortgage business subjects the Company to additional risk.
Interest Rate Risk
The Company must manage interest rate risk.
The replacement of LIBOR may subject the Company to additional risk.
The Company could experience losses on its investment securities in volatile rate environments.
Liquidity and Capital Risk
The Company is subject to liquidity risk.
The Company must maintain adequate capital.
The Federal Reserve may require the Company to commit capital resources to support the Bank.
17



Table of Contents
Legal, Regulatory and Compliance Risk
The Company is subject to legal and regulatory risk.
The Company operates in a highly regulated environment and, as a result, is subject to extensive regulation and supervision.
The Company must devote significant resources to compliance.
The Company is subject to continuous examination.
The Company may be required to pay significantly higher FDIC deposit insurance assessments in the future.
The Company faces a risk of noncompliance and enforcement action with the Bank Secrecy Act and other anti-money laundering statutes and regulations.
There are substantial regulatory limitations on changes of control of bank holding companies.
Other Risks Affecting Our Business
Volatile market conditions and macro economic trends, including the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic, could adversely affect the Company.
The Company operates in a competitive environment.
The Company is reliant on deposits as a significant source of funding.
The Company may be adversely impacted by natural disasters, health pandemics, and other local and worldwide events beyond the Company’s control.
The Company could be subject to environmental risk.
Monetary policies and regulations of the Federal Reserve could adversely affect the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations.
RISKS RELATED TO AN INVESTMENT IN THE COMPANY’S COMMON STOCK
The Company’s stock price can be volatile.
The Company is dependent upon the Bank for cash flow, and the Bank’s ability to make cash distributions is restricted.
The Company’s dividend policy may change without notice, and the Company’s future ability to pay dividends is subject to restrictions.
The Company’s largest shareholder and board of directors have historically, and currently, exert a controlling influence on the Company.
The Company’s corporate organizational documents and the provisions of Texas law make it more difficult or prevent an attempted acquisition of the Company that you may favor.
Other debt and equity instruments have priority over the Company’s common stock.
An investment in the Company’s common stock is not an insured deposit.
RISKS RELATED TO THE COVID-19 PANDEMIC
The pandemic has heightened credit risk.
The pandemic has increased interest rate risk.
The pandemic has heightened operational risk, particularly with respect to cybersecurity.
The pandemic has increased legal and regulatory risk.
The full extent of impact from the pandemic is uncertain.
18



Table of Contents
RISKS RELATED TO THE COMPANY’S BUSINESS
Operational Risk
The Company must effectively manage the need for technological change.
The financial services industry is undergoing rapid technological changes with frequent introductions of new technology-driven products and services. In addition to better serving customers, the effective use of technology increases efficiency and enables financial institutions to reduce costs. The Company’s future success will depend in part upon the Company’s ability to address the needs of the Company’s customers by using technology to provide products and services that will satisfy customer demands for convenience as well as to create additional efficiencies in the Company’s operations as it continues to grow and expand the Company’s market area. The Company may experience operational challenges as it implements these new technology enhancements or products, which could result in the Company not fully realizing the anticipated benefits from such new technology or require the Company to incur significant costs to remedy any such challenges in a timely manner.
The Company may experience system failure or cybersecurity breaches.
The Company is highly dependent on its computer systems and network infrastructure to conduct its operations, including the secure processing, storage and transmission of vital and sensitive data, exposing the Company to potential cyber incidents resulting from deliberate attacks or unintentional events. As a financial institution, the Company processes, stores and transmits a significant amount of personal customer information. The Company also maintains important internal data such as personally identifiable information about employees and information relating to the Company’s operations. The Company relies on third-party service providers for significant portions of its computer systems, network infrastructure and information security, and failure or misconduct by any of those third parties or their systems could have a material adverse effect on the Company. The secure maintenance and transmission of confidential information, as well as execution of transactions over the Company’s computer systems, are essential to protect the Company and its customers against fraud and cybersecurity breaches and for the Company to maintain customer confidence. The computer systems and network infrastructure the Company uses could fail or be subject to unforeseen problems. The Company’s operations are dependent upon its ability to protect its computer systems and network against damage from physical theft, fire, power loss, telecommunications failure or a similar catastrophic event, as well as from cybersecurity breaches, cyberattacks, denial of service attacks, viruses, worms, and other unauthorized or hostile acts which are becoming increasingly diverse and sophisticated. Any action, damage or failure that causes or results in breakdowns, disruptions, or unauthorized activities in the Company’s computer systems or network infrastructure, including customer relationship management, general ledger, deposit, loan or other systems, could disrupt the Company’s ability to properly operate its business, damage the Company’s reputation, result in a loss of customer business, subject the Company to additional regulatory scrutiny, investigations or fines, violate privacy or other applicable laws or expose the Company to civil litigation and possible financial liability, any of which could have a material adverse effect on the Company. External or internal actors could obtain unauthorized access to the Company’s computer systems or network infrastructure or information stored in and transmitted through the Company’s computer systems and network infrastructure, which may result in the theft or unauthorized use of personal information, which could cause significant liability to the Company and may cause existing and potential customers to refrain from doing business with the Company. The pervasiveness of cybersecurity incidents in general and the risks of cybersecurity breaches are complex and continue to evolve as technology and reliance on these systems continue to evolve. In addition, advances in computer capabilities and the increased sophistication of fraudsters and hackers could result in a compromise or breach of the systems the Company and the Company’s third-party service providers use to encrypt and protect customer data and transactions. A failure or compromise of such security measures could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition and results of operations.
As of March 1, 2021, the Company has not discovered any material cybersecurity incidents.
19



Table of Contents
The Company’s success depends significantly on its management team.
The Company’s success depends significantly on the continued service and skills of the Company’s existing executive management team. The implementation of the Company’s business and growth strategies also depends significantly on the Company’s ability to retain officers and employees with experience and business relationships within their respective market areas. The Company’s ability to attract and retain key employees is dependent upon its compensation and benefits programs, continued growth and profitability, and reputation for rewarding and promoting qualified employees, as well as having appropriate levels of diversity and inclusion in its workforce. The cost of employee compensation constitutes a significant portion of the Company’s non-interest expense and can materially impact results of operations. The Company could have difficulty replacing departed officers and employees with persons who are experienced in the specialized aspects of the Company’s business or who have ties to the communities within the Company’s market areas. The unexpected loss of any of the Company’s key personnel could therefore have an adverse impact on the Company’s business and growth. The Company’s continued success is dependent upon the ability of its executive management and the development of an appropriate succession plan for key officers.
The Company is reliant on third party service providers.
The Company depends on a number of relationships with third-party service providers. Specifically, the Company receives core systems processing, essential web hosting and other Internet systems, cloud technologies, deposit processing and other processing services from third-party service providers. If these third-party service providers experience difficulties, or terminate their services, and the Company is unable to replace them with other service providers, particularly on a timely basis, the Company’s operations could be interrupted. If an interruption were to continue for a significant period of time, the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected, perhaps materially. Even if the Company is able to replace third party service providers, it may be at a higher cost to the Company, which could adversely affect the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations.
The Company is subject to data processing failures, control failures and fraud.
Employee errors and employee and customer fraud or misconduct could subject the Company to financial losses or regulatory sanctions and seriously harm the Company’s reputation. Misconduct by the Company’s employees could include hiding unauthorized activities from the Company, improper or unauthorized activities on behalf of the Company’s customers, or improper use of, or unauthorized access to confidential information. Customers are also subject to financial crimes, including fraud, wire fraud, and cyber-crimes, which could adversely impact their ability to pay loans or result in a fraudulent removal of funds from their deposit accounts or other unauthorized activities. It is not always possible to prevent employee errors and misconduct, or fraudulent and other criminal schemes impacting customers, and the precautions the Company takes to prevent and detect this activity may not be effective in all cases. Employee errors could also subject the Company to financial claims for negligence.
The Company maintains a system of internal controls and insurance coverage to mitigate against operational risks, including data processing system failures and errors, cybersecurity breaches, and employee, customer, or third party fraud. However, if the Company’s internal controls fail to prevent or detect an occurrence, or if any resulting loss is not insured or exceeds applicable insurance limits, it could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations.
In addition, the Company relies heavily upon information supplied by third parties, including the information contained in credit applications, property appraisals, title information, equipment pricing and valuation and employment and income documentation, in deciding which loans the Company will originate, as well as the terms of those loans. If any of the information upon which the Company relies is misrepresented, either fraudulently or inadvertently, and the misrepresentation is not detected prior to asset funding, the value of the asset may be significantly lower than expected, or the Company may fund a loan that the Company would not have funded or on terms the Company would not have extended. Whether a misrepresentation is made by the applicant or another third party, the Company generally bears the risk of loss associated with the misrepresentation. A loan subject to a material misrepresentation is typically unsellable or subject to repurchase if it is sold prior to detection of the misrepresentation. The sources of the misrepresentations are often difficult to locate, and it is often difficult to recover any of the monetary losses that the Company may suffer.
20



Table of Contents
New lines of business or new products and services subject the Company to additional risks.
From time to time, the Company may implement or may acquire new lines of business or offer new products and services within existing lines of business. There are substantial risks and uncertainties associated with these efforts, particularly in instances where the markets are not fully developed. In developing and marketing new lines of business and/or new products and services, the Company may invest significant time and resources. Initial timetables for the introduction and development of new lines of business and/or new products or services may not be achieved and price and profitability targets may not prove feasible. External factors, such as compliance with regulations, competitive alternatives and shifting market preferences, may also impact the successful implementation of a new line of business or a new product or service. Furthermore, any new line of business and/or new product or service could have a significant impact on the effectiveness of the Company’s system of internal controls. Failure to successfully manage these risks in the development and implementation of new lines of business or new products or services could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations.
The Company’s accounting estimate and risk management programs rely on analytical and forecasting models.
The processes the Company uses to estimate its probable credit losses and to measure the fair value of financial instruments, as well as the processes used to estimate the effects of changing interest rates and other market measures on the Company’s financial condition and results of operations, depend upon the use of analytical and forecasting models. These models reflect assumptions that may not be accurate, particularly in times of market stress or other unforeseen circumstances. Even if these assumptions are accurate, the models may prove to be inadequate or inaccurate because of other flaws in their design or their implementation.
If the models the Company uses for interest rate risk and asset-liability management are inadequate, the Company may incur increased or unexpected losses upon changes in market interest rates or other market measures. If the models the Company uses for determining its probable credit losses are inadequate, the allowance for credit losses may not be sufficient to support future charge-offs. If the models the Company uses to measure the fair value of financial instruments is inadequate, the fair value of such financial instruments may fluctuate unexpectedly or may not accurately reflect what the Company could realize upon sale or settlement of such financial instruments. Any such failure in the Company’s analytical or forecasting models could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations.
The Company is subject to counterparty risk.
Financial services institutions are interrelated as a result of trading, clearing, counterparty or other relationships. The Company has exposure to many different industries and counterparties, and routinely executes transactions with counterparties in the financial services industry, including commercial banks, brokers and dealers, investment banks, and other institutional customers. Many of these transactions expose the Company to credit risk in the event of a default by a counterparty or customer. In addition, the Company’s credit risk may be exacerbated when the collateral held by the Company cannot be realized upon or is liquidated at prices not sufficient to recover the full amount of the credit or derivative exposure due to the Company. Any such losses could have a material adverse effect on the Company.
The value of the Company’s goodwill could become impaired.
Goodwill represents the amount by which the cost of an acquisition exceeded the fair value of net assets that the Company acquired in connection with the purchase of another financial institution. The Company reviews goodwill for impairment at least annually, or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of the asset might be impaired. Significant and sustained decline in the Company’s stock price and material adverse changes in economic conditions may result in taking future write downs related to the impairment of goodwill.
21



Table of Contents
The Company determines impairment by comparing the implied fair value of the reporting unit goodwill with the carrying amount of that goodwill. If the carrying amount of the reporting unit goodwill exceeds the implied fair value of that goodwill, an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to that excess. Any such adjustments are reflected in the Company’s results of operations in the periods in which they become known. As of December 31, 2020, we had $1.1 billion of goodwill and other intangible assets. While the Company has not recorded any such impairment charges since the Company initially recorded the goodwill, there can be no assurance that the Company’s future evaluations of goodwill will not result in findings of impairment and related write-downs, which may have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition and results of operations. Refer to Item 7, Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations - "Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates" for further discussions of goodwill valuation.
Strategic Risk
The Company may not be able to continue to grow.
To achieve its past levels of growth, the Company has focused on both internal growth and acquisitions. The Company may not be able to sustain its historical rate of growth or may not be able to grow at all. More specifically, the Company may not be able to grow earning assets, specifically loans, and the Company may not be able to find suitable acquisition candidates. Various factors, such as economic conditions and competition, may impede or prohibit loan growth and the completion of acquisitions. Further, the Company may be unable to attract and retain experienced bankers, which could adversely affect its internal growth. If the Company is not able to continue its historical levels of growth, it may not be able to maintain its historical earnings trends. If the Company does not manage the Company’s growth effectively, the Company’s business, financial condition, results of operations and future prospects could be negatively affected, and the Company may not be able to continue to implement the Company’s business strategy and successfully conduct the Company’s operations.
The Company may not be able to continue its acquisition strategy.
The Company has been pursuing a growth strategy that includes the acquisition of other financial institutions in target markets. The Company has completed several acquisitions since 2010, most recently completing the acquisition of Guaranty Bancorp on January 1, 2019. The Company intends to continue its acquisition strategy. Such an acquisition strategy, involves significant risks, including the following:
finding suitable markets for expansion;
finding suitable candidates for acquisition;
attracting funding to support additional growth;
maintaining asset quality;
attracting and retaining qualified management; and
maintaining adequate regulatory capital.
Accordingly, the Company may be unable to find suitable acquisition candidates in the future that fit its acquisition and growth strategy. In addition, the Company’s previous acquisitions may make it more difficult for investors to evaluate historical trends in the Company’s financial results and operating performance, as the impact of such acquisitions make it more difficult to identify organic trends that would be reflected absent such acquisitions. If the Company is unable to continue to grow through acquisitions, the Company’s business, financial condition, results of operation and future prospects could be negatively impacted.
22



Table of Contents
The Company must effectively manage risk associated with its acquisition strategy.
Acquisitions of financial institutions also involve operational risks and uncertainties, and acquired companies may have unknown or contingent liabilities with no available manner of recourse, exposure to unexpected asset quality problems, key employee and customer retention problems and other problems that could negatively affect the Company’s organization. The Company may not be able to complete future acquisitions or, if completed, the Company may not be able to successfully integrate the operations, management, products and services of the entities that the Company acquires and eliminate redundancies. Acquisition activities and the integration process may also require significant time and attention from the Company’s management that they would otherwise direct toward servicing existing business and developing new business. Further, the integration process could result in the loss of key employees, disruption of the combined entity’s ongoing business, or inconsistencies in standards, controls, procedures and policies that adversely affect the Company’s ability to maintain relationships with customers or employees or to achieve the anticipated benefits of the transaction. Failure to successfully integrate the entities the Company acquires into the Company’s existing operations may increase the Company’s operating costs significantly and adversely affect the Company’s business and earnings. Acquisitions typically involve the payment of a premium over book and market values and, therefore, some dilution of the Company’s tangible book value and net income per common share may occur in connection with any future transaction.
The Company has a geographic concentration in Texas and Colorado.
The Company conducts its operations almost exclusively in Texas and Colorado. This geographic concentration imposes risks from lack of geographic diversification. The economic conditions in Texas and Colorado affect the Company’s business, financial condition, results of operations, and future prospects, where adverse economic developments, among other things, could affect the volume of loan originations, increase the level of nonperforming assets, increase the rate of foreclosure losses on loans and reduce the value of the Company’s loans and loan servicing portfolio. Moreover, if the population or income growth in the Company’s market areas is slower than projected, income levels, deposits and housing starts could be adversely affected and could result in a reduction of the Company’s expansion, growth and profitability. Any regional or local economic downturn that affects Texas or Colorado, or existing or prospective borrowers or property values in such areas, may affect the Company and the Company’s profitability more significantly and more adversely than the Company’s competitors whose operations are less geographically concentrated.
Credit Risk
The Company must manage credit risk.
Making any loan involves risk, including risks inherent in dealing with individual borrowers, risks of nonpayment, risks resulting from uncertainties as to the future value of collateral and cash flows available to service debt, and risks resulting from changes in economic and market conditions. The Company’s credit risk approval and monitoring procedures may fail to identify or reduce these credit risks, and they cannot completely eliminate all credit risks related to the Company’s loan portfolio. The Company faces a variety of risk related to its types of loans. Adverse developments affecting commercial real estate values in the Company’s market areas could increase the credit risk associated with commercial real estate loans, impair the value of the property pledged as collateral for these loans, and affect the Company’s ability to sell the collateral upon foreclosure without a loss. Further, due to the larger average size of commercial real estate loans, the Company faces risk that losses incurred on a small number of commercial real estate loans could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition and results of operations. The Company’s commercial real estate loans also have the risk that repayment is subject to the ongoing business operations of the borrower. The Company’s commercial loans also have the risk that repayment is subject to the ongoing business operations of the borrower. Commercial loans are often secured by personal property, such as inventory, and intangible property, such as accounts receivable, which if the business is unsuccessful, typically have values insufficient to satisfy the loan without a loss. If the overall economic climate in the United States, generally, or the Company’s market areas in Texas and Colorado, specifically, experience material disruption, the Company’s borrowers may experience difficulties in repaying their loans, the collateral the Company holds may decrease in value or become illiquid, and the level of nonperforming loans, charge-offs and delinquencies could rise and require additional provisions for loan losses, which would cause the Company’s net income and return on equity to decrease.
23



Table of Contents
The Company has a significant concentration in commercial real estate loans.
As of December 31, 2020, approximately 51% of the Company’s loan portfolio was comprised of loans with real estate as a primary or secondary component of collateral, excluding agricultural loans secured by real estate. As a result, adverse developments affecting real estate values in the Company’s market areas could increase the credit risk associated with the Company’s real estate loan portfolio. The market value of real estate can fluctuate significantly in a short period of time as a result of market conditions in the area in which the real estate is located. Adverse changes affecting real estate values and the liquidity of real estate in one or more of the Company’s markets could increase the credit risk associated with the Company’s loan portfolio, and could result in losses that would adversely affect credit quality, financial condition, and results of operation. Negative changes in the economy affecting real estate values and liquidity in the Company’s market areas could significantly impair the value of property pledged as collateral on loans and affect the Company’s ability to sell the collateral upon foreclosure without a loss or additional losses. Collateral may have to be sold for less than the outstanding balance of the loan, which could result in losses on such loans. Such declines and losses would have a material adverse impact on the Company’s business, results of operations and growth prospects. If real estate values decline, it is also more likely that the Company would be required to increase the Company’s allowance for loan losses, which could adversely affect the Company’s financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
The Company has exposure to credit risk related to the energy industry.
As of December 31, 2020, approximately 1.8% of the Company’s loan portfolio was composed of loans made to companies engaged in oil production and oilfield services. The significant decline in oil prices during 2020 adversely effected some of these borrowers’ ability to repay these loans and impaired the value of collateral securing some of these loans. Further, because energy is a material segment of the overall Texas economy, the decline and volatility in oil prices could have an impact on other segments of the Texas economy, including real estate. The Houston market economy in particular could be adversely affected. The Company’s asset quality and results of operations could be adversely impacted by the direct and indirect effects of current and future conditions in the Texas energy industry.
The Company’s Allowance for Loan Losses may be insufficient to absorb losses.
The Company establishes its allowance for loan losses and maintains it at a level considered adequate by management to absorb probable loan losses based on the Company’s analysis of its portfolio and market environment. The allowance for loan losses represents the Company’s estimate of probable losses in the portfolio at each balance sheet date and is based upon relevant information available to the Company. The allowance contains provisions for probable losses that have been identified relating to specific borrowing relationships, as well as probable losses inherent in the loan portfolio and credit undertakings that are not specifically identified. Additions to the allowance for loan losses, which are charged to earnings through the provision for loan losses, are determined based on a variety of factors, including an analysis of the loan portfolio, historical loss experience and an evaluation of current economic conditions in the Company’s market areas. The actual amount of loan losses is affected by changes in economic, operating and other conditions within the Company’s markets, as well as changes in the financial condition, cash flows, and operations of the Company’s borrowers, all of which are beyond the Company’s control, and such losses may exceed current estimates.
As of December 31, 2020, the Company’s allowance for loan losses as a percentage of total loans was 0.76% and as a percentage of total nonperforming loans was 170.80%. Additional loan losses will likely occur in the future and may occur at a rate greater than the Company has previously experienced. The Company may be required to take additional provisions for loan losses in the future to further supplement the allowance for loan losses, either due to management’s decision to do so or requirements by the Company’s banking regulators. In addition, bank regulatory agencies will periodically review the Company’s allowance for loan losses and the value attributed to nonaccrual loans or to real estate acquired through foreclosure. Such regulatory agencies may require the Company to recognize future charge-offs. If the assessment of loan losses is inaccurate, or if economic and market conditions experience material unanticipated changes, including as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, then the Company will need to make provisions to increase the allowance, which will adversely impact earnings. See also Item 7, Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations - Provision for Loan Losses for additional discussion of financial impact of the allowance for loan losses. These adjustments may adversely affect the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations.
24



Table of Contents
The adoption of CECL may impact future loan loss provisions.
As discussed under Item 1,Business - "Supervision and Regulation-Regulation of the Bank", the Bank adopted CECL effective January 1, 2021. As a result of the implementation of CECL, the Company has implemented controls and procedures to measure and estimate the lifetime expected credit loss at the time a financial asset is initially added to the balance sheet and periodically thereafter.
The Company has determined that the implementation of CECL will result in an increase in its combined allowance for loan losses and reserves for unfunded commitments (the "ALLL"). The Company’s current estimate of the range of expected increase in the ALLL resulting from the implementation of CECL is further discussed at "Part IV Item 15, Exhibits and Financial Statements - Note 2, Recent Accounting Pronouncements - ASU 2016-13, Financial Instruments-Credit Losses (Topic 326):  Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments”. The ultimate impact of the implementation of CECL could differ from the expectation.
The impact of CECL in future periods will be significantly influenced by the composition, characteristics and quality of the Company’s loan portfolio, as well as the prevailing economic conditions and forecasts utilized. Should these factors materially change, the Company may be required to increase or decrease its allowance for credit losses, decreasing or increasing the Company’s reported income, and introducing additional volatility into its reported earnings. In addition, CECL requires the application of greater management judgment that is supported by new models and more data elements than the previous allowance standard. The Company’s adoption of the CECL model is expected to increase the complexity, and associated risk, of the analysis and processes relying on management judgment, which could negatively impact the Company’s financial condition and results of operations.
The Company’s mortgage business subjects the Company to additional risk.
The Company originates and sells residential mortgage loans through the Bank’s mortgage division and purchases and sells residential mortgages through its mortgage warehouse business. As of December 31, 2020, mortgage warehouse purchase loans totaled $1.5 billion, or 11.1% of total loans held for investment, which represents a significant increase in this line of business. Mortgage lending and mortgage warehouse purchase lending include credit risk associated with commercial bank lending. This line of business is also subject to market volatility, changes in interest rates, volume volatility and changing appetite of investors for certain mortgage products.
Through its mortgage warehouse business, the Company provides guidance lines of credit to mortgage companies that originate and sell residential mortgages. As part of this process, the Bank funds and purchases the mortgage at closing, the mortgage company sells the mortgage to an institutional buyer, and the proceeds from that sale are the primary source of repurchase of the mortgage from the Bank. This process exposes the Bank to market and interest rate risk in the event that the mortgage is not sold. The Bank is also subject to risk of fraud by mortgage company employees and customers. While the Company has insurance against fraud in the mortgage process, fraud loss in excess of insurance limits or which is not covered by insurance could have an adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operation.
The Company has entered into loan purchase commitments and forward sales commitments to mitigate the interest rate risk related to mortgage origination activities. While the Company believes that its hedging strategies will be successful in mitigating exposure to interest rate risk associated with the origination and purchase of mortgage loans, no hedging strategy can completely mitigate risk. Poorly designed strategies, improperly executed transactions, or inaccurate assumptions regarding future interest rates or market conditions could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition and results of operations.
Mortgage lending and mortgage warehouse purchase lending is subject to counterparty risk. The Company is from time to time required to hold or repurchase mortgage loans or reimburse investors as a result of breaches in contractual representations and warranties under the agreements pursuant to which it purchases and sells mortgage loans. While agreements with the originators and sellers of mortgage loans provide legal recourse that may allow the Company to recover some or all of losses, these companies are frequently not financially capable of paying large amounts of damages and as a result the Company can offer no assurance that it will not suffer loss as a result of these arrangements.
25



Table of Contents
The Company may incur other costs and losses as a result of actual or alleged violations of regulations related to the origination and purchase of residential mortgage loans. The origination of residential mortgage loans is governed by a variety of federal and state laws and regulations, which are frequently changing. The Company sells residential mortgage loans that it has purchased or that it originated to various parties, including Ginnie Mae and GSEs such as Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac and other financial institutions that purchase mortgage loans for investment or private label securitization. These types of costs and losses arising from the Company’s mortgage business would negatively impact the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operation.
Interest Rate Risk
The Company must manage interest rate risk.
The majority of the Company’s banking assets are monetary in nature and subject to risk from changes in interest rates. Like most financial institutions, the Company’s earnings are significantly dependent on the Company’s net interest income, the principal component of the Company’s earnings, which is the difference between interest earned by the Company from the Company’s interest-earning assets, such as loans and investment securities, and interest paid by the Company on the Company’s interest-bearing liabilities, such as deposits and borrowings. The Company expects that it will periodically experience “gaps” in the interest rate sensitivities of the Company’s assets and liabilities, meaning that either its interest-bearing liabilities will be more sensitive to changes in market interest rates than the Company’s interest-earning assets, or vice versa. In either event, if market interest rates should move contrary to the Company’s position, this “gap” will negatively impact the Company’s earnings. The impact on earnings is more adverse when the slope of the yield curve flattens, that is, when short-term interest rates increase more than long-term interest rates or when long-term interest rates decrease more than short-term interest rates. Many factors impact interest rates, including governmental monetary policies, inflation, recession, changes in unemployment, the money supply, and international disorder and instability in domestic and foreign financial markets.
Interest rate increases often result in larger payment requirements for the Company’s borrowers, which increase the potential for default. At the same time, the marketability of the property securing a loan may be adversely affected by any reduced demand resulting from higher interest rates. In a declining interest rate environment, there may be an increase in prepayments on loans as borrowers refinance their loans at lower rates.
Changes in interest rates also can affect the value of loans, securities and other assets. An increase in interest rates that adversely affects the ability of borrowers to pay the principal or interest on loans may lead to an increase in nonperforming assets and a reduction of income recognized, which could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s results of operations and cash flows. Further, when the Company places a loan on nonaccrual status, the Company reverses any accrued but unpaid interest receivable, which decreases interest income. At the same time, the Company continues to have a cost to fund the loan, which is reflected as interest expense, without any interest income to offset the associated funding expense. Thus, an increase in the amount of nonperforming assets would have an adverse impact on net interest income.
If short-term interest rates remain at their historically low levels for a prolonged period, and assuming longer term interest rates fall further, the Company could experience net interest margin compression as the Company’s interest earning assets would continue to reprice downward while the Company’s interest-bearing liability rates could fail to decline in tandem. Such an occurrence would have a material adverse effect on the Company’s net interest income and the Company’s results of operations.
26



Table of Contents
The replacement of LIBOR may subject the Company to additional risk.
In 2017, the U.K. Financial Conduct Authority announced that it would no longer compel banks to submit rates for the calculation of LIBOR after 2021. The administrator of LIBOR has proposed to extend publication of the most commonly used U.S. Dollar LIBOR settings to June 23, 2023 and to cease publishing other LIBOR settings on December 31, 2021. The U.S. federal banking agencies have issued guidance strongly encouraging banking organizations to cease using U.S. dollar LIBOR as a reference rate in new contracts as soon as practicable, and in any event, by December 31, 2021.It is not possible to predict whether banks will continue to provide LIBOR submissions to the administrator of LIBOR, use LIBOR as a reference rate or what rate will be viewed as an acceptable reference rate. Although the Company has established a working group to address the LIBOR transition, the full extent of impact of these developments on the Company’s business and financial results is not yet known. The transition from LIBOR may cause the Company to incur increased costs and additional risk. Uncertainty as to the nature of alternative reference rates and as to potential changes in or other reforms to LIBOR may adversely affect LIBOR rates and the value of LIBOR-based loans originated prior to 2021. If LIBOR rates are no longer available, any successor or replacement interest rates may perform differently, which may affect net interest income, change market risk profile and require changes to risk, pricing and hedging strategies. Any failure to adequately manage this transition could adversely affect impact the Company’s reputation.
The Company could experience losses on its investment securities in volatile rate environments.
While the Company attempts to invest a significant percentage of its assets in loans (the Company’s loan to deposit ratio was 90.8% as of December 31, 2020), the Company invests a percentage of its total assets (approximately 6.5% as of December 31, 2020) in investment securities as part of its overall liquidity strategy. As of December 31, 2020, the fair value of the Company’s securities portfolio was approximately $1.2 billion.
Factors beyond the Company’s control can significantly influence the fair value of securities in its portfolio and can cause potential adverse changes to the fair value of these securities. For example, fixed-rate securities are generally subject to decreases in market value when market interest rates rise. Additional factors include, but are not limited to, rating agency downgrades of the securities, defaults by the issuer or individual borrowers with respect to the underlying securities, and continued instability in the credit markets. Any of the foregoing factors could cause an other-than-temporary impairment in future periods and result in realized losses. The process for determining whether impairment is other-than-temporary usually requires difficult, subjective judgments about the future financial performance of the issuer and any collateral underlying the security in order to assess the probability of receiving all contractual principal and interest payments on the security. Because of changing economic and market conditions affecting market interest rates, the financial condition of issuers of the securities and the performance of the underlying collateral, the Company may recognize realized and/or unrealized losses in future periods, which could have an adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition and results of operations.
Liquidity and Capital Risk
The Company is subject to liquidity risk.
Liquidity is essential to the Company’s business. The Company relies on its ability to generate deposits and effectively manage the repayment and maturity schedules of the Company’s loans and investment securities, respectively, to ensure that the Company has adequate liquidity to fund the Company’s operations. An inability to raise funds through deposits, borrowings, the sale of the Company’s investment securities, Federal Home Loan Bank advances, the sale of loans, and other sources could have a substantial negative effect on the Company’s liquidity. The Company’s most important source of funds consists of deposits. Deposit balances can decrease when customers perceive alternative investments as providing a better risk/return tradeoff. If customers move money out of bank deposits and into other investments, the Company would lose a relatively low-cost source of funds, increasing the Company’s funding costs and reducing the Company’s net interest income and net income.
Other primary sources of funds consist of cash flows from operations, investment maturities and sales of investment securities, and proceeds from the issuance and sale of the Company’s equity and debt securities to investors. Additional liquidity is provided by the ability to borrow from the Federal Reserve Bank and the Federal Home Loan Bank. The Company also may borrow funds from third-party lenders, such as other financial institutions. The Company’s access to funding sources in amounts adequate to finance or capitalize the Company’s activities, or on terms that are acceptable to the Company, could be impaired by factors that affect the Company directly or the financial services industry or economy in general, such as disruptions in the financial markets or negative views and expectations about the prospects for the financial services industry.
27



Table of Contents
Any decline in available funding could adversely impact the Company’s ability to originate loans, invest in securities, meet the Company’s expenses, pay dividends to the Company’s shareholders, or to fulfill obligations such as repaying the Company’s borrowings or meeting deposit withdrawal demands, any of which could have a material adverse impact on the Company’s liquidity, business, financial condition and results of operations.
The Company must maintain adequate capital.
The Company faces significant capital and other regulatory requirements as a financial institution. The Company may need to raise additional capital in the future to provide the Company with sufficient capital resources and liquidity to meet the Company’s commitments and business needs, which could include the possibility of financing acquisitions. In addition, the Company, on a consolidated basis, and the Bank, on a stand-alone basis, must meet certain regulatory capital requirements and maintain sufficient liquidity. The Company faces significant capital and other regulatory requirements as a financial institution. The Company’s ability to raise additional capital depends on conditions in the capital markets, economic conditions and a number of other factors, including investor perceptions regarding the banking industry, market conditions and governmental activities, and on the Company’s financial condition and performance. In the future, the Company may not be able to raise additional capital if needed or on terms acceptable to the Company. If the Company fails to maintain capital to meet regulatory requirements, the Company’s financial condition, liquidity and results of operations would be materially and adversely affected.
The Federal Reserve may require the Company to commit capital resources to support the Bank.
The Federal Reserve, which examines the Company and the Bank, requires a bank holding company to act as a source of financial and managerial strength to a subsidiary bank and to commit resources to support such subsidiary bank. Under the “source of strength” doctrine, the Federal Reserve may require a bank holding company to make capital injections into a troubled subsidiary bank and may charge the bank holding company with engaging in unsafe and unsound practices for failure to commit resources to such a subsidiary bank. In addition, the Dodd-Frank Act directs the federal bank regulators to require that all companies that directly or indirectly control an insured depository institution serve as a source of strength for the institution. Under these requirements, in the future, the Company could be required to provide financial assistance to the Bank if it experiences financial distress.
A capital injection may be required at times when the Company does not have the resources to provide it, and therefore the Company may be required to borrow the funds. In the event of a bank holding company’s bankruptcy, the bankruptcy trustee will assume any commitment by the holding company to a federal bank regulatory agency to maintain the capital of a subsidiary bank. Moreover, bankruptcy law provides that claims based on any such commitment will be entitled to a priority of payment over the claims of the holding company’s general unsecured creditors, including the holders of its note obligations. Thus, any borrowing that must be done by the holding company in order to make the required capital injection becomes more difficult and expensive and will adversely impact the holding company’s cash flows, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
Legal, Regulatory and Compliance Risk
The Company is subject to legal and regulatory risk.
The Company, like all financial institutions, has been and may in the future become involved in legal and regulatory proceedings. Litigation arises in a variety of contexts, including lending and deposit operations, intellectual property claims related to the technology used in business operations, employment practices, operating activities, fiduciary responsibilities, and other general business matters. The Company considers most of these proceedings to be in the normal course of business or typical for the industry. However, it is inherently difficult to assess the outcome of these matters. Any material legal or regulatory proceeding could impose substantial cost and cause management to divert its attention from the Company’s business and operations. Any adverse determination in a legal or regulatory proceeding could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations. See Item 3, Legal Proceedings for a description of a legal proceeding which could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition.
28



Table of Contents
The Company operates in a highly regulated environment and, as a result, is subject to extensive regulation and supervision.
The Company and the Bank are subject to extensive federal and state regulation and supervision. Banking regulations are primarily intended to protect depositors’ funds, federal deposit insurance funds and the banking system as a whole, not the Company’s shareholders. These regulations affect the Company’s lending practices, capital structure, investment practices, dividend policy and growth, among other things. Congress and federal regulatory agencies continually review banking laws, regulations and policies for possible changes. Any change in applicable regulations or federal or state legislation could have a substantial impact on the Company, The Bank and their respective operations.
The Dodd-Frank Act, enacted in July 2010, instituted major changes to the banking and financial institutions regulatory regimes in light of the recent performance of and government intervention in the financial services sector. Additional legislation and regulations or regulatory policies, including changes in interpretation or implementation of statutes, regulations or policies, could significantly affect the Company’s powers, authority and operations, or the powers, authority and operations of the Bank in substantial and unpredictable ways. The Dodd-Frank Act created the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau, or the CFPB, with broad powers to supervise and enforce consumer protection laws. The CFPB has broad rule-making authority, including the authority to prohibit unfair, deceptive, and abusive acts and practices. These rules may result in increased regulatory compliance costs and subject the Company to increased potential liabilities related to its consumer banking business and residential mortgage lending activities.
Regulators have significant discretion and power to prevent or remedy unsafe or unsound practices or violations of laws by banks and bank holding companies in the performance of their supervisory and enforcement duties. The exercise of this regulatory discretion and power could have a negative impact on the Company. Failure to comply with laws, regulations or policies could result in sanctions by regulatory agencies, civil money penalties and/or reputation damage, which could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations.
The Company must devote significant resources to compliance.
Various federal banking laws and regulations, including rules adopted by the Federal Reserve Board pursuant to the requirements of the Dodd-Frank Act, impose heightened requirements on certain large banks and bank holding companies. Most of these rules apply primarily to bank holding companies with at least $50 billion in total consolidated assets, but certain rules also apply to banks and bank holding companies with at least $10 billion in total consolidated assets.
The Company and the Bank exceeded $10 billion in total consolidated assets (a) calculates FDIC deposits assessment base using a performance score and loss-severity score system; and (b) is subject to supervision and enforcement by the CFPB in connection with compliance with federal consumer protection laws.
In addition, the Company and the Bank is subject to the Durbin Amendment to the Dodd-Frank Act regarding limits on debit card interchange fees. The Durbin Amendment gives the Federal Reserve Board the authority to establish rules regarding interchange fees charged for electronic debit transactions by a payment card issuer that, together with its affiliates, has assets of $10 billion or more and to enforce a new statutory requirement that such fees be reasonable and proportional to the actual cost of a transaction to the issuer. The Federal Reserve Board has adopted rules under this provision that limit the swipe fees that a debit card issuer can charge a merchant for a transaction to the sum of 21 cents and five basis points times the value of the transaction, plus up to one cent for fraud prevention costs. Accordingly, deposit insurance assessments and expenses related to regulatory compliance may increase, while any decrease in the amount of interchange fees that the Company receives would reduce the Company’s revenue.
The imposition of these regulatory requirements and increased supervision has and will continue to require commitment of additional financial resources for regulatory compliance, which has increased the Company’s cost of operations, and has and will continue to otherwise have an impact on the Company’s financial condition and results of operations.
29



Table of Contents
The Company is subject to continuous examination.
Texas and federal banking agencies periodically conduct examinations of the Company’s business, including compliance with laws and regulations. If, as a result of an examination, a Texas or federal banking agency were to determine that the financial condition, capital resources, asset quality, earnings prospects, management, liquidity or other aspects of the Company’s operations had become unsatisfactory, or that the Company or its management was in violation of any law or regulation, it may take a number of different remedial actions as it deems appropriate. These actions include the power to enjoin “unsafe or unsound” practices, to require affirmative actions to correct any conditions resulting from any violation or practice, to issue an administrative order that can be judicially enforced, to direct an increase in the Company’s capital, to restrict the Company’s growth, to assess civil monetary penalties against the Bank, the Company’s officers or directors, to remove officers and directors and, if it is concluded that such conditions cannot be corrected or there is an imminent risk of loss to depositors, to terminate the Company’s deposit insurance. If the Company becomes subject to such regulatory actions, the Company could be materially and adversely affected.
The Company may be required to pay significantly higher FDIC deposit insurance assessments in the future.
Previous economic conditions and the Dodd-Frank Act caused the FDIC to increase deposit insurance assessments and may result in increased assessments in the future. On February 7, 2011, the FDIC approved a final rule that amended the Deposit Insurance Fund restoration plan and implemented certain provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act. Effective April 1, 2011, the assessment base is determined using average consolidated total assets minus average tangible equity rather than the previous assessment base of adjusted domestic deposits. The final rule also provides the FDIC’s board with the flexibility to adopt actual rates that are higher or lower than the total base assessment rates adopted on February 7, 2011 without notice and comment, if certain conditions are met. An increase in the assessment rates could materially and adversely affect the Company.
The Company faces a risk of noncompliance and enforcement action with the Bank Secrecy Act and other anti-money laundering statutes and regulations.
The federal Bank Secrecy Act, the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001, or Patriot Act, and other laws and regulations require financial institutions, among other duties, to institute and maintain effective anti-money laundering programs and file suspicious activity and currency transaction reports as appropriate. The federal Financial Crimes Enforcement Network, established by the Treasury to administer the Bank Secrecy Act, is authorized to impose significant civil money penalties for violations of those requirements and has recently engaged in coordinated enforcement efforts with the individual federal banking regulators, as well as the U.S. Department of Justice, Drug Enforcement Administration and Internal Revenue Service. There is also increased scrutiny of compliance with the rules enforced by the Office of Foreign Assets Control. If the Company’s policies, procedures and systems are deemed deficient or the policies, procedures and systems of the financial institutions that the Company has already acquired or may acquire in the future are deficient, the Company would be subject to liability, including fines and regulatory actions such as restrictions on the Company’s ability to pay dividends and the necessity to obtain regulatory approvals to proceed with certain aspects of the Company’s business plan (including the Company’s acquisition plans), which would negatively impact the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations. Failure to maintain and implement adequate programs to combat money laundering and terrorist financing could also have serious reputational consequences for the Company.
There are substantial regulatory limitations on changes of control of bank holding companies.
With certain limited exceptions, federal regulations prohibit a person or company or a group of persons deemed to be “acting in concert” from, directly or indirectly, acquiring more than 10% (5% if the acquirer is a bank holding company) of any class of the Company’s voting stock or obtaining the ability to control in any manner the election of a majority of the Company’s directors or otherwise direct the management or policies of the Company without prior notice or application to and the approval of the Federal Reserve. Accordingly, prospective investors need to be aware of and comply with these requirements, if applicable, in connection with any such purchase of shares of the Company’s common stock. These provisions effectively inhibit certain mergers or other business combinations, which, in turn, could adversely affect the market price of the Company’s common stock.
30



Table of Contents
Other Risks Affecting Our Business
Volatile market conditions and macro economic trends, including the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic, could adversely affect the Company.
The Company is operating in a dynamic and challenging economic environment, including uncertain global, national and local market conditions. In particular, Texas and Colorado based financial institutions are affected by volatility in the energy markets and the potential impact of that volatility on real estate and other markets. The Company is also subject to uncertain interest rate conditions. These volatile economic conditions could adversely affect borrowers and their businesses as well as the value of collateral (particularly real estate collateral) securing loans, which could adversely affect the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operation.
Furthermore, as more fully discussed above under Item 1, Business - COVID Impact & Response and below under Risks Related to the COVID-19 Pandemic, the pandemic has created increased market volatility and impacted the Company’s business, financial condition and operations in a number of ways. If the COVID-19 pandemic continues to impact national, state, and local economies, the Company could experience credit and operating losses.
The Company operates in a competitive environment.
The Company conducts its operations almost exclusively in Texas and Colorado. Many of the Company’s competitors offer the same, or a wider variety of, banking services within the Company’s market areas. These competitors include banks with nationwide operations, regional banks and other community banks. The Company also faces competition from many other types of financial institutions, including savings and loan institutions, finance companies, brokerage firms, insurance companies, credit unions, mortgage banks and other financial intermediaries. In addition, a number of out-of-state financial intermediaries have opened production offices, or otherwise solicit deposits, in the Company’s market areas. Furthermore, many of the Company’s larger competitors have substantially greater resources to invest in technological improvement, resulting in additional or superior product offerings not offered by the Company. Also, the rise of “FinTech” entities presents an additional group of competitors which provide financial services through new electronic delivery systems. The Company’s ability to successfully compete will depend on a number of factors, including its ability to maintain long-term customer relationships and customer satisfaction with the Company’s products and services, the scope, relevance and pricing of the products and services the Company offers, industry and general economic trends, and the Company’s ability to keep pace with technological advances and to invest in new technology. Ultimately, the Company may not be able to compete successfully against current and future competitors. If the Company is unable to attract and retain banking customers, the Company may be unable to continue to grow its loan and deposit portfolios, or may be required to increase the rates the Company pays on deposits or lower the rates it offers on loans, which could reduce the Company’s profitability. Failure to successfully keep pace with technological change affecting the financial services industry could have a negative effect on the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations.
The Company is reliant on deposits as a significant source of funding.
The Company relies on customer deposits as a significant source of funding. Competition among U.S. banks for customer deposits is intense, and may increase the cost of deposits or prevent new deposits, and may otherwise negatively affect the Company’s ability to grow its deposit base. The Company’s deposit accounts may decrease in the future, and any such decrease could have an adverse impact on the Company’s sources of funding, which impact could be material. Any changes the Company makes to the rates offered on its deposit products to remain competitive with other financial institutions may adversely affect the Company’s profitability and liquidity. The demand for the deposit products the Company offers may also be reduced due to a variety of factors, such as digital banking technology, demographic patterns, changes in customer preferences, reductions in consumers’ disposable income, regulatory actions that decrease customer access to particular products or the availability of competing products. In addition, a portion of the Company’s deposits are brokered deposits and FDIC uninsured deposits. The levels of these types of deposits that the Company holds may be more volatile during changing economic conditions. As of December 31, 2020, approximately $1.5 billion, or 10.56%, of the Company’s deposits consisted of brokered deposits.
31



Table of Contents
The Company may be adversely impacted by natural disasters, health pandemics, and other local and worldwide events beyond the Company’s control.
Natural disasters, health pandemics, severe weather events, including those prominent in Texas and Colorado and those prominent in the geographic areas of vendors and business partners, together with worldwide hostilities, including terrorist attacks, and other external events could have a significant impact on the Company’s ability to conduct business. These events could also affect the stability of the Company’s deposit base, borrowers’ ability to repay loans, impair collateral, result in a loss of revenue or an increase in expenses. Although the Company has established disaster recovery and business continuity procedures and plans, the occurrence of any such event may adversely affect the Company’s business, which in turn could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition and results of operations.
Hurricanes, tornadoes, wildfires, earthquakes and other natural disasters and severe weather events have caused, and in the future may cause, widespread property damage and significantly and negatively affect the local economies in which the Company operates. The effect of catastrophic weather events if they were to occur, could have a materially adverse impact on the Company’s financial condition, results of operations and business, as well as potentially increase the Company’s exposure to credit losses and liquidity risks.
The Company could be subject to environmental risks.
The Company is subject to growing risk from climate change. Among the risks associated with climate change are more frequent severe weather events. As discussed in the previous factors, severe weather events subject the Company to significant risks and more frequent severe weather events magnify those risks. Actions to address climate change, such as efforts to reduce reliance on fossil fuels and green energy initiatives, could have a significant impact on the Texas economy, in particular. While the Texas economy is more diversified than in the past and energy companies are working to adapt to climate change initiatives, the oil and gas industry has had, and continues to have, a significant impact on the overall Texas economy. Further, banking regulators are beginning to consider the risk presented by climate change on the financial system and may pass new regulations, such as climate related stress testing, to address this risk. The potential losses and costs associated with climate change related risks could have a material adverse effect upon the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operation.
In addition, a significant portion of the Company’s loan portfolio is secured by real property. During the ordinary course of business, the Company may foreclose on and take title to properties securing certain loans. In doing so, there is a risk that hazardous or toxic substances could be found on these properties. If hazardous or toxic substances are found, the Company may be liable for remediation costs, as well as for personal injury and property damage. Environmental laws may require the Company to incur substantial expenses and may materially reduce the affected property’s value or limit the Company’s ability to use or sell the affected property. In addition, future laws or more stringent interpretations or enforcement policies with respect to existing laws may increase the Company’s exposure to environmental liability. Although the Company has policies and procedures to perform an environmental review before initiating any foreclosure action on real property, these reviews may not be sufficient to detect all potential environmental hazards. The remediation costs and any other financial liabilities associated with an environmental hazard could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition and results of operations.
Monetary policies and regulations of the Federal Reserve could adversely affect the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations.
In addition to being affected by general economic conditions, the Company’s earnings and growth are affected by the policies of the Federal Reserve. An important function of the Federal Reserve is to regulate the money supply and credit conditions. Among the instruments used by the Federal Reserve to implement these objectives are open market operations in U.S. government securities, adjustments of the discount rate and changes in reserve requirements against bank deposits. These instruments are used in varying combinations to influence overall economic growth and the distribution of credit, bank loans, investments and deposits. Their use also affects interest rates charged on loans or paid on deposits.
The monetary policies and regulations of the Federal Reserve have had a significant effect on the operating results of commercial banks in the past and are expected to continue to do so in the future. The Company cannot predict the effects of such policies upon the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations.
32



Table of Contents
RISKS RELATED TO AN INVESTMENT IN THE COMPANY’S COMMON STOCK
The Company’s stock price can be volatile.
Stock price volatility may make it more difficult for you to resell your common stock when you want and at prices you find attractive. The Company’s stock price can fluctuate significantly in response to a variety of factors including, among other things:
actual or anticipated variations in quarterly results of operations;
recommendations by securities analysts;
operating and stock price performance of other companies that investors deem comparable to the Company;
new reports relating to trends, concerns and other issues in the financial services industry;
perceptions in the marketplace regarding the Company and/or its competitors;
new technology used, or services offered, by competitors;
significant acquisitions or business combinations involving the Company or its competitors;
the public float and trading volumes for the Company’s common stock;
changes in government regulations, including tax laws; and
volatility in economic conditions, including changes in interest rates, disruption in energy markets and changes in the global economy.
In addition, although the Company’s common stock is listed for trading on the Nasdaq Global Select Market, the trading volume of the Company’s common stock is less than that of other, larger financial institutions. Given the lower trading volume, significant sales of Company common stock, or the expectation of such sales, could cause the stock price to fall.
The Company is dependent upon the Bank for cash flow, and the Bank’s ability to make cash distributions is restricted.
The Company’s primary tangible asset is the Bank. As such, the Company depends upon the Bank for cash distributions (through dividends on the Bank’s stock) that the Company uses to pay the Company’s operating expenses, satisfy the Company’s obligations (including the Company’s senior indebtedness, subordinated debentures, and junior subordinated indebtedness issued in connection with trust preferred securities), and to pay dividends on the Company’s common stock. There are numerous laws and banking regulations that limit the Bank’s ability to pay dividends to the Company. If the Bank is unable to pay dividends to the Company, the Company will not be able to satisfy the Company’s obligations or pay dividends on the Company’s common stock. Federal and state statutes and regulations restrict the Bank’s ability to make cash distributions to the Company. These statutes and regulations require, among other things, that the Bank maintain certain levels of capital in order to pay a dividend. Further, state and federal banking authorities have the ability to restrict the payment of dividends by supervisory action.
The Company’s dividend policy may change without notice, and the Company’s future ability to pay dividends is subject to restrictions.
The Company may change its dividend policy at any time without notice to the Company’s shareholders. Holders of the Company’s common stock are entitled to receive only such dividends as the Company’s board of directors may declare out of funds legally available for such payments. Any declaration and payment of dividends on common stock will depend upon the Company’s earnings and financial condition, liquidity and capital requirements, the general economic and regulatory climate, the Company’s ability to service any equity or debt obligations senior to the common stock and other factors deemed relevant by its board of directors. Furthermore, consistent with the Company’s strategic plans, growth initiatives, capital availability, projected liquidity needs, and other factors, the Company has made, and will continue to make, capital management decisions and policies that could adversely impact the amount of dividends, if any, paid to the Company’s common shareholders.
The Federal Reserve has indicated that bank holding companies should carefully review their dividend policy in relation to the organization’s overall asset quality, level of current and prospective earnings and level, composition and quality of capital. The guidance provides that the Company inform and consult with the Federal Reserve prior to declaring and paying a dividend that exceeds earnings for the period for which the dividend is being paid or that could result in an adverse change to the Company’s capital structure, including interest on senior debt, subordinated debt and the subordinated debentures underlying the Company’s trust preferred securities. If required payments on the Company’s outstanding senior debt, subordinated debt and junior subordinated debentures, held by its unconsolidated subsidiary trusts, are not made or are suspended, the Company would be prohibited from paying dividends on its common stock.
33



Table of Contents
The Company’s largest shareholder and board of directors have historically, and currently, exert a controlling influence on the Company.
Collectively, as of February 25, 2021, Messrs. Vincent Viola and David Brooks owned 11.9% of the Company’s outstanding common stock on a fully diluted basis. Vincent Viola, the largest shareholder of the Company, currently owns 10.3% of the Company’s outstanding common stock, and David Brooks, the Company’s Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer, currently owns 1.6% of the Company’s common stock, each calculated on a fully diluted basis. Further, as of the date hereof, the Company’s other directors and executive officers currently own collectively approximately 1.9% of the Company’s outstanding common stock. These individuals have historically, and currently, exert controlling influence in the Company’s management and policies.
In addition, Michael Viola, a director of the Company, is the son of Vincent Viola. Further, David Brooks, the Company’s Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, has a 33 year history of ownership and operation of the Bank with Vincent Viola; and he has a joint investment with Mr. Viola outside of the Company. Given these close relationships, even though he does not serve on the Company’s board, Mr. Viola has and will continue to have an influence over the direction and operation of the Company.
The Company’s corporate organizational documents and the provisions of Texas law make more difficult or prevent an attempted acquisition of the Company that you may favor.
The Company’s certificate of formation and bylaws contain various provisions that could have an anti-takeover effect and may delay, discourage or prevent an attempted acquisition or change in control of the Company. These provisions include the following:
staggered terms for directors;
a provision that directors cannot be removed except for cause;
a provision that any special meeting of the Company’s shareholders may be called only by a majority of the Company’s board of directors, the Chairman or a holder or group of holders of at least 20% of the Company’s shares entitled to vote at such special meeting; and
a provision establishing certain advance notice procedures for nomination of candidates for election as directors and for shareholder proposals to be considered only at an annual or special meeting of shareholders.
The Company’s certificate of formation provides for noncumulative voting for directors and authorizes the board of directors to issue shares of its preferred stock without shareholder approval and upon such terms as the board of directors may determine. The issuance of the Company’s preferred stock, while providing desirable flexibility in connection with possible acquisitions, financings and other corporate purposes, could have the effect of making it more difficult for a third party to acquire, or of discouraging a third party from acquiring, a controlling interest in the Company. In addition, certain provisions of Texas law, including a requirement that two-thirds of the shares outstanding must approve major corporate actions, such as an amendment to the Company’s certificate of formation or the approval of a merger, and a provision which restricts certain business combinations between a Texas corporation and certain affiliated shareholders, may delay, discourage or prevent an attempted acquisition or change in control of the Company. Also, the Company’s certificate of formation prohibits shareholder action by written consent.
Other debt and equity instruments have priority over the Company’s common stock.
In the event of any winding up and termination of the Company, the Company common stock would rank below all claims of the holders of the Company’s debt and any preferred stock then outstanding. The Company has a senior, revolving credit facility under which the Company may borrow up to $100 million. As of December 31, 2020, the Company had $6.5 million drawn upon this credit facility, which was subsequently paid down and has no borrowings as of March 1, 2021. Further, as of December 31, 2020, the Company had outstanding
$310 million of aggregate principal amount of subordinated indebtedness; and
$57.3 million of subordinated debentures issued in connection with trust preferred securities
34



Table of Contents
Upon the winding up and termination of the Company, holders of the Company’s common stock will not be entitled to receive any payment or other distribution of assets until after all of the Company’s obligations to the Company’s debt holders have been satisfied and holders of the Company’s senior debt, subordinated debt, and junior subordinated debentures issued in connection with trust preferred securities have received any payments and other distributions due to them. In addition, the Company is required to pay interest on the Company’s senior debt, subordinated debt and subordinated debentures and junior subordinated debentures issued in connection with the Company’s trust preferred securities before the Company pays any dividends on the Company’s common stock. Furthermore, the Company’s board of directors may also, in its sole discretion, designate and issue one or more series of preferred stock from the Company’s authorized and unissued preferred stock, which may have preferences with respect to common stock in dissolution, dividends, liquidation or otherwise.
An investment in the Company’s common stock is not an insured deposit.
An investment in the Company’s common stock is not a bank deposit and, therefore, is not insured against loss or guaranteed by the FDIC, any other deposit insurance fund or by any other public or private entity. An investment in the Company’s common stock is inherently risky for the reasons described in this report and shareholders who acquire the Company’s common stock could lose some or all of their investment.
RISKS RELATED TO THE COVID-19 PANDEMIC
The pandemic has heightened credit risk.
The pandemic has heightened the credit risks described above, particularly with respect to loans made to businesses in the hospitality and retail sectors, which have been hardest hit by the economic dislocation caused by the COVID-19 pandemic. As of December 31, 2020, 3.8% and 15.4% of the Company’s total loans held for investment (excluding mortgage warehouse purchase loans) were loans made to companies engaged in the hospitality business and companies that own and operate retail real estate, respectively. The financial performance of the Company is dependent upon the ability of borrowers to repay their loans and the value of the collateral supporting loans. The pandemic has caused and is likely to cause significant disruption in the business of our customers. Continued unfavorable market conditions and uncertainty due to the COVID-19 pandemic has caused and is likely to continue to cause a deterioration in the credit quality of borrowers, an increase in the number of loan delinquencies, defaults and charge-offs, additional provisions for loan losses, adverse asset values of the collateral securing loans and an overall material adverse effect on the quality of the loan portfolio of the Company. Various state governments and federal agencies are requiring lenders to provide forbearance and other relief to borrowers. Regulatory programs and governmental policies, including the PPP loan program as discussed under Item 1, Business - COVID-19 Impact and Response, may impact the Company’s ability to resolve credit delinquencies and risk of holding unforgiven PPP loans at unfavorable interest rates.
The pandemic has increased interest rate risk.
Following the outbreak of the pandemic, market interest rates declined significantly to historic lows. The reductions in interest rates, and continued fluctuations in the interest rate environment as a result of changes in monetary policies of the Federal Reserve Board, including in connection with efforts to address the economic fallout from the COVID-19 pandemic, could have significant adverse effects on the yields received by the Company on its earning assets and otherwise compress the Company’s net interest margin which is an important component of the Company’s earnings. Continued volatility in interest rates could have a significant adverse effect on the Company’s earnings, financial condition and results of operations.
35



Table of Contents
The pandemic has heightened operational risk, particularly with respect to cybersecurity.
The pandemic has also heightened the operational risks described above. As discussed under Item 1, Business - COVID-19 Impact and Response, COVID-19 has caused the Company to change its business operations in a number of ways to protect the health and safety of its customers and employees, and to comply with governmental directives. These changes may have detrimental impacts on the Company’s business due to reduced effectiveness of operations and unavailability of personnel. In addition, there is heightened sensitivity and exposure to cybersecurity risks resulting from the Company’s increased use of and dependence on remote working technology. The Company may take further action that it determines is in the best interest of employees, customers and the communities the Company serves, or as may be required by government regulations and ordinances. To date, the measures taken by the Company have not materially impaired the Company’s ability to support employees, conduct business and serve its customers, but there is no assurance that these measures will mitigate all risk associated with COVID-19, or that the Company's ability to operate will not be materially impacted in the future. Similarly, if any of the Company’s vendors or business partners upon which it relies are unable to deliver their products and services as a result of limitations on operations imposed by COVID-19, the Company’s ability to serve customers could be impaired.
The change in business operations and continued market uncertainty could also have a detrimental effect on the Company’s relationship with its customers as well as reduce demand for loans and other products and services offered by the Company upon which it relies to drive growth.
The pandemic has increased legal and regulatory risk.
The PPP loan program, as discussed under Item 1 COVID-19 Impact and Response, including but not limited to PPP Round 2, was launched within a significantly compressed timeframe, with updates and guidance rapidly changing and emerging. In addition, the health and safety measures required by federal, state and local governments is unprecedented. Litigation related to banks’ implementation of the PPP loan program, as well as companies health and safety practices instituted to address the pandemic has already begun to emerge. Litigation arising out of pandemic related issues could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations.
The full extent of impact from the pandemic in uncertain.
The full extent to which the pandemic impacts the Company's business will depend on future developments, which are highly uncertain and cannot be predicted, including new information which may emerge concerning the severity of the pandemic and the actions required to contain and treat it, including but not limited to the effectiveness and availability of vaccinations, reactions by companies, clients, investors, governmental entities and financial, commodities (including oil and gas) and other markets to such actions, and the effect of the pandemic on short- and long-term general economic conditions, among other factors. There can be no assurance that efforts by the Company to address the adverse impacts of COVID-19 will be effective. If the significant effects of the pandemic are prolonged and if the Company is unable to recover from this business disruption on a timely basis, the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations may be significantly adversely affected.

ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS
None.

ITEM 2. PROPERTIES
The Company owns its corporate headquarters, which is an approximately 165,000 square foot, six story office building located at 7777 Henneman Way, McKinney, Texas 75070, and serves as the Bank’s home office.
On January 19, 2021, the Company announced that construction had begun on phase two of the corporate headquarters located on a 10.4 acre parcel of land at State Highway 121 and Grand Ranch Parkway at the entrance to the McKinney Corporate Center Craig Ranch in McKinney, Texas. The approximately 198,000 square-foot, six story facility will allow space for the Company’s continued growth. The building is expected to be completed in 2022, although delays could occur.
36



Table of Contents
As of December 31, 2020, the Company had 93 full-service branches. The Company believes that its facilities are in good condition and are adequate to meet the Company’s operating needs for the foreseeable future. At December 31, 2020, the Company owns 72 of the branches, and leases the remaining facilities. Our branches are located in the Dallas/North Texas area, including McKinney, Dallas, Fort Worth, and Sherman/Denison, the Austin/Central Texas area, including Austin and Waco, the Houston Texas metropolitan area and along the Colorado Front Range area, including Denver, Colorado Springs and Fort Collins.
For more information about premises and equipment and lease commitments, see Note 7, Premises and Equipment, Net, and Note 13, Leases, respectively, to the Company's audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this report.

ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
In the normal course of business, the Company and the Bank are named as defendants in various lawsuits. Management of the Company and the Bank, following consultation with legal counsel, do not expect the ultimate disposition of any, or a combination, of these matters to have a material adverse effect on the business of the Company or the Bank. A legal proceeding that the Company believes could become material is described below.
The Bank is a party to a legal proceeding inherited by the Bank in connection with the Company's acquisition of BOH Holdings, Inc. and its subsidiary, Bank of Houston, or BOH, that was completed on April 15, 2014. Several entities related to R. A. Stanford, or the Stanford Entities, including Stanford International Bank, Ltd., or SIBL, had deposit accounts at BOH. Certain individuals who had purchased certificates of deposit from SIBL filed a class action lawsuit against several banks, including BOH, on November 11, 2009 in the U.S. District Court Northern District of Texas, Dallas Division, in a case styled Peggy Roif Rotstain, et al. on behalf of themselves and all others similarly situated, v. Trustmark National Bank, et al., Civil Action No. 3:09-CV-02384-N-BG. The suit alleges, among other things, that the plaintiffs were victims of fraud by SIBL and other Stanford Entities and seeks to recover damages and alleged fraudulent transfers by the defendant banks.
On May 1, 2015, the plaintiffs filed a motion requesting permission to file a Second Amended Class Action Complaint in this case, which motion was subsequently granted. The Second Amended Class Action Complaint presents previously unasserted claims, including aiding and abetting or participation in a fraudulent scheme based upon the large amount of deposits that the Stanford Entities held at BOH and the alleged knowledge of certain BOH officers. The plaintiffs seek recovery from the Bank and other defendants for their losses. The case has been inactive due to a Court-ordered discovery stay issued March 2, 2015 pending the Court’s ruling on plaintiff’s motion for class certificate and designation of class representatives and counsel. On November 7, 2017, the Court issued an order denying the plaintiff’s motion. In addition, the Court lifted the previously ordered discovery stay. On January 11, 2018, the Court entered a scheduling order providing that the case be ready for trial on January 27, 2020. Due to agreed upon extensions of discovery on July 25, 2019, the Court amended the scheduling order to provide that the case be ready for trial on January 11, 2021. In light of additional agreed upon extensions of discovery deadlines, the Court entered a new scheduling order on March 9, 2020, which provided that the case be ready for trial March 15, 2021. In light of delays in discovery associated with the COVID-19 pandemic, the parties agreed to amend the scheduling order with new ready for trial date of May 6, 2021. Defendants have filed a motion to remand the case to the Southern District of Texas and are awaiting a ruling. It is anticipated that the schedule will change upon remand. The Bank also filed its motion for summary judgment on February 12, 2021 individually, and joined in on an omnibus motion for summary judgment based on procedural issues common to all Defendants in this matter. The Company has experienced an increase in legal fees associated with the defense of this claim and anticipates further increases in legal fees as the case proceeds to trial.
The Bank notified its insurance carriers of the claims made in the Second Amended Complaint. The insurance carriers have initially indicated that the claims are not covered by the policies or that a “loss” has not yet occurred. The Bank pursued insurance coverage as well as reimbursement of defense costs through the initiation of litigation and other means. On November 6, 2018, the Company settled claims under its Financial Institutions Select Policy pursuant to which the Company received payment of an amount which is not material to the operations of the Company. The Company did not settle any claims under its Financial Institution Bond Policy.
The Bank believes that the claims are without merit and is vigorously defending the lawsuit. This is complex litigation involving a number of procedural matters and issues. As such, we are unable to predict when this matter may be resolved and, given the uncertainty of litigation, the ultimate outcome of, or the range of potential costs or damages arising from, this case.
37



Table of Contents

ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES
Not applicable.

PART II

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES
Market for Common Stock
Since January 2, 2014, the Company's common stock has traded on the Nasdaq Global Select Market under the symbol “IBTX.” Quotations of the sales volume and the closing sales prices of the common stock of the Company are listed daily in the Nasdaq Global Select Market’s listings. As of February 25, 2021, there were 559 holders of record for the Company's common stock.
Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities
In 2020, the Company issued an aggregate of 363,814 shares of its common stock to certain employees under its 2013 Equity Incentive Plan and 401(k) Plan in reliance upon the private placement exemption in Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act, as transactions not involving a public offering. No consideration was received by the Company for the grants of 310,290 shares of common stock under the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan and $2.0 million in consideration was paid by employee participants for 53,524 shares of common stock purchased under the 401k Plan. The recipients of shares in such transactions acquired the shares for investment purposes only and without a view to or for the sale in connection with any distribution thereof. All recipients had adequate access, through their relationship with the Company, to information regarding the Company.
The following table provides information as of December 31, 2020, regarding the Company’s equity compensation plans under which the Company’s equity securities are authorized for issuance:
Plan Category Number of securities to be issued upon exercise of outstanding options, warrants and rights
(a)
Weighted-average exercise price of outstanding options, warrants and rights
(b)
Number of securities remaining available for future issuance under equity compensation plans (excluding securities reflected in column (a))
(c)
Equity compensation plans approved by security holders —  N/A 1,150,617 
(1)
Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders —  N/A — 
____________
(1)    Constitutes shares of the Company’s common stock issuable under the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended, which shares may be awarded as restricted stock grants.
Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers
Stock Repurchase Program: From time to time, the Company's board of directors has authorized stock repurchase programs which allow the Company to purchase its common stock generally over a one-year period at various prices in the open market or in privately negotiated transactions. On October 22, 2020, the Company's board of directors authorized a $150.0 million stock repurchase program allowing the Company to purchase shares of its common stock through October 31, 2021. Under this program, the Company repurchased 109,548 shares at a total cost of $5.7 million through December 31, 2020. Under prior stock repurchase programs, the Company repurchased 897,738 shares of Company stock at a total cost of $49.0 million during 2019 and none during 2018.
38



Table of Contents
The following table summarizes the Corporation's repurchase activity during the fourth quarter 2020.
Total Number of Shares Purchased Average Price Paid Per Share Total Number of Shares Purchased as Part of Publicly Announced Repurchase Plan Maximum Dollar Value of Shares that May Yet Be Purchased Under the Plan (thousands)
October 2020 36,000  $ 50.51  36,000  $ 148,182 
November 2020 73,548  52.18  73,548  144,344 
December 2020 —  —  —  144,344 
Total fourth quarter 2020 109,548  $ 51.63  109,548  $ 144,344 

39



Table of Contents
Performance Graph
The following Performance Graph compares the cumulative total shareholder return on the Company’s common stock for the period December 31, 2015 through December 31, 2020, with the cumulative total return of the S&P 500 Total Return Index and the KBW Nasdaq Regional Banking Index for the same period. Dividend reinvestment has been assumed. The Performance Graph assumes $100 invested on December 31, 2015, in the Company’s common stock, the S&P 500 Total Return Index and KBW Nasdaq Regional Banking Index. The historical stock price performance for the Company’s common stock shown on the graph below is not necessarily indicative of future stock performance.
Comparison of Cumulative Total Return
Among Independent Bank Group, Inc., the S&P 500 Index and the KBW Nasdaq Regional Banking Index
IBTX-20201231_G1.JPG
December 31, 2015 December 31, 2016 December 31, 2017 December 31, 2018 December 31, 2019 December 31, 2020
Independent Bank Group, Inc. 100.00  196.78  214.55  146.45  180.66  208.88 
S&P 500 Index 100.00  111.96  136.40  130.42  171.49  203.04 
KBW Nasdaq Regional Banking Index 100.00  102.42  108.48  150.80  153.45  126.59 
(Source: S&P Global, Inc. )
40



Table of Contents
ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
The following selected consolidated financial data of the Company for, and as of, the end of each of the years in the five-year period ended December 31, 2020, is derived from and should be read in conjunction with the Company’s consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto appearing elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
You should read the following financial information relating to the Company in conjunction with other information contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, including the information set forth in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” under Part II, Item 7, beginning on page 43 and the consolidated financial statements of the Company and related accompanying notes included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The Company’s historical results for any prior period are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected in any future period. As described elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, the Company has consummated several acquisitions in recent fiscal periods. The results and other financial information of those acquired operations are not included in the information below for the periods prior to their respective acquisition dates and, therefore, the results for these prior periods are not comparable in all respects and may not be predictive of the Company’s future results.
As of and for the Year Ended December 31,
(dollars in thousands except per share data) 2020 2019 2018 2017 2016
Selected Income Statement Data
Interest income $ 611,506  $ 652,932  $ 407,290  $ 307,914  $ 210,049 
Interest expense 95,060  148,175  81,038  42,436  26,243 
Net interest income 516,446  504,757  326,252  265,478  183,806 
Provision for loan losses 42,993  14,805  9,860  8,265  9,440 
Net interest income after provision for loan losses 473,453  489,952  316,392  257,213  174,366 
Noninterest income 85,063  78,176  42,224  41,287  19,555 
Noninterest expense 306,134  321,864  198,619  176,813  113,790 
Income tax expense 51,173  53,528  31,738  45,175  26,591 
Net income 201,209  192,736  128,259  76,512  53,540 
Preferred stock dividends —  —  —  — 
Net income available to common shareholders 201,209  192,736  128,259  76,512  53,532 
Per Share Data (Common Stock)
Earnings:
Basic $ 4.67  $ 4.46  $ 4.33  $ 2.98  $ 2.89 
Diluted (1)
4.67  4.46  4.33  2.97  2.88 
Dividends 1.05  1.00  0.54  0.40  0.34 
Book value (2)
58.31  54.48  52.50  47.28  35.63 
Selected Period End Balance Sheet Data
Total assets $ 17,753,476  $ 14,958,207  $ 9,849,965  $ 8,684,463  $ 5,852,801 
Cash and cash equivalents 1,813,987  565,170  130,779  431,102  505,027 
Securities available for sale 1,153,693  1,085,936  685,350  763,002  316,435 
Loans, held for sale 82,647  35,645  32,727  39,202  9,795 
Loans, held for investment, excluding mortgage warehouse purchase (3)
11,622,298  10,928,653  7,717,510  6,309,549  4,572,771 
Mortgage warehouse purchase loans 1,453,797  687,317  170,290  164,694  — 
Allowance for loan losses 87,820  51,461  44,802  39,402  31,591 
Goodwill and other intangible assets 1,082,091  1,094,762  766,839  664,702  272,496 
Other real estate owned 475  4,819  4,200  7,126  1,972 
Noninterest-bearing deposits 4,164,800  3,240,185  2,145,930  1,907,770  1,117,927 
Interest-bearing deposits 10,234,127  8,701,151  5,591,864  4,725,052  3,459,182 
Borrowings (other than junior subordinated debentures) 687,175  527,251  427,316  667,578  568,045 
Junior subordinated debentures (4)
54,023  53,824  27,852  27,654  18,147 
Total stockholders’ equity 2,515,371  2,339,773  1,606,433  1,336,018  672,365 
Selected Performance Metrics
Return on average assets (5)
1.23  % 1.32  % 1.35  % 0.96  % 0.98  %
Return on average equity (5)
8.26  8.50  8.69  6.71  8.42 
Return on average common equity (5)
8.26  8.50  8.69  6.71  8.42 
Net interest margin (6)
3.55  3.95  3.97  3.84  3.81 
41



Table of Contents
As of and for the Year Ended December 31,
(dollars in thousands except per share data) 2020 2019 2018 2017 2016
Efficiency ratio (6)
48.79  53.01  52.35  56.13  54.99 
Dividend payout ratio (8)
22.48  22.42  12.47  13.42  11.76 
Credit Quality Ratios (9)(10)(11)
Nonperforming assets to total assets 0.29  % 0.21  % 0.17  % 0.26  % 0.34  %
Nonperforming loans to total loans held for investment
0.44  0.24  0.16  0.24  0.39 
Allowance for loan losses to nonperforming loans
170.80  193.35  354.73  255.62  177.06 
Allowance for loan losses to total loans held for investment 0.76  0.47  0.58  0.62  0.69 
Net charge-offs to average loans outstanding (unaudited) 0.05  0.07  0.06  0.01  0.12 
Capital Ratios
Common equity tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets 10.33  % 9.76  % 10.05  % 9.61  % 8.20  %
Tier 1 capital to average assets 9.12  9.32  9.57  8.92  7.82 
Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets 10.74  10.19  10.41  10.05  8.55 
Total capital to risk-weighted assets 13.32  11.83  12.58  12.56  11.38 
Total stockholders’ equity to total assets 14.17  15.64  16.31  15.38  11.49 
Total common equity to total assets (12)
14.17  15.64  16.31  15.38  11.49 
____________
(1)    The Company calculates its diluted earnings per share for each period shown as its net income divided by the weighted-average number of its common shares outstanding during the relevant period adjusted for the dilutive effect of its outstanding warrants to purchase shares of common stock. The increase in 2016 relates to the weighted effect of the shares issued in November 2015 along with shares issued in a private offering during 2016, the increase in 2017 relates to shares issued in the acquisition completed in April 2017 along with shares issued in a public offering during 2017, the increase in 2018 relates to the shares issued in the acquisition completed June 1, 2018 and the increase in 2019 relates to the shares issued in the acquisition completed January 1, 2019. See Note 1, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, to the Company’s consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10 K for more information regarding the dilutive effect of its outstanding warrants and regarding certain nonvested shares of common stock, the effect of which is anti-dilutive. The Company's outstanding warrants were all exercised prior to December 31, 2018. Earnings per share on a basic and diluted basis were calculated using the following outstanding share amounts, which includes participating shares (those shares with dividend rights):
For the Year Ended December 31,
2020 2019 2018 2017 2016
Weighted average shares outstanding-basic 43,116,965  43,245,418  29,599,119  25,636,292  18,501,663 
Weighted average shares outstanding-diluted 43,116,965  43,245,418  29,599,119  25,742,362  18,588,309 

(2)    Book value per share equals the Company’s total common stockholders’ equity (excludes preferred stock) as of the date presented divided by the number of shares of its common stock outstanding as of the date presented. The number of shares of its common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2020, 2019, 2018, 2017 and 2016 was 43,137,104 shares, 42,950,228 shares, 30,600,582 shares, 28,254,893 shares and 18,870,312 shares, respectively.
(3)     Loans held for investment includes SBA PPP loans of $804,397 at December 31, 2020
(4)    Each of nine wholly owned, but nonconsolidated, subsidiaries of the Company holds a series of the Company’s junior subordinated debentures purchased by the subsidiary in connection with, and paid for with the proceeds of, the issuance of trust issued preferred securities by that subsidiary. The Company has guaranteed the payment of the amounts payable under each of those issues of trust preferred securities. During 2019 the Company assumed two trusts with the acquisition of Guaranty and during 2017 the Company assumed two trusts with the Carlile acquisition.
(5)    The Company has calculated its return on average assets and return on average equity for a period by dividing net income for that period by its average assets and average equity, as the case may be, for that period. The Company calculates its average assets and average equity for a period by dividing the sum of its total asset balance or total stockholder’s equity balance, as the case may be, as of the close of business on each day in the relevant period and dividing by the number of days in the period. The Company calculates its return on average common equity by excluding the preferred stock dividends to derive at net income available to common shareholders and excluding the average balance of its Series A preferred stock from the total average equity to derive at common average equity.
(6)    Net interest margin for a period represents net interest income for that period divided by average interest-earning assets for that period.
(7)    Efficiency ratio for a period represents noninterest expenses, excluding the amortization of other intangible assets, for that period divided by the sum of net interest income and noninterest income for that period.
(8)    The Company calculates its dividend payout ratio for each period presented as the dividends paid per share for such period divided by its basic earnings per share for such period.
(9)    Nonperforming loans include nonaccrual loans, loans past due 90 days or more and still accruing interest, and accruing loans modified under troubled debt restructurings, excludes loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality.
(10)    Loans held for investment excludes mortgage warehouse purchase loans.
(11)    Nonperforming loans and assets excludes loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality.
(12)    The Company calculates common equity as of the end of the period as total stockholders' equity less the preferred stock at period end.
42



Table of Contents
ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
This discussion and analysis of the Company’s financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with the Company’s consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Certain risks, uncertainties and other factors, including those set forth under “Risk Factors” in Part I, Item 1A, and elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, may cause actual results to differ materially from those projected results discussed in the forward-looking statements appearing in this discussion and analysis.
Cautionary Note Regarding Forward Looking Statements
This Annual Report on Form 10-K, our other filings with the SEC, and other press releases, documents, reports and announcements that we make, issue or publish may contain statements that we believe are “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 that are subject to risks and uncertainties and are made pursuant to the safe harbor provisions of Section 27A of the Securities Act, as amended, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and other related federal security laws. These forward-looking statements include information about our possible or assumed future results of operations, including our future revenues, income, expenses, provision for taxes, effective tax rate, earnings per share and cash flows, our future capital expenditures and dividends, our future financial condition and changes therein, including changes in our loan portfolio and allowance for loan losses, our future capital structure or changes therein, the plan and objectives of management for future operations, our future or proposed acquisitions, the future or expected effect of acquisitions on our operations, results of operations and financial condition, our future economic performance and the statements of the assumptions underlying any such statement. Such statements are typically, but not exclusively, identified by the use in the statements of words or phrases such as “aim,” “anticipate,” “estimate,” “expect,” “goal,” “guidance,” “intend,” “is anticipated,” “is estimated,” “is expected,” “is intended,” “objective,” “plan,” “projected,” “projection,” “will affect,” “will be,” “will continue,” “will decrease,” “will grow,” “will impact,” “will increase,” “will incur,” “will reduce,” “will remain,” “will result,” “would be,” variations of such words or phrases (including where the word “could,” “may” or “would” is used rather than the word “will” in a phrase) and similar words and phrases indicating that the statement addresses some future result, occurrence, plan or objective. The forward-looking statements that we make are based on the Company’s current expectations and assumptions regarding its business, the economy, and other future conditions. Because forward-looking statements relate to future results and occurrences, they are subject to inherent uncertainties, risks and changes in circumstances that are difficult to predict. The Company’s actual results may differ materially from those contemplated by the forward-looking statements, which are neither statements of historical fact nor guarantees or assurances of future performance. Many possible events or factors could affect our future financial results and performance and could cause those results or performance to differ materially from those expressed in the forward-looking statements. These possible events or factors include, but are not limited to:
the disruption to local, regional, national and global economic activity caused by infectious disease outbreaks, including the recent outbreak of coronavirus, or COVID-19 and the significant impact that such outbreak has had and may have on our growth, operations, earnings and asset quality;
our ability to sustain our current internal growth rate and total growth rate;
changes in geopolitical, business and economic events, occurrences and conditions, including changes in rates of inflation or deflation, nationally, regionally and in our target markets, particularly in Texas and Colorado;
worsening business and economic conditions nationally, regionally and in our target markets, particularly in Texas and Colorado, and the geographic areas in those states in which we operate;
our dependence on our management team and our ability to attract, motivate and retain qualified personnel;
the concentration of our business within our geographic areas of operation in Texas and Colorado;
changes in asset quality, including increases in default rates on loans and higher levels of nonperforming loans and loan charge-offs, generally, and specifically resulting from the economic dislocation caused by the COVID-19 pandemic;
concentration of the loan portfolio of the Bank, before and after the completion of acquisitions of financial institutions, in commercial and residential real estate loans and changes in the prices, values and sales volumes of commercial and residential real estate;
the ability of the Bank to make loans with acceptable net interest margins and levels of risk of repayment and to otherwise invest in assets at acceptable yields and presenting acceptable investment risks;
inaccuracy of the assumptions and estimates that the managements of our Company and the financial institutions that we acquire make in establishing reserves for probable loan losses and other estimates, generally, and specifically as a result of the effect of the COVID-19 pandemic;
lack of liquidity, including as a result of a reduction in the amount of sources of liquidity we currently have;
43



Table of Contents
material increases or decreases in the amount of deposits held by the Bank or other financial institutions that we acquire and the cost of those deposits;
our access to the debt and equity markets and the overall cost of funding our operations;
regulatory requirements to maintain minimum capital levels or maintenance of capital at levels sufficient to support our anticipated growth;
changes in market interest rates that affect the pricing of the loans and deposits of each of the Bank and the financial institutions that we acquire and that affect the net interest income, other future cash flows, or the market value of the assets of each of the Bank and the financial institutions that we acquire, including investment securities;
fluctuations in the market value and liquidity of the securities we hold for sale, including as a result of changes in market interest rates;
effects of competition from a wide variety of local, regional, national and other providers of financial, investment and insurance services;
changes in economic and market conditions, including the economic dislocation resulting from the COVID-19 pandemic, that affect the amount and value of the assets of the Bank and of financial institutions that we acquire;
the institution and outcome of, and costs associated with, litigation and other legal proceedings against one of more of the Company, the Bank and financial institutions that we acquire or to which any of such entities is subject;
the occurrence of market conditions adversely affecting the financial industry generally, including the economic dislocation resulting from the COVID-19 pandemic;
the impact of recent and future legislative regulatory changes, including changes in banking, securities, and tax laws and regulations and their application by the Company’s regulators, and changes in federal government policies, as well as regulatory requirements applicable to, and resulting from regulatory supervision of, the Company and the Bank as a financial institution with total assets greater than $10 billion;
changes in accounting policies, practices, principles and guidelines, as may be adopted by the bank regulatory agencies, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, the SEC and the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board, as the case may be;
governmental monetary and fiscal policies, including changes resulting from the implementation of the new Current Expected Credit Loss accounting standard;
changes in the scope and cost of FDIC insurance and other coverage;
the effects of war or other conflicts, acts of terrorism (including cyber attacks) or other catastrophic events, including natural disasters such as storms, droughts, tornadoes, hurricanes and flooding, that may affect general economic conditions;
our actual cost savings resulting from previous or future acquisitions are less than expected, we are unable to realize those cost savings as soon as expected, or we incur additional or unexpected costs;
our revenues after previous or future acquisitions are less than expected;
the liquidity of, and changes in the amounts and sources of liquidity available to, us, before and after the acquisition of any financial institutions that we acquire;
deposit attrition, operating costs, customer loss and business disruption before and after our completed acquisitions, including, without limitation, difficulties in maintaining relationships with employees, may be greater than we expected;
the effects of the combination of the operations of financial institutions that we have acquired in the recent past or may acquire in the future with our operations and the operations of the Bank, the effects of the integration of such operations being unsuccessful, and the effects of such integration being more difficult, time consuming, or costly than expected or not yielding the cost savings we expect;
the impact of investments that the Company or the Bank may have made or may make and the changes in the value of those investments;
the quality of the assets of financial institutions and companies that we have acquired in the recent past or may acquire in the future being different than we determined or determine in our due diligence investigation in connection with the acquisition of such financial institutions and any inadequacy of loan loss reserves relating to, and exposure to unrecoverable losses on, loans acquired;
our ability to continue to identify acquisition targets and successfully acquire desirable financial institutions to sustain our growth, to expand our presence in our markets and to enter new markets;
general business and economic conditions in our markets change or are less favorable than expected, generally, and specifically as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic;
changes occur in business conditions and inflation, generally, and specifically as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic;
an increase in the rate of personal or commercial customers’ bankruptcies, generally, and specifically as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic;
technology-related changes are harder to make or are more expensive than expected;
44



Table of Contents
attacks on the security of, and breaches of, the Company's and the Bank's digital information systems, the costs we or the Bank incur to provide security against such attacks and any costs and liability the Company or the Bank incurs in connection with any breach of those systems;
the potential impact of technology and “FinTech” entities on the banking industry generally;
the other factors that are described or referenced in Part I, Item 1A. of this Annual Report on Form 10-K under the caption “Risk Factors”; and
other economic, competitive, governmental, regulatory, technological and geopolitical factors affecting the Company’s operations, pricing and services.
We urge you to consider all of these risks, uncertainties and other factors carefully in evaluating all such forward-looking statements made by us. As a result of these and other matters, including changes in facts and assumptions not being realized or other factors, the actual results relating to the subject matter of any forward-looking statement may differ materially from the anticipated results expressed or implied in that forward-looking statement. Any forward-looking statement made in this 10-K or made by us in any report, filing, document, or information incorporated by reference in this 10-K speaks only as of the date on which it is made. The Company undertakes no obligation to update any such forward-looking statement, whether as a result of new information, future developments or otherwise, except as may be required by law.
A forward looking-statement may include a statement of the assumptions or bases underlying the forward-looking statement. The Company believes that these assumptions or bases have been chosen in good faith and that they are reasonable. However, the Company cautions you that assumptions as to future occurrences or results almost always vary from actual future occurrences or results, and the differences between assumptions and actual occurrences and results can be material. Therefore, the Company cautions you not to place undue reliance on the forward-looking statements contained in this 10-K or incorporated by reference herein.

Overview
The Company was organized as a bank holding company in 2002. On January 1, 2009, the Company was merged with Independent Bank Group Central Texas, Inc., and, since that time, has pursued a strategy to create long-term shareholder value through organic growth of our community banking franchise in our market areas and through selective acquisitions of complementary banking institutions with operations in the Company’s market areas or in new market areas. On April 8, 2013, the Company consummated the initial public offering, or IPO, of its common stock which is traded on the Nasdaq Global Select Market.
The Company’s principal business is lending to and accepting deposits from businesses, professionals and individuals. The Company conducts all of the Company’s banking operations through its principal bank subsidiary. The Company derives its income principally from interest earned on loans and, to a lesser extent, income from securities available for sale. The Company also derives income from non-interest sources, such as fees received in connection with various deposit services, mortgage banking operations and investment advisory services. From time to time, the Company also realizes gains on the sale of assets. The Company’s principal expenses include interest expense on interest-bearing customer deposits, advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank of Dallas (FHLB) and other borrowings, operating expenses such as salaries, employee benefits, occupancy costs, communication and technology costs, expenses associated with other real estate owned, other administrative expenses, amortization of intangibles, acquisition expenses, provisions for loan losses and the Company’s assessment for FDIC deposit insurance.
The Company intends for this discussion and analysis to provide the reader with information that will assist in understanding the Company’s financial statements, the changes in certain key items in those financial statements from period to period and the primary factors that accounted for those changes. This discussion relates to the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries and should be read in conjunction with the Company’s consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2020 and 2019 and for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, and the accompanying notes, appearing elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The Company’s year ends on December 31. The following discussion and analysis presents the more significant factors that affected our financial condition as of December 31, 2020 and 2019 and results of operations for each of the years then ended. Refer to "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" in our 2019 and 2018 Annual Reports on Form 10-K, as amended, filed with the SEC on March 6, 2020 and February 28, 2019, respectively, for discussion of our results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018.
45



Table of Contents
Recent Developments: COVID-19
In March 2020, the outbreak of the Coronavirus Disease 2019 (COVID-19) was recognized as a pandemic by the World Health Organization and almost all public commerce and related business activities have been curtailed, to varying degrees. As a result of the shelter-at-home mandate that was in force early in the second quarter of 2020, commercial activity throughout the state of Texas and Colorado, as well as nationally, decreased significantly. As of December 31, 2020, many of the more restrictive government orders eased on a national level and more specifically in the Company's markets of Texas and Colorado, allowing businesses to reopen at varying capacity levels, which has improved commercial and consumer activity but has not returned to pre-pandemic levels. In addition, the risk of a resurgence in infections and possible reimplementation of restrictions remains significant.
In response to the COVID-19 pandemic, the Company has taken several actions to offer various forms of support to our employees, customers, and communities that have experienced impacts during this unprecedented time. For discussion related to the impact of COVID-19 on the Company's business operations, legislative measures and the Company's response, refer to Item 1, Business - "COVID-19 Impact and Response".
In addition, the Company continues to take deliberate actions to ensure the continued health and strength of its balance sheet in order to serve its clients and communities, including increases in liquidity and managing our assets and liabilities in order to maintain a strong capital position.
Impact on our Financial Condition and Results of Operations
The Company's business has been, and continues to be, impacted by the recent and ongoing outbreak of COVID-19. The Company continues to monitor developments related to the pandemic and its impact on the Company's business, customers, employees, counterparties, vendors, and service providers. Refer to Item 1A, Risk Factors - "RISKS RELATED TO THE COVID-19 PANDEMIC" for additional discussion.
During the twelve months ended December 31, 2020, the most notable financial impact to the Company's results of operations include a higher provision for loan losses primarily as a result of deterioration in macroeconomic variables, as well as lower service charge income and deposit and loan related expenses, as more fully discussed throughout the various sections of this discussion and analysis.

Lending Operations and Accommodations to Borrowers
The Company has participated in the CARES Act PPP as discussed in Item 1, Business - "COVID-19 Impact and Response". As of December 31, 2020, the Company has outstanding balances of $804.4 million to 5,003 customers. Management believes that the majority of these loans will ultimately be forgiven by the SBA in accordance with the terms of the program.
The Company continues to actively work with its borrowers on an individual, one-on-one basis to assess and understand the impact of pandemic-related economic hardships and provide prudent modifications allowing for payment deferrals or payment relief where appropriate. Through December 31, 2020, the Company has granted temporary COVID-19 modifications on over 2,100 loans totaling approximately $2.6 billion. The number of loans on active payment deferral has significantly declined since the beginning of the pandemic, and the vast majority of borrowers who were provided temporary payment relief have returned to paying as originally agreed. As of December 31, 2020, 79 loans with a total outstanding balance of $223.4 million remain in deferral status, of which $159.3 million are on second deferrals and $54.0 million are on third deferrals. Under current guidance, such modifications are currently exempt from the accounting guidance for TDRs (Refer to Note 6, Loans, Net and Allowance for Loan Losses, to the Company's consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this report). As of January 15, 2021, the amount of loans with active deferrals declined to $205.7 million across 74 accounts, which represents 1.7% of the Company’s outstanding total loans held for investment balances, excluding PPP loans, as of fourth quarter end and 0.37% of the Company’s outstanding total loan accounts at fourth quarter end. The $205.7 million in active deferrals, of which $126.1 million are second deferrals and $68.0 million are third deferrals, include $127.3 million, or 61.9%, in hotel and motel; $5.0 million, or 2.4%, in retail; $763 thousand, or 0.4%, in office; $22.8 million, or 11.1%, in other commercial real estate (CRE) and construction and development (C&D); and $45.2 million, or 22.0% in general C&I, with the remainder spread throughout other portfolios.


46



Table of Contents
Capital and Liquidity
The Company's capital remains strong, with ratios of the Company, and its subsidiary bank, well above the standards to be considered well-capitalized under regulatory requirements. Refer to the section captioned "Regulatory Capital Requirements" elsewhere in this discussion for additional information related to the Company's regulatory capital.
The Company's liquidity remains strong and continues to reflect excess balances, with cash and securities representing approximately 16.7% of total assets as of December 31, 2020. The Company maintains the ability to access considerable sources of contingent liquidity at the Federal Home Loan Bank and the Federal Reserve. Management considers the Company's current liquidity position to be adequate to meet short-term and long-term liquidity needs. Refer to the section captioned "Liquidity Management" elsewhere in this discussion for additional information regarding the Company's liquidity position.

Credit and Asset Quality
Under the CARES Act, the Company elected to defer the adoption of the CECL accounting standard and has continued its consistent application of the incurred loss method for estimating the allowance for loan losses and applicable provision for 2020. Refer to Note 1, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, to the Company's consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this report for additional discussion of the impact resulting from this discussion. Due to the macroeconomic environment brought on by the pandemic and energy price volatility, the Company recorded a provision of $43.0 million during 2020, increasing the allowance for loan losses to $87.8 million as of December 31, 2020. Management believes that the allowance adequately supports inherent credit losses within the loan portfolio. Refer to Note 6, Loans, Net and Allowance for Loan Losses as well as, the sections captioned "Provision for Loan Losses" and "Asset Quality" elsewhere in this discussion for additional information related to the factors considered by management in estimating the necessary level of allowance for loan losses.
During third and fourth quarter 2020, the Company adjusted the risk grades of several of its loans as the pandemic’s impacts on borrowers became clearer. Classified loans have increased year to date by $115.2 million to $229.5 million, or 2.0% of loans held for investment, net of mortgage warehouse purchase loans, as of December 31, 2020. Loans on special mention also increased by $318.6 million during the year. These increases are mainly due to the migration of several hotel loans as well as a few loans in the office and senior living portfolios. This prudent adjustment of risk grades is reflective of the Company's longstanding credit culture with a lender focus to continue to facilitate constructive engagement with borrowers through these challenging times. Overall, asset quality remains solid, reflecting the Company's disciplined underwriting and conservative lending philosophy which has supported strong credit performance during prior financial crises. Refer to Note 6, Loans, Net and Allowance for Loan Losses, to the Company's consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this report and to the section captioned "Asset Quality" elsewhere in this discussion for additional disclosures related to asset quality of the Company's loan portfolio.
While all industries could experience adverse impacts as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, the Company has an increased level of COVID-19 industry exposure risk in the following loan categories as of December 31, 2020:
Commercial real estate (CRE) loans were $6.1 billion with an average loan size in the CRE portfolio is $1.2 million.
Construction and Development (C&D) loans were $1.6 billion. The average loan size in the C&D portfolio was $639.2 thousand and the average loan-to-value was 58.6%. Construction activity continues across Texas and Colorado, and 98.4% of the Company’s C&D loans are located within these states. Of the Company’s C&D loans, 39.4% are for owner-occupied properties.
The Company's Retail CRE loans were approximately $1.8 billion, with the average loan size of $1.8 million. The mix of the portfolio consists of loans secured by 73.5% in strip centers properties, 13.9% in free standing/single tenant properties, 10.6% in mixed use properties, and 2.0% in big box properties.
The Company has approximately $438.3 million of loans secured by hotel and motel properties, with the average loan size of $5.7 million and the average loan-to-value of 53.1%. The mix of the portfolio consists of 62.1% of loans secured by limited service properties, 15.8% secured by full-service properties, 13.8% secured by extended stay properties, and 8.3% secured by boutique/independent properties.
Energy loans were $205.5 million, or 1.8% of total loans held for investment, excluding mortgage warehouse purchase loans. Energy loans are secured 92.6% by exploration and production of oil and gas, and 7.4% by energy services companies. Energy allowance for loan losses represents 5.8% of the total energy loan portfolio.

47



Table of Contents
This pandemic crisis has been impactful and the timing and magnitude of recovery cannot be predicted. The Company continues to closely monitor the impact of COVID-19 on its customers, the communities it serves and the economy as a whole; however, the extent to which the pandemic will continue to impact operations and financial results in 2021 is uncertain.
Certain Events Affect Year-over-Year Comparability
Acquisitions
There were no acquisitions completed in 2020. The Company completed an acquisition in 2019 and 2018. These acquisitions increased total assets, gross loans and deposits on their respective acquisition date as detailed below.
(dollars in millions) Acquisition Date Total Assets Gross Loans Deposits
Integrity Bancshares, Inc. June 1, 2018 $852 $652 $593
Guaranty Bancorp January 1, 2019 3,943 2,790 3,109
The Company issued an aggregate 15,251,729 shares of common stock in connection with these acquisitions. The comparability of the Company’s consolidated results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018 are affected by these acquisitions.
During 2019, the Company successfully completed the rebalancing of its retail footprint, by consolidating eight branches in Colorado and four branches in Texas. This consolidation reduced overlapping locations designed to improve efficiency, while keeping the Bank well-positioned to support existing customers and future growth.
Termination of proposed merger with Texas Capital Bancshares, Inc.: On December 9, 2019, the Company and Texas Capital Bancshares, Inc. (TCBI) and its subsidiary, Texas Capital Bank, had entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger (Merger Agreement) providing for the merger of TCBI with and into the Company. On May 22, 2020, the Company and TCBI entered into a mutual agreement to terminate the Merger Agreement. The termination was approved by each company's board of directors after careful consideration of the significant impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on global markets and on the companies' ability to fully realize the benefits expected to be achieved through the merger. Neither party paid a termination fee in connection with the termination of the Merger Agreement. Refer to Note 22, Business Combinations, to the Company's consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this report for additional information on the termination.
Discussion and Analysis of Results of Operations
The following discussion and analysis of the Company’s results of operations compares its results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019.
Results of Operations
The Company’s net income available to common shareholders increased by $8.5 million, or 4.4%, to $201.2 million ($4.67 per common share on a diluted basis) for the year ended December 31, 2020, from $192.7 million ($4.46 per common share on a diluted basis) for the year ended December 31, 2019. The increase in net income for 2020 over 2019 was primarily due to growth in net interest income and noninterest income as well as a reduction in acquisition related expenses. Net income in 2020 also included a provision for credit losses of $43.0 million compared to $14.8 million in 2019. The increased provision reflects the stress on the loan portfolio from the economic impact of the Covid 19 pandemic. The Company posted returns on average common equity of 8.26% and 8.50%, returns on average assets of 1.23% and 1.32%, and efficiency ratios of 48.79% and 53.01% for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. The efficiency ratio is calculated by dividing total noninterest expense (which does not include the provision for loan losses and the amortization of core deposits intangibles) by net interest income plus noninterest income. The Company’s dividend payout ratio was 22.48% and 22.42% and the equity to assets ratio was 14.17% and 15.64% for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.
48



Table of Contents
Net Interest Income
The Company’s net interest income is its interest income, net of interest expenses. Changes in the balances of the Company’s earning assets and its deposits, FHLB advances and other borrowings, as well as changes in the market interest rates, affect the Company’s net interest income. The difference between the Company’s average yield on earning assets and its average rate paid for interest-bearing liabilities is its net interest spread. Noninterest-bearing sources of funds, such as demand deposits and stockholders’ equity, also support the Company’s earning assets. The impact of the noninterest-bearing sources of funds is reflected in the Company’s net interest margin, which is calculated as annualized net interest income divided by average earning assets.
The Company earned net interest income of $516.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, an increase of $11.7 million, or 2.3%, from $504.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2019. The increase in net interest income from the previous year was primarily due to decreased funding costs due to a declining rate environment which more than offset decreased purchase accounting accretion. The Company’s net interest margin for 2020 decreased to 3.55% from 3.95% in 2019, and the Company’s interest rate spread for 2020 decreased to 3.26% from the 3.47% interest rate spread for 2019. The average balance of interest-earning assets for 2020 increased by $1.8 billion, or 13.9%, to $14.6 billion from an average balance of $12.8 billion for 2019. The increase from the prior year was primarily related to increased average loan balances including PPP loans and mortgage warehouse loans, as well as an increase in average interest-bearing deposits with correspondent banks due to significant deposit growth during 2020. The Company’s net interest margin for the year ended December 31, 2020 was negatively impacted by a 91 basis point decrease in the weighted-average yield on interest-earning assets to 4.20% for the year ended December 31, 2020, from 5.11% for the year ended December 31, 2019. The decrease from the prior year is due primarily to an increase in average interest-bearing deposits, decreased loan accretion, and the addition of lower yielding PPP loans to the portfolio. The year ended December 31, 2020 includes $30.4 of loan accretion compared to $46.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2019. The cost of interest bearing liabilities, including borrowings, was 0.94% for the year ended December 31, 2020 compared to 1.64% for the year ended December 31, 2019. The decrease from the prior year is primarily due to lower rates offered on our deposit products, as well as rate decreases on short-term FHLB advances and other debt. In response to the unprecedented Fed Funds rate decrease to combat the effects of COVID-19 on the economy, during first quarter 2020, the Company strategically lowered rates on certain deposit products and purchased lower rate advances to compensate for higher priced advances rolling off early second quarter 2020.
49



Table of Contents
Average Balance Sheet Amounts, Interest Earned and Yield Analysis.  The following table presents average balance sheet information, interest income, interest expense and the corresponding average yields earned and rates paid for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018. The average balances are principally daily averages and, for loans, include both performing and nonperforming balances.
    For the Years Ended December 31,
    2020 2019 2018
(dollars in thousands) Average
Outstanding
Balance
Interest Yield/
Rate
Average
Outstanding
Balance
Interest Yield/
Rate
Average
Outstanding
Balance
Interest Yield/
Rate
Interest-earning assets:                        
Loans (1)
$ 12,329,965  $ 579,085  4.70  % $ 11,179,161  $ 611,589  5.47  % $ 7,254,635  $ 384,791  5.30  %
Taxable securities 749,273  19,150  2.56  770,927  21,324  2.77  603,474  14,007  2.32 
Nontaxable securities 344,609  8,472  2.46  329,687  8,482  2.57  177,348  4,580  2.58 
Interest bearing deposits and other 1,141,164  4,799  0.42  504,309  11,537  2.29  179,411  3,912  2.18 
Total interest-earning assets 14,565,011  $ 611,506  4.20  12,784,084  $ 652,932  5.11  8,214,868  $ 407,290  4.96 
Noninterest-earning assets 1,792,725          1,771,231      1,264,066 
Total assets $ 16,357,736          $ 14,555,315  $ 9,478,934 
Interest-bearing liabilities:                    
Checking accounts $ 4,577,137  $ 28,244  0.62  % $ 3,953,986  $ 44,171  1.12  % $ 2,943,519  $ 26,593  0.90  %
Savings accounts 607,996  1,067  0.18  540,741  1,335  0.25  290,325  703  0.24 
Money market accounts 2,368,980  21,089  0.89  2,047,554  40,837  1.99  998,916  19,043  1.91 
Certificates of deposit 1,645,014  25,866  1.57  1,795,391  37,041  2.06  1,009,644  14,428  1.43 
Total deposits 9,199,127  76,266  0.83  8,337,672  123,384  1.48  5,242,404  60,767  1.16 
FHLB advances 613,251  4,170  0.68  464,404  10,173  2.19  515,479  10,264  1.99 
Other borrowings and repurchase agreements 224,489  12,462  5.55  201,066  11,590  5.76  137,549  8,398  6.11 
Junior subordinated debentures 53,931  2,162  4.01  53,733  3,028  5.64  27,761  1,609  5.80 
Total interest-bearing liabilities 10,090,798  95,060  0.94  9,056,875  148,175  1.64  5,923,193  81,038  1.37 
Noninterest-bearing checking accounts 3,736,230          3,139,805          2,052,675 
Noninterest-bearing liabilities 95,234          91,532          26,378 
Stockholders’ equity 2,435,474          2,267,103          1,476,688 
Total liabilities and equity $ 16,357,736          $ 14,555,315          $ 9,478,934 
Net interest income     $ 516,446          $ 504,757      $ 326,252 
Interest rate spread         3.26  %         3.47  % 3.59  %
Net interest margin (2)
        3.55          3.95  3.97 
Net interest income and margin (tax equivalent basis) (3)
$ 520,274  3.57  $ 508,498  3.98  $ 328,090  3.99 
Average interest earning assets to interest bearing liabilities         144.34          141.15  138.69 
____________
(1)    Average loan balances include nonaccrual loans.
(2)    Net interest margins for the periods presented represent: (i) the difference between interest income on interest-earning assets and the interest expense on interest-bearing liabilities, divided by (ii) average interest-earning assets for the period.
(3)    A tax-equivalent adjustment has been computed using a federal income tax rate of 21%.

50



Table of Contents
Interest Rates and Operating Interest Differential. Increases and decreases in interest income and interest expense result from changes in average balances (volume) of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, as well as changes in average interest rates. The following table shows the effect that these factors had on the interest earned on the Company’s interest-earning assets and the interest incurred on the Company’s interest-bearing liabilities. The effect of changes in volume is determined by multiplying the change in volume by the previous year’s average rate. Similarly, the effect of rate changes is calculated by multiplying the change in average rate by the prior year’s volume. For purpose of the following table, changes attributable to both volume and rate, which cannot be segregated, have been allocated to the changes due to volume and the changes due to rate in proportion to the relationship of the absolute dollar amount of change in each.
For the Year Ended December 31, 2020 v. 2019 For the Year Ended December 31, 2019 v. 2018
Increase (Decrease) Due to Total Increase (Decrease) Increase (Decrease) Due to Total Increase (Decrease)
(dollars in thousands) Volume Rate Volume Rate
Interest-earning assets
Loans $ 58,990  $ (91,494) $ (32,504) $ 214,103  $ 12,695  $ 226,798 
Taxable securities (588) (1,586) (2,174) 4,306  3,011  7,317 
Nontaxable securities 368  (378) (10) 3,920  (18) 3,902 
Interest bearing deposits and other 7,363  (14,101) (6,738) 7,419  206  7,625 
Total interest-earning assets $ 66,133  $ (107,559) $ (41,426) $ 229,748  $ 15,894  $ 245,642 
Interest-bearing liabilities
Checking accounts $ 6,161  $ (22,088) $ (15,927) $ 10,267  $ 7,311  $ 17,578 
Savings accounts 150  (418) (268) 603  29  632 
Limited access money market accounts 5,595  (25,343) (19,748) 20,958  836  21,794 
Certificates of deposit (2,910) (8,265) (11,175) 14,439  8,174  22,613 
Total deposits 8,996  (56,114) (47,118) 46,267  16,350  62,617 
FHLB advances 2,546  (8,549) (6,003) (1,069) 978  (91)
Other borrowings and repurchase agreements 1,307  (435) 872  3,696  (504) 3,192 
Junior subordinated debentures 11  (877) (866) 1,464  (45) 1,419 
Total interest-bearing liabilities 12,860  (65,975) (53,115) 50,358  16,779  67,137 
Net interest income $ 53,273  $ (41,584) $ 11,689  $ 179,390  $ (885) $ 178,505 
Interest Income. The Company’s total interest income decreased $41.4 million, or 6.3%, to $611.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, from $652.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2019. The following tables set forth the major components of the Company’s interest income for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 and the period-over-period variations in such categories of interest income:
(dollars in thousands) For the Years Ended December 31, Variance For the Years Ended December 31, Variance
2020 2019 2020 v. 2019 2019 2018 2019 v. 2018
Interest income
Interest and fees on loans $ 579,085  $ 611,589  $ (32,504) (5.3) % $ 611,589  $ 384,791  $ 226,798  58.9  %
Interest on taxable securities 19,150  21,324  (2,174) (10.2) 21,324  14,007  7,317  52.2 
Interest on nontaxable securities 8,472  8,482  (10) (0.1) 8,482  4,580  3,902  85.2 
Interest on interest-bearing deposits and other 4,799  11,537  (6,738) (58.4) 11,537  3,912  7,625  194.9 
Total interest income $ 611,506  $ 652,932  $ (41,426) (6.3) % $ 652,932  $ 407,290  $ 245,642  60.3  %
The Company’s interest and fees on loans decreased 5.3% for the year ended December 31, 2020, compared to the year ended December 31, 2019, and was primarily attributable to $15.7 million less purchase accounting loan accretion and reductions in loan rates as a result of decreases in the Fed Funds rate directly related to combating the pandemic during the first half of 2020. The average balance on loans increased $1.2 billion to $12.3 billion during the year ended 2020 as compared with the average balance of $11.2 billion for the year ended 2019. The increase primarily resulted from the addition of PPP loans and increased volume of mortgage warehouse purchased loans.
51



Table of Contents
The interest the Company earned on taxable securities, which consists primarily of government agencies, municipals and residential pass-through securities, decreased 10.2% for the year ended December 31, 2020 from the year ended December 31, 2019 as a result of a decrease in the average portfolio balance from $770.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 to $749.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2020. This decrease was primarily related to maturities during the year not being reinvested due to uncertainties within the market.
The interest the Company earned on nontaxable securities slightly decreased 0.1% for the year ended December 31, 2020 while there was a 4.5% increase in the average balance of nontaxable securities from $329.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 to $344.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2020.
The 58.4% decrease in the Company's interest on interest-bearing deposits and other for the year ended December 31, 2020, from the year ended December 31, 2019 was primarily attributable to lower rates being offered due to the decrease in the Fed Funds rate as a direct result of the pandemic. The average balance of interest-bearing deposits increased 126.3% from $504.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 to $1.1 billion for the year ended December 31, 2020. The higher average balance in 2020 primarily resulted from slower loan growth and substantial organic deposit growth after the pandemic started in March 2020.
Interest Expense. Total interest expense on the Company’s interest-bearing liabilities decreased $53.1 million, or 35.8%, to $95.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, from $148.2 million in the prior year. The following table sets forth the major components of the Company’s interest expense for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 and the period-over-period variations in such categories of interest expense:
(dollars in thousands) For the Years Ended December 31, Variance For the Years Ended December 31, Variance
2020 2019 2020 v. 2019 2019 2018 2019 v. 2018
Interest Expense
Interest on deposits $ 76,266  $ 123,384  $ (47,118) (38.2) % $ 123,384  $ 60,767  $ 62,617  103.0  %
Interest of FHLB advances 4,170  10,173  (6,003) (59.0) 10,173  10,264  (91) (0.9)
Interest on other borrowings 12,462  11,590  872  7.5  11,590  8,398  3,192  38.0 
Interest on junior subordinated debentures 2,162  3,028  (866) (28.6) 3,028  1,609  1,419  88.2 
Total interest expense $ 95,060  $ 148,175  $ (53,115) (35.8) % $ 148,175  $ 81,038  $ 67,137  82.8  %
Interest expense on deposits decreased by $47.1 million, or 38.2% for the year over year period, primarily due to the declining rate environment during 2020. Average interest-bearing deposit balances increased 10.3% year-over-year from $8.3 billion in 2019 to $9.2 billion in 2020 primarily due to robust organic growth of $2.1 billion, or 17.3%, for the year over year period. The average rate on the Company’s deposits decreased by 65 basis points to 0.83% for 2020 compared to 1.48% for 2019. This decrease in cost of funds primarily resulted from lower rates offered on promotional certificates of deposit and money market accounts during the majority of 2020 due to decreased interest rates on deposit products tied to Fed Funds rates.
Interest expense on FHLB advances for 2020 decreased by $6.0 million, or 59.0%, due primarily to rate decreases on short-term FHLB advances. The increase in average balance of such advances over the period, from $464.4 million in 2019 to $613.3 million in 2020, is a result of management strategically purchasing lower rate advances during first quarter 2020 to compensate for higher priced advances rolling off in early second quarter 2020, as well as, borrowings during second quarter to provide additional liquidity in light of economic uncertainty and to facilitate funding for the PPP loan program.
Interest expense on other borrowings for 2020 increased by $872 thousand, or 7.5% from 2019, primarily as a result of the interest expense recognized on a $130.0 million of subordinated debentures issued in third quarter 2020, offset by a reduction of interest expense related to borrowings against the Company's unsecured revolving line of credit and Federal Reserve's PPP Liquidity Facility with a total average year to date outstanding balance of $7.8 million for 2020 compared to a $21.6 million average year to date outstanding line of credit balance for 2019.
Interest expense on junior subordinated debentures decreased $866 thousand, or 28.6% from the prior year due to decreased interest rates from the year over year period.
52



Table of Contents
Provision for Loan Losses
Under the CARES Act and as amended, the Company elected to defer the adoption of the CECL accounting standard and has continued its consistent application of the incurred loss method for estimating its allowance for loan losses and provision for 2020. The Company adopted the CECL accounting standard as of January 1, 2021.
Management actively monitors the Company’s asset quality and provides specific loss provisions when necessary. Provisions for loan losses are charged to income to bring the total allowance for loan losses to a level deemed appropriate by management based on such factors as historical loss experience, trends in classified loans and past dues, the volume, concentrations and growth in the loan portfolio, current economic conditions and the value of collateral.
Loans are charged-off against the allowance for loan losses when appropriate. Although management believes it uses the best information available to make determinations with respect to the provision for loan losses, future adjustments may be necessary if economic conditions differ from the assumptions used in making the determination.
The Company increased its allowance for loan losses to $87.8 million at December 31, 2020, by making provisions for loan losses totaling $43.0 million during the year ended December 31, 2020. This is an increase of $28.2 million, or 190.4% in provision expense compared to total provision expense of $14.8 million made by the Company in 2019. Provision expense is elevated primarily due to general provision expense for economic factors related to COVID-19 and energy price volatility as well as charge-offs and specific reserves taken during the year. The 2020 provision is also reflective of net charge-offs totaling $6.6 million, which is 0.05% of the Company's average loans outstanding during the period. The 2020 charge-offs were primarily related to partial charge-offs of two energy credit relationships totaling $4.1 million and a commercial credit relationship totaling $1.1 million.
The balance of the provision for loan losses was made based on the Company’s assessment of the credit quality of the Company’s loan portfolio and in view of the amount of the Company’s net charge-offs in that period. The Company did not make any material provision for loan losses with respect to the loans acquired in the Guaranty acquisition completed on January 1, 2019 because, in accordance with acquisition accounting standards, the Company recorded the loans acquired in the acquisition at fair value without a reserve and determined that the Company’s fair value adjustments appropriately reflected the probability of losses on those loans as of the acquisition date. The Company does not believe there has been any material deterioration of credit of these acquired loans since the acquisition. As of December 31, 2020, the discount on acquired loans totaled $59.3 million.
See Note 1, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, and Note 6, Loans, net and Allowance for Loan Losses, in the accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this report.
53



Table of Contents
Noninterest Income
The following table sets forth the major components of noninterest income for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 and the period-over-period variations in such categories of noninterest income:
For the Years Ended December 31, Variance For the Years Ended December 31, Variance
(dollars in thousands) 2020 2019 2020 v. 2019 2019 2018 2019 v. 2018
Noninterest income:
Service charges on deposit accounts $ 9,303  $ 12,145  $ (2,842) (23.4) % $ 12,145  $ 7,039  $ 5,106  72.5  %
Investment management and trust 7,546  9,330  (1,784) (19.1) 9,330  —  9,330  100.0 
Mortgage banking revenue 36,491  15,461  21,030  136.0  15,461  15,512  (51) (0.3)
Gain on sale of loans 356  6,779  (6,423) N/M 6,779  —  6,779  N/M
Gain on sale of branches —  1,549  (1,549) N/M 1,549  —  1,549  N/M
Gain on sale of trust business —  1,319  (1,319) N/M 1,319  —  1,319  N/M
(Loss) gain on sale of other real estate (36) 875  (911) N/M 875  269  606  N/M
Gain (loss) on sale of securities available for sale 382  275  107  N/M 275  (581) 856  N/M
Gain (loss) on sale and disposal of premises and equipment 370  (585) 955  N/M (585) 123  (708) N/M
Increase in cash surrender value of BOLI 5,347  5,525  (178) (3.2) 5,525  3,170  2,355  74.3 
Other 25,304  25,503  (199) (0.8) 25,503  16,692  8,811  52.8 
Total noninterest income $ 85,063  $ 78,176  $ 6,887  8.8  % $ 78,176  $ 42,224  $ 35,952  85.1  %
____________
N/M - Not meaningful
Noninterest income increased $6.9 million, or 8.8%, to $85.1 million for the year ended 2020 from $78.2 million for the year ended 2019. Significant changes in the components of noninterest income are discussed below.
Service charges on deposit accounts. Service charges on deposit accounts decreased $2.8 million, or 23.4%, for the year ended December 31, 2020, as compared to the same period in 2019. The decrease in service charges on deposit accounts reflects decreased income related to transaction volumes such as non-sufficient funds and service charge fees that have been adversely impacted by the pandemic during 2020.
Investment management and trust. Investment management and trust decreased $1.8 million, or 19.1%, for the year ended December 31, 2020, as compared to the same period in 2019. The decrease was primarily a result of the sale of the trust business in October 2019 coupled with a decline in assets under management, resulting from the market decline during 2020.
Mortgage banking revenue. Mortgage banking revenue increased $21.0 million, or 136.0% for the year ended December 31, 2020, as compared to the same period in 2019. The increase was reflective of increased mortgage origination and refinance activity resulting from the low interest rate environment during 2020.
Noninterest Expense
Noninterest expense decreased $15.7 million, or 4.9%, to $306.1 million for the year ended 2020 from $321.9 million for the year ended 2019. Significant changes in the components of noninterest expense are discussed below.
54



Table of Contents
The following table sets forth the major components of the Company’s noninterest expense for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 and the period-over-period variations in such categories of noninterest expense:
For the Years Ended December 31, Variance For the Years Ended December 31, Variance
(dollars in thousands) 2020 2019 2020 v. 2019 2019 2018 2019 v. 2018
Noninterest expense:
Salaries and employee benefits $ 157,540  $ 162,683  $ (5,143) (3.2) % $ 162,683  $ 111,697  $ 50,986  45.6  %
Occupancy 39,210  37,654  1,556  4.1  37,654  24,786  12,868  51.9 
Communications and technology 23,113  22,248  865  3.9  22,248  14,107  8,141  57.7 
FDIC assessment 6,912  1,065  5,847  N/M 1,065  3,306  (2,241) (67.8)
Advertising and public relations 2,416  2,527  (111) (4.4) 2,527  1,907  620  32.5 
Other real estate owned expenses, net 487  418  69  16.5  418  318  100  31.4 
Impairment of other real estate 784  1,801  (1,017) (56.5) 1,801  85  1,716  N/M
Amortization of other intangible assets 12,671  12,880  (209) (1.6) 12,880  5,739  7,141  124.4 
Professional fees 12,630  7,936  4,694  59.1  7,936  4,556  3,380  74.2 
Acquisition expense, including legal 16,225  33,445  (17,220) (51.5) 33,445  6,157  27,288  443.2 
Other 34,146  39,207  (5,061) (12.9) 39,207  25,961  13,246  51.0 
Total noninterest expense $ 306,134  $ 321,864  $ (15,730) (4.9) % $ 321,864  $ 198,619  $ 123,245  62.1  %
____________
N/M - not meaningful
Salaries and employee benefits. Salaries and employee benefits expense, which historically has been the largest component of the Company’s noninterest expense, decreased $5.1 million, or 3.2%, for the year ended December 31, 2020, compared to the year ended December 31, 2019. The change is primarily due to increased salary cost deferrals of $9.8 million primarily related to the origination of the PPP loans and other COVID-related loan modifications/deferrals during second quarter 2020. Severance and retention expense of $5.7 million was recognized in 2019 primarily due to payments made to employees not retained from the Guaranty acquisition as well as the 2019 branch restructuring and also a $3.0 million separation agreement with a former executive officer in 2019. Offsetting these decreases were increases of $2.4 million in overall salaries expense due to increased headcount, $5.3 million in commission and mortgage incentive expense due to higher mortgage and refinance activity and $1.9 million in contract labor costs due to various infrastructure projects and PPP resources, as well $2.8 million in severance and accelerated stock grant amortization related to departmental and business line restructurings in 2020, $1.4 million in bonus and overtime costs related to the Company's participation in the PPP, $996 thousand in COVID-related hazard pay and $550 thousand in employee paid time off.
FDIC assessment. FDIC assessment expense increased $5.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, compared to the same period in 2019. The Company recorded a $3.2 million Small Bank Assessment Credit in third quarter 2019. In addition, the FDIC assessment was impacted by the Company becoming a large institution under regulatory guidelines, effective January 1, 2020, which resulted in higher assessment costs for the year over year period.
Professional fees. Professional fees increased $4.7 million, or 59.1%, for the year ended December 31, 2020 compared to the same period in 2019. The increase is primarily due to higher legal expenses related to ongoing acquired litigation and increased consulting expenses related to a compliance project and new system implementations.
Acquisition expense. Acquisition expense is primarily legal, advisory and accounting fees associated with services to facilitate the acquisition of other banks. Acquisition expenses also include data processing conversion costs and contract termination costs. Total acquisition expenses for the year ended December 31, 2020, decreased $17.2 million, or 51.5% over the same period in 2019. The decrease in acquisition expense is primarily due to elevated expenses in 2019 related to the Guaranty transaction including $8.7 million in change in control payments to Guaranty executives as well as an increase in professional fees, conversion-related expenses and contract termination fees, including $6.9 million related to Guaranty's debit card provider expensed in the third quarter of 2019. Off-setting these decreases are elevated expense in 2020 for the terminated merger including $8.8 million in integration costs and $6.0 million in legal and advisory fees.
55



Table of Contents
Other. Other noninterest expense for the year ended December 31, 2020 decreased by $5.1 million, or 12.9%, compared to the same period in 2019. The decrease in noninterest expense is primarily due to lower deposit-related expenses and auto and travel expenses due to the pandemic disruption in 2020. In addition, the decrease is reflective of an operations loss recognized in second quarter 2019 which was partially recovered in second quarter 2020, resulting in a net total loss of $974 thousand for the year over year period.
Income Tax Expense
Income tax expense was $51.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, which is an effective tax rate of 20.3%. Income tax expense was $53.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2019, which is an effective tax rate of 21.7%. The lower effective tax rate compared to prior year is primarily a result of the 2019 provision to return adjustment related to state income tax and an adjustment to the Company's estimated 2020 state income tax rates recorded in second quarter 2020, as well as an $856 thousand tax benefit recorded in first quarter 2020 due to the net operating loss carryback provision allowed through the enactment of the CARES Act. In addition, the change in the year over year period is reflective of a higher effective tax rate in 2019 due to $1.4 million in deductibility limitations related to the change in control payments made to Guaranty employees and nondeductible acquisition expenses in addition to increased state income tax expense for the period.
No valuation allowance for deferred tax assets was recorded at December 31, 2020 and 2019, as management believes it is more likely than not that all of the deferred tax assets will be realized.
56



Table of Contents
Quarterly Financial Information
The following table presents certain unaudited consolidated quarterly financial information regarding the Company’s results of operations for the quarters ended December 31, September 30, June 30 and March 31 in the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019. This information should be read in conjunction with the Company’s consolidated financial statements as of and for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 appearing elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Quarter Ended 2020
December 31 September 30 June 30 March 31
(dollars in thousands, except per share data) (unaudited)
Interest income $ 152,062  $ 151,798  $ 151,241  $ 156,405 
Interest expense 19,236  19,791  22,869  33,164 
Net interest income 132,826  132,007  128,372  123,241 
Provision for loan losses 3,871  7,620  23,121  8,381 
Net interest income after provision for loan losses 128,955  124,387  105,251  114,860 
Noninterest income 19,912  25,165  25,414  14,572 
Noninterest expense 75,227  73,409  83,069  74,429 
Income before income taxes 73,640  76,143  47,596  55,003 
Provision for income taxes 15,366  16,068  8,903  10,836 
Net income $ 58,274  $ 60,075  $ 38,693  $ 44,167 
Comprehensive income $ 55,491  $ 60,261  $ 46,951  $ 55,529 
Basic earnings per share $ 1.35  $ 1.39  $ 0.90  $ 1.03 
Diluted earnings per share 1.35  1.39  0.90  1.03 
Quarter Ended 2019
December 31 September 30 June 30 March 31
(dollars in thousands, except per share data) (unaudited)
Interest income $ 164,386  $ 165,307  $ 167,663  $ 155,576 
Interest expense 36,317  39,914  38,020  33,924 
Net interest income 128,069  125,393  129,643  121,652 
Provision for loan losses 1,609  5,233  4,739  3,224 
Net interest income after provision for loan losses 126,460  120,160  124,904  118,428 
Noninterest income 18,229  27,324  16,199  16,424 
Noninterest expense 80,343  76,948  77,978  86,595 
Income before income taxes 64,346  70,536  63,125  48,257 
Provision for income taxes 14,110  14,903  13,389  11,126 
Net income $ 50,236  $ 55,633  $ 49,736  $ 37,131 
Comprehensive income $ 49,606  $ 58,450  $ 63,388  $ 48,907 
Basic earnings per share $ 1.17  $ 1.30  $ 1.15  $ 0.85 
Diluted earnings per share 1.17  1.30  1.15  0.85 
57



Table of Contents
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition
The following discussion and analysis of the Company’s financial condition discusses and analyzes the financial condition of the Company as of December 31, 2020 and 2019 and certain changes in that financial condition from December 31, 2019 to December 31, 2020.
Assets
The Company's total assets increased by $2.8 billion, or 18.7%, to $17.8 billion as of December 31, 2020 from $15.0 billion at December 31, 2019. The increase is due primarily to deposit organic growth in addition to loan and deposit growth related to the PPP program.
Loan Portfolio
The Company’s loan portfolio is the largest category of the Company’s earning assets. The following table presents the balance and associated percentage of each major category in the Company’s loan portfolio as of December 31, 2020, 2019, 2018, 2017 and 2016:
2020 2019 2018 2017 2016
(dollars in thousands) Amount % of Total Amount % of Total Amount % of Total Amount % of Total Amount % of Total
Commercial (1)(2)
$ 3,902,266  29.7  % $ 2,482,356  21.3  % $ 1,361,104  17.2  % $ 1,059,984  16.3  % $ 630,805  13.7  %
Real estate:
Commercial 6,096,676  46.3  5,872,653  50.4  4,141,356  52.3  3,369,892  51.7  2,459,221  53.7 
Commercial construction, land and land development 1,245,801  9.5  1,236,623  10.6  905,421  11.4  744,868  11.5  531,481  11.6 
Residential (3)
1,435,112  10.9  1,550,872  13.3  1,082,248  13.7  931,495  14.3  644,340  14.1 
Single-family interim construction 326,575  2.5  378,120  3.2  331,748  4.2  289,680  4.4  235,475  5.1 
Agricultural 85,014  0.6  97,767  0.9  66,638  0.8  82,583  1.3  53,548  1.2 
Consumer 66,952  0.5  32,603  0.3  31,759  0.4  34,639  0.5  27,530  0.6 
Other 346  —  621  —  253  —  304  —  166  — 
    13,158,742  100.0  % 11,651,615  100.0  % 7,920,527  100.0  % 6,513,445  100.0  % 4,582,566  100.0  %
Deferred loan fees(2)
(10,037) (1,695) (3,303) (2,568) (2,117)
Allowance for loan losses (87,820) (51,461) (44,802) (39,402) (31,591)
Total loans, net $ 13,060,885      $ 11,598,459  $ 7,872,422  $ 6,471,475  $ 4,548,858 
____________
(1)    Includes mortgage warehouse purchase loans of $1.5 billion, $687.3 million, $170.3 million, $164.7 million and $0 at December 31, 2020, 2019, 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively.
(2)    Includes SBA PPP loans of $804.4 million with net deferred loan fees of $9.8 million at December 31, 2020.
(3)    Includes loans held for sale of $82.6 million, $35.6 million, $32.7 million, $39.2 million and $9.8 million at December 31, 2020, 2019, 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively.
As of December 31, 2020, the Company's loan portfolio, net of the allowance for loan losses and deferred fees, totaled $13.1 billion, which is an increase of 12.6% over total net loans as of December 31, 2019. The majority of the increase was due to the addition of $804.4 million in PPP loans funded during second quarter as well as an increase of $766.5 million year over year in the volume of mortgage warehouse purchase loans.
58



Table of Contents
The principal categories of the Company’s loan portfolio are discussed below:
Commercial loans. The Company provides a mix of variable and fixed rate commercial loans. The loans are typically made to small-and medium-sized manufacturing, wholesale, retail, energy related service businesses and medical practices for working capital needs and business expansions. Commercial loans generally include lines of credit and loans with maturities of five years or less. The loans are generally made with operating cash flows as the primary source of repayment, but may also include collateralization by inventory, accounts receivable, equipment and/or personal guarantees. Additionally, our commercial loan portfolio includes loans made to customers in the energy industry, which is a complex, technical and cyclical industry. Experienced bankers with specialized energy lending experience originate our energy loans. Companies in this industry produce, extract, develop, exploit and explore for oil and natural gas. Loans are primarily collateralized with proven producing oil and gas reserves based on a technical evaluation of these reserves. The Company has a mortgage warehouse purchase program providing mortgage inventory financing for residential mortgage loans originated by mortgage banker clients across a broad geographic scale. Proceeds from the sale of mortgages is the primary source of repayment for warehouse inventory financing via approved investor takeout commitments. These loans are reported as commercial loans since the loans are secured by notes receivable, not real estate.
With the passage of the CARES Act PPP, administered by the Small Business Administration (SBA), the Company has participated in originating loans to its customers through the program. PPP loans have terms of two to five years and earn interest at 1%. In return for processing and funding the loans, the SBA paid the lenders a processing fee tiered by the size of the loan. Based on published program guidelines, these loans funded through the PPP are fully guaranteed by the U.S. government. Management believes that the majority of these loans will ultimately be forgiven by the SBA in accordance with the terms of the program with any remaining loan balances, after the forgiveness of any amounts, still fully guaranteed by the SBA.
The Company’s commercial loan portfolio increased $1.4 billion, or 57.2%, to $3.9 billion as of December 31, 2020, from $2.5 billion as of December 31, 2019. The increase in this portfolio type for the current year is primarily due to the addition of PPP loans as well as an increase in the warehouse portfolio for the year over year period.
Commercial real estate loans (CRE). The Company’s commercial real estate loans generally are used by customers to finance their purchase of office buildings, retail centers, medical facilities and mixed-use buildings. Approximately 29% and 30% of the Company’s commercial real estate loans as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively, were owner-occupied. Such loans generally involve less risk than loans on investment property. The Company expects that commercial real estate loans will continue to be a significant portion of the Company’s total loan portfolio and an area of emphasis in the Company’s lending operations.
Commercial real estate loans increased $224.0 million, or 3.8%, to $6.1 billion as of December 31, 2020 from $5.9 billion as of December 31, 2019. The increase was due to organic loan growth in this loan type during the year.
Commercial construction, land and land development loans. The Company’s commercial construction, land and land development loans comprise loans to fund commercial construction, land acquisition and real estate development construction. Although the Company continues to make commercial construction loans, land acquisition and land development loans on a selective basis, the Company does not expect the Company’s lending in this area to result in this category of loans being a significantly greater portion of the Company’s total loan portfolio.
Commercial construction, land and land development loans increased $9.2 million, or 0.7% to $1.2 billion at December 31, 2020 from $1.2 billion at December 31, 2019, through organic loan growth in this type of loan.
59



Table of Contents
Residential Real Estate Loans. The Company’s residential real estate loans, excluding mortgage loans held for sale, are primarily made with respect to and secured by single-family homes, which are both owner-occupied and investor owned and include a limited amount of home equity loans, with a relatively small average loan balance spread across many individual borrowers. The Company offers a variety of mortgage loan portfolio products which generally are amortized over five to thirty years. Loans collateralized by 1-4 family residential real estate generally have been originated in amounts of no more than 80% of appraised value. The Company requires mortgage title insurance and hazard insurance. The Company retains the majority of these portfolio loans for its own account rather than selling them into the secondary market. By doing so, the Company incurs interest rate risk as well as the risks associated with nonpayments on such loans. The Company’s loan portfolio also includes a number of multi-family housing real estate loans. The Company expects that the Company will continue to make residential real estate loans, with an emphasis on single-family housing loans, so long as housing values in the Company’s markets do not deteriorate from current prevailing levels and the Company is able to make such loans consistent with the Company’s current credit and underwriting standards.
The Company’s residential real estate loan portfolio declined by $115.8 million, or 7.5%, to a balance of $1.4 billion as of December 31, 2020 from $1.6 billion as of December 31, 2019. The decrease in this category was primarily a result of higher than normal payoffs due to refinancings because of the historically low mortgage rate environment.
Single-Family Interim Construction Loans. The Company makes single-family interim construction loans to home builders and individuals to fund the construction of single-family residences with the understanding that such loans will be repaid from the proceeds of the sale of the homes by builders or, in the case of individuals building their own homes, with the proceeds of a permanent mortgage loan. Such loans are secured by the real property being built and are made based on the Company’s assessment of the value of the property on an as-completed basis. The Company expects to continue to make single-family interim construction loans so long as demand for such loans continues and the market for single-family housing and the values of such properties remain stable or continue to improve in the Company’s markets.
The balance of single-family interim construction loans in the Company’s loan portfolio decreased by $51.5 million, or 13.6%, to $326.6 million as of December 31, 2020 from $378.1 million as of December 31, 2019. The decrease in this category was due to more borrowers opting for a one time close product rather than traditional interim construction loans because of low mortgage rates.
Other Categories of Loans. Other categories of loans included in the Company’s loan portfolio include agricultural loans made to farmers and ranchers relating to their operations and consumer loans made to individuals for personal purposes, including automobile purchase loans and personal loans. None of these categories of loans represents more than 1% of the Company’s total loan portfolio as of December 31, 2020 and 2019 and such categories continue to be a very small percentage of the Company's total loan portfolio.
The following table sets forth the contractual maturities, including scheduled principal repayments, of the Company’s loan portfolio (which includes balloon notes) and the distribution between fixed and adjustable interest rate loans as of December 31, 2020:
Within One Year One Year to Five Years After Five Years Total
(dollars in thousands) Fixed Rate Adjustable Rate Fixed Rate Adjustable Rate Fixed Rate Adjustable Rate Fixed Rate Adjustable Rate
Commercial $ 1,563,540  $ 308,933  $ 1,111,926  $ 590,984  $ 174,057  $ 152,826  $ 2,849,523  $ 1,052,743 
Real estate:
Commercial real estate 532,461  273,206  2,328,535  645,916  591,928  1,724,630  3,452,924  2,643,752 
Commercial construction, land and land development 132,286  199,777  338,044  363,310  32,383  180,001  502,713  743,088 
Residential real estate 90,329  37,132  481,025  49,338  414,099  363,189  985,453  449,659 
Single-family interim construction 50,933  143,683  11,368  39,805  41,525  39,261  103,826  222,749 
Agricultural 11,387  10,896  29,192  5,591  5,743  22,205  46,322  38,692 
Consumer 10,619  27,038  11,142  13,452  2,177  2,524  23,938  43,014 
Other 346  —  —  —  —  —  346  — 
Total loans $ 2,391,901  $ 1,000,665  $ 4,311,232  $ 1,708,396  $ 1,261,912  $ 2,484,636  $ 7,965,045  $ 5,193,697 
60



Table of Contents
Asset Quality
Nonperforming Assets. The Company has established procedures to assist the Company in maintaining the overall quality of the Company’s loan portfolio. In addition, the Company has adopted underwriting guidelines to be followed by the Company’s lending officers and require significant senior management review of proposed extensions of credit exceeding certain thresholds. When delinquencies exist, the Company rigorously monitors the levels of such delinquencies for any negative or adverse trends. The Company’s loan review procedures include approval of lending policies and underwriting guidelines by Independent Bank’s board of directors, an annual independent loan review, approval of large credit relationships by Independent Bank’s Executive Loan Committee and loan quality documentation procedures. The Company, like other financial institutions, is subject to the risk that its loan portfolio will be subject to increasing pressures from deteriorating borrower credit due to general economic conditions.
The Company discontinues accruing interest on a loan when management of the Company believes, after considering the Company’s collection efforts and other factors, that the borrower’s financial condition is such that collection of interest of that loan is doubtful. Loans are placed on nonaccrual status or charged-off at an earlier date if collection of principal or interest is considered doubtful. All interest accrued but not collected for loans, including troubled debt restructurings, that are placed on nonaccrual status or charged off is reversed against interest income. Cash collections on nonaccrual loans are generally credited to the loan receivable balance, and no interest income is recognized on those loans until the principal balance has been collected. Loans are returned to accrual status when all the principal and interest amounts contractually due are brought current and future payments are reasonably assured. The Company did not make any changes in the Company’s nonaccrual policy during the years of 2020 or 2019.
Placing a loan on nonaccrual status has a two-fold impact on net interest earnings. First, it may cause a charge against earnings for the interest which had been accrued in the current year but not yet collected on the loan. Second, it eliminates future interest income with respect to that particular loan from the Company’s revenues. Interest on such loans are not recognized until the entire principal is collected or until the loan is returned to performing status.
Real estate the Company has acquired as a result of foreclosure or by deed-in-lieu of foreclosure is classified as other real estate owned until sold. The Company’s policy is to initially record other real estate owned at fair value less estimated costs to sell at the date of foreclosure. After foreclosure, other real estate is carried at the lower of the initial carrying amount (fair value less estimated costs to sell or lease), or at the value determined by subsequent appraisals or internal valuations of the other real estate.
The Company obtains appraisals of real property that secure loans and may update such appraisals of real property securing loans categorized as nonperforming loans and potential problem loans, in each case as required by regulatory guidelines. In instances where updated appraisals reflect reduced collateral values, an evaluation of the borrower’s overall financial condition is made to determine the need, if any, for possible write-downs or appropriate additions to the allowance for loan losses.
The Company periodically modifies loans to extend the term or make other concessions to help a borrower with a deteriorating financial condition stay current on their loan and to avoid foreclosure. The Company generally does not forgive principal or interest on loans or modify the interest rates on loans to rates that are below market rates. Under applicable accounting standards, such loan modifications are generally classified as troubled debt restructurings.
As a result of the current economic environment caused by the COVID-19 outbreak, the Company has worked with its borrowers on an individual, one-on-one basis to assess and understand the impact of pandemic-related economic hardship on the borrowers and provide prudent modifications allowing for short-term payment deferrals or other payment relief where appropriate. The deferred payments along with interest accrued during the deferral period are due and payable on the maturity date. Under applicable accounting and regulatory guidance, such modifications are not considered troubled debt restructurings. It is possible that the Company’s asset quality measures could worsen at future measurement periods if the effects of COVID-19 are prolonged. Refer to the above discussion under "Recent Developments: COVID-19, Lending Operations and Accommodations to Borrowers" and Note 6, Loans, Net and Allowance for Loan Losses, in the accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this report for additional discussion related to COVID-19 loan modifications.
61



Table of Contents
The following table sets forth the allocation of the Company’s nonperforming assets among the Company’s different asset categories as of the dates indicated. The Company classifies nonperforming loans (excluding loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality) as nonaccrual loans, loans past due 90 days or more and still accruing interest or loans modified under restructurings as a result of the borrower experiencing financial difficulties. The balances of nonperforming loans reflect the net investment in these assets, including deductions for purchase discounts.
As of December 31,
(dollars in thousands) 2020 2019 2018 2017 2016
Nonaccrual loans        
Commercial $ 25,898  $ 3,130  $ 5,224  $ 10,304  $ 7,718 
Real estate:
Commercial real estate, construction, land and land development 20,072  6,461  1,329  2,716  5,885 
Residential real estate 2,372  1,820  1,775  998  866 
Single-family interim construction —  —  3,578  —  884 
Agricultural 613  114  —  —  — 
Consumer 42  22  32  55  273 
Total nonaccrual loans (1)
48,997  11,547  11,938  14,073  15,626 
Loans delinquent 90 days or more and still accruing
Commercial 433  14,529  —  — 
Real estate:        
Commercial real estate, construction, land and land development —  —  —  120  — 
Residential real estate —  —  —  — 
Consumer —  —  —  — 
Total loans delinquent 90 days or more and still accruing 433  14,529  136  — 
Troubled debt restructurings, not included in nonaccrual loans        
Commercial —  —  114  — 
Real estate:
Commercial real estate, construction, land and land development 1,808  352  405  455  1,204 
Residential real estate 178  188  168  730  1,011 
Consumer —  —  —  20  — 
Total troubled debt restructurings, not included in nonaccrual loans 1,986  540  687  1,205  2,216 
Total nonperforming loans 51,416  26,616  12,630  15,414  17,842 
Other real estate owned and other repossessed assets (Bank only):        
Commercial real estate, construction, land and land development —  4,819  4,200  5,400  783 
Residential real estate —  —  —  764  1,189 
Single-family interim construction 475  —  —  963  — 
Consumer 114  114  114  114 
Total other real estate owned and other repossessed assets 589  4,933  4,314  7,241  1,976 
Total nonperforming assets $ 52,005  $ 31,549  $ 16,944  $ 22,655  $ 19,818 
Ratio of nonperforming loans to total loans held for investment (2)
0.44  % 0.24  % 0.16  % 0.24  % 0.39  %
Ratio of nonperforming assets to total assets 0.29  0.21  0.17  0.26  0.34 
____________
(1)    Nonaccrual loans include troubled debt restructurings of $578 thousand, $668 thousand, $506 thousand, $1.0 million and $209 thousand as of December 31, 2020, 2019, 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively and excludes loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality of $6.7 million, $10.9 million, $7.0 million, $7.9 million and $1.0 million as of December 31, 2020, 2019, 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively.
(2)    Excluding mortgage warehouse purchase loans of $1.5 billion, $687.3 million, $170.3 million, $164.7 million and $0 as of December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively.
62



Table of Contents
The Company had $49.0 million and $11.5 million in loans on nonaccrual status (excluding loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality) as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. The increase from December 31, 2019 to December 31, 2020 was primarily due to additions of two energy credits totaling $22.8 million, two CRE credits totaling $15.9 million and a commercial loan totaling $1.7 million, offset by $2.2 million in charge-offs and a $1.9 million CRE loan that moved to OREO. The increase in troubled debt restructurings was primarily due to a $1.5 million CRE loan modified during first quarter 2020. Loans delinquent 90 days or more and still accruing decreased to $433 thousand as of December 31, 2020. The decrease was due to a $14.1 million energy loan that was moved to nonaccrual during first quarter 2020 with a subsequent charge-off of $3.5 million during fourth quarter 2020.
As of December 31, 2020, the Company had other real estate owned and other repossessed assets of $589 thousand, which is a decrease from the balance of $4.9 million for prior year. The decrease is primarily due to sales of $4.8 million.
The Company did not recognize any interest income on nonaccrual loans during 2020 or 2019 while the loans were in nonaccrual status. The amount of interest the Company included in the Company’s net interest income for the years ended 2020 and 2019 with respect to nonperforming loans was $1.2 million and $901 thousand, respectively. Additional interest income that the Company would have recognized on these nonperforming loans had they been current in accordance with their original terms was $356 thousand and $481 thousand during the years ended 2020 and 2019, respectively.
As of December 31, 2020, the Company had a total of 115 substandard and doubtful loans with an aggregate principal balance of $158.2 million that were not currently impaired loans or purchase credit impaired loans, nonaccrual loans, 90 days past due loans or troubled debt restructurings, but where the Company had information about possible credit problems of the borrowers that caused the Company’s management to have serious concerns as to the ability of the borrowers to comply with present loan repayment terms and that could result in those loans becoming nonaccrual loans, 90 days past due loans or troubled debt restructurings in the future.
The Company generally continues to use the classification of acquired loans classified as nonaccrual or 90 days and accruing as of the acquisition date. The Company does not classify acquired loans as troubled debt restructurings, or TDRs, unless the Company modifies an acquired loan subsequent to acquisition that meets the TDR criteria. Reported delinquency of the Company’s purchased loan portfolio is based upon the contractual terms of the loans.
The Company utilizes an asset risk classification system in compliance with guidelines established by the state and federal banking regulatory agencies as part of the Company’s efforts to improve asset quality. In connection with examinations of insured institutions, examiners have the authority to identify problem assets and, if appropriate, classify them. There are three classifications for problem assets: “substandard,” “doubtful,” and “loss.” Substandard assets have one or more defined weaknesses and are characterized by the distinct possibility that the insured institution will sustain some loss if the deficiencies are not corrected. Doubtful assets have the weaknesses of substandard assets with the additional characteristic that the weaknesses make collection or liquidation in full questionable and there is a high probability of loss based on currently existing facts, conditions and values. An asset classified as loss is not considered collectible and is of such little value that continuance as an asset is not warranted. The Company produces a problem asset report that is reviewed by Independent Bank’s board of directors monthly. That report also includes “pass/watch” loans and special mention. Pass/watch loans have a potential weakness that requires more frequent monitoring. Special mention credits have weaknesses that require attention. Officers and senior management review these loans monthly to determine if a more severe rating is warranted.
Allowance for Loan Losses. As discussed elsewhere in this discussion and analysis, the Company elected to defer the adoption of the CECL accounting standard and has continued its consistent application of the incurred loss method for estimating the allowance for loan losses and applicable provision in 2020. The allowance for loan losses is established through charges to earnings in the form of a provision for loan losses. The Company’s allowance for loan losses represents the Company’s estimate of probable and reasonably estimable loan losses inherent in loans held for investment as of the respective balance sheet date. The Company’s methodology for assessing the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses includes a general allowance for performing loans, which are grouped based on similar characteristics, and an allocated allowance for individual impaired loans. Actual credit losses or recoveries are charged or credited directly to the allowance.
63



Table of Contents
The Company establishes a general allowance for loan losses that the Company believes to be adequate for the losses the Company estimates to be inherent in the Company’s loan portfolio. In making the Company’s evaluation of the credit risk of the loan portfolio, the Company considers factors such as the volume, growth and composition of the loan portfolio, the effect of changes in the local real estate market on collateral values, trends in past dues, the experience of the lender, changes in lending policy, the effects on the loan portfolio of current economic indicators and their probable impact on borrowers, historical loan loss experience, the amount of nonperforming loans and related collateral and the evaluation of the Company’s loan portfolio by the loan review function.
The Company may assign a specific allowance to individual loans based on an impairment analysis. Loans are considered impaired when it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. The amount of impairment is based on an analysis of the most probable source of repayment, including the present value of the loan’s expected future cash flows, the estimated market value or the fair value of the underlying collateral. Loans evaluated for impairment include all commercial, real estate, agricultural loans and TDRs.
The Company follows a loan review program to evaluate the credit risk in the loan portfolio. Throughout the loan review process, the Company maintains an internally classified loan watch list, which, along with a delinquency list of loans, helps management assess the overall quality of the Company’s loan portfolio and the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses. Charge-offs occur when the Company deems a loan to be uncollectible.
Analysis of the Allowance for Loan Losses. The following table sets forth the allowance for loan losses by category of loan:
As of December 31,
2020 2019 2018 2017 2016
(dollars in thousands) Amount
% of
Total Loans
(1)
Amount
% of
Total Loans
(1)
Amount
% of
Total Loans
(1)
Amount
% of
Total Loans
(1)
Amount
% of
Total Loans
(1)
Commercial loans $ 27,311  29.7  % $ 12,844  21.3  % $ 11,793  17.2  % $ 10,599  16.3  % $ 8,593  13.7  %
Real estate:
Commercial real estate, construction, land and land development 50,123  55.8  33,085  61.0  27,795  63.7  23,301  63.2  18,399  65.3 
Residential real estate 6,786  10.9  3,678  13.3  3,320  13.7  3,447  14.3  2,760  14.1 
Single-family interim construction 2,156  2.5  1,606  3.2  1,402  4.2  1,583  4.4  1,301  5.1 
Agricultural 337  0.6  332  0.9  241  0.8  250  1.3  207  1.2 
Consumer 442  0.5  226  0.3  186  0.4  205  0.5  242  0.6 
Other 242  —  —  —  (32) —  29  — 
Unallocated 423  —  (315) —  62  —  49  —  60  — 
Total allowance for loan losses $ 87,820  100.0  % $ 51,461  100.0  % $ 44,802  100.0  % $ 39,402  100.0  % $ 31,591  100.0  %
____________
(1)    Represents the percentage of Independent’s total loans included in each loan category.
As of December 31, 2020, the allowance for loan losses amounted to $87.8 million, or 0.76%, of total loans held for investment, excluding mortgage warehouse purchase loans, compared with $51.5 million, or 0.47%, as of December 31, 2019. The dollar and percentage increase during 2020 is primarily due to added reserves for economic concerns related to the pandemic as well as increases in specific reserves and charge-offs in the year over year period. As of December 31, 2020, the discount on acquired loans totaled $59.3 million compared to $93.6 million as of December 31, 2019.
The allowance for loan losses as a percentage of nonperforming loans decreased from 193.35% at December 31, 2019, to 170.80% at December 31, 2020, due to increase in total nonperforming loans primarily resulting from additions to nonaccrual for energy credits totaling $22.8 million and CRE credits totaling $15.9 million as discussed above under the nonperforming asset section. As of December 31, 2020, the Company had made a specific allowance for loan losses of $8.5 million for impaired loans totaling $64.4 million, compared with a specific allowance of $358 thousand for impaired loans totaling $12.1 million as of December 31, 2019. The increase in specific reserves was due primarily to additions of $7.2 million on two energy credits and $1.1 million on a commercial loan that were added to the impaired listing during 2020. The increase in impaired loans during 2020 was primarily due to the $38.7 million additions in nonaccrual loans noted above, offset by a $1.9 million commercial real estate loan moved to other real estate and subsequently sold during 2020.
64



Table of Contents
Although the allowance for loan losses to nonperforming loans has decreased over the periods presented in the Company’s consolidated financial statements appearing in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, the Company believes the allowance is appropriate and has been derived from consistent application of its methodology. The allowance is primarily related to loans evaluated collectively and will continue to increase as the Company’s loan portfolio grows. Additional provision expense will vary depending on future credit quality trends within the portfolio. Refer to Note 1, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, and Note 6, Loans, Net and Allowance for Loan Losses, in the notes to the Company's audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this report for additional details of the allowance for loan losses.
The following table provides an analysis of the provisions for loan losses, net charge-offs and recoveries for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019, 2018, 2017 and 2016 and the effects of those items on the Company’s allowance for loan losses:
As of and for the Years Ended December 31,
(dollars in thousands) 2020 2019 2018 2017 2016
Allowance for loan losses-balance at beginning of year $ 51,461  $ 44,802  $ 39,402  $ 31,591  $ 27,043 
Charge-offs
Commercial (5,670) (7,709) (3,863) (81) (4,384)
Real estate:
Commercial real estate, construction, land and land development (735) (3) (435) (15) (54)
Residential real estate —  (140) (6) —  (401)
Single-family interim construction (82) (3) —  (134) — 
Consumer (44) (79) (93) (182) (27)
Other (342) (430) (228) (190) (104)
Total charge-offs (6,873) (8,364) (4,625) (602) (4,970)
Recoveries
Commercial 112  90  84  28  13 
Real estate:
Commercial real estate, construction, land and land development 20  31  10 
Residential real estate —  —  12 
Consumer 37  48  46 
Other 86  76  53  39  35 
Total recoveries 239  218  165  148  78 
Net charge-offs (6,634) (8,146) (4,460) (454) (4,892)
Provision for loan losses 42,993  14,805  9,860  8,265  9,440 
Allowance for loan losses-balance at end of year $ 87,820  $ 51,461  $ 44,802  $ 39,402  $ 31,591 
Ratios
Net charge-offs to average loans outstanding 0.05  % 0.07  % 0.06  % 0.01  % 0.12  %
Allowance for loan losses to nonperforming loans at end of year 170.80  193.35  354.73  255.62  177.06 
Allowance for loan losses to total loans at end of year (1)
0.76  0.47  0.58  0.62  0.69 
____________
(1)    Calculation excludes loans held for sale and mortgage warehouse purchase loans from total loans.
The Company’s ratio of allowance to loan losses to total loans as of December 31, 2020 was 0.76%, increasing from 0.47% at December 31, 2019. The increase in the allowance for loan losses as a percentage of loans from prior year reflects increases in reserves due to the pandemic as well as increased specific reserves. The ratio of net charge-offs to average loans outstanding during the year ended December 31, 2020 decreased to 0.05% from 0.07% for the year ended December 31, 2019. The decrease in charge-offs during 2020 was primarily related to elevated energy charge-offs during 2019.
65



Table of Contents
Securities Available for Sale
The Company’s investment strategy aims to maximize earnings while maintaining liquidity in securities with minimal credit, interest rate and duration risk. The types and maturities of securities purchased are primarily based on the Company’s current and projected liquidity and interest rate sensitivity positions. The following table sets forth the book value, which is equal to fair market value because all investment securities the Company held were classified as available for sale as of the applicable date, and the percentage of each category of securities as of December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018:
As of December 31,
2020 2019 2018
(dollars in thousands) Book Value % of Total Book Value % of Total Book Value % of Total
Securities available for sale
U.S. Treasury securities $ 44,708  3.9  % $ 48,796  4.5  % $ 29,643  4.3  %
Government agency securities 249,017  21.6  179,296  16.5  % 150,230  21.9 
Obligations of state and municipal subdivisions 393,165  34.1  343,859  31.7  % 185,007  27.0 
Corporate bonds 22,102  1.9  7,218  0.7  % —  — 
Residential pass-through securities 443,501  38.4  505,567  46.5  % 320,470  46.8 
Other securities 1,200  0.1  1,200  0.1  % —  — 
Total securities available for sale $ 1,153,693  100.0  % $ 1,085,936  100.0  % $ 685,350  100.0  %
The Company recognized net gains on the sale of securities of $382 thousand for the year ended December 31, 2020 and net gains on the sale of securities of $275 thousand for the year ended December 31, 2019. Securities represented 6.5% and 7.3% of the Company’s total assets at December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.
Certain investment securities are valued at less than their historical cost. Management evaluates securities for other-than-temporary impairment (OTTI) on at least a quarterly basis and more frequently when economic or market conditions warrant such an evaluation. Management does not intend to sell any debt securities it holds and believes the Company more likely than not will not be required to sell any debt securities it holds before their anticipated recovery, at which time the Company will receive full value for the securities. Management has the ability and intent to hold the securities classified as available for sale that were in a loss position as of December 31, 2020 for a period of time sufficient for an entire recovery of the cost basis of the securities. For those securities that are impaired, the unrealized losses are largely due to interest rate changes. The fair value is expected to recover as the securities approach their maturity date. Management believes any impairment in the Company’s securities at December 31, 2020 is temporary and no other-than-temporary impairment has been realized in the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
66



Table of Contents
The following table sets forth the book value, scheduled maturities and weighted average yields for the Company’s investment portfolio as of December 31, 2020:
(dollars in thousands) Book Value % of Total Investment Securities Weighted Average Yield
U.S. Treasury securities
Maturing within one year $ 18,153  1.6  % 2.15  %
Maturing in one to five years 26,555  2.3  2.41 
Maturing in five to ten years —  —  — 
Maturing after ten years —  —  — 
Total U.S. Treasury securities $ 44,708  3.9  % 2.30  %
Government agency securities
Maturing within one year $ 6,507  0.6  % 2.21  %
Maturing in one to five years 21,304  1.8  2.33 
Maturing in five to ten years 96,187  8.3  1.70 
Maturing after ten years 125,019  10.8  1.79 
Total government agency securities $ 249,017  21.5  % 1.81  %
Obligations of state and municipal subdivisions
Maturing within one year $ 14,254  1.2  % 2.26  %
Maturing in one to five years 82,526  7.3  2.36 
Maturing in five to ten years 95,822  8.3  2.48 
Maturing after ten years 200,563  17.4  2.66 
Total obligations of state and municipal subdivisions $ 393,165  34.2  % 2.54  %
Corporate bonds
Maturing within one year $ 1,029  0.1  % 3.85  %
Maturing in one to five years 4,186  0.4  3.82 
Maturing in five to ten years 16,887  1.5  4.51 
Maturing after ten years —  —  — 
Total corporate bonds $ 22,102  2.0  % 4.35  %
Residential pass through securities
Maturing within one year $ 11,784  1.0  % 2.96  %
Maturing in one to five years 15,721  1.3  2.90 
Maturing in five to ten years 90,414  7.8  2.62 
Maturing after ten years 325,582  28.2  2.73 
Total residential pass through securities $ 443,501  38.3  % 2.96  %
Other securities
Maturing within one year $ —  —  % —  %
Maturing in one to five years 700  0.1  2.29 
Maturing in five to ten years 500  —  2.10 
Maturing after ten years —  —  — 
Total other securities $ 1,200  0.1  % 2.25  %
Total investment securities $ 1,153,693  100.0  % 2.73  %




67



Table of Contents
The following table summarizes the amortized cost of securities classified as available for sale and their approximate fair values as of the dates shown:
(dollars in thousands) Amortized Cost Gross Unrealized Gains Gross Unrealized Losses Fair Value
Securities available for sale
As of December 31, 2020
U.S. treasuries $ 43,060  $ 1,648  $ —  $ 44,708 
Government agency securities 247,764  3,169  (1,916) 249,017 
Obligations of state and municipal subdivisions 373,017  20,168  (20) 393,165 
Corporate bonds 21,496  608  (2) 22,102 
Mortgage-backed securities guaranteed by FHLMC, FNMA and GNMA 421,916  21,678  (93) 443,501 
Other securities 1,200  —  —  1,200 
$ 1,108,453  $ 47,271  $ (2,031) $ 1,153,693 
As of December 31, 2019
U.S. treasuries $ 48,060  $ 743  $ (7) $ 48,796 
Government agency securities 178,953  926  (583) 179,296 
Obligations of state and municipal subdivisions 332,715  11,150  (6) 343,859 
Corporate bonds 7,011  207  —  7,218 
Mortgage-backed securities guaranteed by FHLMC, FNMA and GNMA 493,915  11,981  (329) 505,567 
Other securities 1,200  —  —  1,200 
$ 1,061,854  $ 25,007  $ (925) $ 1,085,936 
As of December 31, 2018
U.S. treasuries $ 30,110  $ —  $ (467) $ 29,643 
Government agency securities 152,969  80  (2,819) $ 150,230 
Obligations of state and municipal subdivisions 187,366  727  (3,086) $ 185,007 
Residential pass through securities guaranteed by FNMA, GNMA and FHLMC 326,168  128  (5,826) $ 320,470 
$ 696,613  $ 935  $ (12,198) $ 685,350 
The Company’s available for sale securities, carried at fair value, increased $67.8 million, or 6.2%, during 2020. The increase in 2020 was primarily due to investing excess liquidity balances.
Residential pass-through securities (mortgage backed securities) are securities that have been developed by pooling a number of real estate mortgages that are principally issued by federal agencies. These securities are deemed to have high credit ratings, and minimum regular monthly cash flows of principal and interest are guaranteed by the issuing agencies. Unlike U.S. Treasury and U.S. government agency securities, which have a lump sum payment at maturity, mortgage-backed securities provide cash flows from regular principal and interest payments and principal prepayments throughout the lives of the securities. Premiums and discounts on mortgage-backed securities are amortized over the expected life of the security and may be impacted by prepayments. As such, mortgage-backed securities which are purchased at a premium will generally suffer decreasing net yields as interest rates drop because home owners tend to refinance their mortgages resulting in prepayments and an acceleration of premium amortization, Securities purchased at a discount will generally obtain higher net yields in a decreasing interest rate environment as prepayments result in acceleration of discount accretion.
Cash and Cash Equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents increased by $1.2 billion, or 221.0% to $1.8 billion at December 31, 2020 from $565.2 million at December 31, 2019, of which $1.1 billion was held with the Federal Reserve Bank at year end 2020. Cash and cash equivalent balances can vary due to cash needs and volatility of several large title company and commercial accounts. Balances as of December 31, 2020 is due to significantly increased organic deposit growth during the year over year period.
Goodwill
Goodwill represents the excess of the consideration paid over the fair value of the net assets acquired. The Company’s total goodwill was $994.0 million as of December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019.
68



Table of Contents
Liabilities
Total liabilities increased $2.6 billion, or 20.8%, to $15.2 billion as of December 31, 2020, from $12.6 billion as of December 31, 2019, primarily due to increased deposits of $2.5 billion mainly as a result of organic growth and $127.5 million, net of issuance costs, related to subordinated debentures issued in third quarter 2020.
Deposits
Deposits represent the Company’s primary source of funds. The Company continues to focus on growing core deposits through the Company’s relationship driven banking philosophy and community-focused marketing programs.
Total deposits increased $2.5 billion, or 20.6%, to $14.4 billion as of December 31, 2020 from $11.9 billion as of December 31, 2019. The increase is primarily due to organic growth as well as approximately $395 million of commercial deposits related to PPP loans that were funded by the Company in the second quarter and remain on deposit at year end 2020. Brokered deposits totaled $1.5 billion and $894.1 million at December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, noninterest-bearing demand, interest-bearing checking, savings deposits and limited access money market accounts accounted for 90.2% and 84.7%, respectively, of the Company’s total deposits, while individual retirement accounts and certificates of deposit made up 9.8% and 15.3%, respectively, of total deposits. Noninterest-bearing demand deposits totaled $4.2 billion, or 28.9% of total deposits, as of December 31, 2020, compared with $3.2 billion, or 27.1% of total deposits, as of December 31, 2019. The total cost of deposits decreased 49 basis points from 1.08% at December 31, 2019 to 0.59% at December 31, 2020. The average cost of interest-bearing deposits was 0.83% per annum for 2020 compared with 1.48% for 2019. The decrease in cost of funds is primarily due to rate cuts on the Company's deposit products after the Federal Reserve reduced the target rate to zero (0) to 25 basis points.
The following table summarizes the Company’s average deposit balances and weighted average rates for the periods presented:
As of December 31,
2020 2019 2018
(dollars in thousands) Average Balance Weighted Average Rate Average Balance Weighted Average Rate Average Balance Weighted Average Rate
Deposit Type
Noninterest-bearing demand accounts $ 3,736,230  —  % $ 3,139,805  —  % $ 2,052,675  —  %
Interest-bearing checking accounts 4,577,137  0.62  3,953,986  1.12  2,943,519  0.90 
Savings accounts 607,996  0.18  540,741  0.25  290,325  0.24 
Limited access money market accounts 2,368,980  0.89  2,047,554  1.99  998,916  1.91 
Certificates of deposit, including individual retirement accounts (IRA) 1,645,014  1.57  1,795,391  2.06  1,009,644  1.43 
Total deposits $ 12,935,357  0.59  % $ 11,477,477  1.08  % $ 7,295,079  0.83  %
The following table sets forth the maturity of time deposits (including IRA deposits) of $100,000 or more as of December 31, 2020:
Maturity within:
(dollars in thousands) Three Months Three to Six Months Six to Twelve Months After Twelve Months Total
Individual retirement accounts $ 5,724  $ 6,327  $ 13,955  $ 8,103  $ 34,109 
Certificates of deposit (excluding CDARS) 322,351  256,269  391,919  88,900  1,059,439 
CDARS 29,592  7,626  6,652  3,359  47,229 
Total $ 357,667  $ 270,222  $ 412,526  $ 100,362  $ 1,140,777 
Short-Term Borrowings
The Company’s deposits have historically provided the Company with a major source of funds to meet the daily liquidity needs of the Company’s customers and fund growth in earning assets. However, from time to time the Company may also engage in short-term borrowings. At December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Company had $31.5 million and $124.5 million, respectively, in short-term borrowings outstanding, of which $25.0 million and $100.0 million were short-term FHLB advances and $6.5 million and $24.5 million were borrowings against its revolving line of credit at December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.
69



Table of Contents
These were recorded on the balance sheet under FHLB advances and other borrowings. The Company has not historically needed to engage in significant short-term borrowing through sources such as federal funds purchased, securities sold under agreements to repurchase or Federal Reserve Discount Window advances to meet the daily liquidity needs of the Company’s customers or fund growth in earning assets.
FHLB Advances
In addition to deposits, the Company utilizes FHLB advances either as a short-term funding source or a longer-term funding source and to manage the Company’s interest rate risk on the Company’s loan portfolio. FHLB advances can be particularly attractive as a longer-term funding source to balance interest rate sensitivity and reduce interest rate risk.
The Company’s FHLB borrowings totaled $375.0 million as of December 31, 2020, compared with $325.0 million as of December 31, 2019. The change in FHLB borrowings from prior year reflects the use of short-term FHLB advances as needed for liquidity and to fund mortgage warehouse purchase loans. As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Company had $4.1 billion and $3.7 billion, respectively, in unused and available advances from the FHLB. At December 31, 2020, the Company’s FHLB advances are collateralized by assets, including a blanket lien on certain loans along with specific listed loans for an aggregate available carrying value of $5.7 billion and FHLB stock. As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Company had $1.2 billion and $1.1 billion, respectively, in undisbursed advance commitments (letters of credit) with the FHLB. The FHLB letters of credit were obtained in lieu of pledging securities to secure public fund deposits that are over the FDIC insurance limit. There were no disbursements against the advance commitments as of December 31, 2020 or 2019.
The following table provides a summary of the Company’s FHLB advances at the dates indicated:
As of December 31,
(dollars in thousands) 2020 2019 2018
Fixed-rate, fixed term, at rates from 0.27% to 1.33%, with a weighted-average of 0.62% (maturing July 2021 through February 2035) $ 375,000  $ —  $ — 
Fixed-rate, fixed term, at rates from 1.33% to 2.59%, with a weighted-average of 2.17% (maturing January 2020 through July 2021) —  325,000  — 
Fixed-rate, fixed term, at rates from 1.02% to 2.59%, with a weighted-average of 2.17% (maturing January 2019 through July 2021) —  —  290,000 
As of December 31, 2020, the scheduled maturities of the Company’s FHLB advances were as follows (dollars in thousands):
Maturing Within Principal Amount to Mature
As of December 31, 2020
First Year $ 25,000 
Second Year — 
Third Year 200,000 
Fourth Year — 
Fifth Year — 
Thereafter 150,000 
$ 375,000 
Other Long-Term Indebtedness
As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Company had $305.7 million and $177.8 million, respectively, of long-term indebtedness (other than FHLB advances and junior subordinated debentures) outstanding, which included subordinated debentures. The increase from December 31, 2019 to December 31, 2020 was due to $127.5 million, net of issuance costs, of subordinated debentures issued during third quarter 2020 as well as the discount accretion and fee amortization on the debentures.
As of December 31, 2020, the Company’s long-term gross indebtedness of $110.0 million, $30.0 million, $40.0 million and $130.0 million will mature on August 1, 2024, December 31, 2027, July 20, 2026, and September 15, 2030, respectively, with the $30.0 million, $40.0 million and $130.0 million debentures having an optional redemption date of December 31, 2022, July 20, 2021 and September 15, 2025, respectively.
70



Table of Contents
Junior Subordinated Debentures
As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Company had outstanding an aggregate principal amount of $57.3 million of nine series of junior subordinated securities issued to nine unconsolidated subsidiary trusts. Each series of debentures was purchased by one of the trusts with the net proceeds of the issuance by such trust of floating rate trust preferred securities. These junior subordinated debentures are unsecured and will mature between March 2033 and September 2037. Each of the series of debentures bears interest at a per annum rate equal to three-month LIBOR plus a spread that ranges from 1.60% to 3.25%, with a weighted average rate of 2.74%. Interest on each series of these debentures is payable quarterly, although the Company may, from time to time defer the payment of interest on any series of these debentures. A deferral of interest payments would, however, restrict the Company’s right to declare and pay cash distributions, including dividends on the Company’s common stock, or making distributions with respect to any of the Company’s future debt instruments that rank equally or are junior to such debentures. The Company may redeem the debentures, which are intended to qualify as Tier 1 capital, at the Company’s option, subject to approval of the Federal Reserve.
Capital Resources and Liquidity Management
Capital Resources
The Company’s stockholders’ equity is influenced by the Company’s earnings, the sales and redemptions of common stock that the Company makes, stock based compensation expense, the dividends the Company pays on its common stock, and, to a lesser extent, any changes in unrealized holding gains or losses occurring with respect to the Company’s securities available for sale.
Total stockholder’s equity was $2.5 billion at December 31, 2020, compared with $2.3 billion at December 31, 2019, an increase of approximately $175.6 million. The increase was primarily due to net income earned for the year totaling $201.2 million, stock based compensation of $8.5 million and an increase of $17.0 million in unrealized gain on available for sale securities offset by stock repurchased by the Company totaling $5.8 million and dividends paid of $45.3 million.
Liquidity Management
Liquidity refers to the measure of the Company’s ability to meet the cash flow requirements of depositors and borrowers, while at the same time meeting the Company’s operating, capital and strategic cash flow needs, all at a reasonable cost. The Company’s asset and liability management policy is intended to maintain adequate liquidity and, therefore, enhance the Company’s ability to raise funds to support asset growth, meet deposit withdrawals and lending needs, maintain reserve requirements, and otherwise sustain operations. The Company accomplishes this through management of the maturities of the Company’s interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities. The Company believes that the Company’s present position is adequate to meet the Company’s current and future liquidity needs.
The Company continuously monitors the Company’s liquidity position to ensure that assets and liabilities are managed in a manner that will meet all of the Company’s short-term and long-term cash requirements. The Company manages the Company’s liquidity position to meet the daily cash flow needs of customers, while maintaining an appropriate balance between assets and liabilities to meet the return on investment objectives of the Company’s shareholders. The Company also monitors its liquidity requirements in light of interest rate trends, changes in the economy, and the scheduled maturity and interest rate sensitivity of the investment and loan portfolios and deposits.
Liquidity risk management is an important element in the Company’s asset/liability management process. The Company’s short-term and long-term liquidity requirements are primarily to fund on-going operations, including payment of interest on deposits and debt, extensions of credit to borrowers, capital expenditures and shareholder dividends. These liquidity requirements are met primarily through cash flow from operations, redeployment of pre-paid and maturing balances in the Company’s loan and investment portfolios, debt financing and increases in customer deposits. The Company’s liquidity position is supported by management of liquid assets and liabilities and access to alternative sources of funds. Liquid assets include cash, interest-bearing deposits in banks, federal funds sold, securities available for sale and maturing or prepaying balances in the Company’s investment and loan portfolios. Liquid liabilities include core deposits, brokered deposits, federal funds purchased, securities sold under repurchase agreements and other borrowings. Other sources of liquidity include the sale of loans, the ability to acquire additional national market non-core deposits, the issuance of additional collateralized borrowings such as FHLB advances, the issuance of debt securities, borrowings through the Federal Reserve’s discount window and the issuance of equity securities. For additional information regarding the Company’s operating, investing and financing cash flows, see the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows provided in the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
71



Table of Contents
In addition to the liquidity provided by the sources described above, the Company maintains correspondent relationships with other banks in order to sell loans or purchase overnight funds should additional liquidity be needed. As of December 31, 2020 and 2019 the Company had established federal funds lines of credit with various unaffiliated banks totaling $365 million and $375 million, respectively. Based on the values of stock, securities, and loans pledged as collateral, as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Company had additional borrowing capacity with the FHLB of $4.1 billion and $3.7 billion, respectively.
The Company also maintains a secured line of credit with the Federal Reserve Bank with an availability to borrow approximately $716.7 million and $895.1 million at December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. Approximately $1.0 billion and $1.2 billion of commercial loans were pledged as collateral at December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. There were no borrowings against this line as of December 31, 2020 or 2019.
The Company also participates in an exchange that provides direct overnight borrowings with other financial institutions. The funds are provided on an unsecured basis. Borrowing availability totaled $694.0 million and $484.0 million at December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. There were no borrowings as of December 31, 2020 and 2019.
The Company has a $100 million unsecured revolving line of credit with an unrelated commercial bank. The line bears interest at LIBOR plus 1.75% and matured on January 17, 2021. As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, the line had $6.5 million and $24.5 million outstanding, respectively. The Company is required to meet certain financial covenants on a quarterly basis, which includes maintaining $5 million in cash at Independent Bank Group and meeting minimum capital ratios and bears a non-usage fee of 0.30% per year on the unused commitment at the end of each fiscal quarter. On January 17, 2020, the line of credit was renewed. As of March 1, 2021, the Company had no borrowings outstanding against this line.
In April 2020, the Company began originating loans to qualified small businesses under the CARES Act PPP administered by the SBA. During April 2020, the Company borrowed a $300.0 million advance from the FHLB that provided supplemental funding for the PPP loan originations. The short-term, full-recourse advance bore interest at an annualized rate of 0.35% and expired on July 15, 2020. During second quarter 2020, the Company participated in the Federal Reserve's PPP Facility, which, through March 31, 2021, extends loans to banks who were loaning money to small businesses under the PPP. The amounts borrowed under the facility during second quarter 2020 totaled $7.6 million, bore interest at a rate of 0.35% and matured at the same time as the maturity date of the PPP loan pledged to secure the borrowing. As of the end of third quarter 2020, the Company had repaid all borrowings under the PPP Facility. Federal bank regulatory agencies issued an interim final rule that permits banks to neutralize the regulatory capital effects of participating in the PPP and the PPP Facility. Specifically, all PPP loans have a zero percent risk weight under applicable risk-based capital rules. Additionally, a bank may exclude all PPP loans pledged as collateral to the PPP Facility from its average total consolidated assets for the purposes of calculating its leverage ratio, while PPP loans that are not pledged as collateral to the PPP Facility will be included.
The Company is a corporation separate and apart from the Bank and, therefore, the Company must provide for the Company’s own liquidity. The Company’s main source of funding is dividends declared and paid to the Company by the Bank. Statutory and regulatory limitations exist that affect the ability of the Bank to pay dividends to the Company. Management believes that these limitations will not impact the Company’s ability to meet the Company’s ongoing short-term cash obligations. For additional information regarding dividend restrictions, see “Risk Factors-Risks Related to the Company’s Business” in Part I, Item 1A, and “Supervision and Regulation” under Part I, Item 1, “Business.”
Regulatory Capital Requirements
The Company’s capital management consists of providing equity to support the Company’s current and future operations. The Company is subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by state and federal banking agencies, including the TDB, Federal Reserve and the FDIC. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements may prompt certain actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition and results of operations. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Company must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of the Company’s assets, liabilities and certain off-balance sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The Company’s capital amounts and classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings and other factors. Tier 2 capital for the Company includes permissible portions of the Company's subordinated notes. The permissible portion of qualified subordinated notes decreases 20% per year during the final five years of the term of the notes.
72



Table of Contents
The Company is subject to the Basel III regulatory capital framework (the Basel III Capital Rules). The Basel III Capital Rules require that the Company maintain a 2.5% capital conservation buffer above the minimum risk-based capital adequacy requirements. The capital conservation buffer is designed to absorb losses during periods of economic stress and requires increased capital levels for the purpose of capital distributions and other payments. Failure to meet the full amount of the buffer will result in restrictions on the Company's ability to make capital distributions, including dividend payments and stock repurchases and to pay discretionary bonuses to executive officers.
In connection with the adoption of the Basel III Capital Rules, we elected to opt-out of the requirement to include most components of accumulated other comprehensive income in regulatory capital. Accordingly, amounts reported as accumulated other comprehensive income/loss related to securities available for sale do not increase or reduce regulatory capital and are not included in the calculation of risk-based capital and leverage ratios. Regulatory agencies for banks and bank holding companies utilize capital guidelines designed to measure capital and take into consideration the risk inherent in both on-balance sheet and off-balance sheet items. Please refer to Note 21, Regulatory Matters, in the notes to the Company's audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this report for additional details.
The FDIC has promulgated regulations setting the levels at which an insured institution such as the Bank would be considered well-capitalized, adequately capitalized, undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized and critically undercapitalized. The Bank is considered well-capitalized for purposes of the applicable prompt corrective action regulations.
As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Company and Bank exceeded the Basel III capital requirements under prompt corrective action and other regulatory requirements, as detailed in the table below.
As of December 31, 2020
Actual
Consolidated
Actual
Bank
Required Minimum Capital - Basel III Required to be Considered Well Capitalized (Bank Only)
Ratio Ratio Ratio Ratio
Tier 1 capital to average assets ratio 9.12% 11.01% 4.00% ≥5.00%
Common equity tier 1 to risk-weighted assets ratio 10.33 12.97 7.00 ≥6.50
Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets ratio 10.74 12.97 8.50 ≥8.00
Total capital to risk-weighted assets ratio 13.32 13.61 10.50 ≥10.00
As of December 31, 2019
Actual
Consolidated
Actual
Bank
Required Minimum Capital - Basel III Required to be Considered Well Capitalized (Bank Only)
Ratio Ratio Ratio Ratio
Tier 1 capital to average assets ratio 9.32% 10.70% 4.00% ≥5.00%
Common equity tier 1 to risk-weighted assets ratio 9.76 11.70 7.00 ≥6.50
Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets ratio 10.19 11.70 8.50 ≥8.00
Total capital to risk-weighted assets ratio 11.83 12.11 10.50 ≥10.00
Stock Repurchase Program. From time to time, the Company's board of directors has authorized stock repurchase programs which allow the Company to purchase its common stock generally over a one-year period at various prices in the open market or in privately negotiated transactions. On October 22, 2020, the Company's board of directors authorized a $150.0 million stock repurchase program allowing the Company to purchase shares of its common stock through October 31, 2021. Under this program, the Company repurchased 109,548 shares at a total cost of $5.7 million through March 1, 2021. Under prior stock repurchase programs, the Company repurchased 897,738 shares of Company stock at a total cost of $49.0 million during 2019 and none during 2018. In July 2019, the federal bank regulators adopted final rules that, among other things, eliminated the standalone prior approval requirement for any repurchase of common stock. However, the Company remains subject to a Federal Reserve Board guideline that requires consultation with the Federal Reserve regarding plans for share repurchases on a quarterly basis. The Company’s repurchases of its common stock may be subject to a prior approval or notice requirement under other regulations, policies or supervisory expectations of the Federal Reserve Board. Any redemption or repurchase of preferred stock or subordinated debt remains subject to the prior approval of the Federal Reserve Board. See Part II, Item 5 - Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities, in this report for additional information.
73



Table of Contents
Contractual Obligations
In the ordinary course of the Company’s operations, the Company enters into certain contractual obligations, such as obligations for operating leases and other arrangements with respect to deposit liabilities, FHLB advances and other borrowed funds. The Company believes that it will be able to meet its contractual obligations as they come due through the maintenance of adequate cash levels. The Company expects to maintain adequate cash levels through profitability, loan and securities repayment and maturity activity and continued deposit gathering activities. The Company has in place various borrowing mechanisms for both short-term and long-term liquidity needs.
The following table contains supplemental information regarding the Company’s total contractual obligations as of December 31, 2020:
(dollars in thousands) Payments Due
Within One Year One to Three Years Three to Five Years After Five Years Total
Deposits without a stated maturity $ 12,983,289  $ —  $ —  $ —  $ 12,983,289 
Time deposits 1,263,633  136,883  15,117  1,415,638 
FHLB advances 25,000  200,000  —  150,000  375,000 
Subordinated debt —  —  110,000  200,000  310,000 
Junior subordinated debentures —  —  —  57,324  57,324 
Operating leases 5,615  8,930  6,192  5,700  26,437 
Total contractual obligations $ 14,277,537  $ 345,813  $ 131,309  $ 413,029  $ 15,167,688 
The Company believes that it will be able to meet its contractual obligations as they come due through the maintenance of adequate cash levels. The Company expects to maintain adequate cash levels through profitability, loan and securities repayment and maturity activity and continued deposit gathering activities. The Company has in place various borrowing mechanisms for both short-term and long-term liquidity needs.
Other than normal changes in the ordinary course of business and the items mentioned above, there have been no significant changes in the types of contractual obligations or amounts due since December 31, 2019.
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
In the normal course of business, the Company enters into various transactions, which, in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States, are not included in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets. However, the Company has only limited off-balance sheet arrangements that have, or are reasonably likely to have, a current or future material effect on the Company’s financial condition, revenues, expenses, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures or capital resources. Independent Bank enters into these transactions to meet the financing needs of the Company’s customers. These transactions include commitments to extend credit and issue standby letters of credit, which involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit risk and interest rate risk in excess of the amounts recognized in the consolidated balance sheets.
Commitments to Extend Credit. Independent Bank enters into contractual commitments to extend credit, normally with fixed expiration dates or termination clauses, at specified rates and for specific purposes. Substantially all of Independent Bank’s commitments to extend credit are contingent upon customers maintaining specific credit standards at the time of loan funding. Independent Bank minimizes its exposure to loss under these commitments by subjecting them to credit approval and monitoring procedures.
Standby Letters of Credit. Standby letters of credit are written conditional commitments that Independent Bank issues to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party. In the event the customer does not perform in accordance with the terms of the agreement with the third party, Independent Bank would be required to fund the commitment. The maximum potential amount of future payments Independent Bank could be required to make is represented by the contractual amount of the commitment. If the commitment is funded, the customer is obligated to reimburse Independent Bank for the amount paid under this standby letter of credit.
74



Table of Contents
Commitments to extend credit were $2.3 billion as of December 31, 2020 and 2019. Outstanding standby letters of credit were $25.9 million and $23.4 million, as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. Since commitments associated with letters of credit and commitments to extend credit may expire unused, the amounts shown do not necessarily reflect the actual future cash funding requirements. The Company manages the Company’s liquidity in light of the aggregate amounts of commitments to extend credit and outstanding standby letters of credit in effect from time to time to ensure that the Company will have adequate sources of liquidity to fund such commitments and honor drafts under such letters of credit.
The Company guarantees the distributions and payments for redemption or liquidation of the trust preferred securities issued by the Company’s wholly owned subsidiary trusts to the extent of funds held by the trusts. Although this guarantee is not separately recorded, the obligation underlying the guarantee is fully reflected on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets as junior subordinated debentures, which debentures are held by the Company’s subsidiary trusts. The junior subordinated debentures currently qualify as Tier 1 capital under the Federal Reserve capital adequacy guidelines. Refer to Note 12, Junior Subordinated Debentures, in the notes to the Company's audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this report for additional details.
Asset/Liability Management and Interest Rate Risk
The principal objective of the Company’s asset and liability management function is to evaluate the interest rate risk within the balance sheet and pursue a controlled assumption of interest rate risk while maximizing net income and preserving adequate levels of liquidity and capital. The Investment Committee of Independent Bank’s Board of Directors has oversight of Independent Bank’s asset and liability management function, which is managed by the Company’s Treasurer. The Treasurer meets with the Company’s Chief Financial Officer and senior executive management team regularly to review, among other things, the sensitivity of the Company’s assets and liabilities to market interest rate changes, local and national market conditions and market interest rates. That group also reviews the liquidity, capital, deposit mix, loan mix and investment positions of the Company.
The Company’s management and the Board of Directors are responsible for managing interest rate risk and employing risk management policies that monitor and limit the Company’s exposure to interest rate risk. Interest rate risk is measured using net interest income simulations and market value of portfolio equity analyses. These analyses use various assumptions, including the nature and timing of interest rate changes, yield curve shape, prepayments on loans, securities and deposits, deposit decay rates, pricing decisions on loans and deposits, reinvestment and replacement of asset and liability cash flows.
Instantaneous parallel rate shift scenarios are modeled and utilized to evaluate risk and establish exposure limits for acceptable changes in net interest margin. These scenarios, known as rate shocks, simulate an instantaneous change in interest rates and use various assumptions, including, but not limited to, prepayments on loans and securities, deposit decay rates, pricing decisions on loans and deposits, reinvestment and replacement of asset and liability cash flows.
The Company also analyzes the economic value of equity as a secondary measure of interest rate risk. This is a complementary measure to net interest income where the calculated value is the result of the market value of assets less the market value of liabilities. The economic value of equity is a longer term view of interest rate risk because it measures the present value of the future cash flows. The impact of changes in interest rates on this calculation is analyzed for the risk to the Company’s future earnings and is used in conjunction with the analyses on net interest income.
The Company conducts periodic analyses of its sensitivity to interest rate risks through the use of a third-party proprietary interest-rate sensitivity model. That model has been customized to the Company's specifications. The analyses conducted by use of that model are based on current information regarding the Company's actual interest-earnings assets, interest-bearing liabilities, capital and other financial information that it supplies. The Company uses the information in the model to estimate the its sensitivity to interest rate risk.
75



Table of Contents
The Company’s interest rate risk model indicated that it was in an asset sensitive position in terms of interest rate sensitivity as of December 31, 2020. The table below illustrates the impact of an immediate and sustained 200 and 100 basis point increase and a 100 basis point decrease in interest rates on net interest income based on the interest rate risk model as of December 31, 2020:
Hypothetical Shift in Interest Rates (in bps) % Change in Projected Net Interest Income
200 5.16%
100 2.08
(100) (4.37)
The Company's model indicates that its projected balance sheet at December 31, 2020 is more asset sensitive in comparison to its balance sheet as of December 31, 2019. The shift to a more asset sensitive position was primarily due to an increase in the relative proportion of interest bearing deposits (primarily amounts held in an interest-bearing account at the Federal Reserve). Interest-bearing deposits are more immediately impacted by changes in interest rates in comparison to our other categories of earning assets.
These are good faith estimates and assume that the composition of the Company’s interest sensitive assets and liabilities existing at each year-end will remain constant over the relevant twelve-month measurement period and that changes in market interest rates are instantaneous and sustained across the yield curve regardless of duration of pricing characteristics of specific assets or liabilities. Also, this analysis does not contemplate any actions that the Company might undertake in response to changes in market interest rates. The Company believes these estimates are not necessarily indicative of what actually could occur in the event of immediate interest rate increases or decreases of this magnitude. As interest-bearing assets and liabilities re-price in different time frames and proportions to market interest rate movements, various assumptions must be made based on historical relationships of these variables in reaching any conclusion. Since these correlations are based on competitive and market conditions, the Company anticipates that its future results will likely be different from the foregoing estimates, and such differences could be material.
Many assumptions are used to calculate the impact of interest rate fluctuations. Actual results may be significantly different than the Company’s projections due to several factors, including the timing and frequency of rate changes, market conditions and the shape of the yield curve. The computations of interest rate risk shown above do not include actions that the Company’s management may undertake to manage the risks in response to anticipated changes in interest rates and actual results may also differ due to any actions taken in response to the changing rates.
As part of the Company’s asset/liability management strategy, the Company’s management has emphasized the origination of shorter duration loans to limit the negative exposure to rate changes. The average duration of the loan portfolio is less than four years. The Company’s strategy with respect to liabilities has been to emphasize transaction accounts, particularly noninterest or low interest-bearing nonmaturing deposit accounts, which are less sensitive to changes in interest rates. In response to this strategy, nonmaturing deposit accounts have been a large portion of total deposits and totaled 90.2% and 84.7% of total deposits as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. The Company had brokered deposits, including CDARS totaling $1.5 billion and $894.1 million, at December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. The Company intends to focus on the Company’s strategy of increasing noninterest or low interest-bearing nonmaturing deposit accounts, but may consider the use brokered deposits as a stable source of lower cost funding.
76



Table of Contents
Inflation and Changing Prices
The largest component of earnings for the Company is net interest income, which is affected by changes in interest rates. Changes in interest rates are also influenced by changes in the rate of inflation, although not necessarily at the same rate or in the same magnitude. In management's opinion, changes in interest rates have a more significant impact to the Company's operations than do changes in inflation. However, inflation, does impact the operating costs of the Company, primarily employment costs and other services.
Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates
The preparation of the Company’s consolidated financial statements in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP, requires the Company to make estimates and judgments that affect the Company’s reported amounts of assets, liabilities, income and expenses and related disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. The Company bases its estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under current circumstances, results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying value of certain assets and liabilities that are not readily available from other sources. The Company evaluates its estimates on an ongoing basis. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.
Accounting policies, as described in detail in the notes to the Company’s audited consolidated financial statements are an integral part of the Company’s financial statements. A thorough understanding of these accounting policies is essential when reviewing the Company’s reported results of operations and the Company’s financial position. The Company believes that the critical accounting policies and estimates discussed below require the Company to make difficult, subjective or complex judgments about matters that are inherently uncertain. Changes in these estimates, that are likely to occur from period to period, or the use of different estimates that the Company could have reasonably used in the current period, would have a material impact on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or liquidity.
Acquired Loans. The Company’s accounting policies require that the Company evaluates all acquired loans for evidence of deterioration in credit quality since origination and to evaluate whether it is probable that the Company will collect all contractually required payments from the borrower.
Acquired loans from the transactions accounted for as a business combination include both loans with evidence of credit deterioration since their origination date and performing loans. The Company accounts for performing loans under ASC Paragraph 310-20, Nonrefundable Fees and Other Costs, with the related difference in the initial fair value and unpaid principal balance (the discount) recognized as interest income on a level yield basis over the life of the loan. The Company accounts for the nonperforming loans acquired in accordance with ASC Paragraph 310-30, Loans and Debt Securities Acquired with Deteriorated Credit Quality. At the date of the acquisition, acquired loans are recorded at their fair value with no valuation allowance.
For purchase credit impaired loans, the Company recognizes the difference between the undiscounted cash flows the Company expects (at the time the Company acquires the loan) to be collected and the investment in the loan, or the “accretable yield,” as interest income using the interest method over the life of the loan. The Company does not recognize contractually required payments for interest and principal that exceed undiscounted cash flows expected at acquisition, or the “nonaccretable difference,” as a yield adjustment, loss accrual or valuation allowance. Increases in the expected cash flows subsequent to the initial investment are recognized prospectively through adjustment of the yield on the loan over the loan’s remaining life, while decreases in expected cash flows are recognized as impairment. Valuation allowances on these impaired loans reflect only losses incurred after the acquisition.
Upon an acquisition, the Company generally continues to use the classification of acquired loans classified nonaccrual or 90 days and still accruing. The Company does not classify acquired loans as TDRs unless the Company modifies an acquired loan subsequent to acquisition that meets the TDR criteria. Reported delinquency of the Company’s purchased loan portfolio is based upon the contractual terms of the loans.
77



Table of Contents
Allowance for Loan Losses. ASU 2016-13, Financial Instruments - Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments, which requires a new credit loss methodology, the current expected credit loss (CECL) model, became effective for the Company on January 1, 2020. As provided to financial institutions under the CARES Act enacted on March 27, 2020 and as amended by the Consolidated Appropriations Act, 2021 signed into law on December 27, 2020, the Company elected to defer the adoption of the current expected credit loss (CECL) accounting standard and has continued its consistent application of the incurred loss method for estimating its allowance for loan losses and provision for 2020. The Company adopted the CECL accounting standard as of January 1, 2021. Refer to Note 2, Recent Accounting Pronouncements, in the notes to the Company's consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this report for additional information.
The allowance for loan losses represents management’s estimate of probable and reasonably estimable credit losses inherent in the loan portfolio. In determining the allowance, the Company estimates losses on individual impaired loans, or groups of loans which are not impaired, where the probable loss can be identified and reasonably estimated. On a quarterly basis, the Company assesses the risk inherent in the Company’s loan portfolio based on qualitative and quantitative trends in the portfolio, including the internal risk classification of loans, historical loss rates, changes in the nature and volume of the loan portfolio, industry or borrower concentrations, delinquency trends, detailed reviews of significant loans with identified weaknesses and the impacts of local, regional and national economic factors on the quality of the loan portfolio. Based on this analysis, the Company records a provision for loan losses in order to maintain the allowance at appropriate levels.
Determining the amount of the allowance is considered a critical accounting estimate, as it requires significant judgment and the use of subjective measurements, including management’s assessment of overall portfolio quality. The Company maintains the allowance at an amount the Company believes is sufficient to provide for estimated losses inherent in the Company’s loan portfolio at each balance sheet date, and fluctuations in the provision for loan losses may result from management’s assessment of the adequacy of the allowance. Changes in these estimates and assumptions are possible and may have a material impact on the Company’s allowance, and therefore the Company’s financial position, liquidity or results of operations.
Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets. The excess purchase price over the fair value of net assets from acquisitions, or goodwill, is evaluated for impairment at least annually and on an interim basis if an event or circumstance indicates that it is likely an impairment has occurred. The Company first assesses qualitative factors to determine whether the existence of events or circumstances leads to a determination that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. If, after assessing the totality of events or circumstances, the Company determines it is not more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, then performing a quantitative impairment test is unnecessary. If the Company concludes otherwise, then it is required to perform an impairment test by calculating the fair value of the reporting unit and comparing the fair value with the carrying amount of the reporting unit. The Company performs its impairment test annually as of December 31. During the period ended March 31, 2020, the economic turmoil and market volatility resulting from the COVID-19 pandemic crisis resulted in a substantial decrease in the Company's stock price and market capitalization. Management believed such decrease was a triggering indicator requiring an interim goodwill impairment quantitative analysis which resulted in no impairment charge for the period ended March 31, 2020. Subsequently, the Company's stock price and market capitalization has seen continued improvement through December 31, 2020. Refer to Note 1, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, in the notes to the Company's consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this report for additional information.
Determining the fair value of goodwill is considered a critical accounting estimate because the allocation of the fair value of goodwill to assets and liabilities requires significant management judgment and the use of subjective measurements. Variability in the market and changes in assumptions or subjective measurements used to allocate fair value are reasonably possible and may have a material impact on the Company’s financial position, liquidity or results of operations.
Core deposit intangibles and other acquired customer relationship intangibles lack physical substance but can be distinguished from goodwill because of contractual or other legal rights or because the asset is capable of being sold or exchanged either on its own or in combination with a related contract, asset, or liability. Other intangible assets are being amortized on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives ranging from ten to thirteen years. Other intangible assets are tested for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying amount of the assets may not be recoverable from future undiscounted cash flows. If impaired, the assets are recorded at fair value.
78



Table of Contents
Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements
The Company has evaluated new accounting pronouncements that have recently been issued and have determined that there are no new accounting pronouncements that should be described in this section that will materially impact the Company’s operations, financial condition or liquidity in future periods. Refer to Note 2, Recent Accounting Pronouncements, of the Company’s audited consolidated financial statements for a discussion of recent accounting pronouncements that have been adopted by the Company or that will require enhanced disclosures in the Company’s financial statements in future periods.
ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
For information regarding the market risk of the Company's financial instruments, see Part II, Item. 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation--Financial Condition--Asset/Liability Management and Interest Rate Risk. The Company's principal market risk exposure is to changes in interest rates.
ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA
The financial statements, the reports thereon, the notes thereto and supplementary data commence at page 89 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE
None.
ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
Evaluation of disclosure controls and procedures. As of the end of the period covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K, the Company carried out an evaluation, under the supervision and with the participation of its management, including its Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of its disclosure controls and procedures. In designing and evaluating the disclosure controls and procedures, management recognizes that any controls and procedures, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable assurance of achieving the desired control objectives, and management was required to apply judgment in evaluating its disclosure controls and procedures. Based on this evaluation, the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) promulgated under the Exchange Act) were effective as of the end of the period covered by this report.
Management’s report on internal control over financial reporting. The management, including the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, of the Company is responsible for establishing and maintaining an effective system of internal control over financial reporting. The Company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of the Company’s financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. Internal control over financial reporting is defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) promulgated under the Exchange Act.
As of December 31, 2020, management, including the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, assessed the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on the criteria for effective internal control over financial reporting established in “Internal Control-Integrated Framework,” issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations, or COSO, of the Treadway Commission (2013 framework). Based on the assessment, management determined that the Company maintained effective internal control over financial reporting, as of December 31, 2020, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of the consolidated financial statements for external purposes in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.
All internal control systems, no matter how well designed, have inherent limitations. Therefore, even those systems determined to be effective can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation and presentation.
79



Table of Contents
Attestation report of the registered public accounting firm. The Company’s independent registered public accounting firm that audited the Company's consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K has issued an attestation report on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. The attestation report of RSM US LLP, which expresses an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2020, appears below.










80



Table of Contents


Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm


To the Stockholders and the Board of Directors of Independent Bank Group, Inc.


Opinion on the Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
We have audited Independent Bank Group, Inc. 's (the Company) internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2020, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission in 2013. In our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2020, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission in 2013.

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the consolidated balance sheets of the Company as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, and the related statements of income, comprehensive income, changes in stockholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2020, and our report dated March 1, 2021 expressed an unqualified opinion.

Basis for Opinion
The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
A company's internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company's internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the company's assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

RSM US LLP

Dallas, Texas
March 1, 2021
81



Table of Contents
ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION
None.

PART III

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
The information required by this Item 10 is incorporated herein by reference to the information under the captions “Election of Directors,” “Our Board of Directors,” “Identification & Evaluation of Director Candidates,” “Nominee for Election,” “Continuing Directors,” “Executive Officers,” “Board Governance,” “Stock Ownership of Directors, Nominees, Executive Officers and Principal Shareholders,” and “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance” in the Company’s definitive Proxy Statement for its 2021 Annual Meeting of Shareholders (the “2021 Proxy Statement”) to be filed with the Commission pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Exchange Act within 120 days of the Company’s fiscal year end.
ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
The information required by this Item 11 is incorporated herein by reference to the information under the caption "Compensation Discussion & Analysis” in the 2021 Proxy Statement.
ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED SHAREHOLDER MATTERS
Certain information required by this Item 12 is included under “Securities Authorized for Issuance under Equity Compensation Plans” in Part II, Item 5 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The other information required by this Item is incorporated herein by reference to the information under the caption “Stock Ownership of Directors, Nominees, Executive Officers and Principal Shareholders” in the 2021 Proxy Statement.
ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE
The information required by this Item 13 is incorporated herein by reference to the information under the captions “Election of Directors,” “Board Governance-Director Independence” and “Related Person and Certain Other Transactions” in the 2021 Proxy Statement.
ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES
The information required by this Item 14 is incorporated herein by reference to the information under the caption “Fees Paid to Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” and “Audit Committee Pre-Approval Policies and Procedures” in the 2021 Proxy Statement.



82



Table of Contents

PART IV
ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
(a) The following documents are filed as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K:
1. Consolidated Financial Statements. Reference is made to the Consolidated Financial Statements, the report thereon and the notes thereto commencing at page 89 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Set forth below is an index of such Consolidated Financial Statements:
87
89
90
91
92
93
95
2. Financial Statement Schedules. All supplemental schedules are omitted as inapplicable or because the required information is included in the Consolidated Financial Statements or notes thereto.
3. The exhibits to this Annual Report on Form 10-K listed below have been included only with the copy of this report filed with the SEC. The Company will furnish a copy of any exhibit to shareholders upon written request to the Company and payment of a reasonable fee not to exceed the Company’s reasonable expense.
Each exhibit marked with an asterisk is filed or furnished with this Annual Report on Form 10-K as noted below.

83



Table of Contents
EXHIBIT LIST
Exhibit Number Description
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
3.8
3.9
3.10
3.11
3.12
4.1
4.2
4.3
4.4
4.5
84



Table of Contents
4.6
4.7
4.8
4.9
4.10
4.11
4.12
4.13
4.14
The other instruments defining the rights of holders of the long-term debt securities of the Company and its subsidiaries are omitted pursuant to section (b)(4)(iii)(A) of Item 601 of Regulation S-K. The Company hereby agrees to furnish copies of these instruments to the SEC upon request.
4.15
10.1
10.2
10.3(a)
10.3(b)
10.3(c)
10.3(d)
10.3(e)
10.4(a)
10.4(b)
10.4(c)
10.4(d)
10.4(e)
85



Table of Contents
10.5
10.6(a)
10.6(b)
10.7
21.1
23.1
31.1
31.2
32.1
32.2
101.INS XBRL Instance Document*
101.SCH XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document*
101.CAL XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document*
101.DEF XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document*
101.LAB XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document*
101.PRE XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document*
104 Cover Page Interactive Data File (the cover page XBRL tags are embedded within the Inline XBRL document)
*    Filed herewith as an Exhibit
**    Pursuant to Item 601(b)(2) of Regulation S-K, certain schedules and similar attachments have been omitted. The
    registrant hereby agrees to furnish a copy of any omitted schedule or similar attachment to the SEC upon request.
***    Furnished herewith as an Exhibit

(b)    Exhibits. See the exhibit list included in Item 15(a)3 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

(c)    Financial Statement Schedules. See Item 15(a)2 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
86



Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm


To the Stockholders and the Board of Directors of Independent Bank Group, Inc.


Opinion on the Financial Statements
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Independent Bank Group, Inc. and its subsidiaries (the Company) as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, changes in stockholders' equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2020, and the related notes to the consolidated financial statements (collectively, the financial statements). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2020, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the Company's internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2020, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission in 2013, and our report dated March 1, 2021 expressed an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting.

Basis for Opinion
These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Critical Audit Matters
The critical audit matters communicated below are matters arising from the current period audit of the financial statements that were communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that: (1) relate to accounts or disclosures that are material to the financial statements and (2) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of critical audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion on the financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matters below, providing separate opinions on the critical audit matters or on the accounts or disclosures to which they relate.

Allowance for Loan Losses
As described in Note 6 of the consolidated financial statements, the Company’s allowance for loan losses totaled $87.8 million as of December 31, 2020, including $79.1 million allocated to the collectively evaluated loans and $8.7 million allocated to individually evaluated loans. The Company determines the allowance for loan losses by estimating probable and reasonably estimable loan losses inherent in loans held for investment as of the balance sheet date. The allowance for loan losses contains provisions for probable losses that have been identified relating to specifically identified loans (reserve for loans individually evaluated), as well as probable losses inherent in the loan portfolio and credit undertakings that are not specifically identified (reserve for loans collectively evaluated). The reserve for loans individually evaluated is established utilizing either the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate, the loan’s observable market price, or the fair value of collateral if the loan is collateral dependent. The reserve for loans collectively evaluated is established through historical loss experience adjusted for qualitative factors. Qualitative factors used by the Company include considerations such as changes in the lending policies and procedures; collection, charge-off and recovery practices; nature and volume of the loan portfolio; change in value of underlying collateral; volume and severity of nonperforming loans; existence and effect of any concentrations of credit and the level of such concentrations; and current, national and local economic and business conditions. The measurement of the qualitative factors considered in the allowance for loans collectively evaluated requires a significant amount of judgment by management and the estimate is highly sensitive to changes in significant assumptions.
87



We identified the determination of qualitative factors applied to the collectively evaluated reserve of the allowance for loan losses as a critical audit matter because auditing the qualitative factors of the allowance required a high degree of auditor judgment, as the assumptions determined by management are highly subjective and the estimate is highly sensitive to changes in significant assumptions.

Our audit procedures related to the qualitative factors applied to loans collectively evaluated included the following, among others:

We obtained an understanding of the relevant controls related to the development of qualitative factors and tested such controls for design and operating effectiveness, including controls over management’s establishment, review and approval of the qualitative factors and data used in determining the qualitative factors.
We tested management’s process and evaluated the reasonableness of their judgements and assumptions to develop the qualitative factors, which included:
Testing the accuracy of the data inputs used by management as a basis for the adjustments for qualitative factors by comparing to internal and external source data and assessing the reasonableness of the magnitude and directional consistency of the adjustments.
Evaluating whether management’s conclusions were consistent with Company-provided internal data or independently sourced data and agreeing the impact to the allowance calculation.

Goodwill
As described in Notes 1 and 8 of the consolidated financial statements, the Company’s recorded goodwill was $994.0 million as of December 31, 2020. The Company tests goodwill of a reporting unit for impairment annually on December 31 or on an interim basis if an event or circumstance indicates it is more likely than not that the fair value of the reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. During the quarter ended March 31, 2020, the economic turmoil and market volatility resulting from the COVID-19 crisis resulted in a substantial decrease in the Company’s stock price and market capitalization. Management determined such decrease was a triggering event requiring an interim quantitative impairment test. The Company estimates the fair value of the reporting unit by making significant estimates and assumptions related to the specific circumstances of the reporting unit such as net interest income and net income projections, based on historical results and industry data, and the selection of an appropriate discount rate and control premium as well as consideration of transactions involving banks similar to the Company and related multiples. The application of these valuation methodologies and necessary assumptions requires a significant amount of judgment by management and the estimate is highly sensitive to changes in significant assumptions.

We identified the interim goodwill impairment assessment as a critical audit matter because of the complexity of the analysis and certain significant assumptions, including the projected cash flows, effective discount rate, control premium and comparable market companies. Auditing management’s assumptions required significant auditor judgment and increased audit effort, including the use of our internal valuation specialists.

Our audit procedures related to the interim goodwill impairment assessment included the following, among others:

We obtained an understanding of the relevant controls related to the interim goodwill impairment assessment and tested such controls for design and operating effectiveness, including controls over management’s preparation of cash flow projections, review of the significant assumptions such as discount rate, control premium and price multiples of comparable market companies and review of the computations made within the assessment.
We evaluated the reasonableness of management’s cash flow projections by comparing prior forecasts to historical data and by comparison of operating ratios such as return on assets, loan to deposit ratios and net interest margin to historical and peer group results.
We utilized our internal valuation specialists to assist in:
Evaluating the reasonableness of the control premium used by comparing to premiums paid in transactions where similar companies were acquired.
Evaluating the price multiples of comparable market companies by comparing management’s assumptions to information publicly available.
Evaluating the effective discount rate by comparing to publicly available market data.


RSM US LLP

We have served as the Company's auditor since 2001.

Dallas, Texas
March 1, 2021
88



Table of Contents

Independent Bank Group, Inc. and Subsidiaries                            
Consolidated Balance Sheets
December 31, 2020 and 2019
(Dollars in thousands, except share information)
    December 31,
Assets 2020 2019
Cash and due from banks $ 250,485  $ 186,299 
Interest-bearing deposits in other banks 1,563,502  378,871 
Cash and cash equivalents 1,813,987  565,170 
Certificates of deposit held in other banks 4,482  5,719 
Securities available for sale, at fair value 1,153,693  1,085,936 
Loans held for sale (includes $71,769 and $29,204 carried at fair value, respectively)
82,647  35,645 
Loans, net 12,978,238  11,562,814 
Premises and equipment, net 249,467  242,874 
Other real estate owned 475  4,819 
Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB) of Dallas stock and other restricted stock 20,305  30,052 
Bank-owned life insurance (BOLI) 220,428  215,081 
Deferred tax asset 3,933  6,943 
Goodwill 994,021  994,021 
Other intangible assets, net 88,070  100,741 
Other assets 143,730  108,392 
Total assets $ 17,753,476  $ 14,958,207 
Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity    
Deposits:        
Noninterest-bearing $ 4,164,800  $ 3,240,185 
Interest-bearing 10,234,127  8,701,151 
Total deposits 14,398,927  11,941,336 
FHLB advances 375,000  325,000 
Other borrowings 312,175  202,251 
Junior subordinated debentures 54,023  53,824 
Other liabilities 97,980  96,023 
Total liabilities 15,238,105  12,618,434 
Commitments and contingencies
Stockholders’ equity:        
Preferred stock (0 and 0 shares outstanding, respectively)
—  — 
Common stock (43,137,104 and 42,950,228 shares outstanding, respectively)
431  430 
Additional paid-in capital 1,934,807  1,926,359 
Retained earnings 543,800  393,674 
Accumulated other comprehensive income 36,333  19,310 
Total stockholders’ equity 2,515,371  2,339,773 
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity $ 17,753,476  $ 14,958,207 
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
89



Table of Contents

Independent Bank Group, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statements of Income
Years Ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018
(Dollars in thousands, except per share information)
    Years Ended December 31,
    2020 2019 2018
Interest income:        
Interest and fees on loans $ 579,085  $ 611,589  $ 384,791 
Interest on taxable securities 19,150  21,324  14,007 
Interest on nontaxable securities 8,472  8,482  4,580 
Interest on interest-bearing deposits and other 4,799  11,537  3,912 
Total interest income 611,506  652,932  407,290 
Interest expense:
Interest on deposits 76,266  123,384  60,767 
Interest on FHLB advances 4,170  10,173  10,264 
Interest on other borrowings 12,462  11,590  8,398 
Interest on junior subordinated debentures 2,162  3,028  1,609 
Total interest expense 95,060  148,175  81,038 
Net interest income 516,446  504,757  326,252 
Provision for loan losses 42,993  14,805  9,860 
Net interest income after provision for loan losses 473,453  489,952  316,392 
Noninterest income:        
Service charges on deposit accounts 9,303  12,145  7,039 
Investment management and trust 7,546  9,330  — 
Mortgage banking revenue 36,491  15,461  15,512 
Gain on sale of loans 356  6,779  — 
Gain on sale of branches —  1,549  — 
Gain on sale of trust business —  1,319  — 
(Loss) gain on sale of other real estate (36) 875  269 
Gain (loss) on sale of securities available for sale 382  275  (581)
Gain (loss) on sale and disposal of premises and equipment 370  (585) 123 
Increase in cash surrender value of BOLI 5,347  5,525  3,170 
Other 25,304  25,503  16,692 
Total noninterest income 85,063  78,176  42,224 
Noninterest expense:        
Salaries and employee benefits 157,540  162,683  111,697 
Occupancy 39,210  37,654  24,786 
Communications and technology 23,113  22,248  14,107 
FDIC assessment 6,912  1,065  3,306 
Advertising and public relations 2,416  2,527  1,907 
Other real estate owned expenses, net 487  418  318 
Impairment of other real estate 784  1,801  85 
Amortization of other intangible assets 12,671  12,880  5,739 
Professional fees 12,630  7,936  4,556 
Acquisition expense, including legal 16,225  33,445  6,157 
Other 34,146  39,207  25,961 
Total noninterest expense 306,134  321,864  198,619 
Income before taxes 252,382  246,264  159,997 
Income tax expense 51,173  53,528  31,738 
Net income $ 201,209  $ 192,736  $ 128,259 
Basic earnings per share $ 4.67  $ 4.46  $ 4.33 
Diluted earnings per share $ 4.67  $ 4.46  $ 4.33 
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
90



Table of Contents

Independent Bank Group, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income
Years Ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018
(Dollars in thousands)
    Years Ended December 31,
    2020 2019 2018
Net income $ 201,209  $ 192,736  $ 128,259 
Other comprehensive income (loss) before tax:
Change in net unrealized gains (losses) on available for sale securities during the year 21,540  35,620  (10,182)
Reclassification for amount realized through sales of securities
available for sale included in net income
(382) (275) 581 
Other comprehensive income (loss) before tax 21,158  35,345  (9,601)
Income tax expense (benefit) 4,135  7,730  (2,016)
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax 17,023  27,615  (7,585)
Comprehensive income $ 218,232  $ 220,351  $ 120,674 
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
   
91



Table of Contents

Independent Bank Group, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity
Years Ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018
(Dollars in thousands, except for par value, share and per share information)
   
   
 Preferred Stock $0.01 Par Value 10 million shares authorized
Common Stock
$0.01 Par Value
100 million shares authorized
Additional
Paid in Capital
Retained
Earnings
Accumulated Other Comprehensive (Loss) Income Total
    Shares Amount
Balance, December 31, 2017 $ —  28,254,893  $ 283  $ 1,151,990  $ 184,232  $ (487) $ 1,336,018 
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principles —  —  —  —  233  (233) — 
Adjusted beginning balance —  28,254,893  283  1,151,990  184,465  (720) 1,336,018 
Net income —  —  —  —  128,259  —  128,259 
Other comprehensive loss, net of tax —  —  —  —  —  (7,585) (7,585)
Stock issued for acquisition of bank, net of offering costs of $209
—  2,071,981  21  157,033  —  —  157,054 
Restricted stock forfeited —  (3,845) —  —  —  —  — 
Restricted stock granted —  130,212  (1) —  —  — 
Stock based compensation expense —  —  —  6,062  —  —  6,062 
Exercise of warrants —  147,341  2,532  —  —  2,533 
Cash dividends ($0.54 per share)
—  —  —  —  (15,908) —  (15,908)
Balance, December 31, 2018 $ —  30,600,582  $ 306  $ 1,317,616  $ 296,816  $ (8,305) $ 1,606,433 
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principles —  —  —  —  (926) —  (926)
Adjusted beginning balance —  30,600,582  306  1,317,616  295,890  (8,305) 1,605,507 
Net income —  —  —  —  192,736  —  192,736 
Other comprehensive income, net of tax —  —  —  —  —  27,615  27,615 
Stock issued for acquisition of bank, net of offering costs of $804
—  13,179,748  132  600,936  —  —  601,068 
Common stock repurchased —  (952,844) (9) —  (51,650) —  (51,659)
Restricted stock forfeited —  (15,866) —  —  —  —  — 
Restricted stock granted —  138,608  (1) —  —  — 
Stock based compensation expense —  —  —  7,808  —  —  7,808 
Cash dividends ($1.00 per share)
—  —  —  —  (43,302) —  (43,302)
Balance, December 31, 2019 $ —  42,950,228  $ 430  $ 1,926,359  $ 393,674  $ 19,310  $ 2,339,773 
Net income —  —  —  —  201,209  —  201,209 
Other comprehensive income, net of tax —  —  —  —  —  17,023  17,023 
Common stock repurchased —  (112,499) (1) —  (5,818) —  (5,819)
Restricted stock forfeited —  (10,915) —  —  —  —  — 
Restricted stock granted —  310,290  (2) —  —  — 
Stock based compensation expense —  —  —  8,450  —  —  8,450 
Cash dividends ($1.05 per share)
—  —  —  —  (45,265) —  (45,265)
Balance, December 31, 2020 $ —  43,137,104  $ 431  $ 1,934,807  $ 543,800  $ 36,333  $ 2,515,371 
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
92


Table of Contents

Independent Bank Group, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
Years Ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018
(Dollars in thousands) 
    Years Ended December 31,
    2020 2019 2018
Cash flows from operating activities:        
Net income $ 201,209  $ 192,736  $ 128,259 
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
Depreciation expense 12,728  11,783  8,391 
Accretion of income recognized on acquired loans (30,378) (46,071) (13,523)
Amortization of other intangibles assets 12,671  12,880  5,739 
Amortization of premium on securities, net 2,892  2,671  3,316 
Amortization of discount and origination costs on borrowings 720  633  633 
Stock based compensation expense 8,450  7,808  6,062 
Excess tax expense (benefit) on restricted stock vested 243  21  (646)
FHLB stock dividends (567) (854) (791)
(Gain) loss on sale and disposal of premises and equipment (370) 585  (123)
Gain on sale of loans (356) (6,779) — 
Gain on sale of branch —  (1,549) — 
Gain on sale of trust business —  (1,319) — 
(Gain) loss on sale of securities available for sale (382) (275) 581 
Loss (gain) on sale of other real estate owned 36  (875) (269)
Impairment of other real estate 784  1,801  85 
Impairment of other assets 462  1,173  — 
Deferred tax (benefit) expense (1,633) 14,102  1,937 
Provision for loan losses 42,993  14,805  9,860 
Increase in cash surrender value of BOLI (5,347) (5,525) (3,170)
Net gain on mortgage loans held for sale (38,175) (15,133) (13,794)
Originations of loans held for sale (901,163) (435,076) (384,178)
Proceeds from sale of loans held for sale 892,336  447,291  404,447 
Net change in other assets (35,025) (5,878) (14,352)
Net change in other liabilities (7,833) (15,636) 20,277 
Net cash provided by operating activities 154,295  173,319  158,741 
Cash flows from investing activities:        
Proceeds from maturities, calls and pay downs of securities available for sale 5,507,844  5,400,634  3,660,624 
Proceeds from sale of securities available for sale 13,862  192,417  102,647 
Purchases of securities available for sale (5,570,815) (5,390,543) (3,674,396)
Purchases of certificates of deposit held in other banks —  (5,705) — 
Proceeds from maturities of certificates of deposit held in other banks 1,237  1,473  11,760 
Proceeds from surrender of bank owned life insurance contracts —  802  — 
Purchase of bank owned life insurance contracts —  —  (5,000)
Purchases of FHLB stock and other restricted stock (27,037) (9,397) (6,144)
Proceeds from redemptions of FHLB stock and other restricted stock 37,351  34,863  12,606 
Proceeds from sale of loans 19,181  90,025  — 
Net loans originated held for investment (674,142) (469,023) (746,804)
Originations of mortgage warehouse purchase loans (25,833,339) (12,835,522) (5,128,767)
Proceeds from pay-offs of mortgage warehouse purchase loans 25,066,859  12,318,495  5,123,171 
Additions to premises and equipment (21,135) (31,680) (38,110)
Proceeds from sale of premises and equipment 2,022  2,100  14,479 
Proceeds from sale of other real estate owned 6,724  8,207  3,520 
Cash acquired in connection with acquisition —  39,913  44,723 
Cash paid in connection with acquisition —  (9) (31,016)
Selling costs paid in connection with branch sale —  (144) — 
Net cash transferred in branch sale —  (25,163) — 
Proceeds from sale of trust business —  4,269  — 
Net cash used in investing activities (1,471,388) (673,988) (656,707)
93


Table of Contents

Independent Bank Group, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (Continued)
Years Ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018
(Dollars in thousands) 
    Years Ended December 31,
    2020 2019 2018
Cash flows from financing activities:        
Net increase in demand deposits, money market and savings accounts 2,871,869  876,842  363,003 
Net (decrease) increase in time deposits (414,278) 237,136  148,891 
Repayments of FHLB advances (1,550,000) (1,807,653) (1,985,667)
Proceeds from FHLB advances 1,600,000  1,700,000  1,685,000 
Proceeds from other borrowings 156,489  65,000  — 
Repayments of other borrowings (47,086) (40,500) — 
Proceeds from exercise of common stock warrants —  —  2,533 
Offering costs paid in connection with acquired bank —  (804) (209)
Repurchase of common stock (5,819) (51,659) — 
Dividends paid (45,265) (43,302) (15,908)
Net cash provided by financing activities 2,565,910  935,060  197,643 
Net change in cash and cash equivalents 1,248,817  434,391  (300,323)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period 565,170  130,779  431,102 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period $ 1,813,987  $ 565,170  $ 130,779 
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
94



Table of Contents

Independent Bank Group, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Dollars in thousands, except for share and per share information)

Note 1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
Nature of operations: Independent Bank Group, Inc. (IBG) through its subsidiary, Independent Bank, a Texas state banking corporation, doing business as Independent Financial (Bank) (collectively known as the Company), provides a full range of banking services to individual and corporate customers in the North, Central and Southeast, Texas areas and along the Colorado Front Range, through its various branch locations in those areas. The Company is engaged in traditional community banking activities, which include commercial and retail lending, deposit gathering, investment and liquidity management activities. The Company’s primary deposit products are demand deposits, money market accounts and certificates of deposit, and its primary lending products are commercial business and real estate, real estate mortgage and consumer loans.
On January 1, 2019, the Company acquired Guaranty Bancorp (Guaranty) and its wholly owned subsidiary, Guaranty Bank and Trust Company (Guaranty Bank) and its wholly owned subsidiary, Private Capital Management, LLC. Guaranty was merged into the Company and dissolved and Guaranty Bank and its subsidiary was merged with the Bank as of acquisition date. The Company also acquired two statutory business trusts in connection with the acquisition as disclosed in Note 12, Junior Subordinated Debentures. See Note 22, Business Combinations, for more details of the Guaranty acquisition.
Basis of presentation: The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of IBG and all other entities in which IBG has controlling financial interest. All material intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated in consolidation. In addition, the Company wholly-owns nine statutory business trusts that were formed for the purpose of issuing trust preferred securities and do not meet the criteria for consolidation (See Note 12, Junior Subordinated Debentures).
Accounting standards codification: The Financial Accounting Standards Board's (FASB) Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) is the officially recognized source of authoritative U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) applicable to all public and non-public non-governmental entities. Rules and interpretive releases of the SEC under the authority of federal securities laws are also sources of authoritative GAAP for SEC registrants. All other accounting literature is considered non-authoritative. Citing particular content in the ASC involves specifying the unique numeric path to the content through the Topic, Subtopic, Section and Paragraph structure.
Segment reporting: The Company has one reportable segment. The Company’s chief operating decision-maker uses consolidated results to make operating and strategic decisions.
Reclassifications: Certain prior period financial statement and disclosure amounts have been reclassified to conform to current period presentation. The reclassifications have no effect on net income or stockholders' equity as previously reported.
Use of estimates: The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect certain reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Accordingly, actual results could differ from those estimates. The material estimates included in the financial statements relate to the allowance for loan losses, the valuation of goodwill and valuation of assets and liabilities acquired in business combinations.
Cash and cash equivalents: For the purposes of reporting cash flows, cash and cash equivalents include cash on hand, amounts due from banks and federal funds sold. All highly liquid investments with an initial maturity of less than ninety days are considered to be cash equivalents. The Company maintains deposits with other financial institutions in amounts that exceed FDIC insurance coverage. The Company's management monitors the balance in these accounts and periodically assesses the financial condition of the other financial institutions. The Company has not experienced any losses in such accounts and believes it is not exposed to any significant credit risks on cash or cash equivalents.
Certificates of deposit: Certificates of deposit are FDIC insured deposits in other financial institutions that mature within 18 months and are carried at cost.
95



Table of Contents

Independent Bank Group, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Dollars in thousands, except for share and per share information)
Securities: Securities classified as available for sale are those debt securities that the Company intends to hold for an indefinite period of time, but not necessarily to maturity. Any decision to sell a security classified as available for sale would be based on various factors, including significant movements in interest rates, changes in the maturity mix of the Company's assets and liabilities, liquidity needs, regulatory capital considerations and other similar factors.
Securities available for sale are reported at fair value with unrealized gains or losses reported as a separate component of other comprehensive income, net of tax. The amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts, computed by the interest method generally over their contractual lives, are recognized in interest income. Premiums on callable securities are amortized to their earliest call date. Prior to the adoption of a new accounting standard in 2019, as further discussed in Note 2, Recent Accounting Pronouncements, premiums on callable securities were amortized to their respective maturity dates unless such securities were included in pools for the purposes of assessing prepayment expectations.
Realized gains or losses, determined on the basis of the cost of specific securities sold, are included in earnings on the trade date.
In estimating other than temporary impairment losses, management considers (1) the length of time and the extent to which the fair value has been less than cost, (2) the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer, and (3) the intent of the Company to retain its investment and whether it is more likely than not the Company will be required to sell its investment before its anticipated recovery in fair value. When the Company does not intend to sell the security, and it is more likely than not that it will not have to sell the security before recovery of its cost basis, it will recognize the credit component of an other than temporary impairment of a debt security in earnings and the remaining portion in other comprehensive income.
Loans held for sale: The Company originates residential mortgage loans that may subsequently be sold to unaffiliated third parties. The Company elected the fair value option for certain residential mortgage loans held for sale originated after July 1, 2018 in accordance with ASC 825, Financial Instruments. This election allows for a more effective offset of the changes in fair values of the loans and the derivative instruments used to economically hedge them without the burden of complying with the requirements for hedge accounting under ASC 815, Derivatives and Hedging. The Company has not elected the fair value option for other residential mortgage loans held for sale primarily because they are not economically hedged using derivative instruments. Mortgage loans originated and intended for sale not recorded under the fair value option are carried at the lower of aggregate cost or fair value, as determined by aggregate outstanding commitments from investors. Net unrealized losses, if any, are recognized through a valuation allowance by charges to income. All mortgage loans held for sale are sold without servicing rights retained. Gains and losses on sales of loans are recognized in noninterest income at settlement dates and are determined by the difference between the sales proceeds and the carrying value of the loans.
Acquired loans: Acquired loans from the transactions accounted for as a business combination include both nonperforming loans with evidence of credit deterioration since their origination date and performing loans. The Company is accounting for the nonperforming loans acquired in accordance with ASC 310-30, Loans and Debt Securities Acquired with Deteriorated Credit Quality. The performing loans are being accounted for under ASC 310-20, Nonrefundable Fees and Other Costs, with the related difference in the initial fair value and unpaid principal balance (the discount) recognized as interest income on a level yield basis over the life of the loan. At the date of the acquisition, the acquired loans are recorded at their fair value with no valuation allowance.
Purchased credit impaired loans are accounted for individually or aggregated into pools of loans based on common risk. The Company estimates the amount and timing of undiscounted expected cash flows for each loan, and the expected cash flows in excess of fair value is recorded as interest income over the remaining life of the loan (accretable yield). The excess of the loan's contractual principal and interest over expected cash flows is not recorded (nonaccretable difference).
Over the life of the loan, expected cash flows continue to be estimated. If the expected cash flows decrease, an impairment loss is recorded. If the expected cash flows increase, it is recognized as part of future interest income.
96



Table of Contents

Independent Bank Group, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Dollars in thousands, except for share and per share information)
Loans, net: Loans that management has the intent and ability to hold for the foreseeable future or until maturity or pay-off are reported at their outstanding principal balance, net of unearned interest, purchase premiums and discounts, deferred loan fees or costs and an allowance for loan losses. Loan origination fees, net of direct origination costs, are deferred and recognized as an adjustment to the related loan yield using the effective interest method without anticipating prepayments. Prior to the year ended December 31, 2019, fees and costs associated with originating loans were generally recognized in the period they were incurred. Management believes that not deferring such fees and costs did not materially affect the financial position or results of operations of the Company.
Allowance for loan losses: The allowance for loan losses is maintained at a level considered adequate by management to provide for probable loan losses. The allowance is increased by provisions charged to expense. Loans are charged against the allowance for loan losses when management believes that collectability of the principal is unlikely. Subsequent recoveries, if any, are credited to the allowance. The provision for loan losses is the amount, which, in the judgment of management, is necessary to establish the allowance for loan losses at a level that is adequate to absorb known and inherent risks in the loan portfolio. See Note 6, Loans, Net and Allowance for Loan Losses, for further information on the Company's policies and methodology used to estimate the allowance for loan losses.
Premises and equipment, net: Land is carried at cost. Bank premises, furniture and equipment and aircraft are carried at cost, less accumulated depreciation computed principally by the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets, which range from three to thirty years. Real property acquired after January 1, 2019, accounts for depreciation using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets considering the salvage value of the real property.
Leasehold improvements are carried at cost and are depreciated over the shorter of the estimated useful life or the lease period.
Software: Costs incurred in connection with development or purchase of internal use software and cloud computing arrangements, including in-substance software licenses, are capitalized. Amortization is computed on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful life of the asset, which generally ranges from one to five years. Capitalized software is included in other assets in the consolidated balance sheets.
Leases: On January 1, 2019, the Company adopted ASU 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842), as further explained below and in Note 2, Recent Accounting Pronouncements.
For operating leases with a term greater than one year, the Company recognizes operating right-of-use (ROU) lease assets and operating lease liabilities, which are recorded in other assets and other liabilities, respectively, in the consolidated balance sheets. The Company determines if an arrangement is a lease at inception. Operating ROU lease assets and related liabilities are recognized at commencement date based on the present value of lease payments over the lease term. As the Company's leases do not provide an implicit rate, the Company uses its incremental borrowing rate referenced to the Federal Home Loan Bank Secure Connect advance rates for borrowings of similar terms in determining the present value of lease payments. The operating ROU lease asset also includes any lease pre-payments made and excludes lease incentives. The Company's lease terms may include options to extend or terminate the lease when it is reasonably certain that the Company will exercise that option. Lease expense for lease payments is recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term. The Company has lease agreements with lease and non-lease components, which the Company has elected to account for separately as the non-lease component amounts are readily determinable under most leases.
Long-term assets: Premises and equipment and other long-term assets are reviewed for impairment when events indicate that their carrying amount may not be recoverable from future undiscounted cash flows. If impaired, the assets are recorded at fair value.
Other real estate owned: Real estate properties acquired through, or in lieu of, loan foreclosure are initially recorded at fair value less estimated selling costs at the date of foreclosure, establishing a new cost basis. After foreclosure, valuations are periodically performed by management and the real estate is carried at the lower of carrying amount or fair value less cost to sell.
97



Table of Contents

Independent Bank Group, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Dollars in thousands, except for share and per share information)
Revenue and expenses from operations of other real estate owned and impairment charges on other real estate are included in noninterest expense. Gains and losses on sale of other real estate are included in noninterest income.
Goodwill and other intangible assets, net: Goodwill represents the excess of costs over fair value of net assets of businesses acquired. Goodwill is tested for impairment annually on December 31 or on an interim basis if an event triggering impairment may have occurred. On January 1, 2020, ASU 2017-04, Intangibles - Goodwill and Other (Topic 350) - Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment became effective for the Company as further explained in Note 2, Recent Accounting Pronouncements. Under the new guidance, if a reporting unit’s carrying amount exceeds its fair value, an entity will record an impairment charge based on that difference. During the period ended March 31, 2020, the economic turmoil and market volatility resulting from the COVID-19 crisis resulted in a substantial decrease in the Company's stock price and market capitalization. Management believed such decrease was a triggering indicator requiring an interim goodwill impairment quantitative analysis. Under the new simplified guidance, the Company's estimated fair value to a market participant as of March 31, 2020, exceeded its carrying amount resulting in no impairment charge for the period. Over subsequent periods, the Company's stock price and market capitalization has continued to increase and management's future projections have not materially changed. As of December 31, 2020, the fair value of the Company’s stock price and calculated market capitalization exceeds its carrying value.
Core deposit intangibles and other acquired customer relationship intangibles arising from bank acquisitions are amortized on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives of ten years and thirteen years, respectively. Other intangible assets are tested for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying amount of the assets may not be recoverable from future undiscounted cash flows.
Restricted stock: The Bank is a member of the FHLB system. Members are required to own a certain amount of stock based on the level of borrowings and other factors, and may invest in additional amounts. FHLB of Dallas and other restricted stock do not have readily determinable fair values as ownership is restricted and they lack a ready market. As a result, these stocks are carried at cost and evaluated periodically by management for impairment. Both cash and stock dividends are reported as income.
Bank-owned life insurance: Bank-owned life insurance is recorded at the amount that can be realized under the insurance contracts at the balance sheet date, which is the cash surrender value adjusted for other charges or other amounts due that are probable at settlement. Changes in the net cash surrender value of the policies, as well as insurance proceeds received are reflected in noninterest income.
Income taxes: Income tax expense is the total of the current year income tax due or refundable and the change in deferred tax assets and liabilities (excluding deferred tax assets and liabilities related to business combinations or components of other comprehensive income). Deferred tax assets and liabilities are the expected future tax amounts for the temporary differences between carrying amounts and tax bases of assets and liabilities, computed using enacted tax rates. The effect of a change in tax rates on deferred assets and liabilities is recognized in income taxes during the period that includes the enactment date. A valuation allowance, if needed, reduces deferred tax assets to the expected amount more likely than not to be realized. Realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the level of historical income, prudent and feasible tax planning strategies, reversals of deferred tax liabilities and estimates of future taxable income.
The Company evaluates uncertain tax positions at the end of each reporting period. The Company may recognize the tax benefit from an uncertain tax position only if it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained on examination by the taxing authorities, based on the technical merits of the position. The tax benefit recognized in the financial statements from any such position is measured based on the largest benefit that has a greater than fifty percent likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement. For tax positions not meeting the "more likely than not" test, no tax benefit is recorded. Any interest and/or penalties related to income taxes are reported as a component of income tax expense.
Loan commitments and related financial instruments: In the ordinary course of business, the Company has entered into certain off-balance-sheet financial instruments consisting of commitments to extend credit, commercial letters of credit, and standby letters of credit. Such financial instruments are recorded in the financial statements when they are funded or related fees are incurred or received.
98



Table of Contents

Independent Bank Group, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Dollars in thousands, except for share and per share information)
Management estimates losses on off-balance-sheet financial instruments using the same methodology as for portfolio loans. Estimated losses on off-balance-sheet financial instruments are recorded by charges to the provision for losses and credits to other liabilities in the Company's consolidated balance sheet. There were no estimated losses on off-balance sheet financial instruments as of December 31, 2020 or 2019.
Stock based compensation: Compensation cost is recognized for restricted stock awards/stock units issued to employees based on the market price of the Company's common stock on the grant date. Stock-based compensation expense is generally recognized using the straight-line method over the requisite service period for time-based awards. Compensation expense for performance stock units is recognized over the service period of the award based upon the probable number of units expected to vest. The impact of forfeitures of stock-based payment awards on compensation expense is recognized as forfeitures occur.
Transfers of financial assets: Transfers of financial assets are accounted for as sales, when control over the assets has been relinquished. Control over transferred assets is deemed to be surrendered when the assets have been isolated from the Company, the transferee obtains the right (free of conditions that constrain it from taking advantage of that right) to pledge or exchange the transferred assets, and the Company does not maintain effective control over the transferred assets through an agreement to repurchase them before their maturity.
Advertising costs: Advertising costs are expensed as incurred.
Business combinations: The Company applies the acquisition method of accounting for business combinations. Under the acquisition method, the acquiring entity in a business combination recognizes 100% of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed at their acquisition date fair values. Management utilizes valuation techniques appropriate for the asset or liability being measured in determining these fair values. Any excess of the purchase price over amounts allocated to assets acquired, including identifiable intangible assets, and liabilities assumed is recorded as goodwill. Where amounts allocated to assets acquired and liabilities assumed is greater than the purchase price, a bargain purchase gain is recognized. Adjustments identified during the measurement period are recognized in the reporting period in which the adjustment amounts are determined. Acquisition-related costs are expensed as incurred.
Comprehensive income: Accounting principles generally require that recognized revenue, expenses, gains and losses be included in net income. Although certain changes in assets and liabilities, such as unrealized gains and losses on available for sale securities, are reported as a separate component of the equity section of the balance sheet, such items, along with net income, are components of comprehensive income. Gains and losses on available for sale securities are reclassified to net income as the gains or losses are realized upon sale of the securities. The credit component of other than temporary impairment charges are reclassified to net income at the time of the charge.
Fair values of financial instruments: Accounting standards define fair value, establish a framework for measuring fair value in U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, and require certain disclosures about fair value measurements (see Note 18, Fair Value Measurements). In general, fair values of financial instruments are based upon quoted market prices, where available. If such quoted market prices are not available, fair value is based upon models that primarily use, as inputs, observable market-based parameters. Valuation adjustments may be made to ensure that financial instruments are recorded at fair value. These adjustments may include amounts to reflect counterparty credit quality and the Company's creditworthiness, among other things, as well as unobservable parameters. Any such valuation adjustments are applied consistently over time.
Derivative financial instruments: The Company enters into certain derivative financial instruments: interest rate lock commitments, forward mortgage-backed securities trades and interest rate swaps. These financial instruments are not designated as hedging instruments and are used for asset and liability management related to the Company's mortgage banking activities and commercial customers' financing needs. All derivatives are carried at fair value in either other assets or other liabilities (see Note 19, Derivative Financial Instruments).
Mortgage banking: This revenue category reflects the Company's mortgage production revenue, including fees and income derived from mortgages originated with the intent to sell, gains on sales of mortgage loans and the initial and subsequent changes in the fair value of the mortgage derivatives. Interest earned on mortgage loans is recorded in interest income.
99



Table of Contents

Independent Bank Group, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Dollars in thousands, except for share and per share information)
Revenue recognition: ASC Topic 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (ASC 606), establishes principles for reporting information about the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from the entity's contracts to provide goods or services to customers. The core principle requires an entity to recognize revenue to depict the transfer of goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration that it expects to be entitled to receive in exchange for those goods or services recognized as performance obligations are satisfied.

The majority of the Company's revenue-generating transactions are not subject to ASC 606, including revenue generated from financial instruments, such as loans, letters of credit, and investment securities, as well as revenue related to mortgage banking activities, and BOLI, as these activities are subject to other accounting guidance. Descriptions of revenue-generating activities that are within the scope of ASC 606, and are presented in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Income as components of noninterest income, are as follows:

Service charges on deposit accounts - these represent general service fees for monthly account maintenance and activity or transaction-based fees and consist of transaction-based revenue, time-based revenue (service period), item-based revenue or some other individual attribute-based revenue. Revenue is recognized when the performance obligation is completed which is generally monthly for account maintenance services or when a transaction has been completed (such as a wire transfer). Payment for such performance obligations are generally received at the time the performance obligations are satisfied.

Investment management and trust - includes income related to providing investment management and trust services to customers under investment management and trust contracts. Also included are fees received from a third party broker-dealer as part of a revenue-sharing agreement for fees earned from customers that are referred to a third party. The investment management fees and referral fees are billed and paid on a quarterly basis and recognized ratably throughout the quarter as performance obligations are satisfied.

Gains/losses on the sale of other real estate owned - generally recognized when the performance obligation is complete which is typically at delivery of control over the property to the buyer at time of each real estate closing.

Other noninterest income - includes the Company's correspondent bank earnings credit, mortgage warehouse purchase program fees, acquired loan recoveries, other deposit fees, and merchant interchange income. The majority of these fees in other noninterest income are not subject to the requirements of ASC 606. The other deposit fees and merchant interchange income are in the scope of ASC 606, and payment for such performance obligations are generally received at the time the performance obligations are satisfied.

The Company has made no significant judgments in applying the revenue guidance prescribed in ASC 606 that affect the determination of the amount and timing of revenue from the above-described contracts with customers.
Subsequent events: Companies are required to evaluate events and transactions that occur after the balance sheet date but before the date the financial statements are issued. They must recognize in the financial statements the effect of all events or transactions that provide additional evidence of conditions that existed at the balance sheet date, including the estimates inherent in the financial statement preparation process. Entities shall not recognize the impact of events or transactions that provide evidence about conditions that did not exist at the balance sheet date but arose after that date. The Company has evaluated subsequent events through the date of filing these financial statements with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) and noted no subsequent events requiring financial statement recognition or disclosure, except as disclosed in Note 24.
Earnings per share: Basic earnings per common share is calculated as net income available to common shareholders divided by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period. The unvested share-based payment awards that contain rights to nonforfeitable dividends are considered participating securities for this calculation. The participating nonvested common stock was not included in dilutive shares as it was anti-dilutive for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018.
100



Table of Contents

Independent Bank Group, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Dollars in thousands, except for share and per share information)
The following table presents a reconciliation of net income available to common shareholders and the number of shares used in the calculation of basic and diluted earnings per common share.
Years Ended December 31,
    2020 2019 2018
Basic earnings per share:
Net income $ 201,209  $ 192,736  $ 128,259 
Less:
Undistributed earnings allocated to participating securities 1,311  971  976 
Dividends paid on participating securities 380  281  139 
Net income available to common shareholders $ 199,518  $ 191,484  $ 127,144 
Weighted average basic shares outstanding 42,754,606  42,964,393  29,341,843 
Basic earnings per share $ 4.67  $ 4.46  $ 4.33 
Diluted earnings per share:
Net income available to common shareholders $ 199,518  $ 191,484  $ 127,144 
Total weighted average basic shares outstanding 42,754,606  42,964,393  29,341,843 
Total weighted average diluted shares outstanding 42,754,606  42,964,393  29,341,843 
Diluted earnings per share $ 4.67  $ 4.46  $ 4.33 
Anti-dilutive participating securities 58,359  73,546  114,087 

Note 2. Recent Accounting Pronouncements
Adoption of new accounting standards
Delayed implementation of new accounting standard: ASU 2016-13, Financial Instruments - Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments and subsequent updates. ASU 2016-13 requires a new credit loss methodology, the current expected credit loss (CECL) model, which requires the recognition of an allowance for lifetime expected credit losses on loans, held-to-maturity debt securities and other receivables measured at amortized cost at the time the financial asset is originated or acquired. Credit losses will be immediately recognized through net income; the amount recognized will be based on the current estimate of contractual cash flows not expected to be collected over the financial asset’s contractual term. ASU 2016-13 became effective for the Company on January 1, 2020.

On March 27, 2020, the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act (CARES Act) was signed by the President of the United States that included an option for financial institutions to delay the implementation of ASU 2016-13 until the earlier of the termination date of the national emergency declaration by the President or December 31, 2020. Due to the uncertainty of the economic forecast resulting from the coronavirus (COVID-19) pandemic and the potential impact of the government economic stimulus measures, the Company delayed its implementation of ASU 2016-13. On December 27, 2020, the Consolidated Appropriations Act, 2021 (Act 2021), was signed into law which further extended the implementation date of CECL to the earlier of the first day of the entity’s fiscal year that begins after the date on which the COVID-19 national emergency terminates or January 1, 2022. With regard to Act 2021 amendments, the SEC staff indicated it would not object to a registrant early adopting on December 31, 2020, retrospective to January 1, 2020, or January 1, 2021, effective as of January 1, 2021. Under this guidance, the Company is electing to adopt ASU 2016-13 with an effective implementation date of January 1, 2021. As a result, for 2020, the Company has calculated and recorded its provision for loan losses under the incurred loss model that existed prior to ASU 2016-13.

101



Table of Contents

Independent Bank Group, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Dollars in thousands, except for share and per share information)
Upon adoption, the Company expects to increase its combined allowance for loan losses and reserves for unfunded commitments by approximately $68,000 to $84,000, of which approximately $13,000 is attributable to purchase credit deteriorated loans. The Company will apply the standard's provisions as a cumulative-effect adjustment to retained earnings. The expected increase in the allowance for loan losses is a result of changing from an incurred loss model, which encompasses allowances for current known and inherent losses within the portfolio, to a CECL model, which encompasses allowances for losses expected to be incurred over the life of the portfolio. The majority of the increase is attributable to applying the CECL model to the Company's acquired loans, which, under prior guidance, were recorded at fair value without an allowance at acquisition date. Furthermore, ASU 2016-13 necessitates that the Company establish an allowance for expected credit losses for certain debt securities and other financial assets; however, such allowances, if any, are not expected to be significant.
ASU 2017-04, Intangibles - Goodwill and Other (Topic 350) - Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment. This ASU simplifies the accounting for goodwill impairment for all entities by requiring impairment charges to be based on the first step in today’s two-step impairment test. Under the new guidance, if a reporting unit’s carrying amount exceeds its fair value, an entity will record an impairment charge based on that difference. The impairment charge will be limited to the amount of goodwill allocated to that reporting unit. The standard eliminates today’s requirement to calculate a goodwill impairment charge using Step 2, which requires an entity to calculate any impairment charge by comparing the implied fair value of goodwill with its carrying amount. ASU 2017-04 became effective for the Company on January 1, 2020, and did not have a significant impact on its financial statements.

ASU 2018-13, Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820) - Changes to the Disclosure Requirements for Fair Value Measurement. This ASU modifies the disclosure requirements on fair value measurements by requiring that Level 3 fair value disclosures include the range and weighted average of significant unobservable inputs used to develop those fair value measurements. For certain unobservable inputs, an entity may disclose other quantitative information in lieu of the weighted average if the entity determines that other quantitative information would be a more reasonable and rational method to reflect the distribution of unobservable inputs used to develop Level 3 fair value measurements. ASU 2018-13 became effective for the Company on January 1, 2020 and did not have a significant impact on its financial statements and disclosures.

ASU 2018-15, Intangibles - Goodwill and Other - Internal-Use Software (Subtopic 350-40) - Customer’s Accounting for Implementation Costs Incurred in a Cloud Computing Arrangement That Is a Service Contract. This ASU aligns the requirements for capitalizing implementation costs incurred in a hosting arrangement that is a service contract with the requirements for capitalizing implementation costs incurred to develop or obtain internal-use software (and hosting arrangements that include an internal use software license). The accounting for the service element of a hosting arrangement that is a service contract is not affected by these amendments. This ASU became effective for the Company on January 1, 2020 and did not have a significant impact on its financial statements and disclosures.
ASU 2020-04, Reference Rate Reform (Topic 848): Facilitation of the Effects of Reference Rate Reform on Financial Reporting and subsequent updates. This ASU provides temporary optional guidance to ease the potential burden in accounting for reference rate reform. The new guidance provides optional expedients and exceptions for applying generally accepted accounting principles to contract modifications and hedging relationships, subject to meeting certain criteria, that reference LIBOR or another reference rate expected to be discontinued. The ASU is intended to help stakeholders during the global market-wide reference rate transition period. This ASU became effective upon issuance and generally can be applied through December 31, 2022. The Company anticipates this ASU will simplify any modifications it executes and is not expected to have a significant impact on its financial statements and disclosures.
102



Table of Contents

Independent Bank Group, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Dollars in thousands, except for share and per share information)
ASU 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842) and subsequent updates. This ASU, among other things, requires lessees to recognize a lease liability, which is a lessee’s obligation to make lease payments arising from a lease, measured on a discounted basis; and a right-of-use asset, which is an asset that represents the lessee’s right to use, or control the use of, a specified asset for the lease term. Under this guidance, lessor accounting is largely unchanged. This ASU became effective for annual and interim periods for the Company on January 1, 2019. The Company adopted the standard by applying the alternative transition method whereby comparative periods were not restated, and an immaterial cumulative effect adjustment to the opening balance of retained earnings was recognized as of January 1, 2019. The Company also elected the ASU’s package of three practical expedients, which allowed the Company to forego a reassessment of (i) whether any expired or existing contracts are or contain leases, (ii) the lease classification for any expired or existing leases and (iii) the initial direct costs for any existing leases. The Company also elected not to apply the recognition requirements of the ASU to any short-term leases (as defined by related accounting guidance) and will account for lease and non-lease components separately. The adoption of this standard resulted in the Company recognizing lease right-of-use assets and related lease liabilities totaling $38,812 and $33,953, respectively, as of January 1, 2019. The difference between the lease assets and the lease liabilities was $4,949 of prepaid rent, which was reclassified to lease assets, and the remainder, net of the deferred tax impact, was recorded as an adjustment reducing retained earnings in the amount of $70. The adoption of this ASU did not have a significant impact on the Company’s consolidated statement of income. See Note 1, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, and Note 13, Leases, for required disclosures.
ASU 2017-08, Receivables - Nonrefundable Fees and Other Costs (Subtopic 310-20), Premium Amortization on Purchased Callable Debt Securities. This ASU requires certain premiums on callable debt securities to be amortized to the earliest call date. The amortization period for callable debt securities purchased at a discount is not impacted. Under current GAAP, premiums on callable debt securities are generally amortized over the contractual life of the security. ASU 2017-08 became effective for the Company on January 1, 2019 and, upon adoption, the Company recognized a cumulative effect adjustment reducing retained earnings by $856, net of the deferred tax impact, but otherwise did not have a significant impact to the Company's consolidated financial statements and disclosures.
ASU 2018-02, Income Statement - Reporting Comprehensive Income (Topic 220) - Reclassification of Certain Tax Effects from Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income. The amendments in this update allow reclassification from accumulated other comprehensive income to retained earnings for stranded tax effects resulting from the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (TCJA) which was signed into law on December 22, 2017. The Company elected to early adopt ASU 2018-02 in the first quarter of 2018 and apply the guidance to the beginning of the period, effective January 1, 2018. The impact of adopting the amendment resulted in a cumulative effect adjustment to the consolidated balance sheet as of January 1, 2018 to reclassify approximately $233 of tax expense from accumulated other comprehensive loss to retained earnings as reflected in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders' Equity.
Newly issued but not yet effective accounting standards
ASU 2019-12, Income Taxes (Topic 740): Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes. The guidance issued in this update simplifies the accounting for income taxes by eliminating certain exceptions to the guidance in ASC 740 related to the approach for intraperiod tax allocation, the methodology for calculating income taxes in an interim period and the recognition for deferred tax liabilities for outside basis differences. ASU 2019-12 also simplifies aspects of the accounting for franchise taxes and enacted changes in tax laws or rates and clarifies the accounting for transactions that result in a step-up in the tax basis of goodwill. ASU 2019-12 will be effective for the Company on January 1, 2021, with early adoption permitted, and is not expected to have a significant impact on our financial statements.

103



Table of Contents

Independent Bank Group, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Dollars in thousands, except for share and per share information)
Note 3. Restrictions on Cash and Due From Banks
On March 15, 2020, in response to COVID-19 pandemic, the Federal Reserve reduced the reserve requirement ratio to zero effective March 26, 2020 and continuing through December 31, 2020. At December 31, 2019, the Company had a required reserve balance of $63,739 with the Federal Reserve. Additionally, as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Company had $23,829 and $4,350, respectively, in cash collateral on deposit with other financial institution counterparties to interest rate swap transactions.

Note 4. Statement of Cash Flows
As allowed by the accounting standards, the Company has chosen to report, on a net basis, its cash receipts and cash payments for time deposits accepted and repayments of those deposits, and loans made to customers and principal collections on those loans. The Company uses the indirect method to present cash flows from operating activities. Other supplemental cash flow information is presented below:
Years Ended December 31,
2020 2019 2018
Cash transactions:
Interest expense paid $ 97,246  $ 144,775  $ 79,509 
Income taxes paid $ 54,842  $ 40,504  $ 25,109 
Noncash transactions:
Transfers of loans to other real estate owned $ 5,239  $ 544  $ 410 
Loans to facilitate the sale of other real estate owned $ 2,039  $ 517  $ — 
Securities purchased, not yet settled $ —  $ 9,975  $ — 
Transfers of loans held for investment to loans held for sale $ —  $ 83,526  $ — 
Right-of-use assets obtained in exchange for lease liabilities $ 105  $ 35,553  $ — 
Loans purchased, not yet settled $ 9,442  $ —  $ — 
Transfer of bank premises to other real estate $ —  $ 7,896  $ — 
Transfer of repurchase agreements to deposits $ —  $ 8,475  $ — 
104



Table of Contents

Independent Bank Group, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Dollars in thousands, except for share and per share information)
Supplemental schedule of noncash investing activities from a branch sale during 2019 is as follows:
Year ended December 31,
2019
Noncash assets transferred:
Loans, including accrued interest $ 796 
Premises and equipment 94 
Other assets
Total assets $ 892 
Noncash liabilities transferred:
Deposits, including interest $ 27,721 
Other liabilities 27 
Total liabilities $ 27,748 
Cash and cash equivalents transferred in branch sales $ 206 
Deposit premium received $ 1,386 
Cash paid to buyer, net of deposit premium $ 24,957 
Supplemental schedule of noncash investing activities from sale of trust business during 2019 is as follows:
Year ended December 31,
2019
Noncash assets transferred:
Customer relationship intangible assets, net $ 2,939 
Other assets 11 
Total assets $ 2,950 
Net cash received from sale $ 4,269 
105



Table of Contents

Independent Bank Group, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Dollars in thousands, except for share and per share information)
Supplemental schedule of noncash investing activities from acquisitions is as follows:
Years ended December 31,
2020 2019 2018
Noncash assets acquired
Certificates of deposit held in other banks $ —  $ 262  $ — 
Securities available for sale —  561,052  24,721 
Restricted stock —  27,794  3,357 
Loans —  2,789,868  651,769 
Premises and equipment —  65,786  4,863 
Other real estate owned —  1,829  — 
Goodwill —  272,224  100,339 
Other intangible assets —  71,518  7,537 
Bank owned life insurance —  80,837  8,181 
Other assets —  31,987  6,385 
Total assets acquired $ —  $ 3,903,157  $ 807,152 
Noncash liabilities assumed:
Deposits $ —  $ 3,108,810  $ 593,078 
Repurchase agreements —  8,475  — 
FHLB advances —  142,653  60,000 
Other borrowings —  40,000  — 
Junior subordinated debentures —  25,774  — 
Other liabilities —  15,477  10,518 
Total liabilities assumed $ —  $ 3,341,189  $ 663,596 
Cash and cash equivalents acquired from acquisitions $ —  $ 39,913  $ 44,723 
Cash paid to shareholders of acquired banks $ —  $ $ 31,016 
Fair value of common stock issued to shareholders of acquired banks $ —  $ 601,872  $ 157,263 

106



Table of Contents

Independent Bank Group, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Dollars in thousands, except for share and per share information)
Note 5. Securities Available for Sale
Securities available for sale have been classified in the consolidated balance sheets according to management’s intent. The amortized cost of securities and their approximate fair values at December 31, 2020 and 2019, are as follows:
    Amortized
Cost
Gross
Unrealized
Gains
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
Fair
Value
Securities Available for Sale                
December 31, 2020                
U.S. treasuries $ 43,060  $ 1,648  $ —  $ 44,708 
Government agency securities 247,764  3,169  (1,916) 249,017 
Obligations of state and municipal subdivisions 373,017  20,168  (20) 393,165 
Corporate bonds 21,496  608  (2) 22,102 
Mortgage-backed securities guaranteed by FHLMC, FNMA and GNMA 421,916  21,678  (93) 443,501 
Other securities 1,200  —  —  1,200 
    $ 1,108,453  $ 47,271  $ (2,031) $ 1,153,693 
December 31, 2019                
U.S. treasuries $ 48,060  $ 743  $ (7) $ 48,796 
Government agency securities 178,953  926  (583) 179,296 
Obligations of state and municipal subdivisions 332,715  11,150  (6) 343,859 
Corporate bonds 7,011  207  —  7,218 
Mortgage-backed securities guaranteed by FHLMC, FNMA and GNMA 493,915  11,981  (329) 505,567 
Other securities 1,200  —  —  1,200 
    $ 1,061,854  $ 25,007  $ (925) $ 1,085,936 
Securities with a carrying amount of approximately $738,519 and $571,843 at December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively, were pledged primarily to secure deposits.
Proceeds from sale of securities available for sale and gross gains and gross losses for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018 were as follows:
Years Ended December 31,
2020 2019 2018
Proceeds from sale $ 13,862  $ 192,417  $ 102,647 
Gross gains $ 385  $ 306  $ 268 
Gross losses $ $ 31  $ 849 
107



Table of Contents

Independent Bank Group, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Dollars in thousands, except for share and per share information)
The amortized cost and estimated fair value of securities available for sale at December 31, 2020, by contractual maturity, are shown below. Maturities of mortgage-backed securities will differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties.
December 31, 2020
Securities Available for Sale
Amortized
Cost
Fair
Value
Due in one year or less $ 39,579  $ 39,943 
Due from one year to five years 128,804  135,272 
Due from five to ten years 203,387  209,396 
Thereafter 314,767  325,581 
686,537  710,192 
Mortgage-backed securities guaranteed by FHLMC, FNMA and GNMA 421,916  443,501 
$ 1,108,453  $ 1,153,693 

108



Table of Contents

Independent Bank Group, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Dollars in thousands, except for share and per share information)
The number of securities, unrealized losses and fair value, aggregated by investment category and length of time that individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position, as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, are summarized as follows:
    Less Than 12 Months Greater Than 12 Months Total
Description of Securities Number of Securities Estimated
Fair Value
Unrealized
Losses
Number of Securities Estimated
Fair Value
Unrealized
Losses
Estimated
Fair Value
Unrealized
Losses
Securities Available for Sale                        
December 31, 2020                        
Government agency securities 20 $ 112,897  $ (1,916) $ —  $ —  $ 112,897  $ (1,916)
Obligations of state and municipal subdivisions 2 3,786  (20) —  —  3,786  (20)
Corporate bonds 1 998  (2) —  —  998  (2)
Mortgage-backed securities guaranteed by FHLMC, FNMA and GNMA 10 41,344  (93) —  —  41,344  (93)
    33 $ 159,025  $ (2,031) $ —  $ —  $ 159,025  $ (2,031)
December 31, 2019
U.S. treasuries $ —  $ —  2 $ 8,097  $ (7) $ 8,097  $ (7)
Government agency securities 13 52,790  (495) 6 15,911  (88) 68,701  (583)
Obligations of state and municipal subdivisions 5 2,793  (1) 1 423  (5) 3,216  (6)
Mortgage-backed securities guaranteed by FHLMC, FNMA and GNMA 13 46,512  (317) 1 1,193  (12) 47,705  (329)
    31 $ 102,095  $ (813) 10 $ 25,624  $ (112) $ 127,719  $ (925)
Unrealized losses are generally due to changes in interest rates. The Company has the intent to hold these securities until maturity or a forecasted recovery and it is more likely than not that the Company will not have to sell the securities before the recovery of their cost basis. As such, the losses are deemed to be temporary.
109



Table of Contents

Independent Bank Group, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Dollars in thousands, except for share and per share information)
Note 6. Loans, Net and Allowance for Loan Losses
Loans, net at December 31, 2020 and 2019, consisted of the following:
December 31,
    2020 2019
Commercial $ 3,902,266  $ 2,482,356 
Real estate:
Commercial 6,096,676  5,872,653 
Commercial construction, land and land development 1,245,801  1,236,623 
Residential 1,352,465  1,515,227 
Single-family interim construction 326,575  378,120 
Agricultural 85,014  97,767 
Consumer 66,952  32,603 
Other 346  621 
Total loans 13,076,095  11,615,970 
Deferred loan fees, net (10,037) (1,695)
Allowance for loan losses (87,820) (51,461)
Total loans, net $ 12,978,238  $ 11,562,814 
The Company has certain lending policies and procedures in place that are designed to maximize loan income within an acceptable level of risk. Management reviews and approves these policies and procedures on a regular basis. A reporting system supplements the review process by providing management with frequent reports related to loan production, loan quality, concentrations of credit, loan delinquencies and nonperforming and potential problem loans.
Commercial loans are underwritten after evaluating and understanding the borrower’s ability to operate profitably and prudently expand its business. The Company’s management examines current and projected cash flows to determine the ability of the borrower to repay their obligations as agreed. Commercial loans are primarily made based on the identified cash flows of the borrower and secondarily on the underlying collateral provided by the borrower. These cash flows, however, may not be as expected and the value of collateral securing the loans may fluctuate. Most commercial loans are secured by the assets being financed or other business assets such as accounts receivable or inventory and may incorporate a personal guarantee; however, some short term loans may be made on an unsecured basis. Additionally, our commercial loan portfolio includes loans made to customers in the energy industry, which is a complex, technical and cyclical industry. Experienced bankers with specialized energy lending experience originate our energy loans. Companies in this industry produce, extract, develop, exploit and explore for oil and natural gas. Loans are primarily collateralized with proven producing oil and gas reserves based on a technical evaluation of these reserves. At December 31, 2020 and 2019, there were approximately $205,496 and $189,781 of energy-related loans outstanding, respectively. The Company has a mortgage warehouse purchase program providing mortgage inventory financing for residential mortgage loans originated by mortgage banker clients across a broad geographic scale. Proceeds from the sale of mortgages is the primary source of repayment for warehouse inventory financing via approved investor takeout commitments. These loans typically have a very short duration ranging between a few days to 15 days. In some cases, loans to larger mortgage originators may be financed for up to 60 days. These loans are reported as commercial loans since the loans are secured by notes receivable, not real estate. As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, mortgage warehouse purchase loans outstanding totaled $1,453,797 and $687,317, respectively.
110



Table of Contents

Independent Bank Group, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Dollars in thousands, except for share and per share information)
With the passage of the CARES Act Paycheck Protection Program (PPP), administered by the Small Business Administration (SBA), the Company has participated in originating loans to its customers through the program. PPP loans have terms of two to five years and earn interest at 1%. In return for processing and funding the loans, the SBA paid the lenders a processing fee tiered by the size of the loan. At December 31, 2020, there were approximately $804,397 in PPP loans outstanding included in the commercial loan portfolio. In addition, the Company has recorded net deferred fees associated with PPP loans of $9,770 as of December 31, 2020. Based on published program guidelines, these loans funded through the PPP are fully guaranteed by the U.S. government. Management believes that the majority of these loans will ultimately be forgiven by the SBA in accordance with the terms of the program with any remaining loan balances, after the forgiveness of any amounts, still fully guaranteed by the SBA.
Commercial real estate loans are subject to underwriting standards and processes similar to commercial loans. These loans are viewed primarily as cash flow loans and secondarily as loans secured by real estate. Commercial real estate lending typically involves higher loan principal amounts and the repayment of these loans is generally largely dependent on the successful operation of the property or the business conducted on the property securing the loan. Commercial real estate loans may be more adversely affected by conditions in the real estate markets or in the general economy. The properties securing the Company’s commercial real estate portfolio are diverse in terms of type and geographic location. Management monitors the diversification of the portfolio on a quarterly basis by type and geographic location. Management also tracks the level of owner-occupied property versus non owner-occupied property. At December 31, 2020, the portfolio consisted of approximately 29% of owner-occupied property.
Land and commercial land development loans are underwritten using feasibility studies, independent appraisal reviews and financial analysis of the developers or property owners. Generally, borrowers must have a proven track record of success. Commercial construction loans are generally based upon estimates of cost and value of the completed project. These estimates may not be accurate. Commercial construction loans often involve the disbursement of substantial funds with the repayment dependent on the success of the ultimate project. Sources of repayment for these loans may be pre-committed permanent financing or sale of the developed property. The loans in this portfolio are geographically diverse and due to the increased risk are monitored closely by management and the board of directors on a quarterly basis.
Residential real estate and single-family interim construction loans are underwritten primarily based on borrowers’ credit scores, documented income and minimum collateral values. Relatively small loan amounts are spread across many individual borrowers which minimizes risk in the residential portfolio. In addition, management evaluates trends in past dues and current economic factors on a regular basis.
Agricultural loans are collateralized by real estate and/or agricultural-related assets. Agricultural real estate loans are primarily comprised of loans for the purchase of farmland. Loan-to-value ratios on loans secured by farmland generally do not exceed 80% and have amortization periods limited to twenty years. Agricultural non-real estate loans are generally comprised of term loans to fund the purchase of equipment, livestock and seasonal operating lines to grain farmers to plant and harvest corn and soybeans. Specific underwriting standards have been established for agricultural-related loans including the establishment of projections for each operating year based on industry developed estimates of farm input costs and expected commodity yields and prices. Operating lines are typically written for one year and secured by the crop and other farm assets as considered necessary.
Agricultural loans carry significant credit risks as they involve larger balances concentrated with single borrowers or groups of related borrowers. In addition, repayment of such loans depends on the successful operation or management of the farm property securing the loan or for which an operating loan is utilized. Farming operations may be affected by adverse weather conditions such as drought, hail or floods that can severely limit crop yields.
Consumer loans represent less than 1% of the outstanding total loan portfolio. Collateral consists primarily of automobiles and other personal assets. Credit score analysis is used to supplement the underwriting process.
111



Table of Contents

Independent Bank Group, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Dollars in thousands, except for share and per share information)
Most of the Company’s lending activity occurs within the State of Texas, primarily in the north, central and southeast Texas regions and the State of Colorado, specifically along the Front Range area. As of December 31, 2020, loans in the Colorado region represented about 24% of the total portfolio. A large percentage of the Company’s portfolio consists of commercial and residential real estate loans. As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, there were no concentrations of loans related to a single industry in excess of 10% of total loans.
The allowance for loan losses is an amount that management believes will be adequate to absorb estimated losses relating to specifically identified loans, as well as probable credit losses inherent in the balance of the loan portfolio.
The allowance is derived from the following two components: 1) allowances established on individual impaired loans, which are based on a review of the individual characteristics of each loan, including the customer’s ability to repay the loan, the underlying collateral values and the industry the customer operates and 2) allowances based on actual historical loss experience for the last three years for similar types of loans in the Company’s loan portfolio adjusted for primarily changes in the lending policies and procedures; collection, charge-off and recovery practices; nature and volume of the loan portfolio; change in value of underlying collateral; volume and severity of nonperforming loans; existence and effect of any concentrations of credit and the level of such concentrations and current, national and local economic and business conditions. This second component also includes an unallocated allowance to cover uncertainties that could affect management’s estimate of probable losses. The unallocated allowance reflects the imprecision inherent in the underlying assumptions used in the methodologies for estimating this component.
The Company’s management continually evaluates the allowance for loan losses determined from the allowances established on individual loans and the amounts determined from historical loss percentages adjusted for the qualitative factors above. Should any of the factors considered by management change, the Company’s estimate of loan losses could also change and would affect the level of future provision expense. While the calculation of the allowance for loan losses utilizes management’s best judgment and all the information available, the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses is dependent on a variety of factors beyond the Company’s control, including, among other things, the performance of the entire loan portfolio, the economy, changes in interest rates and the view of regulatory authorities towards loan classifications.
In addition, regulatory agencies, as an integral part of their examination process, periodically review the Bank’s allowance for loan losses, and may require the Bank to make additions to the allowance based on their judgment about information available to them at the time of their examinations.
Loans requiring an allocated loan loss provision are generally identified at the servicing officer level based on review of weekly past due reports and/or the loan officer’s communication with borrowers. In addition, the status of past due loans are routinely discussed within each lending region as well as credit committee meetings to determine if classification is warranted. The Company’s internal loan review department has implemented an internal risk based loan review process to identify potential internally classified loans that supplements the independent external loan review. External loan reviews cover a wide range of the loan portfolio, including large lending relationships and recently acquired loan portfolios. As such, the external loan review generally covers loans exceeding $3,500. These reviews include analysis of borrower’s financial condition, payment histories and collateral values to determine if a loan should be internally classified. Generally, once classified, an impaired loan analysis is completed by the credit department to determine if the loan is impaired and the amount of allocated allowance required.
Following unprecedented declines caused by the pandemic and volatile energy prices, the Texas economy, specifically in the Company’s lending areas of north, central and southeast Texas, and the Colorado economy expanded at a moderate pace by the end of the fourth quarter of 2020. Activity in the manufacturing and service sectors picked up while the retail sector activity remained weak. Energy activity showed mounting signs of improvement after a prolonged contraction. Loan volume increased during the year, driven by a sharp rise in residential real estate lending. Loan pricing fell further, and credit standards and terms continue to tighten with expectations for future loan demand turning slightly negative. Outlooks are generally positive, but uncertainty remains high with continued concerns about rising COVID-19 infection rates impacting the overall economic recovery mitigated slightly by optimism about the vaccine paving the way to a resumption of normal economic activity in 2021. The pandemic crisis has been impactful and the timing and magnitude of recovery cannot be predicted. The risk of loss associated with all segments of the portfolio could increase due to these factors.
112



Table of Contents

Independent Bank Group, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Dollars in thousands, except for share and per share information)
The economy and other risk factors are minimized by the Company’s underwriting standards which include the following principles: 1) financial strength of the borrower including strong earnings, high net worth, significant liquidity and acceptable debt to worth ratio, 2) managerial business competence, 3) ability to repay, 4) loan to value, 5) projected cash flow and 6) guarantor financial statements as applicable. The following is a summary of the activity in the allowance for loan losses by loan class for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018:
Commercial Commercial
Real Estate, Construction,
Land and Land
Development
Residential
Real Estate
Single-Family
Interim
Construction
Agricultural Consumer Other Unallocated Total
Year ended December 31, 2020
Balance at beginning of year $ 12,844  $ 33,085  $ 3,678  $ 1,606  $ 332  $ 226  $ $ (315) $ 51,461 
Provision for loan losses 20,025  17,769  3,108  632  223  493  738  42,993 
Charge-offs (5,670) (735) —  (82) —  (44) (342) —  (6,873)
Recoveries 112  —  —  —  37  86  —  239 
Balance at end of year $ 27,311  $ 50,123  $ 6,786  $ 2,156  $ 337  $ 442  $ 242  $ 423  $ 87,820 
Year ended December 31, 2019
Balance at beginning of year $ 11,793  $ 27,795  $ 3,320  $ 1,402  $ 241  $ 186  $ $ 62  $ 44,802 
Provision for loan losses 8,670  5,289  498  207  91  71  356  (377) 14,805 
Charge-offs (7,709) (3) (140) (3) —  (79) (430) —  (8,364)
Recoveries 90  —  —  —  48  76  —  218 
Balance at end of year $ 12,844  $ 33,085  $ 3,678  $ 1,606  $ 332  $ 226  $ $ (315) $ 51,461 
Year ended December 31, 2018
Balance at beginning of year $ 10,599  $ 23,301  $ 3,447  $ 1,583  $ 250  $ 205  $ (32) $ 49  $ 39,402 
Provision for loan losses 4,973  4,909  (124) (181) (9) 69  210  13  9,860 
Charge-offs (3,863) (435) (6) —  —  (93) (228) —  (4,625)
Recoveries 84  20  —  —  53  —  165 
Balance at end of year $ 11,793  $ 27,795  $ 3,320  $ 1,402  $ 241  $ 186  $ $ 62  $ 44,802 
113



Table of Contents

Independent Bank Group, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Dollars in thousands, except for share and per share information)
The following table details the amount of the allowance for loan losses and recorded investment in loans by class as of December 31, 2020 and 2019:
Commercial Commercial
Real Estate, Construction,
Land and Land
Development
Residential
Real Estate
Single-Family
Interim
Construction
Agricultural Consumer Other Unallocated Total
December 31, 2020
Allowance for losses:
Individually evaluated for impairment $ 8,281  $ 243  $ —  $ —  $ —  $ —  $ —  $ —  $ 8,524 
Collectively evaluated for impairment 18,836  49,880  6,786  2,156  337  442  242  423  79,102 
Loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality 194  —  —  —  —  —  —  —  194 
Ending balance $ 27,311  $ 50,123  $ 6,786  $ 2,156  $ 337  $ 442  $ 242  $ 423  $ 87,820 
Loans:
Individually evaluated for impairment $ 39,298  $ 21,880  $ 2,550  $ —  $ 613  $ 42  $ —  $ —  $ 64,383 
Collectively evaluated for impairment 3,823,982  7,149,610  1,345,234  326,575  84,284  66,895  346  —  12,796,926 
Acquired with deteriorated credit quality 38,986  170,987  4,681  —  117  15  —  —  214,786 
Ending balance $ 3,902,266  $ 7,342,477  $ 1,352,465  $ 326,575  $ 85,014  $ 66,952  $ 346  $ —  $ 13,076,095 
December 31, 2019
Allowance for losses:
Individually evaluated for impairment $ 357  $ —  $ —  $ —  $ —  $ $ —  $ —  $ 358 
Collectively evaluated for impairment 12,108  32,615  3,678  1,606  332  225  (315) 50,254 
Loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality 379  470  —  —  —  —  —  —  849 
Ending balance $ 12,844  $ 33,085  $ 3,678  $ 1,606  $ 332  $ 226  $ $ (315) $ 51,461 
Loans:
Individually evaluated for impairment $ 3,130  $ 6,813  $ 2,008  $ —  $ 114  $ 22  $ —  $ —  $ 12,087 
Collectively evaluated for impairment 2,416,569  6,883,639  1,505,896  378,120  93,837  32,556  621  —  11,311,238 
Acquired with deteriorated credit quality 62,657  218,824  7,323  —  3,816  25  —  —  292,645 
Ending balance $ 2,482,356  $ 7,109,276  $ 1,515,227  $ 378,120  $ 97,767  $ 32,603  $ 621  $ —  $ 11,615,970 



114



Table of Contents

Independent Bank Group, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Dollars in thousands, except for share and per share information)

Nonperforming loans by loan class (excluding loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality) at December 31, 2020 and 2019, are summarized as follows:
Commercial Commercial
Real Estate, Construction,
Land and Land
Development
Residential Real Estate Single-Family
Interim
Construction
Agricultural Consumer Other Total
December 31, 2020
Nonaccrual loans $ 25,898  $ 20,072  $ 2,372  $ —  $ 613  $ 42  $ —  $ 48,997 
Loans past due 90 days and still accruing 433  —  —  —  —  —  —  433 
Troubled debt restructurings (not included in nonaccrual or loans past due and still accruing) —  1,808  178  —  —  —  —  1,986 
$ 26,331  $ 21,880  $ 2,550  $ —  $ 613  $ 42  $ —  $ 51,416 
December 31, 2019
Nonaccrual loans $ 3,130  $ 6,461  $ 1,820  $ —  $ 114  $ 22  $ —  $ 11,547 
Loans past due 90 days and still accruing 14,529  —  —  —  —  —  —  14,529 
Troubled debt restructurings (not included in nonaccrual or loans past due and still accruing) —  352  188  —  —  —  —  540 
$ 17,659  $ 6,813  $ 2,008  $ —  $ 114  $ 22  $ —  $ 26,616 
The accrual of interest is discontinued on a loan when management believes that, after considering collection efforts and other factors, the borrower's financial condition is such that collection of interest is doubtful. All interest accrued but not collected for loans that are placed on nonaccrual status or charged-off is reversed against interest income. Cash collections on nonaccrual loans are generally credited to the loan receivable balance, and no interest income is recognized on those loans until the principal balance has been collected. Loans are returned to accrual status when all the principal and interest amounts contractually due are brought current and future payments are reasonably assured.
Impaired loans are those loans where it is probable that all amounts due according to contractual terms of the loan agreement will not be collected. The Company has identified these loans through its normal loan review procedures. Impaired loans are measured based on 1) the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan's effective interest rate; 2) the loan's observable market price; or 3) the fair value of collateral if the loan is collateral dependent. Substantially all of the Company’s impaired loans are measured at the fair value of the collateral. In limited cases, the Company may use other methods to determine the level of impairment of a loan if such loan is not collateral dependent.
All commercial, real estate, agricultural loans and troubled debt restructurings are considered for individual impairment analysis. Smaller balance consumer loans are collectively evaluated for impairment.
115



Table of Contents

Independent Bank Group, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Dollars in thousands, except for share and per share information)
Impaired loans by loan class (excluding loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality) at December 31, 2020 and 2019 and for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, are summarized as follows:
Commercial Commercial
Real Estate, Construction,
Land and Land
Development
Residential
Real Estate
Single-Family
Interim
Construction
Agricultural Consumer Other Total
December 31, 2020
Recorded investment in impaired loans:
Impaired loans with an allowance for loan losses $ 24,540  $ 475  $ —  $ —  $ —  $ —  $ —  $ 25,015 
Impaired loans with no allowance for loan losses 14,758  21,405  2,550  —  613  42  —  39,368 
Total $ 39,298  $ 21,880  $ 2,550  $ —  $ 613  $ 42  $ —  $ 64,383 
Unpaid principal balance of impaired loans $ 63,817  $ 22,543  $ 2,742  $ —  $ 650  $ 44  $ —  $ 89,796 
Allowance for loan losses on impaired loans $ 8,281  $ 243  $ —  $ —  $ —  $ —  $ —  $ 8,524 
December 31, 2019
Recorded investment in impaired loans:
Impaired loans with an allowance for loan losses $ 1,580  $ —  $ —  $ —  $ —  $ $ —  $ 1,581 
Impaired loans with no allowance for loan losses 1,550  6,813  2,008  —  114  21  —  10,506 
Total $ 3,130  $ 6,813  $ 2,008  $ —  $ 114  $ 22  $ —  $ 12,087 
Unpaid principal balance of impaired loans $ 8,580  $ 6,967  $ 2,197  $ —  $ 123  $ 24  $ —  $ 17,891 
Allowance for loan losses on impaired loans $ 357  $ —  $ —  $ —  $ —  $ $ —  $ 358 
For the year ended December 31, 2020
Average recorded investment in impaired loans $ 21,559  $ 9,497  $ 2,362  $ —  $ 442  $ 30  $ —  $ 33,890 
Interest income recognized on impaired loans $ 168  $ 139  $ 208  $ —  $ —  $ —  $ —  $ 515 
For the year ended December 31, 2019
Average recorded investment in impaired loans $ 6,266  $ 3,979  $ 1,746  $ 716  $ 57  $ 30  $ —  $ 12,794 
Interest income recognized on impaired loans $ 30  $ 39  $ 39  $ 119  $ —  $ $ —  $ 233 
For the year ended December 31, 2018
Average recorded investment in impaired loans $ 8,919  $ 2,667  $ 2,033  $ 716  $ —  $ 46  $ —  $ 14,381 
Interest income recognized on impaired loans $ 119  $ 65  $ 81  $ $ —  $ $ —  $ 268 
Certain impaired loans have adequate collateral and do not require a related allowance for loan loss.
The Company will charge-off that portion of any loan which management considers a loss. Commercial and real estate loans are generally considered for charge-off when exposure beyond collateral coverage is apparent and when no further collection of the loss portion is anticipated based on the borrower’s financial condition.
The restructuring of a loan is considered a “troubled debt restructuring” (TDR) if both 1) the borrower is experiencing financial difficulties and 2) the creditor has granted a concession. Concessions may include interest rate reductions or below market interest rates, principal forgiveness, extending amortization and other actions intended to minimize potential losses.
116



Table of Contents

Independent Bank Group, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Dollars in thousands, except for share and per share information)
A TDR loan is identified as impaired and measured for credit impairment as of each reporting period in accordance with the guidance in Accounting Standards Codification ASC 310-10-35. Modifications primarily relate to extending the amortization periods of the loans and interest rate concessions. The majority of these loans were identified as impaired prior to restructuring; therefore, the modifications did not materially impact the Company’s determination of the allowance for loan losses. The recorded investment in troubled debt restructurings, including those on nonaccrual, was $2,564 and $1,208 as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.
Following is a summary of loans modified under troubled debt restructurings during the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019:
Commercial Commercial
Real Estate, Construction,
Land and Land
Development
Residential
Real Estate
Single-Family
Interim
Construction
Agricultural Consumer Other Total
Troubled debt restructurings during the year ended December 31, 2020
Number of contracts —  —  —  —  —  — 
Pre-restructuring outstanding recorded investment $ —  $ 1,517  $ —  $ —  $ —  $ —  $ —  $ 1,517 
Post-restructuring outstanding recorded investment $ —  $ 1,517  $ —  $ —  $ —  $ —  $ —  $ 1,517 
Troubled debt restructurings during the year ended December 31, 2019
Number of contracts —  —  —  —  —  — 
Pre-restructuring outstanding recorded investment $ —  $ —  $ 29  $ —  $ —  $ —  $ —  $ 29 
Post-restructuring outstanding recorded investment $ —  $ —  $ 29  $ —  $ —  $ —  $ —  $ 29 
At December 31, 2020 and 2019, there were no loans modified under troubled debt restructurings during the previous twelve month period that subsequently defaulted during the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019.
At December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Company had no commitments to lend additional funds to any borrowers with loans whose terms have been modified under troubled debt restructurings.
Under ASC Subtopic 310-40 and federal banking agencies interagency guidance, certain short-term loan modifications made on a good faith basis in response to COVID-19 (as defined by the guidance) are not considered TDRs. Additionally, under section 4013 of the CARES Act, banks may elect to suspend the requirement for certain loan modifications to be categorized as a TDR. In response to the COVID-19 pandemic, the Company has implemented prudent modifications allowing for primarily short-term payment deferrals or other payment relief to borrowers with pandemic-related economic hardships, where appropriate, that complies with the above guidance. As such, the Company's TDR loans noted above do not include loans that are modifications to borrowers impacted by COVID-19. Deferred payments along with any interest accrued during the deferral period are due and payable on the maturity date. As of December 31, 2020, the Company has 1,298 loans with outstanding deferred accrued interest of $22,128 on balances of $1,651,376.
117



Table of Contents

Independent Bank Group, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Dollars in thousands, except for share and per share information)
Loans are considered past due if the required principal and interest payments have not been received as of the date such payments were due. The following table presents information regarding the aging of past due loans by loan class as of December 31, 2020 and 2019:
Loans
30-89 Days
Past Due
Loans
90 Days or More
Past Due
Total Past
Due Loans
Current
Loans
Total
Loans
December 31, 2020
Commercial $ 3,243  $ 13,227  $ 16,470  $ 3,846,810  $ 3,863,280 
Commercial real estate, construction, land and land development 2,453  16,790  19,243  7,152,247  7,171,490 
Residential real estate 5,169  1,028  6,197  1,341,587  1,347,784 
Single-family interim construction —  —  —  326,575  326,575 
Agricultural —  84,896  84,897 
Consumer 86  41  127  66,810  66,937 
Other —  —  —  346  346 
10,951  31,087  42,038  12,819,271  12,861,309 
Acquired with deteriorated credit quality 624  3,219  3,843  210,943  214,786 
$ 11,575  $ 34,306  $ 45,881  $ 13,030,214  $ 13,076,095 
December 31, 2019
Commercial $ 4,512  $ 17,656  $ 22,168  $ 2,397,531  $ 2,419,699 
Commercial real estate, construction, land and land development 9,153  2,905  12,058  6,878,394  6,890,452 
Residential real estate 3,242  642  3,884  1,504,020  1,507,904 
Single-family interim construction 2,836  —  2,836  375,284  378,120 
Agricultural 22  114  136  93,815  93,951 
Consumer 167  22  189  32,389  32,578 
Other —  —  —  621  621 
19,932  21,339  41,271  11,282,054  11,323,325 
Acquired with deteriorated credit quality 2,556  6,766  9,322  283,323  292,645 
$ 22,488  $ 28,105  $ 50,593  $ 11,565,377  $ 11,615,970 
The Company’s internal classified report is segregated into the following categories: 1) Pass/Watch, 2) Special Mention, 3) Substandard and 4) Doubtful. The loans placed in the Pass/Watch category reflect the Company’s opinion that the loans reflect potential weakness that requires monitoring on a more frequent basis. The loans in the Special Mention category reflect the Company’s opinion that the credit contains weaknesses which represent a greater degree of risk and warrant extra attention. These loans are reviewed monthly by officers and senior management to determine if a change in category is warranted. The loans placed in the Substandard category are considered to be potentially inadequately protected by the current debt service capacity of the borrower and/or the pledged collateral. These credits, even if apparently protected by collateral value, have shown weakness related to adverse financial, managerial, economic, market or political conditions which may jeopardize repayment of principal and interest. There is a possibility that some future loss could be sustained by the Company if such weakness is not corrected. The Doubtful category includes loans that are in default or principal exposure is probable. Substandard and Doubtful loans are individually evaluated to determine if they should be classified as impaired and an allowance is allocated if deemed necessary under ASC 310-10.

118



Table of Contents

Independent Bank Group, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Dollars in thousands, except for share and per share information)
The loans that are not impaired are included with the remaining “pass” credits in determining the portion of the allowance for loan loss based on historical loss experience and other qualitative factors. The portfolio is segmented into categories including: commercial loans, consumer loans, commercial real estate loans, residential real estate loans and agricultural loans. The adjusted historical loss percentage is applied to each category. Each category is then added together to determine the allowance allocated under ASC 450-20.
A summary of loans by credit quality indicator by class as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, is as follows:
Pass Pass/
Watch
Special Mention Substandard Doubtful Total
December 31, 2020
Commercial $ 3,700,626  $ 55,960  $ 38,186  $ 97,403  $ 10,091  $ 3,902,266 
Commercial real estate, construction, land and land development 6,504,933  352,910  360,963  123,671  —  7,342,477 
Residential real estate 1,332,757  6,296  5,726  7,686  —  1,352,465 
Single-family interim construction 323,800  2,775  —  —  —  326,575 
Agricultural 76,951  6,194  1,205  664  —  85,014 
Consumer 66,854  —  90  —  66,952 
Other 346  —  —  —  —  346 
$ 12,006,267  $ 424,143  $ 406,080  $ 229,514  $ 10,091  $ 13,076,095 
December 31, 2019
Commercial $ 2,332,611  $ 71,642  $ 37,739  $ 40,364  $ —  $ 2,482,356 
Commercial real estate, construction, land and land development 6,814,780  184,720  46,889  62,887  —  7,109,276 
Residential real estate 1,501,019  4,850  994  8,364  —  1,515,227 
Single-family interim construction 376,887  1,233  —  —  —  378,120 
Agricultural 88,044  5,287  1,864  2,572  —  97,767 
Consumer 32,459  33  109  —  32,603 
Other 621  —  —  —  —  621 
$ 11,146,421  $ 267,765  $ 87,488  $ 114,296  $ —  $ 11,615,970 
The Company has acquired certain loans which experienced credit deterioration since origination (purchased credit impaired (PCI) loans).
The Company has included PCI loans in the above grading tables. The following provides additional detail on the grades applied to those loans at December 31, 2020 and 2019:
Pass Pass/
Watch
Special Mention Substandard Doubtful Total
December 31, 2020 $ 117,896  $ 45,672  $ 32,557  $ 18,661  $ —  $ 214,786 
December 31, 2019 232,095  21,284  4,502  34,764  —  292,645 
PCI loans may remain on accrual status to the extent the company can reasonably estimate the amount and timing of expected future cash flows. At December 31, 2020 and 2019, nonaccrual PCI loans were $6,699 and $10,850, respectively.
119



Table of Contents

Independent Bank Group, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Dollars in thousands, except for share and per share information)
Accretion on PCI loans is based on estimated future cash flows, regardless of contractual maturity. The following table summarizes the outstanding balance and related carrying amount of PCI loans by acquired bank as of the acquisition date for the acquisition occurring in 2019.
Acquisition Date
January 1, 2019
    Guaranty Bancorp
Outstanding balance $ 341,645 
Nonaccretable difference (16,622)
Accretable yield (13,299)
Carrying amount $ 311,724 
The carrying amount of all acquired PCI loans included in the consolidated balance sheet and the related outstanding balance at December 31, 2020 and 2019, were as follows:
December 31,
2020 2019
Outstanding balance $ 237,786  $ 326,077 
Carrying amount 214,786  292,645 
There was an allocation of $194 and $849 established in the allowance for loan losses relating to PCI loans at December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.
The changes in accretable yield during the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 in regard to loans transferred at acquisition for which it was probable that all contractually required payments would not be collected are presented in the table below.
2020 2019
Balance at January 1 $ 8,905  $ 1,436 
Additions —  13,299 
Accretion (3,287) (5,830)
Transfers from nonaccretable —  — 
Balance at December 31 $ 5,618  $ 8,905 

120



Table of Contents

Independent Bank Group, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Dollars in thousands, except for share and per share information)
Note 7. Premises and Equipment, Net
Premises and equipment, net at December 31, 2020 and 2019 consisted of the following:
December 31,
2020 2019
Land $ 65,103  $ 58,643 
Building 191,940  184,589 
Furniture, fixtures and equipment 39,282  39,855 
Aircraft 8,947  8,947 
Leasehold and tenant improvements 5,798  5,466 
Construction in progress 915  834 
311,985  298,334 
Less accumulated depreciation (62,518) (55,460)
$ 249,467  $ 242,874 
Depreciation expense amounted to $12,728, $11,783 and $8,391 for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively.

121



Table of Contents

Independent Bank Group, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Dollars in thousands, except for share and per share information)
Note 8. Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets, Net
At December 31, 2020 and 2019, goodwill totaled $994,021. The Company recorded goodwill of $272,224 relating to the Guaranty Bancorp acquisition in 2019 (see Note 22, Business Combinations).
The following is a summary of other intangible assets activity:
December 31,
2020 2019
Core deposit intangible:
Balance at beginning of the year $ 125,884  $ 63,891 
Additions: Guaranty acquisition —  61,993 
Balance at end of the year 125,884  125,884 
Less accumulated amortization (43,235) (31,057)
Total core deposit intangible, net $ 82,649  $ 94,827 
Customer relationship intangible:
Balance at beginning of the year $ 6,407  $ — 
Additions: Guaranty acquisition —  9,525 
Deletions: sale of trust business —  (3,118)
Balance at end of the year 6,407  6,407 
Less accumulated amortization (986) (493)
Total customer relationship intangible, net $ 5,421  $ 5,914 
Total other intangible assets, net $ 88,070  $ 100,741 
Amortization expense related to intangible assets amounted to $12,671, $12,880 and $5,739 for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively. The remaining weighted average amortization period for intangible assets is 7.4 years as of December 31, 2020.
The future amortization expense related to other intangible assets remaining at December 31, 2020 is as follows:
First year $ 12,580 
Second year 12,491 
Third year 12,439 
Fourth year 11,752 
Fifth year 11,238 
Thereafter 27,570 
$ 88,070 

122



Table of Contents

Independent Bank Group, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Dollars in thousands, except for share and per share information)
Note 9. Deposits
Deposits at December 31, 2020 and 2019 consisted of the following:
December 31,
2020 2019
Amount Percent Amount Percent
Noninterest-bearing demand accounts $ 4,164,800  28.9  % $ 3,240,185  27.1  %
Interest-bearing checking accounts 5,420,548  37.6  4,198,772  35.2 
Savings accounts 654,733  4.6  552,585  4.6 
Limited access money market accounts 2,743,208  19.1  2,119,878  17.8 
Certificates of deposit and individual retirement accounts (IRA), less than $250,000 675,329  4.7  892,639  7.5 
Certificates of deposit and individual retirement accounts (IRA), $250,000 and greater 740,309  5.1  937,277  7.8 
$ 14,398,927  100.0  % $ 11,941,336  100.0  %
At December 31, 2020, the scheduled maturities of certificates of deposit, including IRAs, were as follows:
First year $ 1,263,633 
Second year 117,521 
Third year 19,362 
Fourth year 5,058 
Fifth year 10,059 
Thereafter
$ 1,415,638 
Brokered deposits at December 31, 2020 and 2019 totaled $1,521,129 and $894,131, respectively.

Note 10. Federal Home Loan Bank Advances
At December 31, 2020, the Company has advances from the FHLB of Dallas under note payable arrangements with maturities which range from July 2021 to February 2035. Interest payments on these notes are made monthly. The weighted average interest rate of all notes was 0.57% and 2.17% at December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. The balances outstanding on these advances were $375,000 and $325,000 at December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.
Contractual maturities of FHLB advances at December 31, 2020 were as follows:
First year $ 25,000 
Second year — 
Third year 200,000 
Fourth year — 
Fifth year — 
Thereafter 150,000 
$ 375,000 
123



Table of Contents

Independent Bank Group, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Dollars in thousands, except for share and per share information)
The advances are secured by $17,156 of FHLB stock owned by the Company and a blanket lien on certain loans along with specific listed loans for an aggregate available carrying value of $5,708,883 at December 31, 2020. The Company had remaining credit available under the FHLB advance program of $4,091,643 at December 31, 2020.
At December 31, 2020, the Company had $1,240,851 in undisbursed advance commitments (letters of credit) with the FHLB. As of December 31, 2020, these commitments mature on various dates from January 2021 through June 2022. The FHLB letters of credit were obtained in lieu of pledging securities to secure public fund deposits that are over the FDIC insurance limit. At December 31, 2020, there were no disbursements against the advance commitments.

Note 11. Other Borrowings
Other borrowings at December 31, 2020 and 2019 consisted of the following:
December 31,
2020 2019
Unsecured fixed rate subordinated debentures in the amount of $110,000. The balance of borrowings at December 31, 2020 and 2019 is net of discount and origination costs of $1,271 and $1,628, respectively. Interest payments of 5.875% are made semiannually on February 1 and August 1. The maturity date is August 1, 2024. The notes may not be redeemed prior to maturity and meet the criteria to be recognized as Tier 2 capital for regulatory purposes. (1)(2)
$ 108,729  $ 108,372 
Unsecured fixed-to-floating subordinated debentures in the original amount of $40,000. Interest payments initially of 5.75% are made semiannually on January 20 and July 20 through July 20, 2021. Thereafter, floating rate payments of 3 month LIBOR plus 4.73% are made quarterly in arrears beginning on October 20, 2021. The maturity date is July 20, 2026 with an optional redemption at July 20, 2021. The notes meet the criteria to be recognized as Tier 2 capital for regulatory purposes. (2)(3)
40,000  40,000 
Unsecured fixed-to-floating subordinated debentures in the amount of $30,000. The balance of borrowings at December 31, 2020 and 2019 is net of origination costs of $543 and $621, respectively. Interest payments initially of 5.00% fixed rate are made semiannually on June 30 and December 31 through December 31, 2022. Thereafter, floating rate payments of 3 month LIBOR plus 2.83% are made quarterly in arrears beginning on March 31, 2023. The maturity date is December 31, 2027 with an optional redemption at December 31, 2022. The notes meet the criteria to be recognized as Tier 2 capital for regulatory purposes. (2)
29,457  29,379 
Unsecured fixed-to-floating subordinated debentures in the amount of $130,000. The balance of borrowings at December 31, 2020 is net of origination costs of $2,511. Interest payments initially of 4.00% fixed rate are made semiannually on March 15 and September 15 through September 15, 2025. Thereafter, floating rate payments equal to a benchmark rate (which is expected to be 3 month Secured Overnight Financing Rate (SOFR)) plus 3.885% payable quarterly in arrears beginning on December 15, 2025. The maturity date is September 15, 2030 with an optional redemption at September 15, 2025. The notes meet the criteria to be recognized as Tier 2 capital for regulatory purposes. (2)
127,489  — 
Unsecured revolving line of credit with an unrelated commercial bank in the amount of $100,000. The line bears interest at LIBOR plus 1.75% and matures January 17, 2021. The Company is required to meet certain financial covenants on a quarterly basis, which includes certain restrictions on cash at IBG and meeting minimum capital ratios. (4)
6,500  24,500 
$ 312,175  $ 202,251 
____________
(1)    At December 31, 2020 and 2019, other borrowings included amounts owed to related parties of $50.
(2)    The permissible portion of qualified subordinated notes decreases 20% per year during the final five years of the term of the notes.
(3)    Assumed on January 1, 2019 with the Guaranty acquisition (see Note 22, Business Combinations).
(4)    Subsequent to December 31, 2020, the Company renewed the line (see Note 24, Subsequent Events).
124



Table of Contents

Independent Bank Group, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Dollars in thousands, except for share and per share information)
The Company has established federal funds lines of credit notes with nine unaffiliated banks totaling $365,000 of borrowing capacity at December 31, 2020 and ten unaffiliated banks totaling $375,000 of borrowing capacity at December 31, 2019. At December 31, 2020, two of the lines totaling $30,000 have stated maturity dates in August and September 2021. The remaining lines have no stated maturity dates and the lenders may terminate the lines at any time without notice. The lines are provided on an unsecured basis and must be repaid the following business day from when the funds are borrowed. There were no borrowings against the lines at December 31, 2020 and 2019.
In addition, the Company maintains a secured line of credit with the Federal Reserve Bank with an availability to borrow approximately $716,700 and $895,110 at December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. Approximately $1,034,467 and $1,196,491 of commercial loans were pledged as collateral at December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. There were no borrowings against this line as of December 31, 2020 and 2019.
The Company also participates in an exchange that provides direct overnight borrowings with other financial institutions. The funds are provided on an unsecured basis. Borrowing availability totaled $694,000 and $484,000 at December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. There were no borrowings as of December 31, 2020 and 2019.

Note 12. Junior Subordinated Debentures
The Company has formed or acquired nine statutory business trusts (the Trusts) for the purpose of issuing trust preferred securities. Each of the Trusts have issued capital and common securities and invested the proceeds thereof in an equivalent amount of junior subordinated debentures (the Debentures) issued by the Company. The interest rate payable on, and the payment terms of the Debentures are the same as the distribution rate and payment terms of the respective issues of capital and common securities issued by the Trusts. The Debentures are subordinated and junior in right of payment to all present and future senior indebtedness. The Company has fully and unconditionally guaranteed the obligations of each of the Trusts with respect to the capital and common securities. Except under certain circumstances, the common securities issued to the Company by the trusts possess sole voting rights with respect to matters involving those entities. Under certain circumstances, the Company may, from time to time, defer the debentures' interest payments, which would result in a deferral of distribution payments on the related trust preferred securities and, with certain exceptions, prevent the Company from declaring or paying cash distributions on the Company's common stock and any other future debt ranking equally with or junior to the debentures. The Company may redeem the debentures, which are intended to qualify as Tier 1 capital, at the Company’s option, subject to approval of the Federal Reserve.
125



Table of Contents

Independent Bank Group, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Dollars in thousands, except for share and per share information)
As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, the carrying amount of debentures outstanding totaled $54,023 and $53,824, respectively. Information regarding the Debentures as of December 31, 2020 are summarized in the table below:
Trust Preferred Securities Issued Debentures Carrying Value Repricing Frequency Interest Rate Interest Rate Index Maturity Date
IB Trust I $ 5,155  $ 5,155  Quarterly 3.46%
LIBOR + 3.25%
March 2033
Guaranty Trust III (1)
10,310  10,310  Quarterly 3.34
LIBOR + 3.10
July 2033
IB Trust II 3,093  3,093  Quarterly 3.09
LIBOR + 2.85
March 2034
Cenbank Trust III (1)
15,464  15,464  Quarterly 2.89
LIBOR + 2.65
April 2034
IB Trust III 3,712  3,712  Quarterly 2.61
LIBOR +2.40
December 2035
IB Centex Trust I 2,578  2,578  Quarterly 3.46
LIBOR + 3.25
February 2035
Community Group Statutory Trust I 3,609  3,609  Quarterly 1.82
LIBOR + 1.60
June 2037
Northstar Trust II (2)
5,155  3,892  Quarterly 1.89
LIBOR + 1.67
June 2037
Northstar Trust III (2)
8,248  6,210  Quarterly 1.89
LIBOR + 1.67
September 2037
$ 57,324  $ 54,023 
____________
(1)    Assumed on January 1, 2019 with the Guaranty acquisition (see Note 22, Business Combinations).
(2)    Assumed in 2017 with a recorded fair value discount of $3,301 remaining as of December 31, 2020.

Note 13. Leases
The Company’s primary leasing activities relate to certain real estate operating leases entered into in support of the Company’s branch operations and back office operations. The Company leases 21 of its 93 branches. The Company’s branch locations operated under lease agreements have all been designated as operating leases. In addition, the Company leases certain equipment under operating leases. The Company does not have leases designated as finance leases.
As of December 31, 2020 and 2019 the Company’s lease ROU assets were $24,841 and $38,813, respectively, and related lease liabilities were $23,413 and $28,978, respectively. Leases have remaining terms ranging from 1 to 30 years, including extension options that the Company is reasonably certain will be exercised.
126



Table of Contents

Independent Bank Group, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Dollars in thousands, except for share and per share information)
The table below summarizes net lease cost:
Year Ended December 31,
2020 2019
Operating lease cost $ 6,937  $ 7,025 
Short term lease cost 124  103 
Variable lease cost 1,631  1,829 
Sublease income (221) (228)
Net lease cost $ 8,471  $ 8,729 
Rent expense for the year ended December 31, 2018, prior to the adoption of ASU 2016-2, was $3,758.
The table below summarizes other information related to operating leases:
Year Ended December 31,
2020 2019
Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of lease liabilities:
Operating cash flows from operating leases $ 6,091  $ 6,965 
Weighted average remaining lease term - operating leases, in years 7.23 7.58
Weighted average discount rate - operating leases 3.47  % 3.35  %
The following table outlines lease payment obligations as outlined in the Company’s lease agreements for each of the next five years and thereafter in addition to a reconcilement to the Company’s current lease liability as of December 31, 2020.
2021 $ 5,615 
2022 4,876 
2023 4,054 
2024 3,438 
2025 2,754 
Thereafter 5,700 
Total lease payments 26,437 
Less imputed interest (3,024)
$ 23,413 
As of December 31, 2020, the Company had not entered into any material leases that have not yet commenced.


127



Table of Contents

Independent Bank Group, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Dollars in thousands, except for share and per share information)
Note 14. Income Taxes
Income tax expense for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018 was as follows:
Years Ended December 31,
2020 2019 2018
Current income tax expense $ 52,806  $ 39,426  $ 29,801 
Deferred income tax (benefit) expense (1,633) 14,102  2,000 
Deferred income tax benefit related to remeasurement of deferred taxes —  —  (63)
Income tax expense, as reported $ 51,173  $ 53,528  $ 31,738 
A reconciliation between reported income tax expense and the amounts computed by applying the U.S. federal statutory income tax rate of 21% for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018 to income before income taxes is presented below:
Years Ended December 31,
2020 2019 2018
Income tax expense computed at the statutory rate $ 53,000  $ 51,715  $ 33,599 
Tax-exempt interest income from municipal securities (1,779) (1,781) (962)
Tax-exempt loan income (1,245) (1,174) (490)
Bank owned life insurance income (1,123) (1,288) (666)
Non-deductible acquisition expenses —  281  142 
State taxes, net of federal benefit 2,660  3,455  375 
Non-deductible compensation —  2,017  — 
Net tax expense (benefit) from stock based compensation 243  21  (646)
Deferred tax adjustment related to reduction in U.S. Federal statutory income tax rate —  —  (63)
Other (583) 282  449 
$ 51,173  $ 53,528  $ 31,738 

128



Table of Contents

Independent Bank Group, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Dollars in thousands, except for share and per share information)
Components of deferred tax assets and liabilities are presented in the table below. Deferred taxes as of December 31, 2020 and 2019 are based on the U.S. statutory federal income tax rate of 21%.
December 31,
2020 2019
Deferred tax assets:
Allowance for loan losses $ 19,238  $ 11,466 
Lease liabilities under operating leases 5,129  6,457 
NOL and tax credit carryforwards from acquisitions 3,718  4,209 
Acquired loan fair market value adjustments 12,986  21,645 
Stock-based compensation 1,567  1,218 
Reserve for bonuses and other accrued expenses 3,409  2,773 
Acquisition costs —  416 
Acquired securities 2,095  2,529 
Acquired intangibles 1,369  1,546 
Start up costs 171  230 
Other real estate owned —  362 
Unearned income 715  774 
Deferred compensation 857  1,101 
Noncompete agreements 597  663 
Nonaccrual loans 550  390 
Other 727  785 
53,128  56,564 
Deferred tax liabilities:
Premises and equipment (12,392) (13,170)
Right-of-use assets under operating leases (4,911) (6,233)
Net unrealized gain on available for sale securities (9,501) (5,367)
Intangible assets (19,293) (22,447)
Acquired junior subordinated debentures fair value adjustment (723) (780)
PPP deferred loan costs (952) — 
FHLB and other restricted stocks (308) (673)
Acquired tax goodwill (572) (413)
Other (543) (538)
(49,195) (49,621)
Net deferred tax asset $ 3,933  $ 6,943 
At December 31, 2020, the Company had federal net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $15,765 which expire in various years from 2023 to 2032 and state net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $11,150 which expire in various years from 2025 to 2027. Deferred tax assets are recognized for net operating losses because the benefit is more likely than not to be realized. No valuation allowance for deferred tax assets was recorded at December 31, 2020 or 2019 as management believes it is more likely than not that all of the deferred tax assets will be realized.
129



Table of Contents

Independent Bank Group, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Dollars in thousands, except for share and per share information)
The Company does not have any material uncertain tax positions and does not have any interest and penalties recorded in the income statement for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018. The Company files a consolidated income tax return in the US federal tax jurisdiction. The Company is no longer subject to examination by the US federal tax jurisdiction for years prior to 2017.

Note 15. Commitments and Contingencies
Financial Instruments with Off-Balance Sheet Risk
The Company is a party to financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of its customers. The commitments involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit and interest rate risk in excess of the amount recognized in the balance sheet.
The Company’s exposure to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the other party to the financial instrument for commitments to extend credit is represented by the contractual amount of this instrument. The Company uses the same credit policies in making commitments and conditional obligations as it does for on-balance sheet instruments. At December 31, 2020 and 2019, the approximate amounts of these financial instruments were as follows:   
    December 31,
2020 2019
Commitments to extend credit $ 2,268,216  $ 2,337,385 
Standby letters of credit 25,917  23,406 
$ 2,294,133  $ 2,360,791 
Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. Since many of the commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements. The Company evaluates each customer’s credit worthiness on a case-by-case basis. The amount of collateral obtained if deemed necessary by the Company upon extension of credit is based on management’s credit evaluation of the counterparty. Collateral held varies but may include accounts receivable, inventory, farm crops, property, plant and equipment and income-producing commercial properties.
Letters of credit are written conditional commitments used by the Company to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party. The Company’s policies generally require that letter of credit arrangements contain security and debt covenants similar to those contained in loan arrangements. In the event the customer does not perform in accordance with the terms of the agreement with the third party, the Company would be required to fund the commitment. The maximum potential amount of future payments the Company could be required to make is represented by the contractual amount shown in the table above. If the commitment is funded, the Company would be entitled to seek recovery from the customer. As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, no amounts have been recorded as liabilities for the Company’s potential obligations under these guarantees.
 Litigation 
The Company is involved in certain legal actions arising from normal business activities. Management believes that the outcome of such proceedings will not materially affect the financial position, results of operations or cash flows of the Company. A legal proceeding that the Company believes could become material is described below.
130



Table of Contents

Independent Bank Group, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Dollars in thousands, except for share and per share information)
Independent Bank is a party to a legal proceeding inherited by Independent Bank in connection with its acquisition of BOH Holdings, Inc. and its subsidiary, Bank of Houston (BOH). The plaintiffs in the case are alleging that Independent Bank aided and abetted or participated in a fraudulent scheme. Independent Bank is pursuing insurance coverage for these claims, including reimbursement for defense costs. The Company believes the claims made in this lawsuit are without merit and is vigorously defending the lawsuit. The Company is unable to predict when the matter will be resolved, the ultimate outcome or potential costs or damages to be incurred.

Note 16. Related Party Transactions
In the ordinary course of business, the Company has and expects to continue to have transactions, including loans to its officers, directors and their affiliates. In the opinion of management, such transactions are on the same terms as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with unaffiliated persons. Loan activity for officers, directors and their affiliates for the year ended December 31, 2020 is as follows:
Balance at beginning of year $ 38,796 
New loans 30,912 
Repayments (38,570)
Changes in affiliated persons 1,333 
Balance at end of year $ 32,471 
See Note 11, Other Borrowings, for related party borrowings.

Note 17. Employee Benefit Plans
The Company has a 401(k) profit sharing plan (Plan) which covers employees over the age of eighteen who have completed ninety days of credited service, as defined by the Plan. The Plan provides for “before tax” employee contributions through salary reduction contributions under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. A participant may choose a salary reduction not to exceed the dollar limit set by law each year ($19.5 in 2020). Contributions by the Company and by participants are immediately fully vested. In July 2018, the Plan was modified to provide for the Company to make 401(k) matching contributions of 100%, but limited to 6% of the participant's eligible salary. Previously, the Plan provided for the Company to make 401(k) matching contributions ranging from 50% to 100% depending upon the employee's years of service, but limited to 6% of the participant's eligible salary. The Plan also provides for the Company to make additional discretionary contributions to the Plan. The Company made contributions of approximately $6,534, $6,343 and $3,280 for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively.

131



Table of Contents

Independent Bank Group, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Dollars in thousands, except for share and per share information)
Note 18. Fair Value Measurements
The fair value of an asset or liability is the price that would be received to sell that asset or paid to transfer that liability in an orderly transaction occurring in the principal market (or most advantageous market in the absence of a principal market) for such asset or liability. In estimating fair value, the Company utilizes valuation techniques that are consistent with the market approach, the income approach and/or the cost approach. Such valuation techniques are consistently applied. Inputs to valuation techniques include the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability. ASC Topic 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures, establishes a fair value hierarchy for valuation inputs that gives the highest priority to quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs. The fair value hierarchy is as follows:
Level 1 Inputs – Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the reporting entity has the ability to access at the measurement date.
Level 2 Inputs – Inputs other than quoted prices included in Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly. These might include quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active, inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset or liability (such as interest rates, volatilities, prepayment speeds, credit risks, etc.) or inputs that are derived principally from or corroborated by market data by correlation or other means.
Level 3 Inputs – Unobservable inputs for determining the fair values of assets or liabilities that reflect an entity’s own assumptions about the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the assets or liabilities.
The Company elected the fair value option for certain residential mortgage loans held for sale in accordance with ASC 825, Financial Instruments. This election allows for a more effective offset of the changes in fair values of the loans and the derivative instruments used to economically hedge them without the burden of complying with the requirements for hedge accounting under ASC 815, Derivatives and Hedging. The Company has not elected the fair value option for other residential mortgage loans held for sale primarily because they are not economically hedged using derivative instruments. See below and Note 19, Derivative Financial Instruments, for additional information.
132



Table of Contents

Independent Bank Group, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Dollars in thousands, except for share and per share information)
Assets and Liabilities Measured on a Recurring Basis
The following table represents assets and liabilities reported on the consolidated balance sheets at their fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2020 and 2019 by level within the ASC Topic 820 fair value measurement hierarchy:
Fair Value Measurements at Reporting Date Using
Assets/
Liabilities
Measured at
Fair Value
Quoted Prices
in Active
Markets for
Identical Assets
(Level 1)
Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
December 31, 2020
Assets:
Investment securities available for sale:
U.S. treasuries $ 44,708  $ —  $ 44,708  $ — 
Government agency securities 249,017  —  249,017  — 
Obligations of state and municipal subdivisions 393,165  —  393,165  — 
Corporate bonds 22,102  —  22,102  — 
Mortgage-backed securities guaranteed by FHLMC, FNMA and GNMA 443,501  —  443,501  — 
Other securities 1,200  —  1,200  — 
Loans held for sale, fair value option elected (1)
71,769  —  71,769  — 
Derivative financial instruments:
Interest rate lock commitments 3,515  —  3,515  — 
Loan customer counterparty 20,159  —  20,159  — 
Liabilities:
Derivative financial instruments:
Forward mortgage-backed securities trades 568  —  568  — 
Financial institution counterparty 21,306  —  21,306  — 
December 31, 2019
Assets:
Investment securities available for sale:
U.S. treasuries $ 48,796  $ —  $ 48,796  $ — 
Government agency securities 179,296  —  179,296  — 
Obligations of state and municipal subdivisions 343,859  —  343,859  — 
Corporate bonds 7,218  —  7,218  — 
Mortgage-backed securities guaranteed by FHLMC, FNMA and GNMA 505,567  —  505,567  — 
Other securities 1,200  —  1,200  — 
Loans held for sale, fair value option elected (1)
29,204  —  29,204  — 
Derivative financial instruments:
Interest rate lock commitments 847  —  847  — 
Forward mortgage-backed securities trades —  — 
Loan customer counterparty 6,104  —  6,104  — 
Liabilities:
Derivative financial instruments:
Forward mortgage-backed securities trades 69  —  69  — 
Financial institution counterparty 6,566  —  6,566  — 
____________
(1)    At December 31, 2020 and 2019, loans held for sale for which the fair value option was elected had an aggregate outstanding principal balance of $68,670 and $28,166, respectively. There were no mortgage loans held for sale under the fair value option that were 90 days or greater past due or on nonaccrual at December 31, 2020.

133



Table of Contents

Independent Bank Group, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Dollars in thousands, except for share and per share information)
A description of the valuation methodologies used for instruments measured at fair value, as well as the general classification of such instruments pursuant to the valuation hierarchy, is set forth below.
Investment securities
Securities classified as available for sale are reported at fair value utilizing Level 1 and Level 2 inputs. Securities are classified within Level 1 when quoted market prices are available in an active market. Inputs include securities that have quoted prices in active markets for identical assets. For securities utilizing Level 2 inputs, the Company obtains fair value measurements from an independent pricing service. The fair value measurements consider observable data that may include dealer quotes, market spreads, cash flows, the U.S. Treasury and other yield curves, live trading levels, trade execution data, market consensus prepayment speeds, credit information and the security’s terms and conditions, among other things.
Loans held for sale
Certain mortgage loans held for sale are measured at fair value on a recurring basis due to the Company's election to adopt fair value accounting treatment for those loans originated for which the Company has entered into certain derivative financial instruments as part of its mortgage banking and related risk management activities. These instruments include interest rate lock commitments and mandatory forward commitments to sell these loans to investors known as forward mortgage-backed securities trades. This election allows for a more effective offset of the changes in fair values of the assets and the mortgage related derivative instruments used to economically hedge them without the burden of complying with the requirements for hedge accounting under ASC 815, Derivatives and Hedging. Mortgage loans held for sale, for which the fair value option was elected, which are sold on a servicing released basis, are valued using a market approach by utilizing either: (i) the fair value of securities backed by similar mortgage loans, adjusted for certain factors to approximate the fair value of a whole mortgage loan, including the value attributable to mortgage servicing and credit risk, (ii) current commitments to purchase loans or (iii) recent observable market trades for similar loans, adjusted to credit risk and other individual loan characteristics. As these prices are derived from market observable inputs, the Company classifies these valuations as Level 2 in the fair value disclosures. For mortgage loans held for sale for which the fair value option was elected, the earned current contractual interest payment is recognized in interest income, loan origination costs and fees on fair value option loans are recognized in earnings as incurred and not deferred. The Company has no continuing involvement in any residential mortgage loans sold.
Derivatives
The estimated fair values of interest rate lock commitments utilize current secondary market prices for underlying loans and estimated servicing value with similar coupons, maturity and credit quality, subject to the anticipated loan funding probability (pull-through rate). The fair value of interest rate lock commitments is subject to change primarily due to changes in interest rates and the estimated pull-through rate. These commitments are classified as Level 2 in the fair value disclosures, as the valuations are based on observable market inputs.
Forward mortgage-backed securities trades are exchange-traded or traded within highly active dealer markets. In order to determine the fair value of these instruments, the Company utilized the exchange price or dealer market price for the particular derivative contract; therefore these contracts are classified as Level 2. The estimated fair values are subject to change primarily due to changes in interest rates.
The Company also enters into certain interest rate derivative positions that are not designated as hedging instruments. The estimated fair value of these commercial loan interest rate swaps are obtained from a pricing service that provides the swaps' unwind value (Level 2 inputs). See Note 19, Derivative Financial Instruments, for more information.

134



Table of Contents

Independent Bank Group, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Dollars in thousands, except for share and per share information)
Assets and Liabilities Measured on a Nonrecurring Basis
In accordance with ASC Topic 820, certain assets and liabilities are measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis; that is, the assets and liabilities are not measured at fair value on an ongoing basis but are subject to fair value adjustments in certain circumstances (for example, when there is evidence of impairment). The following table presents the assets carried on the consolidated balance sheet by caption and by level in the fair value hierarchy at December 31, 2020 and 2019, for which a nonrecurring change in fair value has been recorded:
        Fair Value Measurements at Reporting Date Using    
    Assets
Measured
at Fair Value
Quoted Prices
in Active
Markets for
Identical Assets
(Level 1)
Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
Significant
Unobservable
Inputs (Level 3)
Period Ended
Total Losses
December 31, 2020                    
Assets:                    
Impaired loans $ 16,903  $ —  $ —  $ 16,903  $ 13,041 
December 31, 2019                    
Assets:                    
Impaired loans $ 2,276  $ —  $ —  $ 2,276  $ 1,806 
Other real estate owned 4,618  —  —  4,618  749 
Impaired loans (loans which are not expected to repay all principal and interest amounts due in accordance with the original contractual terms) are measured at an observable market price (if available) or at the fair value of the loan’s collateral (if collateral dependent). Fair value of the loan’s collateral is determined by appraisals or independent valuation, which is then adjusted for the estimated costs related to liquidation of the collateral. Management’s ongoing review of appraisal information may result in additional discounts or adjustments to valuation based upon more recent market sales activity or more current appraisal information derived from properties of similar type and/or locale. Therefore, the Company has categorized its impaired loans as Level 3.
Other real estate is measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis (upon initial recognition or subsequent impairment). Other real estate is classified within Level 3 of the valuation hierarchy. When transferred from the loan portfolio, other real estate is adjusted to fair value less estimated selling costs and is subsequently carried at the lower of carrying value or fair value less estimated selling costs. The fair value is determined using an external appraisal process, discounted based on internal criteria. Therefore, the Company has categorized its other real estate as Level 3.
In addition, mortgage loans held for sale not recorded under the fair value option are required to be measured at the lower of cost or fair value. The fair value of these loans is based upon binding quotes or bids from third party investors. As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, all mortgage loans held for sale not recorded under the fair value option were recorded at cost.

135



Table of Contents

Independent Bank Group, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Dollars in thousands, except for share and per share information)
Fair Value of Financial Instruments not Recorded at Fair Value
The carrying amount, estimated fair value and the level of the fair value hierarchy of the Company’s financial instruments that are reported at amortized cost on the Company's consolidated balance sheets were as follows at December 31, 2020 and 2019:
Fair Value Measurements at Reporting Date Using
Carrying
Amount
Estimated
Fair Value
Quoted Prices
in Active
Markets for
Identical Assets
(Level 1)
Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
December 31, 2020
Financial assets:
Cash and cash equivalents $ 1,813,987  $ 1,813,987  $ 1,813,987  $ —  $ — 
Certificates of deposit held in other banks 4,482  4,595  —  4,595  — 
Loans held for sale, at cost 10,878  11,138  —  11,138  — 
Loans, net 12,978,238  13,093,698  —  —  13,093,698 
FHLB of Dallas stock and other restricted stock 20,305  20,305  —  20,305  — 
Accrued interest receivable 60,581  60,581  —  60,581  — 
Financial liabilities:
Deposits 14,398,927  14,407,596  —  14,407,596  — 
Accrued interest payable 7,397  7,397  —  7,397  — 
FHLB advances 375,000  371,175  —  371,175  — 
Other borrowings 312,175  327,150  —  327,150  — 
Junior subordinated debentures 54,023  42,624  —  42,624  — 
Off-balance sheet assets (liabilities):
Commitments to extend credit —  —  —  —  — 
Standby letters of credit —  —  —  —  — 
December 31, 2019
Financial assets:
Cash and cash equivalents $ 565,170  $ 565,170  $ 565,170  $ —  $ — 
Certificates of deposit held in other banks 5,719  5,951  —  5,951  — 
Loans held for sale, at cost 6,441  6,554  —  6,554  — 
Loans, net 11,562,814  11,689,672  —  —  11,689,672 
FHLB of Dallas stock and other restricted stock 30,052  30,052  —  30,052  — 
Accrued interest receivable 35,860  35,860  —  35,860  — 
Financial liabilities:
Deposits 11,941,336  11,958,939  —  11,958,939  — 
Accrued interest payable 9,583  9,583  —  9,583  — 
FHLB advances 325,000  325,210  —  325,210  — 
Other borrowings 202,251  209,050  —  209,050  — 
Junior subordinated debentures 53,824  48,879  —  48,879  — 
Off-balance sheet assets (liabilities):
Commitments to extend credit —  —  —  —  — 
Standby letters of credit —  —  —  —  — 
136



Table of Contents

Independent Bank Group, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Dollars in thousands, except for share and per share information)
The methods and assumptions used by the Company in estimating fair values of financial instruments as disclosed herein in accordance with ASC Topic 825, Financial Instruments, other than for those measured at fair value on a recurring and nonrecurring basis discussed above, are as follows:
Cash and cash equivalents: The carrying amounts of cash and cash equivalents approximate their fair value.
Certificates of deposit held in other banks: The fair value of certificates of deposit held in other banks is based upon current market rates.
Loans held for sale, at cost: The fair value of loans held for sale is determined based upon commitments on hand from investors.
Loans: A discounted cash flow model is used to estimate the fair value of the loans. The discounted cash flow approach models the credit losses directly in the projected cash flows, applying various assumptions regarding credit, interest and prepayment risks for the loans based on loan types, payment types and fixed or variable classifications.
Federal Home Loan Bank of Dallas and other restricted stock: The carrying value of restricted securities such as stock in the Federal Home Loan Bank of Dallas and Independent Bankers Financial Corporation approximates fair value.
Deposits: The fair values disclosed for demand deposits are, by definition, equal to the amount payable on demand at the reporting date (that is their carrying amounts). The carrying amounts of variable-rate certificates of deposit (CDs) approximate their fair values at the reporting date. Fair values for fixed-rate CDs are estimated using a discounted cash flow calculation that applies interest rates currently being offered on certificates to a schedule of aggregated expected monthly maturities on time deposits.
Federal Home Loan Bank advances, line of credit and federal funds purchased: The fair value of advances maturing within 90 days approximates carrying value. Fair value of other advances is based on the Company’s current borrowing rate for similar arrangements.
Other borrowings: The estimated fair value approximates carrying value for short-term borrowings. The fair value of private subordinated debentures are based upon prevailing rates on similar debt in the market place. The subordinated debentures that are publicly traded are valued based on indicative bid prices based upon market pricing observations in the current market.
Junior subordinated debentures: The fair value of junior subordinated debentures is estimated using discounted cash flow analyses based on the published Bloomberg US Financials BB rated corporate bond index yield.
Accrued interest: The carrying amounts of accrued interest approximate their fair values.
Off-balance sheet instruments: Fair values for off-balance sheet, credit-related financial instruments are based on fees currently charged to enter into similar agreements, taking into account the remaining terms of the agreements and the counterparties' credit standing. The fair value of commitments is not material.

137



Table of Contents

Independent Bank Group, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Dollars in thousands, except for share and per share information)
Note 19. Derivative Financial Instruments
The Company enters into certain derivative financial instruments as part of its hedging strategy. These financial instruments are not designated as hedging instruments and are used for asset and liability management related to the Company's mortgage banking activities and commercial customers' financing needs. All derivatives are carried at fair value in either other assets or other liabilities.
Through the normal course of business, the Company enters into interest rate lock commitments with consumers to originate mortgage loans at a specified interest rate. These commitments, which contain fixed expiration dates, offer the borrower an interest rate guarantee provided the loan meets underwriting guidelines and closes within the timeframe established by the Company.
The Company manages the changes in fair value associated with changes in interest rates related to interest rate lock commitments by using forward sold commitments known as forward mortgage-backed securities trades. These instruments are typically entered into at the time the interest rate lock commitment is made.
The Company also offers certain derivatives products, primarily interest rate swaps, directly to qualified commercial banking customers to facilitate their risk management strategies. The interest rate swap derivative positions relate to transactions in which the Company enters into an interest rate swap with a customer, while at the same time entering into an offsetting interest rate swap with another financial institution. An interest rate swap transaction allows customers to effectively convert a variable rate loan to a fixed rate. In connection with each swap, the Company agrees to pay interest to the customer on a notional amount at a variable interest rate and receive interest from the customer on a similar notional amount at a fixed interest rate. At the same time, the Company agrees to pay another financial institution the same fixed interest rate on the same notional amount and receive the same variable interest rate on the same notional amount.
The following table provides the outstanding notional balances and fair values of outstanding derivative positions at December 31, 2020 and 2019:
    Outstanding Notional Balance Asset Derivative
Fair Value
Liability Derivative
Fair Value
December 31, 2020            
Interest rate lock commitments $ 116,795  $ 3,515  $ — 
Forward mortgage-backed securities trades 104,000  —  568 
Commercial loan interest rate swaps:
Loan customer counterparty 335,370  20,159  — 
Financial institution counterparty 335,370  —  21,306 
December 31, 2019
Interest rate lock commitments $ 28,434  $ 847  $ — 
Forward mortgage-backed securities trades 42,500  69 
Commercial loan interest rate swaps:
Loan customer counterparty 280,751  6,104  — 
Financial institution counterparty 280,751  —  6,566 
138



Table of Contents

Independent Bank Group, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Dollars in thousands, except for share and per share information)
The commercial loan customer counterparty weighted average received and paid interest rates for interest rate swaps outstanding were as follows:
Weighted Average Interest Rate
December 31, 2020 December 31, 2019
    Received Paid Received Paid
Loan customer counterparty 4.08  % 2.32  % 4.23  % 3.77  %
The credit exposure related to interest rate swaps is limited to the net favorable value of all swaps by each counterparty, which was approximately $20,159 at December 31, 2020. In some cases collateral may be required from the counterparties involved if the net value of the derivative instruments exceeds a nominal amount. Collateral levels are monitored and adjusted on a regular basis for changes in interest rate swap values. At December 31, 2020, cash of $23,829 and securities of $6,494 were pledged as collateral for these derivatives.
The Company has entered into credit risk participation agreements with financial institution counterparties for interest rate swaps related to loans in which the Company is either a participant or a lead bank. Risk participation agreements entered into as a participant bank provide credit protection to the financial institution counterparty should the borrower fail to perform on its interest rate derivative contract with that financial institution. The Company is party to one risk participation agreement as a participant bank having a notional amount of $5,597 at December 31, 2020. Risk participation agreements entered into as the lead bank provide credit protection to the Company should the borrower fail to perform on its interest rate derivative contract. The Company is party to one risk participation agreement as the lead bank having a notional amount of $9,604 at December 31, 2020.
The changes in the fair value of interest rate lock commitments and the forward sales of mortgage-back securities are recorded in mortgage banking revenue. These gains and losses were not attributable to instrument-specific credit risk. For interest rate swaps, because the Company acts as an intermediary for our customer, changes in the fair value of the underlying derivative contracts substantially offset each other and do not have a material impact on the results of operations.
Income (loss) for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 was as follows:
Years Ended December 31,
2020 2019
Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments
Interest rate lock commitments $ 2,668  $ 25 
Forward mortgage-backed securities trades (505) 163 

Note 20. Stock Awards
The Company grants common stock awards to certain employees of the Company. In connection with the Company's initial public offering in April 2013, the Board of Directors adopted the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan (2013 Plan). All stock awards issued under expired plans prior to 2013 are fully vested. Under the 2013 Plan, the Compensation Committee may grant awards to certain employees of the Company in the form of restricted stock, restricted stock rights, restricted stock units, qualified and nonqualified stock options, performance share awards and other equity-based awards. The 2013 Plan, as amended, has 2,300,000 reserved shares of common stock to be awarded by the Company's compensation committee. As of December 31, 2020, there were 1,150,617 shares remaining available for grant for future awards.
139



Table of Contents

Independent Bank Group, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Dollars in thousands, except for share and per share information)
The shares currently issued under the 2013 Plan are restricted stock awards and performance stock units. Restricted stock awarded to employees vest evenly over the required employment period, generally ranging from one to five years. Performance stock units awarded generally have a three to four years cliff vesting period. As defined in the plan, outstanding awards may immediately vest upon a change-in-control in the Company. Restricted stock granted under the 2013 Plan are issued at the date of grant and receive dividends. Performance stock units are eligible to receive dividend equivalents as such dividends are declared on the Company's common stock during the performance period. Equivalent dividend payments are based upon the number of shares issued under each performance award and are deferred until such time that the units vest and the shares are issued.
In connection with the acquisition of Guaranty, as further described in Note 22, Business Combinations, unvested awards of restricted Guaranty common stock granted under Guaranty’s 2015 Long-Term Incentive Plan (Guaranty 2015 RSA), as amended, that were outstanding as of January 1, 2019, the acquisition date, were converted into awards of restricted shares of IBG common stock (Replacement RSA) with the same terms and conditions as were applicable under such Guaranty 2015 RSA, except with respect to any performance-vesting Guaranty 2015 RSA, which became a service-vesting RSA only. The Replacement RSA will vest over the remaining service period, through May 2021, and do not receive dividends.
Restricted Stock Awards
The following table summarizes the activity in nonvested restricted stock awards for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019:
Restricted Stock Awards Number of
Shares
Weighted Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
Nonvested shares, December 31, 2019 284,861  $ 58.63 
Granted during the period 310,290  43.54 
Vested during the period (115,436) 58.08 
Forfeited during the period (10,915) 48.37 
Nonvested shares, December 31, 2020 468,800  $ 49.01 
Nonvested shares, December 31, 2018 252,903  $ 62.81 
Acquired awards replaced during the period 70,248  45.77 
Granted during the period 138,608  51.14 
Vested during the period (161,032) 54.76 
Forfeited during the period (15,866) 46.95 
Nonvested shares, December 31, 2019 284,861  $ 58.63 
Compensation expense related to these awards is recorded based on the fair value of the award at the date of grant and totaled $8,450, $7,808 and $6,062 for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively. Compensation expense is recorded in salaries and employee benefits in the accompanying consolidated statements of income. At December 31, 2020, future compensation expense is estimated to be $15,823 and will be recognized over a remaining weighted average period of 2.57 years.
The fair value of common stock awards that vested during the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018 was $5,602, $8,725 and $8,206, respectively. The Company has recorded $243, $21 and $(646) in excess tax expense (benefit) on vested restricted stock to income tax expense for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively.
There were no modifications of stock agreements during 2020, 2019 and 2018 that resulted in significant additional incremental compensation costs.
140



Table of Contents

Independent Bank Group, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Dollars in thousands, except for share and per share information)
At December 31, 2020, the future vesting schedule of the nonvested restricted stock awards is as follows:
First year 177,431 
Second year 139,009 
Third year 99,604 
Fourth year 52,356 
Fifth year 400 
Total nonvested shares 468,800 
Performance Stock Units
Performance stock units represent shares potentially issuable in the future. The number of shares issued is based upon the measure of the Company's achievement of its relative adjusted return on average tangible common equity, as defined by the Company, over the award's performance period as compared to an identified peer group's achievement over the same performance period. The number of shares issuable under each performance award is the product of the award target and the award payout percentage for the given level of achievement which ranges from 0% to 150% of the target.
The following table summarizes the activity in nonvested performance stock units at target award level for the year ended December 31, 2020:
Performance-based Restricted Stock Units Number of
Shares
Weighted Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
Nonvested shares, December 31, 2019 —  $ — 
Granted during the period 89,300  38.29 
Vested during the period —  — 
Forfeited during the period —  — 
Nonvested shares, December 31, 2020 89,300  $ 38.29 
Compensation expense related to performance stock units is estimated each period based on the fair value of the target stock unit at the grant date and the most probable level of achievement of the performance condition, adjusted for the passage of time within the vesting periods of the awards. As of December 31, 2020, the unrecognized compensation expense assuming the attainment of the maximum payout rate was $5,129 and the remaining performance period over which the expense could be recognized was 3.5 years. No compensation expense was recorded during the year ended December 31, 2020.


141



Table of Contents

Independent Bank Group, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Dollars in thousands, except for share and per share information)
Note 21. Regulatory Matters
Under banking law, there are legal restrictions limiting the amount of dividends the Bank can declare. Approval of the regulatory authorities is required if the effect of dividends declared would cause the regulatory capital of the Bank to fall below specified minimum levels. For state banks, subject to regulatory capital requirements, payment of dividends is generally allowed to the extent of net profits.
The Company (on a consolidated basis) and the Bank are subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by federal and state banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory and possibly additional discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Company and the Bank must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of assets, liabilities and certain off-balance sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The capital amounts and classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings and other factors. Tier 2 capital for the Company includes permissible portions of the Company's subordinated notes. The permissible portion of qualified subordinated notes decreases 20% per year during the final five years of the term of the notes.
The Company is subject to the Basel III regulatory capital framework (the Basel III Capital Rules). The Basel III Capital Rules require that the Company maintain a 2.5% capital conservation buffer above the minimum risk-based capital adequacy requirements. The capital conservation buffer is designed to absorb losses during periods of economic stress and requires increased capital levels for the purpose of capital distributions and other payments. Failure to meet the full amount of the buffer will result in restrictions on the Company's ability to make capital distributions, including dividend payments and stock repurchases and to pay discretionary bonuses to executive officers.
Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require the Company and the Bank to maintain minimum amounts and ratios (set forth in the table below) of total, Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1) and Tier 1 capital (as defined in the regulations) to risk weighted assets (as defined), and of Tier 1 capital (as defined) to average assets (as defined). Management believes, as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Company and the Bank meet all capital adequacy requirements to which they are subject, including the capital buffer requirement.
As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Bank’s capital ratios exceeded those levels necessary to be categorized as “well capitalized” under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. To be categorized as “well capitalized,” the Bank must maintain minimum total risk based, CET1, Tier 1 risk based and Tier 1 leverage ratios as set forth in the table. There are no conditions or events that management believes have changed the Bank’s category.
142



Table of Contents

Independent Bank Group, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Dollars in thousands, except for share and per share information)
The following table presents actual capital amounts and required ratios under Basel III Capital Rules for the Company and Bank as of December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019.
    Actual Minimum Capital
Required - Basel III
To Be Well
Capitalized Under
Prompt Corrective
Action Provisions
    Amount Ratio Amount Ratio Amount Ratio
December 31, 2020                        
Total capital to risk weighted assets:                        
Consolidated $ 1,825,661  13.32  % $ 1,438,939  10.50  %  N/A  N/A
Bank 1,864,240  13.61  1,438,385  10.50  $ 1,369,891  10.00  %
Tier 1 capital to risk weighted assets:
Consolidated 1,471,841  10.74  1,164,855  8.50   N/A  N/A
Bank 1,776,420  12.97  1,164,407  8.50  1,095,913  8.00 
Common equity tier 1 to risk weighted assets:
Consolidated 1,416,241  10.33  959,293  7.00   N/A  N/A
Bank 1,776,420  12.97  958,924  7.00  890,429  6.50 
Tier 1 capital to average assets:
Consolidated 1,471,841  9.12  645,730  4.00   N/A  N/A
Bank 1,776,420  11.01  645,539  4.00  806,924  5.00 
December 31, 2019                        
Total capital to risk weighted assets:                        
Consolidated $ 1,513,209  11.83  % $ 1,343,114  10.50  % N/A N/A
Bank 1,548,103  12.11  1,342,595  10.50  $ 1,278,662  10.00  %
Tier 1 capital to risk weighted assets:
Consolidated 1,303,748  10.19  1,087,282  8.50  N/A N/A
Bank 1,496,642  11.70  1,086,863  8.50  1,022,930  8.00 
Common equity tier 1 to risk weighted assets:
Consolidated 1,248,148  9.76  895,409  7.00  N/A N/A
Bank 1,496,642  11.70  895,064  7.00  831,130  6.50 
Tier 1 capital to average assets:
Consolidated 1,303,748  9.32  559,758  4.00  N/A N/A
Bank 1,496,642  10.70  559,584  4.00  699,480  5.00 
Stock repurchase program: From time to time, the Company's board of directors has authorized stock repurchase programs which allow the Company to purchase its common stock generally over a one-year period at various prices in the open market or in privately negotiated transactions. On October 22, 2020, the Company's board of directors authorized a $150,000 stock repurchase program allowing the Company to purchase shares of its common stock through October 31, 2021. Under this program, the Company repurchased 109,548 shares at a total cost of $5,660 as of December 31, 2020. Under prior stock repurchase programs, the Company repurchased 897,738 at a total cost of $49,048 during 2019 and none during 2018. In July 2019, the federal bank regulators adopted final rules that, among other things, eliminated the standalone prior approval requirement for any repurchase of common stock. However, the Company remains subject to a Federal Reserve Board guideline that requires consultation with the Federal Reserve regarding plans for share repurchases on a quarterly basis. The Company’s repurchases of its common stock may be subject to a prior approval or notice requirement under other regulations, policies or supervisory expectations of the Federal Reserve Board. Any redemption or repurchase of preferred stock or subordinated debt remains subject to the prior approval of the Federal Reserve Board.

143



Table of Contents

Independent Bank Group, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Dollars in thousands, except for share and per share information)
Company stock repurchased to settle employee tax withholding related to vesting of stock awards totaled 2,951 shares at a total cost of $159, and 55,106 shares at a total cost of $2,611 for the periods ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively, and were not included under the repurchase program.

Note 22. Business Combinations
Termination of proposed merger with Texas Capital Bancshares, Inc.: The Company and Texas Capital Bancshares, Inc. (TCBI) and its subsidiary, Texas Capital Bank, entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger (Merger Agreement), as of December 9, 2019, providing for the merger of TCBI with and into the Company (the Merger), with the Company as the surviving entity in the Merger. On May 22, 2020, the Company and TCBI entered into a mutual agreement (Agreement) to terminate the Merger Agreement. All costs and expenses incurred in connection with the Agreement were paid by the party incurring such expense. The Agreement provided that the Company make a payment to TCBI, in an amount agreed between the parties, such that the costs and expenses incurred by the parties related to integration planning, including consulting fees and related expenses, would be borne equally by the parties. Neither party paid a termination fee in connection with the termination of the merger agreement. The Company incurred TCBI costs of approximately $15,605 and $5,022 for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively, which is included in acquisition expense in the consolidated statements of income.
Guaranty Bancorp
On January 1, 2019, the Company acquired 100% of the outstanding stock of Guaranty Bancorp (Guaranty) and its subsidiary, Guaranty Bank and Trust Company (Guaranty Bank), Denver, Colorado. As a result of the acquisition, the Company added 32 full service branch locations along the Colorado Front Range, including locations throughout the Denver metropolitan area and along I-25 to Fort Collins expanding the Company's footprint in Colorado. The Company issued 13,179,748 shares of Company stock for the outstanding shares of Guaranty common stock, including restricted stock replacement awards.
The Company has recognized total goodwill of $272,224 which is calculated as the excess of both the consideration exchanged and liabilities assumed compared to the estimated fair market value of identifiable assets acquired. The goodwill in this acquisition resulted from a combination of expected synergies and expansion into desirable Colorado markets. None of the goodwill recognized is expected to be deductible for income tax purposes.
The Company has incurred expenses related to the acquisition of approximately $33,622 for the year ended December 31, 2019, of which $5,328 is included in salaries and benefits and $28,294 is included in acquisition expense in the consolidated statements of income. The Company incurred expense of $1,560 during the year ended December 31, 2018. In addition, for the year ended December 31, 2019, the Company paid offering costs totaling $804 which were recorded as a reduction to stock issuance proceeds through additional paid in capital.

144



Table of Contents

Independent Bank Group, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Dollars in thousands, except for share and per share information)
The following table summarizes the final fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed in this transaction:
Final Value as Reported at December 31, 2019
Assets of acquired bank:
Cash and cash equivalents $ 39,913 
Certificates of deposit held in other banks 262 
Securities available for sale 561,052 
Restricted stock 27,794 
Loans 2,789,868 
Premises and equipment 65,786 
Other real estate owned 1,829 
Goodwill 272,224 
Other intangible assets 71,518 
Bank owned life insurance 80,837 
Other assets 31,987 
Total assets acquired $ 3,943,070 
Liabilities of acquired bank:
Deposits $ 3,108,810 
Repurchase agreements 8,475 
FHLB advances 142,653 
Other borrowings 40,000 
Junior subordinated debentures 25,774 
Other liabilities 15,477 
Total liabilities assumed $ 3,341,189 
Common stock of 13,109,500 issued at $45.77 per share
$ 600,022 
Consideration attributable to 70,248 shares of restricted stock replacement awards
$ 1,850 
Cash paid $
Non-credit impaired loans had a fair value of $2,478,144 at acquisition date and contractual balance of $2,573,355. As of acquisition date, the Company expects that an insignificant amount of the contractual balance of these loans will be uncollectible. The difference of $95,211 is recognized into interest income as an adjustment to yield over the life of the loans.



145



Table of Contents

Independent Bank Group, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Dollars in thousands, except for share and per share information)
Note 23. Parent Company Only Financial Statements
The following balance sheets, statements of income and statements of cash flows for Independent Bank Group, Inc. should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto.
Balance Sheets
 December 31,
Assets 2020 2019
Cash and cash equivalents $ 5,482  $ 8,277 
Investment in subsidiaries 2,876,171  2,588,857 
Investment in trusts 1,724  1,724 
Other assets 3,849  3,355 
Total assets $ 2,887,226  $ 2,602,213 
Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity
Other borrowings $ 312,175  $ 202,251 
Junior subordinated debentures 54,023  53,824 
Other liabilities 5,657  6,365 
Total liabilities 371,855  262,440 
Stockholders' equity:
Preferred stock —  — 
Common stock 431  430 
Additional paid-in capital 1,934,807  1,926,359 
Retained earnings 543,800  393,674 
Accumulated other comprehensive income 36,333  19,310 
Total stockholders' equity 2,515,371  2,339,773 
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity $ 2,887,226  $ 2,602,213 

146



Table of Contents

Independent Bank Group, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Dollars in thousands, except for share and per share information)
Statements of Income
 Years Ended December 31,
2020 2019 2018
Interest expense:
Interest on other borrowings $ 12,446  $ 11,561  $ 8,390 
Interest on junior subordinated debentures 2,162  3,028  1,609 
Total interest expense 14,608  14,589  9,999 
Noninterest income:
Dividends from subsidiaries 83,314  105,877  39,841 
Other —  14 
Total noninterest income 83,314  105,878  39,855 
Noninterest expense:
Salaries and employee benefits 8,346  7,653  6,318 
Professional fees 202  264  332 
Acquisition expense, including legal 16,225  33,445  6,157 
Other 2,424  2,562  1,611 
Total noninterest expense 27,197  43,924  14,418 
Income before income tax benefit and equity in undistributed income of subsidiaries 41,509  47,365  15,438 
Income tax benefit 9,410  11,066  5,541 
Income before equity in undistributed income of subsidiaries 50,919  58,431  20,979 
Equity in undistributed income of subsidiaries 150,290  134,305  107,280 
Net income $ 201,209  $ 192,736  $ 128,259 
147



Table of Contents

Independent Bank Group, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Dollars in thousands, except for share and per share information)
Statements of Cash Flows
 Years Ended December 31,
2020 2019 2018
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net income $ 201,209  $ 192,736  $ 128,259 
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
Equity in undistributed net income of subsidiaries (150,290) (134,305) (107,280)
Amortization of discount and origination costs on borrowings 720  633  633 
Stock based compensation expense 8,450  7,808  6,062 
Excess tax expense on restricted stock vested 243  21  (646)
Deferred tax expense 96  2,165  1,054 
Net change in other assets (590) 1,863  6,918 
Net change in other liabilities (952) (64) 1,130 
Net cash provided by operating activities 58,886  70,857  36,130 
Cash flows from investing activities:
Capital investment in subsidiaries (120,000) —  — 
Cash acquired in connection with acquisition —  339  7,425 
Cash paid in connection with acquisition —  (9) (31,016)
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities (120,000) 330  (23,591)
Cash flows from financing activities:
Proceeds from other borrowings 148,653  65,000  — 
Repayments of other borrowings (39,250) (40,500) — 
Proceeds from exercise of common stock warrants —  —  2,533 
Offering costs paid in connection with acquired bank —  (804) (209)
Repurchase of common stock (5,819) (51,659) — 
Dividends paid (45,265) (43,302) (15,908)
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities 58,319  (71,265) (13,584)
Net change in cash and cash equivalents (2,795) (78) (1,045)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year 8,277  8,355  9,400 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year $ 5,482  $ 8,277  $ 8,355 

148



Table of Contents

Independent Bank Group, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Dollars in thousands, except for share and per share information)
Note 24. Subsequent Events
Line of credit agreement
On January 17, 2021, the Company's $100,000 unsecured revolving line of credit was renewed and matures on January 17, 2022. As of March 1, 2021, the Company has no borrowings against its revolving line of credit.
Declaration of dividends
On January 28, 2021, the Company declared a quarterly cash dividend in the amount of $0.30 per share of common stock to the stockholders of record on February 11, 2021. The dividend totaling $12,954 was paid on February 25, 2021.
149



Table of Contents
ITEM 16. FORM 10-K SUMMARY
The Company has not elected to include a summary of the information required in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
150


SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of McKinney, Texas, on March 1, 2021.
        Independent Bank Group, Inc. (Registrant)
           
Date: March 1, 2021     By: /s/ David R. Brooks
           
        David R. Brooks
        Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer



Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
Signature Title Date
/s/ David R. Brooks Chairman, Chief Executive Officer, President, and Director (Principal Executive Officer) March 1, 2021
David R. Brooks
/s/ Michelle S. Hickox Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial and Principal Accounting Officer) March 1, 2021
Michelle S. Hickox
/s/ Daniel W. Brooks Vice Chairman, Chief Risk Officer and Director March 1, 2021
Daniel W. Brooks
/s/ William E. Fair Director March 1, 2021
William E. Fair
/s/ Alicia K. Harrison Director March 1, 2021
Alicia K. Harrison
/s/ Craig E. Holmes Director March 1, 2021
Craig E. Holmes
/s/ J. Webb Jennings III Director March 1, 2021
J. Webb Jennings III
/s/ Donald L. Poarch Director March 1, 2021
Donald L. Poarch
/s/ G. Stacy Smith Director March 1, 2021
G. Stacy Smith
/s/ Michael T. Viola Director March 1, 2021
Michael T. Viola


Exhibit 4.10



GUARANTY BANCORP ISSUER
Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee

Indenture

Dated as of July 18, 2016

SUBORDINATED DEBT SECURITIES






Trust Indenture Act Section Indenture Section

§ 310 (a) 609
(b) 608, 610
§ 311 (a) 613
(b) 605, 613
§ 312 (a) 701
(b) 702
(c) 702
§ 313 (a) 703
(b) 703
(c) 703
(d) 703
§ 314 (a) 704, 1004
(c) 102
(e) 102
§ 315 (a) 601, 603
(b) 602, 703
(c) 601
(d) 601
(e) 514
§ 316 (a) 101
(a)(1) 502, 512, 513
(b) 507, 508
(c) 104
§ 317 (a)(1) 503
(a)(2) 504
(b) 1003
§ 318 (a) 107

NOTE: This table of contents shall not, for any purpose, be deemed to be a part of the Indenture.





TABLE OF CONTENTS


ARTICLE ONE—DEFINITIONS AND OTHER PROVISIONS OF GENERAL APPLICATION 1

SECTION 101. Definitions 1
SECTION 102. Compliance Certificates and Opinions 4
SECTION 103. Form of Documents Delivered to Trustee 4
SECTION 104. Acts of Holders; Record Dates 4
SECTION 105. Notices, Etc., to Trustee and Company 5
SECTION 106. Notice to Holders; Waiver 5
SECTION 107. Conflict with Trust Indenture Act 5
SECTION 108. Effect of Headings and Table of Contents 5
SECTION 109. Successors and Assigns 6
SECTION 110. Separability Clause 6
SECTION 111. Benefits of Indenture 6
SECTION 112. Governing Law 6
SECTION 113. Legal Holidays 6
SECTION 114 Language of Notices; Etc. 6
SECTION 115 Force Majeure 6
SECTION 116 U.S.A. PATRIOT Act 6
SECTION 117 Consent to Jurisdiction 6
ARTICLE TWO—SECURITY FORMS 7
SECTION 201. Forms Generally 7
SECTION 202. Form of Face of Security 7
SECTION 203. Form of Reverse of Security 9
SECTION 204. Form of Legend for Global Securities 10
SECTION 205. Form of Trustee’s Certificate of Authentication 11


ARTICLE THREE—THE SECURITIES 12





SECTION 301. Amount Unlimited; Issuable in Series 12
SECTION 302. Denominations 13
SECTION 303. Execution, Authentication, Delivery and Dating 13
SECTION 304. Temporary Securities 14
SECTION 305. Registration, Registration of Transfer and Exchange 14
SECTION 306. Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost and Stolen Securities 15
SECTION 307. Payment of Interest, Interest Rights Preserved 15
SECTION 308. Persons Deemed Owners 15
SECTION 309. Cancellation 16
SECTION 310. Computation of Interest 16
SECTION 311. CUSIP 16


ARTICLE FOUR—SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE 16

SECTION 401. Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture 16
SECTION 402. Application of Trust Money 16


ARTICLE FIVE—REMEDIES 17

SECTION 501. Events of Default 17
SECTION 502. Acceleration of Maturity; Rescission and Annulment 17
SECTION 503. Collection of Indebtedness and Suits for Enforcement by Trustee 18
SECTION 504. Trustee May File Proofs of Claim 18
SECTION 505. Trustee May Enforce Claims Without Possession of Securities 18
SECTION 506. Application of Money Collected 18
SECTION 507. Limitation on Suits 18
SECTION 508. Unconditional Right of Holders to Receive Principal, Premium and Interest 19
SECTION 509. Restoration of Rights and Remedies 19
SECTION 510. Rights and Remedies Cumulative 19
SECTION 511. Delay or Omission Not Waiver 19
SECTION 512. Control by Holders 19
SECTION 513. Waiver of Past Defaults 19
SECTION 514. Undertaking for Costs 19
SECTION 515. Waiver of Usury, Stay or Extension Laws 20


ARTICLE SIX—THE TRUSTEE 20





SECTION 601.
Certain Duties and Responsibilities
20
SECTION 602.
Notice of Defaults
20
SECTION 603.
Certain Rights of Trustee
20
SECTION 604.
Not Responsible for Recitals or Issuance of Securities
21
SECTION 605.
May Hold Securities
21
SECTION 606.
Money Held in Trust
21
SECTION 607.
Compensation and Reimbursement
21
SECTION 608.
Conflicting Interests




22
SECTION 609.
Corporate Trustee Required; Eligibility
22
SECTION 610.
Resignation and Removal; Appointment of Successor
22
SECTION 611.
Acceptance of Appointment by Successor
22
SECTION 612.
Merger, Conversion, Consolidation or Succession to Business
23
SECTION 613.
Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company
23
SECTION 614.
Appointment of Authenticating Agent
23


ARTICLE SEVEN—HOLDERS’ LISTS AND REPORTS BY TRUSTEE AND COMPANY 24

SECTION 701. Company to Furnish Trustee Names and Addresses of Holders 24
SECTION 702. Preservation of Information; Communications to Holders 24
SECTION 703. Reports by Trustee 24
SECTION 704. Reports by Company 24


ARTICLE EIGHT—CONSOLIDATION, MERGER, CONVEYANCE, TRANSFER OR LEASE 25
SECTION 801. Company May Consolidate, Etc., Only on Certain Terms 25
SECTION 802. Successor Substituted 25

ARTICLE NINE—SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES 25





SECTION 901. Supplemental Indentures Without Consent of Holders 25
SECTION 902. Supplemental Indentures With Consent of Holders 26
SECTION 903. Execution of Supplemental Indentures 26
SECTION 904. Effect of Supplemental Indentures 26
SECTION 905. Conformity with Trust Indenture Act 26
SECTION 906. Reference in Securities to Supplemental Indentures 26


ARTICLE TEN—COVENANTS 27

SECTION 1001. Payment of Principal, Premium and Interest 27
SECTION 1002. Maintenance of Office or Agency 27
SECTION 1003. Money for Securities Payments to Be Held in Trust 27
SECTION 1004. Statement by Officers as to Default 27
SECTION 1005.
Existence
27
SECTION 1006.
Maintenance of Properties
27
SECTION 1007.
Payment of Taxes and Other Claims
28
SECTION 1008.
Waiver of Certain Covenants
28


ARTICLE ELEVEN—REDEMPTION OF SECURITIES 28
SECTION 1101.
Applicability of Article
28
SECTION 1102
Election to Redeem; Notice to Trustee
28
SECTION 1103.
Selection by Trustee of Securities to Be Redeemed
42
SECTION 1104.
Notice of Redemption
43
SECTION 1105.
Deposit of Redemption Price
43
SECTION 1106.
Securities Payable on Redemption Date
44
SECTION 1107.
Securities Redeemed in Part
44


ARTICLE TWELVE—SINKING FUNDS 44

SECTION 1201. Applicability of Article 44
SECTION 1202. Satisfaction of Sinking Fund Payments with Securities 44
SECTION 1203. Redemption of Securities for Sinking Fund 45


ARTICLE THIRTEEN—DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE 45





SECTION 1301. Company Option to Effect Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance 45
SECTION 1302. Defeasance and Discharge 45
SECTION 1303. Covenant Defeasance 45
SECTION 1304. Conditions to Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance 46
SECTION 1305. Deposited Money and U.S. Government Obligations to Be Held in Trust; Miscellaneous Provisions 46
SECTION 1306. Reinstatement 48
SECTION 1307. Effect on Subordination Provisions 48






INDENTURE, dated as of July 18, 2016, between Guaranty Bancorp, a corporation duly organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware (herein called the “Company”), and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, a national banking association organized under the laws of the United States, as Trustee (herein called the “Trustee”).
RECITALS OF THE COMPANY
The Company has duly authorized the execution and delivery of this Indenture to provide for the issuance from time to time of its unsecured debentures, notes or other evidences of indebtedness (herein called the “Securities”), to be issued in one or more series as in this Indenture provided.
All things necessary to make this Indenture a valid agreement of the Company, in accordance with its terms, have been done.
This Indenture is subject to the provisions of the Trust Indenture Act that are required to be a part of this Indenture and, to the extent applicable, shall be governed by such provisions.
NOW, THEREFORE, THIS INDENTURE WITNESSETH:
For and in consideration of the premises and the purchase of the Securities by the Holders thereof, it is mutually agreed, for the equal and proportionate benefit of all Holders of the Securities or of series thereof, as follows:
ARTICLE ONE
DEFINITIONS AND OTHER PROVISIONS
OF GENERAL APPLICATION
SECTION 101. Definitions
For all purposes of this Indenture, except as otherwise expressly provided or unless the context otherwise requires:
(1) the terms defined in this Article have the meanings assigned to them in this Article and include the plural as well as the singular;
(2) all other terms used herein which are defined in the Trust Indenture Act, either directly or by reference therein, have the meanings assigned to them therein;
(3) all accounting terms not otherwise defined herein have the meanings assigned to them in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and, except as otherwise herein expressly provided, the term “generally accepted accounting principles” with respect to any computation required or permitted hereunder shall mean such accounting principles in the United States as are generally accepted in the United States at the date of such computation;
(4) unless the context otherwise requires, any reference to an “Article” or a “Section” refers to an Article or a Section, as the case may be, of this Indenture; and
(5) the words “herein”, “hereof” and “hereunder” and other words of similar import refer to this Indenture as a whole and not to any particular Article, Section or other subdivision.
“1940 Act” means the Investment Company Act of 1940 and any statute successor thereto, in each case as amended from time to time. “Act” when used with respect to any Holder, has the meaning specified in Section 104.
“Affiliate” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For the purposes of this definition, “control” when used with respect to any specified Person means the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing.
“Authenticating Agent” means any Person authorized by the Trustee pursuant to Section 614 to act on behalf of the Trustee to authenticate Securities of one or more series.
“Board of Directors” means either the board of directors of the Company or any duly authorized committee of that board.
“Board Resolution” means a copy of a resolution certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company to have been duly adopted by the Board of Directors and to be in full force and effect on the date of such certification, and delivered to the Trustee.
“Business Day” when used with respect to any Place of Payment, means each Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday and Friday which is not a day on which banking institutions in that Place of Payment are authorized or obligated by law or executive order to close.
“Commission” means the Securities and Exchange Commission, from time to time constituted, created under the Exchange Act, or, if at any time after the execution of this instrument such Commission is not existing and performing the duties now assigned to it under the Trust Indenture Act, then the body performing such duties at such time.
“Company” means the Person named as the “Company” in the first paragraph of this instrument until a successor Person shall have become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Indenture, and thereafter “Company” shall mean such successor Person.
1



“Company Request” or “Company Order” means a written request or order signed in the name of the Company by its Chairman of the Board, its President or any Executive or Senior Vice President, and by its Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer, an Assistant Treasurer, Controller, its Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, and delivered to the Trustee.
“Corporate Trust Office” means the office of the Trustee at which at any particular time its corporate trust business shall be principally administered and which at the date hereof is located at 333 S. Grand Avenue, 5th Floor, Suite 5A, Los Angeles, CA 90071, attention: Corporate, Municipal and Escrow Services. With respect to presentation at maturity, redemption or otherwise and registration of transfer or exchange such address shall be 608 2nd Avenue South, 12th Floor, Minneapolis, MN 55402, attention: Bondholder Communications.
“corporation” means a corporation, association, company, joint-stock company or business trust. “Covenant Defeasance” has the meaning specified in Section 1303.
“Defaulted Interest” has the meaning specified in Section 307. “Defeasance” has the meaning specified in Section 1302.
“Depositary” means, with respect to Securities of any series issuable in whole or in part in the form of one or more Global Securities, a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act that is designated to act as Depositary for such Securities as contemplated by Section 301.
“Dollar” or “$” means the coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for the payment of public and private debts.
“Event of Default” has the meaning specified in Section 501.
“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and any statute successor thereto, in each case as amended from time to time. “Expiration Date” has the meaning specified in Section 104.
“Global Security” means a Security in a global form that evidences all or part of the Securities of any series and bears the legend set forth in Section 204 (or such legend as may be specified as contemplated by Section 301 for such Securities).
“Holder” means a Person in whose name a Security is registered in the Security Register.
“Indenture” means this instrument as originally executed and as it may from time to time be supplemented or amended by one or more indentures supplemental hereto entered into pursuant to the applicable provisions hereof, including, for all purposes of this instrument and any such supplemental indenture, the provisions of the Trust Indenture Act that are deemed to be a part of and govern this instrument and any such supplemental indenture, respectively. The term “Indenture” shall also include the terms of particular series of Securities established as contemplated by Section 301.
“Individual Securities” has the meaning specified in Section 301(17).
“interest” when used with respect to an Original Issue Discount Security which by its terms bears interest only after Maturity, means interest payable after Maturity.
“Interest Payment Date” when used with respect to any Security, means the Stated Maturity of an installment of interest on such Security. “Maturity” when used with respect to any Security, means the date on which the principal of such Security or an installment of principal becomes due and payable as therein or herein provided, whether at the Stated Maturity or by declaration of acceleration, call for redemption or otherwise.
“Notice of Default” means a written notice of the kind specified in Section 501(4).
“Officers’ Certificate” means a certificate signed by the Chairman of the Board, its President or any Executive or Senior Vice President, and by its Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer, an Assistant Treasurer, Controller, its Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, of the Company, and delivered to the Trustee. One of the officers signing an Officers’ Certificate given pursuant to Section 1004 shall be the principal executive, financial or accounting officer of the Company.
“Opinion of Counsel” means a written opinion of counsel, who may be counsel for the Company, and who shall be acceptable to the
“Original Issue Discount Security” means any Security which provides for an amount less than the principal amount thereof to be due and payable upon a declaration of acceleration of the Maturity thereof pursuant to Section 502.
“Outstanding” when used with respect to Securities, means, as of the date of determination, all Securities theretofore authenticated and delivered under this Indenture, except:
(1) Securities theretofore cancelled by the Trustee or delivered to the Trustee for cancellation;
(2) Securities for whose payment or redemption money in the necessary amount has been theretofore deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent (other than the Company) in trust or set aside and segregated in trust by the Company (if the Company shall act as its own Paying Agent) for the Holders of such Securities; provided that, if such Securities are to be redeemed, notice of such redemption has been duly given pursuant to this Indenture or provision therefor satisfactory to the Trustee has been made;
(3) Securities as to which Defeasance has been effected pursuant to Section 1302; and
(4) Securities which have been paid pursuant to Section 401 or in exchange for or in lieu of which other Securities have been authenticated and delivered pursuant to this Indenture, other than any such Securities in respect of which there shall have been presented to the Trustee
2


proof satisfactory to it that such Securities are held by a bona fide purchaser in whose hands such Securities are valid obligations of the Company;
provided, however, that in determining whether the Holders of the requisite principal amount of the Outstanding Securities have given, made or taken any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action hereunder as of any date, (A) the principal amount of an Original Issue Discount Security which shall be deemed to be Outstanding shall be the amount of the principal thereof which would be due and payable as of such date upon acceleration of the Maturity thereof to such date pursuant to Section 502, (B) if, as of such date, the principal amount payable at the Stated Maturity of a Security is not determinable, the principal amount of such Security which shall be deemed to be Outstanding shall be the amount as specified or determined as contemplated by Section 301, (C) the principal amount of a Security denominated in one or more foreign currencies or currency units which shall be deemed to be Outstanding shall be the U.S. dollar equivalent, determined as of such date in the manner provided as contemplated by Section 301, of the principal amount of such Security (or, in the case of a Security described in Clause (A) or (B) above, of the amount determined as provided in such Clause), and (D) Securities owned by the Company or any other obligor upon the Securities or any Affiliate of the Company or of such other obligor shall be disregarded and deemed not to be Outstanding, except that, in determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying upon any such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action, only Securities which the Trustee knows to be so owned shall be so disregarded. Securities so owned which have been pledged in good faith may be regarded as Outstanding if the pledgee establishes to the satisfaction of the Trustee the pledgee’s right so to act with respect to such Securities and that the pledgee is not the Company or any other obligor upon the Securities or any Affiliate of the Company or of such other obligor.
“Paying Agent” means any Person authorized by the Company to pay the principal of or any premium or interest on any Securities on behalf of the Company.
“Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, unincorporated organization or government or any agency or political subdivision thereof.
“Place of Payment” when used with respect to the Securities of any series, means the place or places where the principal of and any premium and interest on the Securities of that series are payable as specified as contemplated by Section 301.
“Predecessor Security” of any particular Security means every previous Security evidencing all or a portion of the same debt as that evidenced by such particular Security; and, for the purposes of this definition, any Security authenticated and delivered under Section 306 in exchange for or in lieu of a mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Security shall be deemed to evidence the same debt as the mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Security.
“Redemption Date” when used with respect to any Security to be redeemed, means the date fixed for such redemption by or pursuant to this Indenture.
“Redemption Price” when used with respect to any Security to be redeemed, means the price at which it is to be redeemed pursuant to this Indenture.
“Regular Record Date” for the interest payable on any Interest Payment Date on the Securities of any series means the date specified for that purpose as contemplated by Section 301.
Responsible Officer”, when used with respect to the Trustee, means any officer within the corporate trust department or any other successor group of the Trustee, including any vice president, assistant vice president, assistant secretary or any other officer of the Trustee customarily performing functions similar to those performed by any of the above designated officers and also means, with respect to a particular corporate trust matter, any other officer of the Trustee to whom such matter is referred because of his or her knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject and who shall have direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture.
“Securities” has the meaning stated in the first recital of this Indenture and more particularly means any Securities authenticated and delivered under this Indenture.
“Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933 and any statute successor thereto, in each case as amended from time to time. “Security Register” and “Security Registrar” have the respective meanings specified in Section 305.
“Senior Indebtedness” when used with respect to the Securities of any series, shall have the meaning established pursuant to Section 301(21) with respect to the Securities of such series.
“Special Record Date” for the payment of any Defaulted Interest means a date fixed by the Trustee pursuant to Section 307.
“Stated Maturity” when used with respect to any Security or any installment of principal thereof or interest thereon, means the date specified in such Security as the fixed date on which the principal of such Security or such installment of principal or interest is due and payable.
“Subordination Provisions” when used with respect to the Securities of any series, shall have the meaning established pursuant to Section 301(21) with respect to Securities of such series.
“Subsidiary” means a corporation more than 50% of the outstanding voting stock of which is owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company or by one or more other Subsidiaries, or by the Company and one or more other Subsidiaries. For the purposes of this definition, “voting stock” means stock which ordinarily has voting power for the election of directors, whether at all times or only so long as no senior class of stock has such voting power by reason of any contingency.
“Trust Indenture Act” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 as in force at the date as of which this instrument was executed; provided, however, that in the event the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 is amended after such date, “Trust Indenture Act” means, to the extent required by any such amendment, the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 as so amended.
3


“Trustee” means the Person named as the “Trustee” in the first paragraph of this instrument until a successor Trustee shall have become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Indenture, and thereafter “Trustee” shall mean or include each Person who is then a Trustee hereunder, and if at any time there is more than one such Person, “Trustee” as used with respect to the Securities of any series shall mean the Trustee with respect to Securities of that series.
“U.S. Government Obligation” has the meaning specified in Section 1304.
SECTION 102. Compliance Certificates and Opinions.
Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Indenture, upon any application or request by the Company to the Trustee to take any action under any provision of this Indenture, the Company shall, if requested by the Trustee, furnish to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate stating that all conditions precedent, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied with and an Opinion of Counsel stating that in the opinion of such counsel all such conditions precedent, if any, have been complied with, except that in the case of any such application or request as to which the furnishing of such documents is specifically required by any provision of this Indenture relating to such particular application or request, no additional certificate or opinion need be furnished. Each such certificate or opinion shall be given in the form of an Officers’ Certificate, if to be given by an officer of the Company, or an Opinion of Counsel, if to be given by counsel, and shall comply with the requirements of the Trust Indenture Act and any other requirements set forth in this Indenture.
Every certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture (except for certificates provided for in Section 1004) shall include,
(1) a statement that each individual signing such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition and the definitions herein relating thereto;
(2) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based;
(3) a statement that, in the opinion of each such individual, he has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and
(4) a statement as to whether, in the opinion of each such individual, such condition or covenant has been complied with.
SECTION 103. Form of Documents Delivered to Trustee.
In any case where several matters are required to be certified by, or covered by an opinion of, any specified Person, it is not necessary that all such matters be certified by, or covered by the opinion of, only one such Person, or that they be so certified or covered by only one document, but one such Person may certify or give an opinion with respect to some matters and one or more other such Persons as to other matters, and any such Person may certify or give an opinion as to such matters in one or several documents.
Any certificate or opinion of an officer of the Company may be based, insofar as it relates to legal matters, upon a certificate or opinion of, or representations by, counsel, unless such officer knows, or in the exercise of reasonable care should know, that the certificate or opinion or representations with respect to the matters upon which his certificate or opinion is based are erroneous. Any such certificate or opinion of counsel may be based, insofar as it relates to factual matters, upon a certificate or opinion of, or representations by, an officer or officers of the Company stating that the information with respect to such factual matters is in the possession of the Company, unless such counsel knows, or in the exercise of reasonable care should know, that the certificate or opinion or representations with respect to such matters are erroneous.
Where any Person is required to make, give or execute two or more applications, requests, consents, certificates, statements, opinions or other instruments under this Indenture, they may, but need not, be consolidated and form one instrument.
SECTION 104. Acts of Holders; Record Dates.
Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided or permitted by this Indenture to be given, made or taken by Holders may be embodied in and evidenced by one or more instruments of substantially similar tenor signed (either physically or by means of a facsimile or an electronic transmission, provided that such electronic transmission is transmitted through the facilities of a Depositary) by such Holders in person or by agent duly appointed in writing; and, except as herein otherwise expressly provided, such action shall become effective when such instrument or instruments are delivered (either physically or by means of a facsimile or an electronic transmission, provided that such electronic transmission is transmitted through the facilities of a Depositary) to the Trustee and, where it is hereby expressly required, to the Company. Such instrument or instruments (and the action embodied therein and evidenced thereby) are herein sometimes referred to as the “Act” of the Holders signing such instrument or instruments. Proof of execution of any such instrument or of a writing appointing any such agent shall be sufficient for any purpose of this Indenture and (subject to Section 601) conclusive in favor of the Trustee and the Company, if made in the manner provided in this Section.
The fact and date of the execution by any Person of any such instrument or writing may be proved by the affidavit of a witness of such execution or by a certificate of a notary public or other officer authorized by law to take acknowledgments of deeds, certifying that the individual signing such instrument or writing acknowledged to him the execution thereof. Where such execution is by a signer acting in a capacity other than his individual capacity, such certificate or affidavit shall also constitute sufficient proof of his authority. The fact and date of the execution of any such instrument or writing, or the authority of the Person executing the same, may also be proved in any other manner which the Trustee deems sufficient.
The ownership, principal amount and serial numbers of Securities shall be proved by the Security Register.
Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act of the Holder of any Security shall bind every future Holder of the same Security and the Holder of every Security issued upon the registration of transfer thereof or in exchange therefor or in lieu thereof
4


in respect of anything done, omitted or suffered to be done by the Trustee or the Company in reliance thereon, whether or not notation of such action is made upon such Security.
The Company may set any day as a record date for the purpose of determining the Holders of Outstanding Securities of any series entitled to give, make or take any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided or permitted by this Indenture to be given, made or taken by Holders of Securities of such series, provided that the Company may not set a record date for, and the provisions of this paragraph shall not apply with respect to, the giving or making of any notice, declaration, request or direction referred to in the next paragraph. If any record date is set pursuant to this paragraph, the Holders of Outstanding Securities of the relevant series on such record date, and no other Holders, shall be entitled to take the relevant action, whether or not such Holders remain Holders after such record date; provided that no such action shall be effective hereunder unless taken on or prior to the applicable Expiration Date by Holders of the requisite principal amount of Outstanding Securities of such series on such record date. Nothing in this paragraph shall be construed to prevent the Company from setting a new record date for any action for which a record date has previously been set pursuant to this paragraph (whereupon the record date previously set shall automatically and with no action by any Person be cancelled and of no effect), and nothing in this paragraph shall be construed to render ineffective any action taken by Holders of the requisite principal amount of Outstanding Securities of the relevant series on the date such action is taken. Promptly after any record date is set pursuant to this paragraph, the Company, at its own expense, shall cause notice of such record date, the proposed action by Holders and the applicable Expiration Date to be given to the Trustee in writing and to each Holder of Securities of the relevant series in the manner set forth in Section 106.
The Trustee may set any day as a record date for the purpose of determining the Holders of Outstanding Securities of any series entitled to join in the giving or making of (i) any Notice of Default, (ii) any declaration of acceleration referred to in Section 502, (iii) any request to institute proceedings referred to in Section 507(2) or (iv) any direction referred to in Section 512, in each case with respect to Securities of such series. If any record date is set pursuant to this paragraph, the Holders of Outstanding Securities of such series on such record date, and no other Holders, shall be entitled to join in such notice, declaration, request or direction, whether or not such Holders remain Holders after such record date; provided that no such action shall be effective hereunder unless taken on or prior to the applicable Expiration Date by Holders of the requisite principal amount of Outstanding Securities of such series on such record date. Nothing in this paragraph shall be construed to prevent the Trustee from setting a new record date for any action for which a record date has previously been set pursuant to this paragraph (whereupon the record date previously set shall automatically and with no action by any Person be cancelled and of no effect), and nothing in this paragraph shall be construed to render ineffective any action taken by Holders of the requisite principal amount of Outstanding Securities of the relevant series on the date such action is taken. Promptly after any record date is set pursuant to this paragraph, the Trustee, at the Company’s expense, shall cause notice of such record date, the proposed action by Holders and the applicable Expiration Date to be given to the Company in writing and to each Holder of Securities of the relevant series in the manner set forth in Section 106.
With respect to any record date set pursuant to this Section, the party hereto which sets such record dates may designate any day as the “Expiration Date” and from time to time may change the Expiration Date to any earlier or later day; provided that no such change shall be effective unless notice of the proposed new Expiration Date is given to the other party hereto in writing, and to each Holder of Securities of the relevant series in the manner set forth in Section 106, on or prior to the existing Expiration Date. If an Expiration Date is not designated with respect to any record date set pursuant to this Section, the party hereto which set such record date shall be deemed to have initially designated the 180th day after such record date as the Expiration Date with respect thereto, subject to its right to change the Expiration Date as provided in this paragraph. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Expiration Date shall be later than the 180th day after the applicable record date.
Without limiting the foregoing, a Holder entitled hereunder to take any action hereunder with regard to any particular Security may do so with regard to all or any part of the principal amount of such Security or by one or more duly appointed agents each of which may do so pursuant to such appointment with regard to all or any part of such principal amount.
SECTION 105. Notices, Etc., to Trustee and Company.
Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or Act of Holders or other document provided or permitted by this Indenture to be made upon, given or furnished to, or filed with,
(1) the Trustee by any Holder or by the Company shall be sufficient for every purpose hereunder if made, given, furnished or filed in writing to or with the Trustee at its Corporate Trust Office, Attention: Guaranty Bancorp Corporate Trust Administrator, or
(2) the Company by the Trustee or by any Holder shall be sufficient for every purpose hereunder (unless otherwise herein expressly provided) if in writing and mailed, first-class postage prepaid, to the Company addressed to it at the address of its principal office specified in the first paragraph of this instrument or at any other address previously furnished in writing to the Trustee by the Company.
SECTION 106. Notice to Holders; Waiver.
Where this Indenture provides for notice to Holders of any event, such notice shall be sufficiently given (unless otherwise herein expressly provided) if in writing and mailed, first-class postage prepaid (or, if international, by air mail), to each Holder affected by such event, at his address as it appears in the Security Register, not later than the latest date (if any), and not earlier than the earliest date (if any), prescribed for the giving of such notice. In any case where notice to Holders is given by mail, neither the failure to mail such notice, nor any defect in any notice so mailed, to any particular Holder shall affect the sufficiency of such notice with respect to other Holders. Where this Indenture provides for notice in any manner, such notice may be waived in writing by the Person entitled to receive such notice, either before or after the event, and such waiver shall be the equivalent of such notice. Waivers of notice by Holders shall be filed with the Trustee, but such filing shall not be a condition precedent to the validity of any action taken in reliance upon such waiver.
In case by reason of the suspension of regular mail service or by reason of any other cause it shall be impracticable to give such notice by mail, then such notification as shall be made shall constitute a sufficient notification for every purpose hereunder.
SECTION 107.Conflict with Trust Indenture Act.
If any provision hereof limits, qualifies or conflicts with a provision of the Trust Indenture Act which is required under such Act to be a part of and govern this Indenture, the latter provision shall control. If any provision of this Indenture modifies or excludes any provision of the Trust Indenture
5


Act which may be so modified or excluded, the latter provision shall be deemed to apply to this Indenture as so modified or to be excluded, as the case may be.
SECTION 108. Effect of Headings and Table of Contents.
The Article and Section headings herein and the Table of Contents are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.
SECTION 109. Successors and Assigns.
All covenants and agreements in this Indenture by the Company shall bind its successors and assigns, whether so expressed or not.
SECTION 110. Separability Clause.
In case any provision in this Indenture or in the Securities shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.
SECTION 111. Benefits of Indenture.
Nothing in this Indenture or in the Securities, express or implied, shall give to any Person, other than the parties hereto and their successors hereunder, the holders of Senior Indebtedness and the Holders, any benefit or any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under this Indenture.
SECTION 112. Governing Law and Waiver of Jury Trial.
This Indenture and the Securities shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the law of the State of New York. THE ISSUER, THE TRUSTEE AND THE HOLDERS HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVE, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS INDENTURE, THE SECURITIES OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.
SECTION 113. Legal Holidays.
In any case where any Interest Payment Date, Redemption Date or Stated Maturity of any Security shall not be a Business Day at any Place of Payment, then (notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture or of the Securities (other than a provision of any Security which specifically states that such provision shall apply in lieu of this Section)) payment of interest or principal (and premium, if any) need not be made at such Place of Payment on such date, but may be made on the next succeeding Business Day at such Place of Payment with the same force and effect as if made on the Interest Payment Date or Redemption Date, or at the Stated Maturity and no additional interest shall accrue.
SECTION 114. Language of Notices, Etc.
Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or Act required or permitted under this Indenture shall be in the English language, except that any published notice may be in an official language of the country of publication.
SECTION 115. Force Majeure.
In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations hereunder arising out of or caused by, directly or indirectly, forces beyond its control, including, without limitation, strikes, work stoppages, accidents, acts of war or terrorism, civil or military disturbances, nuclear or natural catastrophes or acts of God, and interruptions, loss or malfunctions of utilities, communications or third party computer (software and hardware) services.
SECTION 116. U.S.A. PATRIOT Act.
The parties hereto acknowledge that in accordance with Section 326 of the U.S.A. PATRIOT Act, the Trustee is required to obtain, verify, and record information that identifies each person or legal entity that establishes a relationship or opens an account with the Trustee. The parties to this Indenture agree that they will provide the Trustee with such information as it may request in order for the Trustee to satisfy the requirements of the U.S.A. Patriot Act.
SECTION 117. Consent to Jurisdiction.
Any legal suit, action or proceeding arising out of or based upon this Indenture or the transactions contemplated hereby (“Related Proceedings”) may be instituted in the federal courts of the United States of America located in the City of New York or the courts of the State of New York in each case located in the City of New York (collectively, the “Specified Courts”), and each party irrevocably submits to the non- exclusive jurisdiction of such courts in any such suit, action or proceeding. Service of any process, summons, notice or document by mail (to the extent allowed under any applicable statute or rule of court) to such party’s address set forth above shall be effective service of process for any suit, action or other proceeding brought in any such court. The parties irrevocably and unconditionally waive any objection to the laying of venue of any suit, action or other proceeding in the Specified Courts and irrevocably and unconditionally waive and agree not to plead or claim any such suit, action or other proceeding has been brought in an inconvenient forum.
6


ARTICLE TWO
SECURITY FORMS
SECTION 201. Forms Generally.
The Securities of each series shall be in substantially the form set forth in this Article, or in such other form as shall be established by or pursuant to a Board Resolution or in one or more indentures supplemental hereto, in each case with such appropriate insertions, omissions, substitutions and other variations as are required or permitted by this Indenture, and may have such letters, numbers or other marks of identification and such legends or endorsements placed thereon as may be required to comply with applicable laws or the rules of any securities exchange or automated quotation system on which the Securities of such series may be listed or traded or any Depositary therefor or as may, consistently herewith, be determined by the officers executing such Securities, as evidenced by their execution thereof. If the form of Securities of any series is established by action taken pursuant to a Board Resolution, a copy of an appropriate record of such action shall be certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company and delivered to the Trustee at or prior to the delivery of the Company Order contemplated by Section 303 for the authentication and delivery of such Securities.
The definitive Securities shall be printed, lithographed or engraved on steel engraved borders or may be produced in any other manner, all as determined by the officers executing such Securities, as evidenced by their execution of such Securities.
SECTION 202. Form of Face of Security.
[Insert any legend required by the Internal Revenue Code and the regulations thereunder.]

7


Guaranty Bancorp
[Insert title of the Securities]
Guaranty Bancorp, a corporation duly organized and existing under the laws of Delaware (herein called the “Company”, which term includes any successor Person under the Indenture hereinafter referred to), for value received, hereby promises to pay to , or registered assigns, the principal sum of Dollars on [if the Security is to bear interest prior to Maturity, insert—, and to pay interest thereon from or from the most recent Interest Payment Date to which interest has been paid or duly provided for, semi-annually on and in each year, commencing , at the rate of % per annum, until the principal hereof is paid or made available for payment [if applicable, insert—, provided that any principal and premium, and any such installment of interest, which is overdue shall bear interest at the rate of % per annum (to the extent that the payment of such interest shall be legally enforceable), from the dates such amounts are due until they are paid or made available for payment, and such interest shall be payable on demand]. The interest so payable, and punctually paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date will, as provided in such Indenture, be paid to the Person in whose name this Security (or one or more Predecessor Securities) is registered at the close of business on the Regular Record Date for such interest, which shall be the or (whether or not a Business Day), as the case may be, next preceding such Interest Payment Date. Any such interest not so punctually paid or duly provided for will forthwith cease to be payable to the Holder on such Regular Record Date and may either be paid to the Person in whose name this Security (or one or more Predecessor Securities) is registered at the close of business on a Special Record Date for the payment of such Defaulted Interest to be fixed by the Trustee, notice whereof shall be given to Holders of Securities of this series not less than 10 days prior to such Special Record Date, or be paid at any time in any other lawful manner not inconsistent with the requirements of any securities exchange or automated quotation system on which the Securities of this series may be listed or traded, and upon such notice as may be required by such exchange or automated quotation system, all as more fully provided in said Indenture].
[If the Security is not to bear interest prior to Maturity, insert—The principal of this Security shall not bear interest except in the case of a default in payment of principal upon acceleration, upon redemption or at Stated Maturity and in such case the overdue principal and any overdue premium shall bear interest at the rate of % per annum (to the extent that the payment of such interest shall be legally enforceable), from the dates such amounts are due until they are paid or made available for payment. Interest on any overdue principal or premium shall be payable on demand.]
Payment of the principal of (and premium, if any) and [if applicable, insert—any such] interest on this Security will be made at the office or agency of the Company maintained for that purpose in , in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts [if applicable, insert—; provided, however, that at the option of the Company payment of interest may be made by check mailed to the address of the Person entitled thereto as such address shall appear in the Security Register].
Reference is hereby made to the further provisions of this Security set forth on the reverse hereof, which further provisions shall for all purposes have the same effect as if set forth at this place.
Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been executed by the Trustee referred to on the reverse hereof by manual signature, this Security shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this instrument to be duly executed under its corporate seal. Dated:
Dated:                     
By:                         


By:                         


Attest:                     

8


SECTION 203. Form of Reverse of Security.
This Security is one of a duly authorized issue of securities of the Company (herein called the “Securities”), issued and to be issued in one or more series under an Indenture, dated as of (herein called the “Indenture”, which term shall have the meaning assigned to it in such instrument), between the Company and , as Trustee (herein called the “Trustee”, which term includes any successor trustee under the Indenture), and reference is hereby made to the Indenture for a statement of the respective rights, limitations of rights, duties and immunities thereunder of the Company, the Trustee, the holders of Senior Indebtedness and the Holders of the Securities and of the terms upon which the Securities are, and are to be, authenticated and delivered. This Security is one of the series designated on the face hereof [if applicable, insert—, limited in aggregate principal amount to $ ].
[If applicable, insert—The Securities of this series are subject to redemption upon not less than 30 days’ nor more than 60 days’ notice by mail, at any time [if applicable, insert—on or after , 20 ], as a whole or in part, at the election of the Company, at the following Redemption Prices (expressed as percentages of the principal amount): If redeemed [if applicable, insert—on or before , %, and if redeemed] during the 12-month period beginning of the years indicated,

Year                        Redemption                Redemption
                         Price            Year         Price
and thereafter at a Redemption Price equal to % of the principal amount, together in the case of any such redemption with accrued interest to the Redemption Date, but interest installments whose Stated Maturity is on or prior to such Redemption Date will be payable to the Holders of such Securities, or one or more Predecessor Securities, of record at the close of business on the relevant Record Dates referred to on the face hereof, all as provided in the Indenture.]
    [If applicable, insert—The Securities of this series are subject to redemption upon not less than 30 days’ notice by mail, (1) on in any year commencing with the year and ending with the year through operation of the sinking fund for this series at the Redemption Prices for redemption through operation of the sinking fund (expressed as percentages of the principal amount) set forth in the table below, and (2) at any time [if applicable, insert—on or after ], as a whole or in part, at the election of the Company, at the Redemption Prices for redemption otherwise than through operation of the sinking fund (expressed as percentages of the principal amount) set forth in the table below: If redeemed during the 12- month period beginning of the years indicated,
                         Redemption Price                 Redemption Price For
                         For Redemption                 Redemption Otherwise
                        Through Operation                Than Through Operation
Year                        of the Sinking Fund                 of the Sinking Fund

and thereafter at a Redemption Price equal to % of the principal amount, together in the case of any such redemption (whether through operation of the sinking fund or otherwise) with accrued interest to the Redemption Date, but interest installments whose Stated Maturity is on or prior to such Redemption Date will be payable to the Holders of such Securities, or one or more Predecessor Securities, of record at the close of business on the relevant Record Dates referred to on the face hereof, all as provided in the Indenture.]
    [If applicable, insert—Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may not, prior to , redeem any Securities of this series as contemplated by [if applicable, insert—Clause (2) of] the preceding paragraph as a part of, or in anticipation of, any refunding operation by the application, directly or indirectly, of moneys borrowed having an interest cost to the Company (calculated in accordance with generally accepted financial practice) of less than % per annum.]
    [If applicable, insert—The sinking fund for this series provides for the redemption on in each year beginning with the year and ending with the year of [if applicable, insert—not less than $ (“mandatory sinking fund”) and not more than] $ aggregate principal amount of Securities of this series. Securities of this series acquired or redeemed by the Company otherwise than through [if applicable, insert—mandatory] sinking fund payments may be credited against subsequent [if applicable, insert—mandatory] sinking fund payments otherwise required to be made [if applicable, insert—, in the inverse order in which they become due].]
    [If the Security is subject to redemption of any kind, insert—In the event of redemption of this Security in part only, a new Security or Securities of this series and of like tenor for the unredeemed portion hereof will be issued in the name of the Holder hereof upon the cancellation hereof.]
    [Insert paragraph regarding subordination of the Security.]
    [If applicable, insert—The Indenture contains provisions for defeasance at any time of [the entire indebtedness of this Security] [or] [certain restrictive covenants and Events of Default with respect to this Security] [, in each case] upon compliance with certain conditions set forth in the Indenture.]
    [If the Security is not an Original Issue Discount Security, insert—If an Event of Default with respect to Securities of this series shall occur and be continuing, the principal of the Securities of this series may be declared due and payable in the manner and with the effect provided in the Indenture.]
    [If the Security is an Original Issue Discount Security, insert—If an Event of Default with respect to Securities of this series shall occur and be continuing, an amount of principal of the Securities of this series may be declared due and payable in the manner and with the effect provided in the
9


Indenture. Such amount shall be equal to—insert formula for determining the amount. Upon payment (i) of the amount of principal so declared due and payable and (ii) of interest on any overdue principal, premium and interest (in each case to the extent that the payment of such interest shall be enforceable), all of the Company’s obligations in respect of the payment of the principal of and premium and interest, if any, on the Securities of this series shall terminate.]
    The Indenture permits, with certain exceptions as therein provided, the amendment thereof and the modification of the rights and obligations of the Company and the rights of the Holders of the Securities of each series to be affected under the Indenture at any time by the Company and the Trustee with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Securities at the time Outstanding of each series to be affected. The Indenture also contains provisions permitting the Holders of specified percentages in principal amount of the Securities of each series at the time Outstanding, on behalf of the Holders of all Securities of such series, to waive compliance by the Company with certain provisions of the Indenture and certain past defaults under the Indenture and their consequences. Any such consent or waiver by the Holder of this Security shall be conclusive and binding upon such Holder and upon all future Holders of this Security and of any Security issued upon the registration of transfer hereof or in exchange herefor or in lieu hereof, whether or not notation of such consent or waiver is made upon this Security.
    As provided in and subject to the provisions of the Indenture, the Holder of this Security shall not have the right to institute any proceeding with respect to the Indenture or for the appointment of a receiver or trustee or for any other remedy thereunder, unless such Holder shall have previously given the Trustee written notice of a continuing Event of Default with respect to the Securities of this series, the Holders of not less than 25% in principal amount of the Securities of this series at the time Outstanding shall have made written request to the Trustee to institute proceedings in respect of such Event of Default as Trustee and offered the Trustee security and indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee, and the Trustee shall not have received from the Holders of a majority in principal amount of Securities of this series at the time Outstanding a direction inconsistent with such request, and shall have failed to institute any such proceeding, for 60 days after receipt of such notice, request and offer of indemnity. The foregoing shall not apply to any suit instituted by the Holder of this Security for the enforcement of any payment of principal hereof or any premium or interest hereon on or after the respective due dates expressed herein.
    No reference herein to the Indenture and no provision of this Security or of the Indenture shall alter or impair the obligation of the Company, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay the principal of and any premium and interest on this Security at the times, place and rate, and in the coin or currency, herein prescribed.
    [If a Global Security, insert—This Global Security or portion hereof may not be exchanged for definitive Securities of this series except in the limited circumstances provided in the Indenture.
    The holders of beneficial interests in this Global Security will not be entitled to receive physical delivery of definitive Securities except as described in the Indenture and will not be considered the Holders thereof for any purpose under the Indenture.]
    [If a definitive Security, insert—As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations therein set forth, the transfer of this Security is registrable in the Security Register, upon surrender of this Security for registration of transfer at the office or agency of the Company in any place where the principal of and any premium and interest on this Security are payable, duly endorsed by, or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company and the Security Registrar duly executed by, the Holder hereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing, and thereupon one or more new Securities of this series and of like tenor, of authorized denominations and for the same aggregate principal amount, will be issued to the designated transferee or transferees.]
    The Securities of this series are issuable only in registered form without coupons in denominations of $ and any integral multiple thereof. As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations therein set forth, Securities of this series are exchangeable for a like aggregate principal amount of Securities of this series and of like tenor of a different authorized denomination, as requested by the Holder surrendering the same.
    No service charge shall be made for any such registration of transfer or exchange, but the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge payable in connection therewith.
    Prior to due presentment of this Security for registration of transfer, the Company, the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the Trustee may treat the Person in whose name this Security is registered as the owner hereof for all purposes, whether or not this Security be overdue, and neither the Company, the Trustee nor any such agent shall be affected by notice to the contrary.
    This Security shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the state of New York.
    All terms used in this Security which are defined in the Indenture shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.
SECTION 204. Form of Legend for Global Securities.
    Unless otherwise specified as contemplated by Section 301 for the Securities evidenced thereby, every Global Security authenticated and delivered hereunder shall bear a legend in substantially the following form:
THIS SECURITY IS A GLOBAL SECURITY WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE INDENTURE HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO AND IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF A DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE THEREOF. THIS SECURITY MAY NOT BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR A SECURITY REGISTERED, AND NO TRANSFER OF THIS SECURITY IN WHOLE OR IN PART MAY BE REGISTERED, IN THE NAME OF ANY PERSON OTHER THAN A TRANSFER OF THIS SECURITY AS A WHOLE BY THE DEPOSITARY TO A NOMINEE THEREOF, OR BY A NOMINEE OF A DEPOSITARY TO THE DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE THEREOF OR BY THE DEPOSITARY OR ANY NOMINEE THEREOF TO A SUCCESSOR OF THE DEPOSITARY, OR A NOMINEE OF THE SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY, EXCEPT IN THE LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES DESCRIBED IN THE INDENTURE.
10


SECTION 205. Form of Trustee’s Certificate of Authentication.
    The Trustee’s certificates of authentication shall be in substantially the following form:
    This is one of the Securities of the series designated therein referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture.

Wells Fargo Bank, National Association
                        
As Trustee

By:                         
Authorized Signatory

11


ARTICLE THREE
THE SECURITIES
SECTION 301. Amount Unlimited; Issuable in Series.
The aggregate principal amount of Securities which may be authenticated and delivered under this Indenture is unlimited.
The Securities may be issued in one or more series. There shall be established in or pursuant to a Board Resolution and, subject to Section 303, set forth, or determined in the manner provided, in an Officers’ Certificate, or established in one or more indentures supplemental hereto, prior to the issuance of Securities of any series:
(1) the form and title of the Securities of the series (which shall distinguish the Securities of the series from Securities of any other series);
(2) any limit upon the aggregate principal amount of the Securities of the series which may be authenticated and delivered under this Indenture (except for Securities authenticated and delivered upon registration of transfer of, or in exchange for, or in lieu of, other Securities of the series pursuant to Section 304, 305, 306, 906 or 1107 and except for any Securities which, pursuant to Section 303, are deemed never to have been authenticated and delivered hereunder);
(3) the Person to whom any interest on a Security of the series shall be payable, if other than the Person in whose name that Security (or one or more Predecessor Securities) is registered at the close of business on the Regular Record Date for such interest;
(4) the date or dates on which the principal of any Securities of the series is payable;
(5)the rate or rates (which may be fixed or variable or a combination thereof) at which any Securities of the series shall bear interest, if any, the date or dates from which any such interest shall accrue, the Interest Payment Dates on which any such interest shall be payable and the Regular Record Date for any such interest payable on any Interest Payment Date;
(6)the place or places where the principal of and any premium and interest on any Securities of the series shall be payable, Securities of the series may be surrendered for registration of transfer, Securities of the series may be surrendered for exchange and notices, and demands to or upon the Company in respect of the Securities of the series and this Indenture may be served;
(7) the period or periods within which, the price or prices at which and the terms and conditions upon which any Securities of the series may be redeemed, in whole or in part, at the option of the Company and, if other than by a Board Resolution, the manner in which any election by the Company to redeem the Securities shall be evidenced;
(8) the obligation, if any, of the Company to redeem or purchase any Securities of the series pursuant to any sinking fund or analogous provisions or at the option of the Holder thereof and the period or periods within which, the price or prices at which and the terms and conditions upon which any Securities of the series shall be redeemed or purchased, in whole or in part, pursuant to such obligation;
(9) whether the Securities will be convertible or exchangeable into or for shares of common stock or other securities of the Company and, if so, the terms and conditions upon which such Securities will be so convertible or exchangeable, including the conversion price or exchange ratio and the conversion or exchange period;
(10) if other than denominations of $1,000 and any integral multiple thereof, the denominations in which any Securities of the series shall be issuable;
(11) if the amount of principal of or any premium or interest on any Securities of the series may be determined with reference to an index or pursuant to a formula, the manner in which such amounts shall be determined;
(12) if other than the currency of the United States of America, the currency, currencies or currency units in which the principal of or any premium or interest on any Securities of the series shall be payable and the manner of determining the equivalent thereof in the currency of the United States of America for any purpose, including for purposes of the definition of “Outstanding” in Section 101;
(13) if the principal of or any premium or interest on any Securities of the series is to be payable, at the election of the Company or the Holder thereof, in one or more currencies or currency units other than that or those in which such Securities are stated to be payable, the currency, currencies or currency units in which the principal of or any premium or interest on such Securities as to which such election is made shall be payable, the periods within which and the terms and conditions upon which such election is to be made and the amount so payable (or the manner in which such amount shall be determined);
(14) if other than the entire principal amount thereof, the portion of the principal amount of any Securities of the series which shall be payable upon declaration of acceleration of the Maturity thereof pursuant to Section 502;
(15) if the principal amount payable at the Stated Maturity of any Securities of the series will not be determinable as of any one or more dates prior to the Stated Maturity, the amount which shall be deemed to be the principal amount of such Securities as of any such date for any purpose thereunder or hereunder, including the principal amount thereof which shall be due and payable upon any Maturity other than the Stated Maturity or which shall be deemed to be Outstanding as of any date prior to the Stated Maturity (or, in any such case, the manner in which such amount deemed to be the principal amount shall be determined);
(16) if applicable, that the Securities of the series, in whole or any specified part, shall be defeasible pursuant to Section 1302 or Section 1303 or both such Sections and, if other than by a Board Resolution, the manner in which any election by the Company to defease such Securities shall be evidenced;
12


(17) if applicable, that any Securities of the series shall be issuable in whole or in part in the form of one or more Global Securities and, in such case, the respective Depositaries for such Global Securities, the form of any legend or legends which shall be borne by any such Global Security in addition to or in lieu of that set forth in Section 204 and any circumstances in addition to or in lieu of those set forth in Clause (2) of the last paragraph of Section 305 in which any such Global Security may be exchanged in whole or in part for Securities registered, and any transfer of such Global Security in whole or in part may be registered, in the name or names of Persons other than the Depositary for such Global Security or a nominee thereof (“Individual Securities”);
(18) any addition to or change in the Events of Default which applies to any Securities of the series and any change in the right of the Trustee or the requisite Holders of such Securities to declare the principal amount thereof due and payable pursuant to Section 502; (19)any addition to or change in the covenants set forth in Article Ten which applies to Securities of the series; and
(20) any other terms of the series (which terms shall not be inconsistent with the provisions of this Indenture, except as permitted by Section 901(5)); and
(21) the terms pursuant to which the Securities of such series will be made subordinate in right of payment to Senior Indebtedness and the definition of such Senior Indebtedness with respect to such series; and, such Board Resolution, Officers’ Certificate or supplemental indenture, as the case may be, establishing the terms of such series shall expressly state which articles, sections or other provisions thereof constitute the “Subordination Provisions” with respect to the Securities of such series.
All Securities of any one series shall be substantially identical except as to denomination and except as may otherwise be provided in or pursuant to the Board Resolution referred to above and (subject to Section 303) set forth, or determined in the manner provided, in the Officers’ Certificate referred to above or in any such indenture supplemental hereto.
If any of the terms of the series are established by action taken pursuant to a Board Resolution, a copy of an appropriate record of such action shall be certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company and delivered to the Trustee at or prior to the delivery of the Officers’ Certificate setting forth the terms of the series.
The Securities of each series shall be subordinated in right of payment to Senior Indebtedness as provided in the Subordination Provisions for such series.
SECTION 302. Denominations.
The Securities of each series shall be issuable only in registered form without coupons and only in such denominations as shall be specified as contemplated by Section 301. In the absence of any such specified denomination with respect to the Securities of any series, the Securities of such series shall be issuable in denominations of $1,000 and any integral multiple in excess thereof.
SECTION 303. Execution, Authentication, Delivery and Dating.
The Securities shall be executed on behalf of the Company by its Chairman of the Board, its President or one of its Executive or Senior Vice Presidents, under its corporate seal reproduced thereon attested by its Secretary or one of its Assistant Secretaries. The signature of any of these officers on the Securities may be manual or facsimile.
Securities bearing the manual or facsimile signatures of individuals who were at any time the proper officers of the Company shall bind the Company, notwithstanding that such individuals or any of them have ceased to hold such offices prior to the authentication and delivery of such Securities or did not hold such offices at the date of such Securities.
At any time and from time to time after the execution and delivery of this Indenture, the Company may deliver Securities of any series executed by the Company to the Trustee for authentication, together with a Company Order for the authentication and delivery of such Securities, and the Trustee in accordance with the Company Order shall authenticate and deliver such Securities. If the form or terms of the Securities of the series have been established by or pursuant to one or more Board Resolutions as permitted by Sections 201 and 301, in authenticating such Securities, and accepting the additional responsibilities under this Indenture in relation to such Securities, the Trustee shall receive, and (subject to Section 601) shall be fully protected in conclusively relying upon, an Opinion of Counsel stating,
(1) if the form of such Securities has been established by or pursuant to Board Resolution as permitted by Section 201, that such form has been established in conformity with the provisions of this Indenture;
(2) if the terms of such Securities have been established by or pursuant to Board Resolution as permitted by Section 301, that such terms have been established in conformity with the provisions of this Indenture; and
(3) that such Securities, when authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and issued by the Company in the manner and subject to any conditions specified in such Opinion of Counsel, will constitute valid and legally binding obligations of the Company enforceable in accordance with their terms, subject to bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent transfer, reorganization, moratorium and similar laws of general applicability relating to or affecting creditors’ rights and to general equity principles.
If the authentication and delivery relates to a new series of Securities created by an indenture supplemental hereto, such Opinion of Counsel shall, in addition to opinions (1) through (3) described in the immediately preceding paragraph, also state that all conditions precedent to the execution of the supplemental indenture with respect to that series of Securities have been complied with, the Company has the power to execute and deliver such supplemental indenture and has taken all necessary action for those purposes and any such supplemental indenture has been executed and delivered and constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Company enforceable in accordance with its terms, subject to bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent transfer, reorganization, moratorium and similar laws of general applicability relating to or affecting creditors’ rights and to general equity principles.
13


If such form or terms have been so established, the Trustee shall not be required to authenticate such Securities if the issue of such Securities pursuant to this Indenture will affect the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under the Securities and this Indenture.
Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 301 and of the preceding paragraph, if all Securities of a series are not to be originally issued at one time, it shall not be necessary to deliver the Officers’ Certificate otherwise required pursuant to Section 301 or the Company Order and Opinion of Counsel otherwise required pursuant to such preceding paragraph at or prior to the authentication of each Security of such series if such documents are delivered at or prior to the authentication upon original issuance of the first Security of such series to be issued.
Each Security shall be dated the date of its authentication.
No Security shall be entitled to any benefit under this Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose unless there appears on such Security a certificate of authentication substantially in the form provided for herein executed by the Trustee by manual signature, and such certificate upon any Security shall be conclusive evidence, and the only evidence, that such Security has been duly authenticated and delivered hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any Security shall have been authenticated and delivered hereunder but never issued and sold by the Company, and the Company shall deliver such Security to the Trustee for cancellation as provided in Section 309, for all purposes of this Indenture such Security shall be deemed never to have been authenticated and delivered hereunder and shall never be entitled to the benefits of this Indenture.
SECTION 304. Temporary Securities.
Pending the preparation of definitive Securities of any series, the Company may execute, and upon Company Order the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, temporary Securities which are printed, lithographed, typewritten, mimeographed or otherwise produced, in any authorized denomination, substantially of the tenor of the definitive Securities in lieu of which they are issued and with such appropriate insertions, omissions, substitutions and other variations as the officers executing such Securities may determine, as evidenced by their execution of such Securities.
If temporary Securities of any series are issued, the Company will cause definitive Securities of that series to be prepared without unreasonable delay. After the preparation of definitive Securities of such series, the temporary Securities of such series shall be exchangeable for definitive Securities of such series upon surrender of the temporary Securities of such series at the office or agency of the Company in a Place of Payment for that series, without charge to the Holder. Upon surrender for cancellation of any one or more temporary Securities of any series, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver in exchange therefor one or more definitive Securities of the same series, of any authorized denominations and of like tenor and aggregate principal amount. Until so exchanged, the temporary Securities of any series shall in all respects be entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as definitive Securities of such series and tenor.
SECTION 305. Registration, Registration of Transfer and Exchange.
The Company shall cause to be kept at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee a register (the register maintained in such office and in any other office or agency of the Company in a Place of Payment being herein sometimes collectively referred to as the “Security Register”) in which, subject to such reasonable regulations as it may prescribe, the Company shall provide for the registration of Securities and of transfers of Securities. The Trustee is hereby appointed “Security Registrar” for the purpose of registering Securities and transfers of Securities as herein provided.
Upon surrender for registration of transfer of any Security of a series at the office or agency of the Company in a Place of Payment for that series, the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, in the name of the designated transferee or transferees, one or more new Securities of the same series, of any authorized denominations and of like tenor and aggregate principal amount.
At the option of the Holder, Securities of any series may be exchanged for other Securities of the same series, of any authorized denominations and of like tenor and aggregate principal amount, upon surrender of the Securities to be exchanged at such office or agency. Whenever any Securities are so surrendered for exchange, the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, the Securities which the Holder making the exchange is entitled to receive.
All Securities issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of Securities shall be the valid obligations of the Company, evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture, as the Securities surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange.
Every Security presented or surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange shall (if so required by the Company or the Trustee) be duly endorsed, or be accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company and the Security Registrar duly executed, by the Holder thereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing.
No service charge shall be made for any registration of transfer or exchange of Securities, but the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in connection with any registration of transfer or exchange of Securities, other than exchanges pursuant to Section 304, 906 or 1107 not involving any transfer.
If the Securities of any series (or of any series and specified tenor) are to be redeemed in part, the Company shall not be required (A) to issue, register the transfer of or exchange any Securities of that series (or of that series and specified tenor, as the case may be) during a period beginning at the opening of business 15 days before the day of the mailing of a notice of redemption of any such Securities selected for redemption under Section 1103 and ending at the close of business on the day of such mailing, or (B) to register the transfer of or exchange any Security so selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Security being redeemed in part.
The provisions of Clauses (1), (2), (3) and (4) below shall apply only to Global Securities:
(1) Each Global Security authenticated under this Indenture shall be registered in the name of the Depositary designated for such Global Security or a nominee thereof and delivered to such Depositary or a nominee thereof or custodian therefor, and each such Global Security shall constitute a single Security for all purposes of this Indenture.
(2) Notwithstanding any other provision in this Indenture, no Global Security may be exchanged in whole or in part for Securities registered, and no transfer of a Global Security in whole or in part may be registered, in the name of any Person other than a transfer of this Security as a whole by
14


the Depositary to a nominee thereof, or by a nominee of the Depositary to the Depositary or another nominee thereof or by the Depositary or any nominee thereof to a successor of the Depositary or a nominee of the successor Depositary, unless (A) such Depositary (i) has notified the Company that it is unwilling or unable to continue as Depositary for such Global Security or (ii) has ceased to be a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act, (B) there shall have occurred and be continuing an Event of Default with respect to such Global Security or (C) there shall exist such circumstances, if any, in addition to or in lieu of the foregoing as have been specified for this purpose as contemplated by Section 301.
(3) Subject to Clause (2) above, any exchange of a Global Security for other Securities may be made in whole or in part, and all Securities issued in exchange for a Global Security or any portion thereof shall be registered in such names as the Depositary for such Global Security shall direct.
(4) Every Security authenticated and delivered upon registration of transfer of, or in exchange for or in lieu of, a Global Security or any portion thereof, whether pursuant to this Section, Section 304, 306, 906 or 1107 or otherwise, shall be authenticated and delivered in the form of, and shall be, a Global Security, unless such Security is registered in the name of a Person other than the Depositary for such Global Security or a nominee thereof.
SECTION 306. Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost and Stolen Securities.
If any mutilated Security is surrendered to the Trustee, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver in exchange therefor a new Security of the same series and of like tenor and principal amount and bearing a number not contemporaneously outstanding.
If there shall be delivered to the Company and the Trustee (i) evidence to their satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of any Security and (ii) such security or indemnity as may be required by them to save each of them and any agent of either of them harmless, then, in the absence of notice to the Company or the Trustee that such Security has been acquired by a bona fide purchaser, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, in lieu of any such destroyed, lost or stolen Security, a new Security of the same series and of like tenor and principal amount and bearing a number not contemporaneously outstanding.
In case any such mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Security has become or is about to become due and payable, the Company in its discretion may, instead of issuing a new Security, pay such Security.
Upon the issuance of any new Security under this Section, the Company may require the payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in relation thereto and any other expenses (including the fees and expenses of the Trustee) connected therewith.
Every new Security of any series issued pursuant to this Section in lieu of any destroyed, lost or stolen Security shall constitute an original additional contractual obligation of the Company, whether or not the destroyed, lost or stolen Security shall be at any time enforceable by anyone, and shall be entitled to all the benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with any and all other Securities of that series duly issued hereunder.
The provisions of this Section are exclusive and shall preclude (to the extent lawful) all other rights and remedies with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Securities.
SECTION 307. Payment of Interest; Interest Rights Preserved.
Except as otherwise provided as contemplated by Section 301 with respect to any series of Securities, interest on any Security which is payable, and is punctually paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date shall be paid to the Person in whose name that Security (or one or more Predecessor Securities) is registered at the close of business on the Regular Record Date for such interest.
Any interest on any Security of any series which is payable, but is not punctually paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date (herein called “Defaulted Interest”) shall forthwith cease to be payable to the Holder on the relevant Regular Record Date by virtue of having been such Holder, and such Defaulted Interest may be paid by the Company, at its election in each case, as provided in Clause (1) or (2) below:
(1) The Company may elect to make payment of any Defaulted Interest to the Persons in whose names the Securities of such series (or their respective Predecessor Securities) are registered at the close of business on a Special Record Date for the payment of such Defaulted Interest, which shall be fixed in the following manner. The Company shall notify the Trustee in writing of the amount of Defaulted Interest proposed to be paid on each Security of such series and the date of the proposed payment, and at the same time the Company shall deposit with the Trustee an amount of money equal to the aggregate amount proposed to be paid in respect of such Defaulted Interest, such money when deposited to be held in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled to such Defaulted Interest as in this Clause provided. Thereupon the Trustee shall fix a Special Record Date for the payment of such Defaulted Interest which shall be not more than 15 days and not less than 10 days prior to the date of the proposed payment and not less than 10 days after the receipt by the Trustee of the notice of the proposed payment. The Trustee shall promptly notify the Company of such Special Record Date and, in the name and at the expense of the Company, shall cause notice of the proposed payment of such Defaulted Interest and the Special Record Date therefor to be given to each Holder of Securities of such series in the manner set forth in Section 106, not less than 10 days prior to such Special Record Date. Notice of the proposed payment of such Defaulted Interest and the Special Record Date therefor having been so mailed, such Defaulted Interest shall be paid to the Persons in whose names the Securities of such series (or their respective Predecessor Securities) are registered at the close of business on such Special Record Date and shall no longer be payable pursuant to the following Clause (2).
(2) The Company may make payment of any Defaulted Interest on the Securities of any series in any other lawful manner not inconsistent with the requirements of any securities exchange on which such Securities may be listed, and upon such notice as may be required by such exchange, if, after notice given by the Company to the Trustee of the proposed payment pursuant to this Clause, such manner of payment shall be deemed practicable by the Trustee.
Subject to the foregoing provisions of this Section, each Security delivered under this Indenture upon registration of transfer of or in exchange for or in lieu of any other Security shall carry the rights to interest accrued and unpaid, and to accrue, which were carried by such other Security.
SECTION 308. Persons Deemed Owners.
15


Prior to due presentment of a Security at maturity, redemption or for registration of transfer, the Company, the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the Trustee may treat the Person in whose name such Security is registered as the owner of such Security for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of and any premium and (subject to Section 307) any interest on such Security and for all other purposes whatsoever, whether or not such Security be overdue, and neither the Company, the Trustee nor any agent of the Company or the Trustee shall be affected by notice to the contrary.
SECTION 309.Cancellation.
All Securities surrendered for payment, redemption, registration of transfer or exchange or for credit against any sinking fund payment shall, if surrendered to any Person other than the Trustee, be delivered to the Trustee and shall be promptly cancelled by it. The Company may at any time deliver to the Trustee for cancellation any Securities previously authenticated and delivered hereunder which the Company may have acquired in any manner whatsoever, and may deliver to the Trustee (or to any other Person for delivery to the Trustee) for cancellation any Securities previously authenticated hereunder which the Company has not issued and sold, and all Securities so delivered shall be promptly cancelled by the Trustee. No Securities shall be authenticated in lieu of or in exchange for any Securities cancelled as provided in this Section, except as expressly permitted by this Indenture. All cancelled Securities held by the Trustee shall be disposed of in accordance with the Trustee’s customary procedures.
SECTION 310. Computation of Interest.
Except as otherwise specified as contemplated by Section 301 for Securities of any series, interest on the Securities of each series shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months.
SECTION 311. CUSIP
The Company in issuing the Securities may use CUSIP numbers (if then generally in use) and, if so, the Trustee shall use CUSIP numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders, provided that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers either as printed on the Securities or as contained in any notice of redemption and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Securities. Any such redemption shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such numbers.
ARTICLE FOUR
SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE
SECTION 401. Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture.
This Indenture shall upon Company Request cease to be of further effect (except as to any surviving rights of registration of transfer or exchange of Securities herein expressly provided for), and the Trustee, at the expense of the Company, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, when
(1) either
(A) all Securities theretofore authenticated and delivered (other than (i) Securities which have been destroyed, lost or stolen and which have been replaced or paid as provided in Section 306 and (ii) Securities for whose payment money has theretofore been deposited in trust or segregated and held in trust by the Company and thereafter repaid to the Company or discharged from such trust, as provided in Section 1003) have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or
(B) all such Securities not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation
(i) have become due and payable, or
(ii)will become due and payable at their Stated Maturity within one year, or
(iii)are to be called for redemption within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Company, and the Company, in the case of (i), (ii) or (iii) above, has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in trust for the purpose money in an amount sufficient (as determined by the Company) to pay and discharge the entire indebtedness on such Securities not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation, for principal and any premium and interest to the date of such deposit (in the case of Securities which have become due and payable) or to the Stated Maturity or Redemption Date, as the case may be;
(2) the Company has paid or caused to be paid all other sums payable hereunder by the Company; and
(3) the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture have been complied with.
Notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, the obligations of the Company to the Trustee under Section 607, the obligations of the Trustee to any Authenticating Agent under Section 614 and, if money shall have been deposited with the Trustee pursuant to subclause (B) of Clause (1) of this Section, the obligations of the Trustee under Section 402 and the last paragraph of Section 1003 shall survive.
SECTION 402. Application of Trust Money.
Subject to the provisions of the last paragraph of Section 1003, all money deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 401 shall be held in trust and applied by it, in accordance with the provisions of the Securities and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent
16


(including the Company acting as its own Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Persons entitled thereto, of the principal and any premium and interest for whose payment such money has been deposited with the Trustee.
ARTICLE FIVE
REMEDIES
SECTION 501.Events of Default.
“Event of Default”, wherever used herein with respect to Securities of any series, means any one of the following events (whatever the reason for such Event of Default and whether it shall be occasioned by the Subordination Provisions of a Security of such series or be voluntary or involuntary or be effected by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any court or any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or governmental body):
(1) default in the payment of any interest upon any Security of that series when it becomes due and payable, and continuance of such default for a period of 30 days; or
(2) default in the payment of the principal of or any premium on any Security of that series at its Maturity; or
(3) default in the deposit of any sinking fund payment, when and as due by the terms of a Security of that series; or
(4) default in the performance, or breach, of any covenant or warranty of the Company in this Indenture (other than a covenant or warranty a default in whose performance or whose breach is elsewhere in this Section specifically dealt with or which has expressly been included in this Indenture solely for the benefit of series of Securities other than that series), and continuance of such default or breach for a period of 90 days after there has been given, by registered or certified mail, to the Company by the Trustee or to the Company and the Trustee by the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of that series a written notice specifying such default or breach and requiring it to be remedied and stating that such notice is a “Notice of Default” hereunder; or
(5) a court having jurisdiction in the premises shall enter a decree or order for relief in respect of the Company in an involuntary case under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect, or appoints a receiver, liquidator, assignee, custodian, trustee, sequestrator or other similar official of the Company or of any substantial part of its property, or orders the winding up or liquidation of its affairs and such decree, appointment or order shall remain unstayed and in effect for a period of 90 consecutive days; or
(6) the Company shall commence a voluntary case under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect, shall consent to the entry of an order for relief in an involuntary case under any such law, or shall consent to the appointment of or taking possession by a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, custodian, sequestrator or other similar official of the Company or of any substantial part of its property, or shall make any general assignment for the benefit of creditors, or shall fail generally to pay its debts as they become due; or
(7) any other Event of Default provided with respect to Securities of that series.
SECTION 502. Acceleration of Maturity; Rescission and Annulment.
If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default specified in Section 501(5) or 501(6)) with respect to Securities of any series at the time Outstanding occurs and is continuing, then in every such case the Trustee or the Holders of not less than 25% in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of that series may declare the principal amount of all the Securities of that series (or, if any Securities of that series are Original Issue Discount Securities, such portion of the principal amount of such Securities as may be specified by the terms thereof) to be due and payable immediately, by a notice in writing to the Company (and to the Trustee if given by Holders), and upon any such declaration such principal amount (or specified amount) shall become immediately due and payable.
If an Event of Default described (other than an Event of Default specified in Section 501(5) or 501(6)) occurs and is continuing, which Event of Default is with respect to less than all series of Securities then Outstanding, then in every such case the Trustee or the Holders of not less than 25% in principal amount of the Securities of each such affected series then Outstanding (each such series voting as a separate class) may declare the principal amount of all Securities of such series (or, if the Securities of such series are Original Issue Discount Securities, such portion of the principal amount of such Securities as may be specified by the terms thereof) to be due and payable immediately, by a notice in writing to the Company (and to the Trustee if given by Holders), and upon such declaration such principal amount (or specified amount) shall become immediately due and payable.
If an Event of Default specified in Section 501(5) or 501(6) with respect to Securities of any series at the time Outstanding occurs, the principal amount of all the Securities of that series (or, if any Securities of that series are Original Issue Discount Securities, such portion of the principal amount of such Securities as may be specified by the terms thereof) shall automatically, and without any declaration or other action on the part of the Trustee or any Holder, become immediately due and payable.
At any time after such a declaration of acceleration with respect to Securities of any series has been made and before a judgment or decree for payment of the money due has been obtained by the Trustee as hereinafter in this Article provided, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of that series, by written notice to the Company and the Trustee, may rescind and annul such declaration and its consequences if
(1) the Company has paid or deposited with the Trustee a sum sufficient to pay:
(A) all sums paid or advanced by the Trustee hereunder and the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel;
(B) the principal of (and premium, if any, on) any Securities of that series which have become due otherwise than by such declaration of acceleration and any interest thereon at the rate or rates prescribed therefor in such Securities;
17


(C) to the extent that payment of such interest is lawful, interest upon overdue interest at the rate or rates prescribed therefor in such Securities, and
(D) all overdue interest on all Securities of that series; and
(2) all Events of Default with respect to Securities of that series, other than the non-payment of the principal of Securities of that series which have become due solely by such declaration of acceleration, have been cured or waived as provided in Section 513.
No such rescission shall affect any subsequent default or impair any right consequent thereon.
SECTION 503. Collection of Indebtedness and Suits for Enforcement by Trustee.
The Company covenants that if
(1) default is made in the payment of any interest on any Security when such interest becomes due and payable and such default continues for a period of 30 days, or
(2) default is made in the payment of the principal of (or premium, if any, on) any Security at the Maturity thereof,
the Company will, upon demand of the Trustee, pay to it, for the benefit of the Holders of such Securities, the whole amount then due and payable on such Securities for principal and any premium and interest and, to the extent that payment of such interest shall be legally enforceable, interest on any overdue principal and premium and on any overdue interest, at the rate or rates prescribed therefor in such Securities, and, in addition thereto, such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel.
SECTION 504. Trustee May File Proofs of Claim.
In case of any judicial proceeding relative to the Company (or any other obligor upon the Securities), its property or its creditors, the Trustee shall be entitled and empowered, by intervention in such proceeding or otherwise, to take any and all actions authorized under the Trust Indenture Act in order to have claims of the Holders and the Trustee allowed in any such proceeding. In particular, the Trustee shall be authorized to collect and receive any moneys or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same; and any custodian, receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator or other similar official in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such payments to the Trustee and, in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 607.
No provision of this Indenture shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Securities or the rights of any Holder thereof or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding; provided, however, that the Trustee may, on behalf of the Holders, vote for the election of a trustee in bankruptcy or similar official and be a member of a creditors’ or other similar committee.
SECTION 505. Trustee May Enforce Claims Without Possession of Securities.
All rights of action and claims under this Indenture or the Securities may be prosecuted and enforced by the Trustee without the possession of any of the Securities or the production thereof in any proceeding relating thereto, and any such proceeding instituted by the Trustee shall be brought in its own name as trustee of an express trust, and any recovery of judgment shall, after provision for the payment of the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, be for the ratable benefit of the Holders of the Securities in respect of which such judgment has been recovered.
SECTION 506. Application of Money Collected.
Any money collected by the Trustee pursuant to this Article shall be applied in the following order, at the date or dates fixed by the Trustee. The Trustee shall have a lien prior to the Securities for any amount owing to the Trustee. In case of the distribution of such money on account of principal or any premium or interest, upon presentation of the Securities and the notation thereon of the payment if only partially paid and upon surrender thereof if fully paid:
FIRST: To the payment of all amounts due the Trustee under Section 607;
SECOND: Subject to the Subordination Provisions with respect to such Securities, to the payment of the amounts then due and unpaid for principal of and any premium and interest on the Securities in respect of which or for the benefit of which such money has been collected, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on such Securities for principal and any premium and interest, respectively; and
THIRD: To the payment of the remainder, if any, to the Company or to such party as a court of competent jurisdiction shall direct.
SECTION 507. Limitation on Suits.
No Holder of any Security of any series shall have any right to institute any proceeding, judicial or otherwise, with respect to this Indenture, or for the appointment of a receiver or trustee, or for any other remedy hereunder, unless series;
(1) such Holder has previously given written notice to the Trustee of a continuing Event of Default with respect to the Securities of that
18


(2) the Holders of not less than 25% in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of that series shall have made written request to the Trustee to institute proceedings in respect of such Event of Default in its own name as Trustee hereunder;
(3) such Holder or Holders have offered to the Trustee indemnity satisfactory to it against the costs, losses, expenses and liabilities to be incurred in compliance with such request;
(4) the Trustee for 60 days after its receipt of such notice, request and offer of indemnity has failed to institute any such proceeding; and
(5) no direction inconsistent with such written request has been given to the Trustee during such 60-day period by the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of that series;
it being understood and intended that no one or more of such Holders shall have any right in any manner whatever by virtue of, or by availing of, any provision of this Indenture to affect, disturb or prejudice the rights of any other of such Holders, or to obtain or to seek to obtain priority or preference over any other of such Holders or to enforce any right under this Indenture, except in the manner herein provided and for the equal and ratable benefit of all of such Holders.
SECTION 508. Unconditional Right of Holders to Receive Principal, Premium and Interest.
Notwithstanding any other provision in this Indenture, the Holder of any Security shall have the right, which is absolute and unconditional, to receive payment of the principal of and any premium and (subject to Section 307) interest on such Security on the respective Stated Maturities expressed in such Security (or, in the case of redemption, on the Redemption Date) and to institute suit for the enforcement of any such payment, and such rights shall not be impaired without the consent of such Holder.
SECTION 509. Restoration of Rights and Remedies.
If the Trustee or any Holder has instituted any proceeding to enforce any right or remedy under this Indenture and such proceeding has been discontinued or abandoned for any reason, or has been determined adversely to the Trustee or to such Holder, then and in every such case, subject to any determination in such proceeding, the Company, the Trustee and the Holders shall be restored severally and respectively to their former positions hereunder and thereafter all rights and remedies of the Trustee and the Holders shall continue as though no such proceeding had been instituted.
SECTION 510. Rights and Remedies Cumulative.
Except as otherwise provided with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Securities in the last paragraph of Section 306, no right or remedy herein conferred upon or reserved to the Trustee or to the Holders is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every right and remedy shall, to the extent permitted by law, be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other appropriate right or remedy.
SECTION 511. Delay or Omission Not Waiver.
No delay or omission of the Trustee or of any Holder of any Securities to exercise any right or remedy accruing upon any Event of Default shall impair any such right or remedy or constitute a waiver of any such Event of Default or an acquiescence therein. Every right and remedy given by this Article or by law to the Trustee or to the Holders may be exercised from time to time, and as often as may be deemed expedient, by the Trustee or by the Holders, as the case may be.
SECTION 512. Control by Holders.
If an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing in respect of a series of Securities, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of any series shall have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee, or exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee, with respect to the Securities of such series, provided that
(1) such direction shall not be in conflict with any rule of law or with this Indenture, and
(2) the Trustee may take any other action deemed proper by the Trustee which is not inconsistent with such direction.
SECTION 513. Waiver of Past Defaults.
The Holders of not less than a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of any series may on behalf of the Holders of all the Securities of such series waive any past default hereunder with respect to such series and its consequences, except a default:
(1) in the payment of the principal of or any premium or interest on any Security of such series, or
(2) in respect of a covenant or provision hereof which under Article Nine cannot be modified or amended without the consent of the Holder of each Outstanding Security of such series affected.
Upon any such waiver, such default shall cease to exist, and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured, for every purpose of this Indenture; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other default or impair any right consequent thereon.
SECTION 514. Undertaking for Costs.
19


In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture, or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken, suffered or omitted by it as Trustee, a court may require any party litigant in such suit to file an undertaking to pay the costs of such suit, and may assess costs against any such party litigant, in the manner and to the extent provided in the Trust Indenture Act; provided that neither this Section nor the Trust Indenture Act shall be deemed to authorize any court to require such an undertaking or to make such an assessment in any suit instituted by the Company.
SECTION 515. Waiver of Usury, Stay or Extension Laws.
The Company covenants (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) that it will not at any time insist upon, or plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any usury, stay or extension law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, which may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and the Company (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law and covenants that it will not hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but will suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law had been enacted.
ARTICLE SIX
THE TRUSTEE
SECTION 601. Certain Duties and Responsibilities.
The duties and responsibilities of the Trustee shall be as provided in this Indenture and by the Trust Indenture Act.
(1) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default with respect to Securities of any series,
(a) the Trustee undertakes to perform, with respect to Securities of such series, such duties and only such duties as are specifically set forth in this Indenture, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and
(b) in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may, with respect to Securities of such series, conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture; but in the case of any such certificates or opinions which by any provision hereof are specifically required to be furnished to the Trustee, the Trustee shall be under a duty to examine the same to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture.
(2) If an Event of Default with respect to Securities of any series has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise, with respect to Securities of such series, such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture, and use the same degree of care and skill in their exercise, as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of his own affairs.
(3) No provision of this Indenture shall be construed to relieve the Trustee from liability for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct, except that
(a) this subsection shall not be construed to limit the effect of sub-section (1) of this Section;
(b) the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer, unless it shall be proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts;
(c) the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action taken or omitted to be taken by it in good faith in accordance with the direction of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of any one or more series, as provided herein, relating to the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee, or exercising any trust or power conferred upon the Trustee, under this Indenture with respect to the Securities of such series; and
(d) no provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder, or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers.. Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this Indenture relating to the conduct or affecting the liability of or affording protection to the Trustee shall be subject to the provisions of this Section.
(4) Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this Indenture relating to the conduct or affecting the liability of or affording protection to the Trustee shall be subject to the provisions of this Section.
SECTION 602. Notice of Defaults.
If a default occurs hereunder with respect to Securities of any series and is actually known to the Trustee, the Trustee shall within 90 days give the Holders of Securities of such series notice of such default; provided, however, that, except in the case of a default in the payment of the principal of or any premium or interest on any Security of such series or in the payment of any sinking fund installment with respect to Securities of such series, the Trustee shall be protected in withholding such notice if and so long as Responsible Officers of the Trustee in good faith determine that the withholding of such notice is in the interest of the Holders of Securities of such series. For the purpose of this Section, the term “default” means any event which is, or after notice or lapse of time or both would become, an Event of Default with respect to Securities of such series.
SECTION 603.Certain Rights of Trustee.
Subject to the provisions of Section 601:
20


(1) the Trustee may rely and shall be protected in acting or refraining from acting upon any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, note, other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties;
(2) any request or direction of the Company mentioned herein shall be sufficiently evidenced by a Company Request or Company Order, and any resolution of the Board of Directors shall be sufficiently evidenced by a Board Resolution;
(3) whenever in the administration of this Indenture the Trustee shall deem it desirable that a matter be proved or established prior to taking, suffering or omitting any action hereunder, the Trustee (unless other evidence be herein specifically prescribed) may, in the absence of bad faith on its part, rely upon an Officers’ Certificate;
(4) the Trustee may consult with counsel and the oral or written advice of such counsel or any Opinion of Counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon;
(5) the Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders pursuant to this Indenture, unless such Holders shall have offered to the Trustee security or indemnity satisfactory to it against the costs, expenses and liabilities which might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction;
(6) the Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, note, other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or document, but the Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit, and, if the Trustee shall determine to make such further inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled to examine the books, records and premises of the Company, personally or by agent or attorney;
(7) the Trustee may execute any of the trusts or powers hereunder or perform any duties hereunder either directly or by or through agents or attorneys and the Trustee shall not be responsible for any misconduct or negligence on the part of any agent or attorney appointed with due care by it hereunder;
(8) the Trustee must not be deemed to have knowledge of, or be required to act (including the sending of any notice), based on any event unless a Responsible Officer of the Trustee (a) receives written notice of such an event or (b) has obtained actual knowledge of such an event;
(9) the Trustee is not liable for any special, indirect, punitive or consequential losses or damages of any kind whatsoever (including without limitation loss profits), even if the Trustee has been advised of the possibility of such losses or damages and regardless of the form of action;
(10) the permissive right of the Trustee to do things enumerated in this Indenture shall not be construed as a duty;
(11) the Trustee shall not be required to give any bond or surety in respect of the execution of the trusts and powers or otherwise in respect of this Indenture;
(12) under no circumstances shall the Trustee be liable in its individual capacity for the obligations evidenced by the Securities; and facts.
(13) the Trustee shall not be liable for actions taken or errors of judgment made, in good faith, unless negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts.
SECTION 604. Not Responsible for Recitals or Issuance of Securities.
    The recitals contained herein and in the Securities, except the Trustee’s certificates of authentication, shall be taken as the statements of the Company, and neither the Trustee nor any Authenticating Agent assumes any responsibility for their correctness. The Trustee makes no representations as to the validity or sufficiency of this Indenture or of the Securities. Neither the Trustee nor any Authenticating Agent shall be accountable for the use or application by the Company of Securities or the proceeds thereof.
SECTION 605. May Hold Securities.
    The Trustee, any Authenticating Agent, any Paying Agent, any Security Registrar or any other agent of the Company, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Securities and, subject to Sections 608 and 613, may otherwise deal with the Company with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee, Authenticating Agent, Paying Agent, Security Registrar or such other agent.
SECTION 606. Money Held in Trust.
    Money held by the Trustee in trust hereunder need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law. The Trustee shall be under no liability for interest on any money received by it hereunder except as otherwise agreed to in writing with the Company.
SECTION 607. Compensation and Reimbursement.
The Company agrees:
(1) to pay to the Trustee from time to time reasonable compensation for all services rendered by it hereunder (which compensation shall not be limited by any provision of law in regard to the compensation of a trustee of an express trust);
(2) except as otherwise expressly provided herein, to reimburse the Trustee upon its request for all reasonable expenses, disbursements and advances incurred or made by the Trustee in accordance with any provision of this Indenture (including the reasonable compensation and the expenses
21


and disbursements of its agents and counsel), except any such expense, disbursement or advance as may be attributable to its negligence or willful misconduct; and
(3) to indemnify the Trustee for, protect and to hold it harmless against, any fees, damages, loss, liability or expense incurred without negligence or willful misconduct on its part, as finally adjudicated by a court of competent jurisdiction, arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of the trust or trusts hereunder, including the costs and expenses of defending itself against any claim or liability in connection with the exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties hereunder (whether brought by or against the Company or any other person). The Company’s obligation under this section 607 shall survive termination of this Indenture or the resignation or removal of the Trustee.
As security for the performance of the obligations of the Company under this Section, the Trustee shall have a claim prior to the Securities and upon all property and funds held or collected by the Trustee as such, except property and funds held in trust for the payment of principal of and any premium and interest on particular Securities.
SECTION 608. Conflicting Interests.
If the Trustee has or shall acquire a conflicting interest within the meaning of the Trust Indenture Act, the Trustee shall either eliminate such interest or resign, to the extent and in the manner provided by, and subject to the provisions of, the Trust Indenture Act and this Indenture. To the extent permitted by such Act, the Trustee shall not be deemed to have a conflicting interest by virtue of being a trustee under this Indenture with respect to Securities of more than one series.
SECTION 609. Corporate Trustee Required; Eligibility.
There shall at all times be one (and only one) Trustee hereunder with respect to the Securities of each series, which may be Trustee hereunder for Securities of one or more other series. Each Trustee shall be a Person that is eligible pursuant to the Trust Indenture Act to act as such, has a combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000. If any such Person publishes reports of condition at least annually, pursuant to law or to the requirements of its supervising or examining authority, then for the purposes of this Section and to the extent permitted by the Trust Indenture Act, the combined capital and surplus of such Person shall be deemed to be its combined capital and surplus as set forth in its most recent report of condition so published. If at any time the Trustee with respect to the Securities of any series shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section, it shall resign immediately in the manner and with the effect hereinafter specified in this Article.
SECTION 610. Resignation and Removal; Appointment of Successor.
No resignation or removal of the Trustee and no appointment of a successor Trustee pursuant to this Article shall become effective until the acceptance of appointment by the successor Trustee in accordance with the applicable requirements of Section 611.
The Trustee may resign at any time with respect to the Securities of one or more series by giving written notice thereof to the Company. If the instrument of acceptance by a successor Trustee required by Section 611 shall not have been delivered to the Trustee within 30 days after the giving of such notice of resignation, the resigning Trustee may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of such series.
The Trustee may be removed with 30 days’ notice with respect to the Securities of any series by Act of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of such series, delivered to the Trustee and to the Company.
If at any time:
(1) the Trustee shall fail to comply with Section 608 after written request therefor by the Company or by any Holder who has been a bona fide Holder of a Security for at least six months, or
(2) the Trustee shall cease to be eligible under Section 609 and shall fail to resign after written request therefor by the Company or by any such Holder, or
(3) the Trustee shall become incapable of acting or shall be adjudged a bankrupt or insolvent or a receiver of the Trustee or of its property shall be appointed or any public officer shall take charge or control of the Trustee or of its property or affairs for the purpose of rehabilitation, conservation or liquidation, then, in any such case, (A) the Company by a Board Resolution may remove the Trustee with respect to all Securities, or (B) subject to Section 514, any Holder who has been a bona fide Holder of a Security for at least six months may, on behalf of himself and all others similarly situated, petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee with respect to all Securities and the appointment of a successor Trustee or Trustees.
If the Trustee shall resign, be removed or become incapable of acting, or if a vacancy shall occur in the office of Trustee for any cause, with respect to the Securities of one or more series, the Company, by a Board Resolution, shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee or Trustees with respect to the Securities of that or those series (it being understood that any such successor Trustee may be appointed with respect to the Securities of one or more or all of such series and that at any time there shall be only one Trustee with respect to the Securities of any particular series) and shall comply with the applicable requirements of Section 611. If, within one year after such resignation, removal or incapability, or the occurrence of such vacancy, a successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of any series shall be appointed by Act of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of such series delivered to the Company and the retiring Trustee, the successor Trustee so appointed shall, forthwith upon its acceptance of such appointment in accordance with the applicable requirements of Section 611, become the successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of such series and to that extent supersede the successor Trustee appointed by the Company. If no successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of any series shall have been so appointed by the Company or the Holders and accepted appointment in the manner required by Section 611, any Holder who has been a bona fide Holder of a Security of such series for at least six months may, on behalf of himself and all others similarly situated, petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of such series.
The Company shall give notice of each resignation and each removal of the Trustee with respect to the Securities of any series and each appointment of a successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of any series to all Holders of Securities of such series in the manner provided in
22


Section 106. Each notice shall include the name of the successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of such series and the address of its Corporate Trust Office.
SECTION 611. Acceptance of Appointment by Successor.
In case of the appointment hereunder of a successor Trustee with respect to all Securities, every such successor Trustee so appointed shall execute, acknowledge and deliver to the Company and to the retiring Trustee an instrument accepting such appointment, and thereupon the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective and such successor Trustee, without any further act, deed or conveyance, shall become vested with all the rights, powers, trusts and duties of the retiring Trustee; but, on the request of the Company or the successor Trustee, such retiring Trustee shall, upon payment of its charges, execute and deliver an instrument transferring to such successor Trustee all the rights, powers and trusts of the retiring Trustee and shall duly assign, transfer and deliver to such successor Trustee all property and money held by such retiring Trustee hereunder.
In case of the appointment hereunder of a successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of one or more (but not all) series, the Company, the retiring Trustee and each successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of one or more series shall execute and deliver an indenture supplemental hereto wherein each successor Trustee shall accept such appointment and which (1) shall contain such provisions as shall be necessary or desirable to transfer and confirm to, and to vest in, each successor Trustee all the rights, powers, trusts and duties of the retiring Trustee with respect to the Securities of that or those series to which the appointment of such successor Trustee relates, (2) if the retiring Trustee is not retiring with respect to all Securities, shall contain such provisions as shall be deemed necessary or desirable to confirm that all the rights, powers, trusts and duties of the retiring Trustee with respect to the Securities of that or those series as to which the retiring Trustee is not retiring shall continue to be vested in the retiring Trustee, and (3) shall add to or change any of the provisions of this Indenture as shall be necessary to provide for or facilitate the administration of the trusts hereunder by more than one Trustee, it being understood that nothing herein or in such supplemental indenture shall constitute such Trustees co-trustees of the same trust and that each such Trustee shall be trustee of a trust or trusts hereunder separate and apart from any trust or trusts hereunder administered by any other such Trustee; and upon the execution and delivery of such supplemental indenture the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective to the extent provided therein and each such successor Trustee, without any further act, deed or conveyance, shall become vested with all the rights, powers, trusts and duties of the retiring Trustee with respect to the Securities of that or those series to which the appointment of such successor Trustee relates; but, on request of the Company or any successor Trustee, such retiring Trustee shall duly assign, transfer and deliver to such successor Trustee all property and money held by such retiring Trustee hereunder with respect to the Securities of that or those series to which the appointment of such successor Trustee relates.
Upon request of any such successor Trustee, the Company shall execute any and all instruments for more fully and certainly vesting in and confirming to such successor Trustee all such rights, powers and trusts referred to in the first or second preceding paragraph, as the case may be.
No successor Trustee shall accept its appointment unless at the time of such acceptance such successor Trustee shall be qualified and eligible under this Article.
SECTION 612. Merger, Conversion, Consolidation or Succession to Business.
Any corporation into which the Trustee may be merged or converted or with which it may be consolidated, or any corporation resulting from any merger, conversion or consolidation to which the Trustee shall be a party, or any corporation succeeding to all or substantially all the corporate trust business of the Trustee, shall be the successor of the Trustee hereunder, provided such corporation shall be otherwise qualified and eligible under this Article, without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of any of the parties hereto. In case any Securities shall have been authenticated, but not delivered, by the Trustee then in office, any successor by merger, conversion or consolidation to such authenticating Trustee may adopt such authentication and deliver the Securities so authenticated with the same effect as if such successor Trustee had itself authenticated such Securities.
SECTION 613. Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company.
If and when the Trustee shall be or become a creditor of the Company (or any other obligor upon the Securities), the Trustee shall be subject to the provisions of the Trust Indenture Act regarding the collection of claims against the Company (or any such other obligor).
SECTION 614. Appointment of Authenticating Agent.
The Trustee may appoint an Authenticating Agent or Agents with respect to one or more series of Securities which shall be authorized to act on behalf of the Trustee to authenticate Securities of such series issued upon original issue and upon exchange, registration of transfer or partial redemption thereof or pursuant to Section 306, and Securities so authenticated shall be entitled to the benefits of this Indenture and shall be valid and obligatory for all purposes as if authenticated by the Trustee hereunder. Wherever reference is made in this Indenture to the authentication and delivery of Securities by the Trustee or the Trustee’s certificate of authentication, such reference shall be deemed to include authentication and delivery on behalf of the Trustee by an Authenticating Agent and a certificate of authentication executed on behalf of the Trustee by an Authenticating Agent. Each Authenticating Agent shall be acceptable to the Company and shall at all times be a corporation organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of America, any State thereof or the District of Columbia, authorized under such laws to act as Authenticating Agent, having a combined capital and surplus of not less than $50,000,000 and subject to supervision or examination by Federal or State authority. If such Authenticating Agent publishes reports of condition at least annually, pursuant to law or to the requirements of said supervising or examining authority, then for the purposes of this Section, the combined capital and surplus of such Authenticating Agent shall be deemed to be its combined capital and surplus as set forth in its most recent report of condition so published. If at any time an Authenticating Agent shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section, such Authenticating Agent shall resign immediately in the manner and with the effect specified in this Section.
Any corporation into which an Authenticating Agent may be merged or converted or with which it may be consolidated, or any corporation resulting from any merger, conversion or consolidation to which such Authenticating Agent shall be a party, or any corporation succeeding to the corporate agency or corporate trust business of an Authenticating Agent, shall continue to be an Authenticating Agent, provided such corporation shall be otherwise eligible under this Section, without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent.
An Authenticating Agent may resign at any time by giving written notice thereof to the Trustee and to the Company. The Trustee may at any time terminate the agency of an Authenticating Agent by giving written notice thereof to such Authenticating Agent and to the Company. Upon
23


receiving such a notice of resignation or upon such a termination, or in case at any time such Authenticating Agent shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section, the Trustee may appoint a successor Authenticating Agent which shall be acceptable to the Company and shall give notice of such appointment in the manner provided in Section 106 to all Holders of Securities of the series with respect to which such Authenticating Agent will serve. Any successor Authenticating Agent upon acceptance of its appointment hereunder shall become vested with all the rights, powers and duties of its predecessor hereunder, with like effect as if originally named as an Authenticating Agent. No successor Authenticating Agent shall be appointed unless eligible under the provisions of this Section.
The Trustee agrees to pay to each Authenticating Agent from time to time reasonable compensation for its services under this Section, and the Trustee shall be entitled to be reimbursed for such payments, subject to the provisions of Section 607.
If an appointment with respect to one or more series is made pursuant to this Section, the Securities of such series may have endorsed thereon, in addition to the Trustee’s certificate of authentication, an alternative certificate of authentication in the following form:
This is one of the Securities of the series designated therein referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture.****

                        
As Authorized Agent

By:                         
Authorized Officer

ARTICLE SEVEN
HOLDERS’ LISTS AND REPORTS BY TRUSTEE AND COMPANY
SECTION 701. Company to Furnish Trustee Names and Addresses of Holders.
The Company will furnish or cause to be furnished to the Trustee
(1) within 15 days after each record date, but in any event not less frequently than semi-annually, a list, in such form as the Trustee may reasonably require, of the names and addresses of the Holders of Securities to which such record date applies, as of such record date, and
(2) at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, within 30 days after the receipt by the Company of any such request, a list of similar form and content as of a date not more than 15 days prior to the time such list is furnished;
excluding from any such list names and addresses received by the Trustee in its capacity as Security Registrar.
SECTION 702. Preservation of Information; Communications to Holders.
The Trustee shall preserve, in as current a form as is reasonably practicable, the names and addresses of Holders contained in the most recent list furnished to the Trustee as provided in Section 701 and the names and addresses of Holders received by the Trustee in its capacity as Security Registrar. The Trustee may destroy any list furnished to it as provided in Section 701 upon receipt of a new list so furnished.
The rights of Holders to communicate with other Holders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or under the Securities, and the corresponding rights and privileges of the Trustee, shall be as provided by the Trust Indenture Act.
Every Holder of Securities, by receiving and holding the same, agrees with the Company and the Trustee that neither the Company nor the Trustee nor any agent of either of them shall be held accountable by reason of any disclosure of information as to names and addresses of Holders made pursuant to the Trust Indenture Act.
SECTION 703. Reports by Trustee.
The Trustee shall transmit to Holders such reports concerning the Trustee and its actions under this Indenture as may be required pursuant to the Trust Indenture Act at the times and in the manner provided pursuant thereto.
Reports so required to be transmitted at stated intervals of not more than 12 months shall be transmitted no later than August 1 in each calendar year, commencing after the first issuance of Securities pursuant to this Indenture.
A copy of each such report shall, at the time of such transmission to Holders, be filed by the Trustee with each stock exchange upon which any Securities are listed, with the Commission and with the Company. The Company will notify the Trustee when any Securities are listed on any stock exchange.
SECTION 704. Reports by Company.
24


The Company shall file with the Trustee and the Commission, and transmit to Holders, such information, documents and other reports, and such summaries thereof, as may be required pursuant to the Trust Indenture Act at the times and in the manner provided pursuant to such Act; provided that any such information, documents or reports required to be filed with the Commission pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act shall be filed with the Trustee within 15 days after the same is so required to be filed with the Commission.
Delivery of reports, information and documents to the Trustee pursuant to this Section 704 is for informational purposes only and its receipt of such reports shall not constitute constructive notice of any information contained therein or determinable from information contained therein, including our compliance with any of our covenants under the Indenture or the Securities (as to which the trustee is entitled to rely exclusively on Officers’ Certificates). The Trustee shall not be obligated to monitor or confirm, on a continuing basis or otherwise, our compliance with the covenants or with respect to any reports or other documents filed with the Commission or EDGAR or any website under the Indenture, or participate in any conference calls.

ARTICLE EIGHT
CONSOLIDATION, MERGER, CONVEYANCE, TRANSFER OR LEASE
SECTION 801. Company May Consolidate, Etc., Only on Certain Terms.
Nothing contained in this Indenture or in any of the Securities shall prevent any consolidation or merger of the Company with or into any other Person (whether or not affiliated with the Company, as the case may be), or successive consolidations or mergers in which the Company or its successor or successors, as the case may be, shall be a party or parties, or shall prevent any sale, conveyance, transfer, lease or other disposition of the property of the Company, or its successor or successors as the case may be, as an entirety, or substantially as an entirety, to any other Person (whether or not affiliated with the Company, or its successor or successors, as the case may be) authorized to acquire and operate the same; provided that
(1) the Company is the surviving Person, or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Company) or to which such sale, conveyance, transfer, lease or other disposition of property is made is a Person organized and existing under the laws of the United States or any State thereof or the District of Columbia, and such Person expressly assumes, by a supplemental indenture, executed and delivered to the Trustee, in form satisfactory to the Trustee, all of the obligations of the Company under the Securities and this Indenture;
(2) after giving effect to, any such consolidation, merger, sale, conveyance, transfer, lease or other disposition, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing; and
(3) the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger, conveyance, transfer or lease and such supplemental indenture comply with this Article and that all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to such transaction have been met.
SECTION 802. Successor Substituted.
In case of any such consolidation, merger, sale, conveyance, transfer, lease or other disposition, and upon the assumption by the successor corporation, by supplemental indenture, executed and delivered to the Trustee and reasonably satisfactory in form to the Trustee, of the obligation of due and punctual payment of the principal of and premium, if any, and interest, if any, on all of the Securities and the due and punctual performance and observance of all of the covenants and conditions of this Indenture to be performed or observed by the Company, such successor Person shall succeed to and be substituted for the Company, with the same effect as if it had been named herein as the Company, and the Company thereupon shall be relieved of any further liability or obligation hereunder or upon the Securities. Such successor Person thereupon may cause to be signed, and may issue either in its own name or in the name of the Company, any or all of the Securities issuable hereunder which theretofore shall not have been signed by the Company and delivered to the Trustee; and, upon the order of such successor Person instead of the Company and subject to all the terms, conditions and limitations in this Indenture prescribed, the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent shall authenticate and deliver any Securities which previously shall have been signed and delivered by any officer of the Company to the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent for authentication, and any Securities which such successor Person thereafter shall cause to be signed and delivered to the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent for that purpose. All the Securities so issued shall in all respects have the same legal rank and benefit under this Indenture as the Securities theretofore or thereafter issued in accordance with the terms of this Indenture as though all of such Securities had been issued at the date of the execution hereof.
ARTICLE NINE SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES
SECTION 901. Supplemental Indentures Without Consent of Holders.
The Company, when authorized by a Board Resolution, and the Trustee may from time to time and at any time enter into an indenture or indentures supplemental hereto, without the consent of any Holders, in form satisfactory to the Trustee, for one or more of the following purposes:
(1) to evidence the succession of another Person to the Company and the assumption by any such successor of the covenants of the Company herein and in the Securities; or
(2) to add to the covenants of the Company for the benefit of the Holders of all or any series of Securities (and if such covenants are to be for the benefit of less than all series of Securities, stating that such covenants are expressly being included solely for the benefit of such series) or to surrender any right or power herein conferred upon the Company; or
(3) to add any additional Events of Default for the benefit of the Holders of all or any series of Securities (and if such additional Events of Default are to be for the benefit of less than all series of Securities, stating that such additional Events of Default are expressly being included solely for the benefit of such series); or
25


(4) to add to or change any of the provisions of this Indenture to such extent as shall be necessary to permit or facilitate the issuance of Securities in bearer form, registrable or not registrable as to principal, and with or without interest coupons, or to permit or facilitate the issuance of Securities in uncertificated form; or
(5) to add to, change or eliminate any of the provisions of this Indenture in respect of one or more series of Securities, provided that any such addition, change or elimination (A) shall neither (i) apply to any Security of any series created prior to the execution of such supplemental indenture and entitled to the benefit of such provision nor (ii) modify the rights of the Holder of any such Security with respect to such provision or (B) shall become effective only when there is no such Security Outstanding; or
(6) to secure the Securities; or
(7) to establish the form or terms of Securities of any series as permitted by Sections 201 and 301; or
(8) to evidence and provide for the acceptance of appointment hereunder by a successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of one or more series and to add to or change any of the provisions of this Indenture as shall be necessary to provide for or facilitate the administration of the trusts hereunder by more than one Trustee, pursuant to the requirements of Section 611; or
(9) to cure any ambiguity, to correct or supplement any provision herein which may be defective or inconsistent with any other provision herein, or to make any other provisions with respect to matters or questions arising under this Indenture, provided that such action pursuant to this Clause (9) shall not adversely affect the interests of the Holders of Securities of any series in any material respect, as evidenced by an Officer’s certificate; or
(10) to comply with the requirements of the Commission in order to effect or maintain the qualification of this Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act; or
(11) to conform this Indenture or the terms of Securities to any terms set forth in a prospectus supplement or the accompanying prospectus.
SECTION 902. Supplemental Indentures With Consent of Holders.
With the consent of the Holders of not less than a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of each series affected by such supplemental indenture (voting as one class), by Act of said Holders delivered to the Company and the Trustee, the Company, when authorized by a Board Resolution, and the Trustee may enter into an indenture or indentures supplemental hereto for the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of this Indenture or of modifying in any manner the rights of the Holders of Securities of such series under this Indenture; provided, however, that no such supplemental indenture shall, without the consent of the Holder of each Outstanding Security affected thereby,
(1) change the Stated Maturity of the principal of, or any installment of principal of or interest on, any Security, or reduce the principal amount thereof or the rate of interest thereon or any premium payable upon the redemption thereof, alter the method of computation of interest, or reduce the amount of the principal of an Original Issue Discount Security or any other Security which would be due and payable upon a declaration of acceleration of the Maturity thereof pursuant to Section 502, or change any Place of Payment where, or the coin or currency in which, any Security or any premium or interest thereon is payable, or impair the right to institute suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after the Stated Maturity thereof (or, in the case of redemption, on or after the Redemption Date), or modify the provisions of this Indenture with respect to the subordination of the Securities in a manner adverse to the Holders, or
(2) reduce the percentage in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of any series, the consent of whose Holders is required for any such supplemental indenture, or the consent of whose Holders is required for any waiver (of compliance with certain provisions of this Indenture or certain defaults hereunder and their consequences) provided for in this Indenture, or
(3) modify any of the provisions of this Section, Section 513 or Section 1008, except to increase any such percentage or to provide that certain other provisions of this Indenture cannot be modified or waived without the consent of the Holder of each Outstanding Security affected thereby; provided, however, that this clause shall not be deemed to require the consent of any Holder with respect to changes in the references to “the Trustee” and concomitant changes in this Section and Section 1008, or the deletion of this proviso, in accordance with the requirements of Sections 611 and 901(8), or
(4) waive any event of default or event which, after notice of lapse of time, or both, would become an event of default, in respect of the payment of the principal of or interest on Securities.
A supplemental indenture which changes or eliminates any covenant or other provision of this Indenture which has expressly been included solely for the benefit of one or more particular series of Securities, or which modifies the rights of the Holders of Securities of such series with respect to such covenant or other provision, shall be deemed not to affect the rights under this Indenture of the Holders of Securities of any other series.
It shall not be necessary for any Act of Holders under this Section to approve the particular form of any proposed supplemental indenture, but it shall be sufficient if such Act shall approve the substance thereof.
SECTION 903. Execution of Supplemental Indentures.
In executing, or accepting the additional trusts created by, any supplemental indenture permitted by this Article or the modifications thereby of the trusts created by this Indenture, the Trustee shall receive, and (subject to Section 601) shall be fully protected in conclusively relying upon, an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of such supplemental indenture is authorized or permitted by this Indenture and constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Company enforceable against it in accordance with its terms. The Trustee may, but shall not be obligated to, enter into any such supplemental indenture which adversely affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise.
26


SECTION 904. Effect of Supplemental Indentures.
Upon the execution of any supplemental indenture under this Article, this Indenture shall be modified in accordance therewith, and such supplemental indenture shall form a part of this Indenture for all purposes; and every Holder of Securities theretofore or thereafter authenticated and delivered hereunder shall be bound thereby.
SECTION 905. Conformity with Trust Indenture Act.
Every supplemental indenture executed pursuant to this Article shall conform to the requirements of the Trust Indenture Act.
SECTION 906. Reference in Securities to Supplemental Indentures.
Securities of any series authenticated and delivered after the execution of any supplemental indenture pursuant to this Article may, and shall if required by the Trustee, bear a notation in form approved by the Trustee as to any matter provided for in such supplemental indenture. If the Company shall so determine, new Securities of any series so modified as to conform, in the opinion of the Trustee and the Company, to any such supplemental indenture may be prepared and executed by the Company and authenticated and delivered by the Trustee in exchange for Outstanding Securities of such series. Failure to make a notation or issue a new Security shall not affect the validity and effect of any amendment, supplement or waiver.
ARTICLE TEN COVENANTS
SECTION 1001. Payment of Principal, Premium and Interest.
The Company covenants and agrees for the benefit of each series of Securities that it will duly and punctually pay the principal of and any premium and interest on the Securities of that series in accordance with the terms of the Securities and this Indenture.
SECTION 1002. Maintenance of Office or Agency.
The Company will maintain in each Place of Payment for any series of Securities an office or agency where Securities of that series may be presented or surrendered for payment, where Securities of that series may be surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange and where notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect of the Securities of that series and this Indenture may be served. The Company will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency. If at any time the Company shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, and the Company hereby appoints the Trustee as its agent to receive all such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands.
The Company may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where the Securities of one or more series may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations; provided, however, that no such designation or rescission shall in any manner relieve the Company of its obligation to maintain an office or agency in each Place of Payment for Securities of any series for such purposes. The Company will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such other office or agency. SECTION 1003. Money for Securities Payments to Be Held in Trust.
If the Company or any of its Subsidiaries shall at any time act as its own Paying Agent with respect to any series of Securities, it will, on or before each due date of the principal of or any premium or interest on any of the Securities of that series, segregate and hold in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled thereto a sum sufficient to pay the principal and any premium and interest so becoming due until such sums shall be paid to such Persons or otherwise disposed of as herein provided and will promptly notify the Trustee of its action or failure so to act.
Whenever the Company shall have one or more Paying Agents for any series of Securities, it will, prior to each due date of the principal of or any premium or interest on any Securities of that series, deposit with a Paying Agent a sum sufficient to pay such amount, such sum to be held as provided by the Trust Indenture Act, and (unless such Paying Agent is the Trustee) the Company will promptly notify the Trustee of its action or failure so to act.
The Company will cause each Paying Agent for any series of Securities other than the Trustee to execute and deliver to the Trustee an instrument in which such Paying Agent shall agree with the Trustee, subject to the provisions of this Section, that such Paying Agent will (1) comply with the provisions of the Trust Indenture Act applicable to it as a Paying Agent, (2) give the Trustee notice of any default by the Company (or any other obligor upon the Securities of such series) in the making of any payment of principal, any premium or interest with respect to the Securities of such series and (3) during the continuance of any default by the Company (or any other obligor upon the Securities of that series) in the making of any payment in respect of the Securities of that series, upon the written request of the Trustee, forthwith pay to the Trustee all sums held in trust by such Paying Agent for payment in respect of the Securities of that series.
The Company may at any time, for the purpose of obtaining the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture or for any other purpose, pay, or by Company Order direct any Paying Agent to pay, to the Trustee all sums held in trust by the Company or such Paying Agent, such sums to be held by the Trustee upon the same trusts as those upon which such sums were held by the Company or such Paying Agent; and, upon such payment by any Paying Agent to the Trustee, such Paying Agent shall be released from all further liability with respect to such money.
Subject to applicable escheatment laws, any money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by the Company, in trust for the payment of the principal of or any premium or interest on any Security of any series and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal, premium or interest has become due and payable shall be paid to the Company on Company Request, or (if then held by the Company) shall be discharged from such trust; and the Holder of such Security shall thereafter, as an unsecured general creditor, look only to the Company for payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust money, and all liability of the Company as trustee thereof, shall thereupon cease.
SECTION 1004. Statement by Officers as to Default.
27


The Company will deliver to the Trustee, within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company ending after the date hereof, an Officers’ Certificate, stating whether or not to the best knowledge of the signers thereof the Company is in default in the performance and observance of any of the terms, provisions and conditions of this Indenture (without regard to any period of grace or requirement of notice provided hereunder) and, if the Company shall be in default, specifying all such defaults and the nature and status thereof of which they may have knowledge.
SECTION 1005. Existence.
Subject to Article Eight, the Company will do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect its existence, rights (charter and statutory) and franchises; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to preserve any such right or franchise if the Board of Directors shall determine that the preservation thereof is no longer desirable in the conduct of the business of the Company and that the loss thereof is not disadvantageous in any material respect to the Holders.
SECTION 1006. Maintenance of Properties.
The Company will cause all properties used or useful in the conduct of its business or the business of any Subsidiary to be maintained and kept in good condition, repair and working order and supplied with all necessary equipment and will cause to be made all necessary repairs, renewals, replacements, betterments and improvements thereof, all as in the judgment of the Company may be necessary so that the business carried on in connection therewith may be properly and advantageously conducted at all times; provided, however, that nothing in this Section shall prevent the Company from discontinuing the operation or maintenance of any of such properties if such discontinuance is, in the judgment of the Company, desirable in the conduct of its business or the business of any Subsidiary and not disadvantageous in any material respect to the Holders.
SECTION 1007. Payment of Taxes and Other Claims.
The Company will pay or discharge or cause to be paid or discharged, before the same shall become delinquent, (1) all taxes, assessments and governmental charges levied or imposed upon the Company or any Subsidiary or upon the income, profits or property of the Company or any Subsidiary, and (2) all lawful claims for labor, materials and supplies which, if unpaid, might by law become a lien upon the property of the Company or any Subsidiary; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to pay or discharge or cause to be paid or discharged any such tax, assessment, charge or claim whose amount, applicability or validity is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings.
SECTION 1008. Waiver of Certain Covenants.
Except as otherwise specified as contemplated by Section 301 for Securities of such series, the Company may, with respect to the Securities of any series, omit in any particular instance to comply with any term, provision or condition set forth in any covenant provided pursuant to Section 301(19), 901(2) or 901(7) for the benefit of the Holders of such series or in Article Eight if before the time for such compliance the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of such series shall, by Act of such Holders, either waive such compliance in such instance or generally waive compliance with such term, provision or condition, but no such waiver shall extend to or affect such term, provision or condition except to the extent so expressly waived, and, until such waiver shall become effective, the obligations of the Company and the duties of the Trustee in respect of any such term, provision or condition shall remain in full force and effect.
ARTICLE ELEVEN REDEMPTION OF SECURITIES
SECTION 1101. Applicability of Article.
Securities of any series which are redeemable before their Stated Maturity shall be redeemable in accordance with their terms and (except as otherwise specified as contemplated by Section 301 for such Securities) in accordance with this Article.
SECTION 1102. Election to Redeem; Notice to Trustee.
The election of the Company to redeem any Securities shall be evidenced by a Board Resolution or in another manner specified as contemplated by Section 301 for such Securities. In case of any redemption at the election of the Company of less than all the Securities of any series (including any such redemption affecting only a single Security), the Company shall, at least 60 days prior to the Redemption Date fixed by the Company (unless a shorter notice shall be satisfactory to the Trustee), notify the Trustee of such Redemption Date, of the principal amount of Securities of such series to be redeemed and, if applicable, of the tenor of the Securities to be redeemed. In the case of any redemption of Securities prior to the expiration of any restriction on such redemption provided in the terms of such Securities or elsewhere in this Indenture, the Company shall furnish the Trustee with an Officers’ Certificate evidencing compliance with such restriction.
SECTION 1103. Selection by Trustee of Securities to Be Redeemed.
If less than all the Securities of any series are to be redeemed (unless all the Securities of such series and of a specified tenor are to be redeemed or unless such redemption affects only a single Security), the particular Securities to be redeemed shall be selected not more than 60 days prior to the Redemption Date by the Trustee, from the Outstanding Securities of such series not previously called for redemption, by such method in accordance with DTC’s applicable procedures and which may provide for the selection for redemption of a portion of the principal amount of any Security of such series, provided that the unredeemed portion of the principal amount of any Security shall be in an authorized denomination (which shall not be less than the minimum authorized denomination) for such Security. If less than all the Securities of such series and of a specified tenor are to be redeemed (unless such redemption affects only a single Security), the particular Securities to be redeemed shall be selected not more than 60 days prior to the Redemption Date by the Trustee, from the Outstanding Securities of such series and specified tenor not previously called for redemption in accordance with the preceding sentence.
The Trustee shall promptly notify the Company in writing of the Securities selected for redemption as aforesaid and, in case of any Securities selected for partial redemption as aforesaid, the principal amount thereof to be redeemed.
28


The provisions of the two preceding paragraphs shall not apply with respect to any redemption affecting only a single Security, whether such Security is to be redeemed in whole or in part. In the case of any such redemption in part, the unredeemed portion of the principal amount of the Security shall be in an authorized denomination (which shall not be less than the minimum authorized denomination) for such Security.
For all purposes of this Indenture, unless the context otherwise requires, all provisions relating to the redemption of Securities shall relate, in the case of any Securities redeemed or to be redeemed only in part, to the portion of the principal amount of such Securities which has been or is to be redeemed.
SECTION 1104. Notice of Redemption.
Notice of redemption shall be given by first-class mail, electronic transmission, postage prepaid, mailed not less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior to the Redemption Date, to each Holder of Securities to be redeemed, at his address appearing in the Security Register.
All notices of redemption shall state:
(1) the Redemption Date,
(2) the Redemption Price,
(3) if less than all the Outstanding Securities of any series consisting of more than a single Security are to be redeemed, the identification (and, in the case of partial redemption of any such Securities, the principal amounts) of the particular Securities to be redeemed and, if less than all the Outstanding Securities of any series consisting of a single Security are to be redeemed, the principal amount of the particular Security to be redeemed,
(4) that on the Redemption Date the Redemption Price will become due and payable upon each such Security to be redeemed and, if applicable, that interest thereon will cease to accrue on and after said date,
(5) the place or places where each such Security is to be surrendered for payment of the Redemption Price, and
(6) that the redemption is for a sinking fund, if such is the case.
Notice of redemption of Securities to be redeemed at the election of the Company shall be given by the Company or, at the Company’s request, by the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Company and shall be irrevocable.
SECTION 1105. Deposit of Redemption Price.
Prior to any Redemption Date, the Company shall deposit with the Trustee or with a Paying Agent (or, if the Company is acting as its own Paying Agent, segregate and hold in trust as provided in Section 1003) an amount of money sufficient (as determined by the Company) to pay the Redemption Price of, and (except if the Redemption Date shall be an Interest Payment Date) accrued interest on, all the Securities which are to be redeemed on that date.
SECTION 1106. Securities Payable on Redemption Date.
Notice of redemption having been given as aforesaid, the Securities so to be redeemed shall, on the Redemption Date, become due and payable at the Redemption Price therein specified, and from and after such date (unless the Company shall default in the payment of the Redemption Price and accrued interest) such Securities shall cease to bear interest. Upon surrender of any such Security for redemption in accordance with said notice, such Security shall be paid by the Company at the Redemption Price, together with accrued interest to the Redemption Date; provided, however, that, unless otherwise specified as contemplated by Section 301, installments of interest whose Stated Maturity is on or prior to the Redemption Date will be payable to the Holders of such Securities, or one or more Predecessor Securities, registered as such at the close of business on the relevant Record Dates according to their terms and the provisions of Section 307.
If any Security called for redemption shall not be so paid upon surrender thereof for redemption, the principal and any premium shall, until paid, bear interest from the Redemption Date at the rate prescribed therefor in the Security.
SECTION 1107. Securities Redeemed in Part.
Any Security which is to be redeemed only in part shall be surrendered at a Place of Payment therefor (with, if the Company or the Trustee so requires, due endorsement by, or a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company and the Trustee duly executed by, the Holder thereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing), and the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Holder of such Security without service charge, a new Security or Securities of the same series and of like tenor, of any authorized denomination as requested by such Holder, in aggregate principal amount equal to and in exchange for the unredeemed portion of the principal of the Security so surrendered.
ARTICLE TWELVE SINKING FUNDS
SECTION 1201. Applicability of Article.
The provisions of this Article shall be applicable to any sinking fund for the retirement of Securities of any series except as otherwise specified as contemplated by Section 301 for such Securities.
The minimum amount of any sinking fund payment provided for by the terms of any Securities is herein referred to as a “mandatory sinking fund payment”, and any payment in excess of such minimum amount provided for by the terms of such Securities is herein referred to as an “optional
29


sinking fund payment”. If provided for by the terms of any Securities, the cash amount of any sinking fund payment may be subject to reduction as provided in Section 1202. Each sinking fund payment shall be applied to the redemption of Securities as provided for by the terms of such Securities.
SECTION 1202. Satisfaction of Sinking Fund Payments with Securities.
The Company (1) may deliver Outstanding Securities of a series (other than any previously called for redemption) and (2) may apply as a credit Securities of a series which have been redeemed either at the election of the Company pursuant to the terms of such Securities or through the application of permitted optional sinking fund payments pursuant to the terms of such Securities, in each case in satisfaction of all or any part of any sinking fund payment with respect to any Securities of such series required to be made pursuant to the terms of such Securities as and to the extent provided for by the terms of such Securities; provided that the Securities to be so credited have not been previously so credited. The Securities to be so credited shall be received and credited for such purpose by the Trustee at the Redemption Price, as specified in the Securities so to be redeemed, for redemption through operation of the sinking fund and the amount of such sinking fund payment shall be reduced accordingly.
SECTION 1203. Redemption of Securities for Sinking Fund.
Not less than 90 days prior to each sinking fund payment date for any Securities, the Company will deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate specifying the amount of the next ensuing sinking fund payment for such Securities pursuant to the terms of such Securities, the portion thereof, if any, which is to be satisfied by payment of cash and the portion thereof, if any, which is to be satisfied by delivering and crediting Securities pursuant to Section 1202 and will also deliver to the Trustee any Securities to be so delivered. Not less than 60 days prior to each such sinking fund payment date, the Trustee shall select the Securities to be redeemed upon such sinking fund payment date in the manner specified in Section 1103 and cause notice of the redemption thereof to be given in the name of and at the expense of the Company in the manner provided in Section 1104. Such notice having been duly given, the redemption of such Securities shall be made upon the terms and in the manner stated in Sections 1106 and 1107.
ARTICLE THIRTEEN DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE
SECTION 1301. Company Option to Effect Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.
The Company may elect, at its option at any time, to have Section 1302 or Section 1303 applied to any Securities or any series of Securities, as the case may be, designated pursuant to Section 301 as being defeasible pursuant to such Section 1302 or 1303, in accordance with any applicable requirements provided pursuant to Section 301 and upon compliance with the conditions set forth below in this Article. Any such election shall be evidenced by a Board Resolution or in another manner specified as contemplated by Section 301 for such Securities.
SECTION 1302. Defeasance and Discharge.
Upon the Company’s exercise of its option (if any) to have this Section applied to any Securities or any series of Securities, as the case may be, the Company shall be deemed to have been discharged from its obligations and the Subordination Provisions shall cease to be effective, with respect to such Securities as provided in this Section on and after the date the conditions set forth in Section 1304 are satisfied (hereinafter called “Defeasance”). For this purpose, such Defeasance means that the Company shall be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire indebtedness represented by such Securities and to have satisfied all its other obligations under such Securities and this Indenture insofar as such Securities are concerned (and the Trustee, at the expense of the Company, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging the same), subject to the following which shall survive until otherwise terminated or discharged hereunder: (1) the rights of Holders of such Securities to receive, solely from the trust fund described in Section 1304 and as more fully set forth in such Section, payments in respect of the principal of and any premium and interest on such Securities when payments are due, (2) the Company’s obligations with respect to such Securities under Sections 304, 305, 306, 1002 and 1003, (3) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee hereunder and (4) this Article. Subject to compliance with this Article, the Company may exercise its option (if any) to have this Section applied to any Securities notwithstanding the prior exercise of its option (if any) to have Section 1303 applied to such Securities.
SECTION 1303. Covenant Defeasance.
Upon the Company’s exercise of its option (if any) to have this Section applied to any Securities or any series of Securities, as the case may be, (1) the Company shall be released from its obligations under Sections 1006 through 1008, inclusive, and any covenants provided pursuant to Section 301(19), 901(2) or 901(7) for the benefit of the Holders of such Securities, (2) the occurrence of any event specified in Sections 501(4) (with respect to any of Sections 1006 through 1008, inclusive, and any such covenants provided pursuant to Section 301(19), 901(2) or 901(7)) and 501(7) shall be deemed not to be or result in an Event of Default and (3) the Subordination Provisions shall cease to be effective, in each case with respect to such Securities as provided in this Section on and after the date the conditions set forth in Section 1304 are satisfied (hereinafter called “Covenant Defeasance”). For this purpose, such Covenant Defeasance means that, with respect to such Securities, the Company may omit to comply with and shall have no liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such specified Section (to the extent so specified in the case of Section 501(4)), whether directly or indirectly by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such Section or by reason of any reference in any such Section to any other provision herein or in any other document, but the remainder of this Indenture and such Securities shall be unaffected thereby.
SECTION 1304. Conditions to Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.
The following shall be the conditions to the application of Section 1302 or Section 1303 to any Securities or any series of Securities, as the case may be:
(1) The Company shall irrevocably have deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee (or another trustee which satisfies the requirements contemplated by Section 609 and agrees to comply with the provisions of this Article applicable to it) as trust funds in trust for the purpose of making the following payments, specifically pledged as security for, and dedicated solely to, the benefits of the Holders of such Securities, (A) money in an amount, or (B) U.S. Government Obligations which through the scheduled payment of principal and interest in respect thereof in accordance with their terms will provide, not later than one day before the due date of any payment, money in an amount, or (C) a combination thereof, in each case sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee, to pay and discharge, and which shall be applied by the Trustee (or any such other qualifying trustee) to pay and discharge, the principal of and any premium and interest on such Securities on the respective Stated Maturities, in accordance with the terms of this Indenture and such Securities. As used herein, “U.S. Government Obligation” means (x) any security which is (i) a direct obligation of the United States of America for the payment of
30


which the full faith and credit of the United States of America is pledged or (ii) an obligation of a Person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of the United States of America the payment of which is unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation by the United States of America, which, in either case (i) or (ii), is not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuer thereof, and (y) any depositary receipt issued by a bank (as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act) as custodian with respect to any U.S. Government Obligation which is specified in Clause (x) above and held by such bank for the account of the holder of such depositary receipt, or with respect to any specific payment of principal of or interest on any U.S. Government Obligation which is so specified and held, provided that (except as required by law) such custodian is not authorized to make any deduction from the amount payable to the holder of such depositary receipt from any amount received by the custodian in respect of the U.S. Government Obligation or the specific payment of principal or interest evidenced by such depositary receipt.
(2) In the event of an election to have Section 1302 apply to any Securities or any series of Securities, as the case may be, the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel stating that (A) the Company has received from, or there has been published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling or (B) since the date of this instrument, there has been a change in the applicable Federal income tax law, in either case (A) or (B) to the effect that, and based thereon such opinion shall confirm that, the Holders of such Securities will not recognize gain or loss for Federal income tax purposes as a result of the deposit, Defeasance and discharge to be effected with respect to such Securities and will be subject to Federal income tax on the same amount, in the same manner and at the same times as would be the case if such deposit, Defeasance and discharge were not to occur.
(3) In the event of an election to have Section 1303 apply to any Securities or any series of Securities, as the case may be, the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that the Holders of such Securities will not recognize gain or loss for Federal income tax purposes as a result of the deposit and Covenant Defeasance to be effected with respect to such Securities and will be subject to Federal income tax on the same amount, in the same manner and at the same times as would be the case if such deposit and Covenant Defeasance were not to occur.
(4) The Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate to the effect that neither such Securities nor any other Securities of the same series, if then listed on any securities exchange, will be delisted as a result of such deposit.
(5) No event which is, or after notice or lapse of time or both would become, an Event of Default with respect to such Securities or any other Securities shall have occurred and be continuing at the time of such deposit or, with regard to any such event specified in Sections 501(5) and (6), at any time on or prior to the 90th day after the date of such deposit (it being understood that this condition shall not be deemed satisfied until after such 90th day).
(6) Such Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance shall not cause the Trustee to have a conflicting interest within the meaning of the Trust Indenture Act (assuming all Securities are in default within the meaning of such Act).
(7) Such Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance shall not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any other agreement or instrument to which the Company is a party or by which it is bound.
(8) Such Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance shall not result in the trust arising from such deposit constituting an investment company within the meaning of the 1940 Act unless such trust shall be registered under such Act or exempt from registration thereunder.
(9) At the time of such deposit, (A) no default in the payment of any principal of or premium or interest on any Senior Indebtedness shall have occurred and be continuing, (B) no event of default with respect to any Senior Indebtedness shall have resulted in such Senior Indebtedness becoming, and continuing to be, due and payable prior to the date on which it would otherwise have become due and payable (unless payment of such Senior Indebtedness has been made or duly provided for), and (C) no other event of default with respect to any Senior Indebtedness shall have occurred and be continuing permitting (after notice or lapse of time or both) the holders of such Senior Indebtedness (or a trustee on behalf of such holders) to declare such Senior Indebtedness due and payable prior to the date on which it would otherwise have become due and payable.
(10) The Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent with respect to such Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance have been complied with.
SECTION 1305. Deposited Money and U.S. Government Obligations to Be Held in Trust; Miscellaneous Provisions.
Subject to the provisions of the last paragraph of Section 1003, all money and U.S. Government Obligations (including the proceeds thereof) deposited with the Trustee or other qualifying trustee (solely for purposes of this Section and Section 1306, the Trustee and any such other trustee are referred to collectively as the “Trustee”) pursuant to Section 1304 in respect of any Securities shall be held in trust and applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of such Securities and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any such Paying Agent (including the Company acting as its own Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Holders of such Securities, of all sums due and to become due thereon in respect of principal and any premium and interest, but money so held in trust need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.
The Company shall pay and indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against the U.S. Government Obligations deposited pursuant to Section 1304 or the principal and interest received in respect thereof other than any such tax, fee or other charge which by law is for the account of the Holders of Outstanding Securities.
Anything in this Article to the contrary notwithstanding, the Trustee shall deliver or pay to the Company from time to time upon Company Request any money or U.S. Government Obligations held by it as provided in Section 1304 with respect to any Securities which, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee, are in excess of the amount thereof which would then be required to be deposited to effect the Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance, as the case may be, with respect to such Securities.
SECTION 1306. Reinstatement.
If the Trustee or the Paying Agent is unable to apply any money in accordance with this Article with respect to any Securities by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, then the obligations under this Indenture and such Securities from which the Company has been discharged or released pursuant to Section 1302 or 1303 shall be revived and
31


reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to this Article with respect to such Securities, until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all money held in trust pursuant to Section 1305 with respect to such Securities in accordance with this Article; provided, however, that if the Company makes any payment of principal of or any premium or interest on any such Security following such reinstatement of its obligations, the Company shall be subrogated to the rights (if any) of the Holders of such Securities to receive such payment from the money so held in trust.
SECTION 1307. Effect on Subordination Provisions.
Unless otherwise expressly provided pursuant to Section 301(21) with respect to the Securities of any series, the Subordination Provisions established pursuant to Section 301(21) with respect to such series are hereby expressly made subject to the provisions for satisfaction and discharge and defeasance and covenant defeasance set forth in Section 1302 and Section 1303 and, anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, upon the effectiveness of such satisfaction and discharge and defeasance and covenant defeasance pursuant to Section 1302 and Section 1303 with respect to the Securities of such series, such Securities shall thereupon cease to be so subordinated and shall no longer be subject to the Subordination Provisions established pursuant to Section 301(21) with respect to such series and, without limitation to the foregoing, all moneys, U.S. Government Obligations and other securities or property deposited with the Trustee (or other qualifying trustee) in trust in connection with such satisfaction and discharge, defeasance or covenant defeasance, as the case may be, and all proceeds therefrom may be applied to pay the principal of, premium, if any, and interest, if any, with respect to the Securities of such series as and when the same shall become due and payable notwithstanding such Subordination Provisions.
This instrument may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which so executed shall be deemed to be an original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument.
[Signature page follows]

32


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Indenture to be duly executed, and their respective corporate seals to be hereunto affixed and attested, all as of the day and year first above written.

GUARANTY BANCORP, AS ISSUER
[CORPORATE SEAL]
By     /s/ Christopher G. Treece                
Name:     Christopher G. Treece            
Title:    Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Secretary

WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, AS TRUSTEE

By     /s/ Maddy Hughes                
Name:     Maddy Hughes            
Title:    Vice President
33

Exhibit 4.11

GUARANTY BANCORP
and
Wells Fargo Bank, National Association
as Trustee, Paying Agent and Registrar
FIRST SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE
Dated as of July 18, 2016
to
INDENTURE
Dated as of July 18, 2016
5.75% Fixed-to-Floating Rate Subordinated Notes due July 20, 2026
FIRST SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE (this “First Supplemental Indenture”), dated as of July 18, 2016, between GUARANTY BANCORP, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, a national banking association, organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America, as trustee (the “Trustee”), Registrar and Paying Agent.
RECITALS
WHEREAS, the Company and the Trustee have heretofore executed and delivered the Indenture, dated as of July 18, 2016 (the “Base Indenture” and, as hereby supplemented and amended, the “Indenture”), providing for the establishment from time to time of series of the Company’s unsecured debt securities, which may be debentures, notes, bonds or other evidences of indebtedness (hereinafter called the “Securities”) and the issuance from time to time of Securities under the Indenture; and
WHEREAS, Section 901(7) of the Base Indenture provides that the Company and the Trustee may enter into a supplemental indenture to the Base Indenture to establish the form or terms of Securities of a series thereunder as permitted by Section 201 and 301 of the Base Indenture; and
WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 301 of the Base Indenture, the Company desires to establish a new series of Securities under the Indenture to be known as its “5.75% Fixed-to-Floating Rate Subordinated Notes due July 20, 2026” (the “Notes”), to establish the form and terms and conditions of the Notes, as provided in this First Supplemental Indenture, and to provide for the initial issuance of Notes in the aggregate principal amount of $40,000,000; and
WHEREAS, the Company has requested that the Trustee execute and deliver this First Supplemental Indenture; and all requirements necessary to make (i) this First Supplemental Indenture a valid, binding and enforceable instrument in accordance with its terms, and (ii) the Notes, when executed by the Company and authenticated and delivered by the Trustee in accordance with the Indenture, the valid, binding and enforceable obligations of the Company, have been satisfied; and the execution and delivery of this First Supplemental Indenture has been duly authorized in all respects; and
WHEREAS, this Supplemental Indenture shall not result in a material modification of the Notes for purposes of compliance with the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the covenants and agreements set forth herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:



ARTICLE 1
DEFINITIONS
Section 1.1.     Relation to Base Indenture. This First Supplemental Indenture constitutes an integral part of the Base Indenture.
Section 1.2.    Definition of Terms. For all purposes of this First Supplemental Indenture:
(a) Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings set forth in the Base Indenture, provided that, if the definition of a capitalized term defined in this First Supplemental Indenture conflicts with the definition of that capitalized term in the Base Indenture, the definition of that capitalized term in this First Supplemental Indenture shall control for purposes of this First Supplemental Indenture and the Notes and (in respect of the Notes but not any other series of Securities) the Base Indenture;
(b) a term defined anywhere in this First Supplemental Indenture has the same meaning throughout;
(c) the singular includes the plural and vice versa;
(d) headings are for convenience of reference only and do not affect interpretation;
(e) unless otherwise specified or unless the context requires otherwise, (i) all references in this First Supplemental Indenture to Sections refer to the corresponding Sections of this First Supplemental Indenture, and (ii) the terms “herein,” “hereof,” “hereunder” and any other word of similar import refer to this First Supplemental Indenture; and
    (f) for purposes of this First Supplemental Indenture and the Notes, the following terms have the meanings given to them in this Section
1940 Act Event” means an event requiring the Company to register as an investment company pursuant to the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.
Business Day” means any day except a Saturday, Sunday or legal holiday in the City of New York or any applicable place of payment, on which banking institutions are authorized or required by law, regulation or executive order to close; provided, however, that in the case of any Floating Rate Interest Payment Date, such day is also a London Banking Day.
“Calculation Agent” means Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, until a successor replaces it pursuant to the applicable provisions of the Indenture and thereafter, shall mean such successor.
DTC” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.3 hereof.
Designated LIBOR Page” means the display on Reuters or any successor service, on page LIBOR01 or on any other page as may replace that page on the service, for the purpose of displaying the London interbank rates of U.S. dollars.
Federal Reserve Board” means the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System or any successor regulatory authority with jurisdiction over bank holding companies.
Fixed Rate Interest Payment Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.5(b)(i) hereof.
Fixed Rate Interest Record Date” means, with respect to each Fixed Rate Interest Payment Date, the close of business on the January 1 or July 1 (whether or not a Business Day) immediately preceding such Fixed Rate Interest Payment Date, through July 1, 2021.
Fixed Rate Period” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.5(b)(i) hereof.
Floating Rate Interest Payment Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.5(b)(ii) hereof.



Floating Rate Interest Record Date” means, with respect to each Floating Rate Interest Payment Date, the close of business on the January 1, April 1, July 1 and October 1 (whether or not a Business Day) immediately preceding such Floating Rate Interest Payment Date.
Floating Rate Period” has the meaning set forth in section 2.5(b)(ii) hereof.
Global Note” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.4 hereof.
Independent Bank Regulatory Counsel” means a law firm, a member of a law firm or an independent practitioner that is experienced in matters of federal bank holding company and banking regulatory law, including the laws, rules and the guidelines of the Federal Reserve Board relating to regulatory capital, and shall include any Person who, under the standards of professional conduct then prevailing and applicable to such counsel, would not have a conflict of interest in representing the Company or the Trustee in connection with providing the legal opinion contemplated by the definition of the term “Tier 2 Capital Event.”
Independent Tax Counsel” means a law firm, a member of a law firm or an independent practitioner that is experienced in matters of federal income taxation law, including the deductibility of interest payments made with respect to corporate debt instruments, and shall include any Person who, under the standards of professional conduct then prevailing and applicable to such counsel, would not have a conflict of interest in representing the Company or the Trustee in connection with providing the legal opinion contemplated by the definition of the term “Tax Event.”
Interest Payment Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.5(b)(ii) hereof.
London Banking Day” means any date on which commercial banks are open for business (including dealings in U.S. dollars) in London, England.
Senior Indebtedness” means:
(a) any of the Company’s indebtedness (including the principal of and premium, if any, and unpaid interest on such indebtedness) for borrowed or purchased money including overdrafts, foreign exchange contracts, currency exchange agreements, interest rate protection agreements, and any loans or advances from banks, whether or not evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes, or other written instruments, including any obligations of the Company to general creditors or trade creditors;
(b) the Company’s obligations under letters of credit, bank guarantees or bankers’ acceptances;
(c) any of the Company’s indebtedness or other obligations with respect to commodity contracts, interest rate and currency swap agreements, cap, floor, and collar agreements, currency spot and forward contracts, and other similar agreements or arrangements designed to protect against fluctuations in currency exchange or interest rates;
(d) any guarantees, endorsements (other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business), or other similar contingent obligations in respect of obligations of others of a type described in clauses (a), (b), and (c), whether or not such obligation is classified as a liability on a balance sheet prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States;
(e) all obligations and liabilities in respect of leases required in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles to be accounted for as capitalized lease obligations on the Company’s balance sheet;
(f) all obligations and other liabilities under any lease or related document in connection with the lease of real property which provides that we are contractually obligated to purchase or cause a third party to purchase the leased property and thereby guarantee a minimum residual value of the leased property to the lessor and the Company’s obligations under the lease or related document to purchase or to cause a third party to purchase the leased property;
(g) all direct or indirect guarantees or similar agreements in respect of, and the Company’s obligations or liabilities to purchase, acquire or otherwise assure a creditor against loss in respect of, indebtedness, obligations or liabilities of others of the type described in clauses (a) through (f) above; and



(h) any and all refinancings, replacements, deferrals, renewals, extensions and refundings of, or amendments, modifications or supplements to, any indebtedness, obligation or liability of the kind described in clauses (a) through (g) above, other than obligations ranking on a parity with the Notes or ranking junior to the Notes.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Federal Reserve Board (or other competent regulatory agency or authority) promulgates any rule or issues any interpretation that defines general creditor(s), the main purpose of which is to establish a criteria for determining whether the subordinated debt of a bank holding company is to be included in its capital, then the term “general creditors” as used herein the definition of Senior Indebtedness will have the meaning as described in that rule or interpretation.
The term “Senior Indebtedness” does not include: (i) any indebtedness of the Company which when incurred, and without respect to any election under Section 1111(b) of the Federal Bankruptcy Code, was without recourse to the Company; (ii) any indebtedness of the Company to any of its Subsidiaries; (iii) indebtedness to any employee of the Company; (iv) any liability for taxes; (v) trade payables; (vi) any indebtedness of the Company which is expressly subordinate in right of payment to any other indebtedness of the Company; or (vii) renewals, extensions, modifications and refundings of any such indebtedness.
Stated Maturity Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.2 hereof.
Tax Event” means the receipt by the Company of an opinion of Independent Tax Counsel to the effect that, as a result of:
(a) an amendment to or change (including any announced prospective amendment or change) in any law or treaty, or any regulation thereunder, of the United States or any of its political subdivisions or taxing authorities;
(b) a judicial decision, administrative action, official administrative pronouncement, ruling, regulatory procedure, regulation, notice or announcement, including any notice or announcement of intent to adopt or promulgate any ruling, regulatory procedure or regulation (any of the foregoing, an “administrative or judicial action”);
(c) an amendment to or change in any official position with respect to, or any interpretation of, an administrative or judicial action or a law or regulation of the United States that differs from the previously generally accepted position or interpretation; or
(d) a threatened challenge asserted in writing in connection with an audit of the Company’s federal income tax returns or positions or a similar audit of any of its Subsidiaries, or a publicly known threatened challenge asserted in writing against any other taxpayer that has raised capital through the issuance of securities that are substantially similar to the Notes, in each case, occurring or becoming publicly known on or after the original issue date of the Notes, there is more than an insubstantial risk that interest payable by the Company on the Notes is not, or, within 90 days of the date of such opinion, will not be, deductible by the Company, in whole or in part, for United States federal income tax purposes.
Three-month LIBOR” means, as determined by the Calculation Agent on the second London Banking Day immediately preceding the commencement of the applicable Floating Rate Period (the “determination date”) and provided to the Trustee in writing (if the Trustee is not the Calculation Agent), the offered rate for deposits in U.S. dollars having a maturity of three months that appears on the Designated LIBOR Page as of 11:00 a.m., London time, on such determination date. If such rate does not appear on the Designated LIBOR Page at such time, then the Company will request the principal London office of each of four major reference banks in the London interbank market, selected by the Company, to provide such bank’s offered quotation to prime banks in the London interbank market for deposits in U.S. dollars with a term of three months as of 11:00 a.m., London time, on such determination date and in a principal amount equal to an amount that, in the judgment of the Company, is representative for a single transaction in U.S. dollars in the relevant market at the relevant time (a “representative amount”). If at least two such quotations are so provided, Three-month LIBOR for such Floating Rate Period will be the arithmetic mean of such quotations. If fewer than two such quotations are provided, the Company will request each of three major banks in the City of New York to provide such bank’s rate for loans in U.S. dollars to leading European banks with a term of three months as of approximately 11:00 a.m., the City of New York time, on such determination date and in a representative amount. If at least two such rates are so provided, Three-month LIBOR for such Floating Rate Period will be the arithmetic mean of such quotations. If fewer than two such rates are so provided, then Three-month LIBOR for such Floating Rate Period will be set to equal the Three-month LIBOR for the then current Floating Rate Period or, in the case of the first Floating Rate Period, 1.21%.



Tier 2 Capital Event” shall mean the receipt by the Company of an opinion of Independent Bank Regulatory Counsel to the effect that, as a result of:
(a) any amendment to, or change (including any announced prospective amendment or change) in, the laws or any regulations thereunder of the United States or any rules, guidelines or policies of an applicable regulatory authority for the Company; or
(b) any official administrative pronouncement or judicial decision interpreting or applying such laws or regulations, which amendment or change is effective or which pronouncement or decision is announced on or after the original issue date of the Notes, the Notes do not constitute, or within 90 days of the date of such opinion will not constitute, Tier 2 capital (or its then-equivalent if the Company were subject to such capital requirement) for purposes of capital adequacy guidelines of the Federal Reserve Board, as then in effect and applicable to the Company.
The terms “Company,” “Trustee,” “Base Indenture,” “First Supplemental Indenture,” “Indenture,” “Securities” and “Notes” shall have the respective meanings set forth in the recitals to this First Supplemental Indenture and the paragraph preceding such recitals.
ARTICLE 2
ESTABLISHMENT OF THE NOTES
AND GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THE NOTES
Section 2.1. Establishment of the Series of the Notes and Designation. There is hereby authorized and established a series of Securities designated as the “5.75% Fixed to Floating Rate Subordinated Notes due July 20, 2026.” The Securities that are a part of such series shall be in the form and have the terms, provisions and conditions as set forth in the Base Indenture, this First Supplemental Indenture and the Notes in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A.
Section 2.2. Payment of Principal; Issue Price. Except as earlier redeemed in accordance with this First Supplemental Indenture, the date upon which the entire principal amount of the Notes shall become due and payable, together with any accrued and unpaid interest then owing, shall be July 20, 2026 (the “Stated Maturity Date”). The Notes issued on the date hereof will be issued at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof.
Section 2.3. Form, Payment and Appointment. Except as provided in Section 305 of the Base Indenture, the Notes will be issued only in book-entry form, will be represented by one or more Global Notes registered in the name of or held by The Depository Trust Company or any successor thereto (“DTC”) or its nominee as the Depositary therefor. So long as DTC or its nominee is the registered owner of Global Notes, DTC or its nominee, as the case may be, will be considered the Holder of the Notes represented by such Global Notes for all purposes under the Indenture. The Company will make payments of principal of, and premium, if any, and interest on the Global Notes to DTC or its nominee, as the case may be, as the registered Holder of the Notes. The principal of any Notes in the form of Individual Securities will be payable at the place of payment set forth below.
The terms and conditions contained in the Notes shall constitute, and are hereby expressly made, a part of the Indenture, and the Company and the Trustee, by their execution and delivery of this First Supplemental Indenture, expressly agree to such terms and conditions and to be bound thereby.
The Security Registrar and Paying Agent for the Notes shall initially be the Trustee.
The Place of Payment for the Notes shall be an office or agency of the Company maintained for such purpose, which shall initially be the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee at 333 S. Grand Avenue, 5th Floor, Suite 5A, Los Angeles, CA 90071, attention: Corporate, Municipal and Escrow Services.
The Notes will be issuable and may be transferred only in minimum denominations of $2,000 and any integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof that is an integral multiple of $1,000. The amounts payable with respect to the Notes shall be payable in U.S. Dollars.
Section 2.4. Global Note. The Notes shall be issued initially in the form of one or more fully registered Global Securities (each such Global Security, a “Global Note”) registered in the name of DTC or its nominee and deposited with DTC or its designated custodian or such other Depositary as any officer of the Company may from time to time designate. Unless and until a Global Note is exchanged for Notes in certificated form, such Global Note may be transferred, in whole



but not in part, and any payments on the Notes shall be made, only to DTC or a nominee of DTC, or to a successor Depositary selected or approved by the Company or to a nominee of such successor Depositary as provided in the Indenture.
Section 2.5. Interest.
(a) Interest payable on any Interest Payment Date, the Stated Maturity Date or the Redemption Date, if any, with respect to the Notes shall be the amount of interest accrued from, and including, the immediately preceding Interest Payment Date in respect of which interest has been paid or duly provided for (or from and including the original issue date of Notes if no interest has previously been paid or duly provided for with respect to the Notes) to, but excluding, such Interest Payment Date, Stated Maturity Date or the Redemption Date, if any, as the case may be.
(b) (i) From, and including, the original issue date of the Notes to, but excluding, July 20, 2021, unless redeemed prior to such date pursuant to Article 3 hereof, the Notes will bear interest at the annual rate of 5.75%, computed on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months, and payable semi-annually in arrears on each January 20 and July 20, beginning on January 20, 2017 and ending on July 20, 2021 (each such payment date, a “Fixed Rate Interest Payment Date,” with the period from, and including, the original issue date of the Notes to, but excluding, the first Fixed Rate Interest Payment Date and each successive period from, and including, a Fixed Rate Interest Payment Date to, but excluding, the next Fixed Rate Interest Payment Date being a “Fixed Rate Period”). In the event that any scheduled Fixed Rate Interest Payment Date for the Notes falls on a day that is not a Business Day, then payment of interest payable on such Fixed Rate Interest Payment Date will be postponed to the next succeeding day that is a Business Day (and no interest on such payment will accrue for the period from and after such scheduled Fixed Rate Interest Payment Date).
(ii) From, and including July 20, 2021 to, but excluding, the Stated Maturity Date, unless redeemed subsequent to July 20, 2021 but prior to the Stated Maturity Date pursuant to Article 3 hereof, the Notes will bear interest at an annual rate equal to Three- month LIBOR, reset quarterly, plus 473 basis points (4.73%), payable quarterly in arrears on each January 20, April 20, July 20 and October 20, beginning on October 20, 2021 (each such payment date, a “Floating Rate Interest Payment Date,” and, together with the Fixed Rate Interest Payment Dates, collectively the “Interest Payment Dates,” with the period from, and including, July 20, 2021 to, but excluding, the first Floating Rate Interest Payment Date and each successive period from, and including, a Floating Rate Interest Payment Date to, but excluding, the next Floating Rate Interest Payment Date being a “Floating Rate Period”). Interest payable on the Notes for a Floating Rate Period shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year and the actual number of days in such Floating Rate Period. All percentages used in or resulting from any calculation of Three-month LIBOR shall be rounded, if necessary, to the nearest one hundred-thousandth of a percentage point, with 0.000005% rounded up to 0.00001%. The Calculation Agent shall notify the Trustee (if the Trustee is not the Calculation Agent) in writing of the interest rate for each Floating Rate Period on the applicable determination date. In the event that any scheduled Floating Rate Interest Payment Date for the Notes falls on a day that is not a Business Day, then payment of interest payable on such Floating Rate Interest Payment Date will be postponed to the next succeeding day that is a Business Day, unless such day falls in the next succeeding calendar month, in which case such Floating Rate Interest Payment Date will be accelerated to the immediately preceding day that is a Business Day, and, in each such case, the amounts payable on such Business Day will include interest accrued to, but excluding, such Business Day.
(c) Interest due on the Stated Maturity Date (whether or not an Interest Payment Date) of the Notes will be paid to the Person to whom principal of the Notes is payable, subject to DTC’s applicable procedures.
Section 2.6. Subordination.
(a) The Company covenants and agrees that, anything in this Section 2.6 or the Notes to the contrary notwithstanding, the indebtedness evidenced by the Notes is subordinate and junior in right of payment to all Senior Indebtedness to the extent provided in this Section 2.6, and each Holder of Notes, by such Holder’s acceptance of such Notes, likewise covenants and agrees to the subordination provided in this Section 2.6 and the Base Indenture and shall be bound by the provisions of this Section 2.6. Senior Indebtedness shall continue to be Senior Indebtedness and entitled to the benefits of these subordination provisions irrespective of any amendment, modification, or waiver of any term of the Senior Indebtedness or extension or renewal of the Senior Indebtedness.
In the event of
(i) any insolvency, bankruptcy, receivership, liquidation, reorganization, readjustment, composition, or other similar proceeding relating to the Company or its property;



(ii) any proceeding for the liquidation, dissolution, or other winding up of the Company, voluntary or involuntary, whether or not involving insolvency or bankruptcy proceedings;
(iii) any assignment by the Company for the benefit of creditors; or
(iv) any other marshaling of the assets of the Company;
all Senior Indebtedness (including any interest on such Senior Indebtedness accruing after the commencement of any such proceedings) shall first be paid in full before any payment or distribution, whether in cash, securities, or other property, shall be made to any Holder of any of the Notes on account of such Notes. Any payment or distribution, whether in cash, securities, or other property (other than securities of the Company or any other corporation provided for by a plan of reorganization or readjustment the payment of which is subordinate, at least to the extent provided in these subordination provisions with respect to the indebtedness evidenced by the Notes, to the payment of all Senior Indebtedness at the time outstanding and to any securities issued in respect of such Senior Indebtedness under any such plan of reorganization or readjustment), which would otherwise (but for these subordination provisions) be payable or deliverable in respect of the Notes shall be paid or delivered directly to the holders of Senior Indebtedness in accordance with the priorities then existing among such holders until all Senior Indebtedness (including any interest on such Senior Indebtedness accruing after the commencement of any such proceedings) shall have been paid in full. In the event of any such proceeding, after payment in full of all sums owing with respect to Senior Indebtedness, the Holders of the Notes, together with the holders of any obligations of the Company ranking on a parity with the Notes, shall be entitled to be paid from the remaining assets of the Company the amounts at the time due and owing on account of unpaid principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on the Notes and such other obligations before any payment or other distribution, whether in cash, property, or otherwise, shall be made on account of any capital stock or any obligations of the Company ranking junior to the Notes and such other obligations. The rights of holders of Senior Indebtedness under this Section do not extend to any payment or distribution, whether in cash, securities or other property, to the extent applied to the Trustee’s rights to compensation, reimbursement of expenses or indemnification.
In the event that, notwithstanding the foregoing, any payment or distribution of any character or any security, whether in cash, securities, or other property (other than securities of the Company or any other corporation provided for by a plan of reorganization or readjustment the payment of which is subordinate, at least to the extent provided in these subordination provisions with respect to the indebtedness evidenced by the Notes, to the payment of all Senior Indebtedness at the time outstanding and to any securities issued in respect of such Senior Indebtedness under any such plan of reorganization or readjustment), shall be received by the Trustee or any holder of the Notes in contravention of any of the terms of this Section 2.6, such payment or distribution or security shall be received in trust for the benefit of, and shall be paid over or delivered and transferred to, the holders of the Senior Indebtedness at the time outstanding in accordance with the priorities then existing among such holders for applications to the payment of all Senior Indebtedness remaining unpaid to the extent necessary to pay all such Senior Indebtedness in full. In the event of the failure of the Trustee or any holder of the Notes to endorse or assign any such payment, distribution, or security, each holder of Senior Indebtedness is irrevocably authorized to endorse or assign the same.
No present or future holder of any Senior Indebtedness shall be prejudiced in the right to enforce subordination of the indebtedness evidenced by the Notes by any act or failure to act on the part of the Company. Nothing contained in this Section 2.6 shall impair, as between the Company and the Holders of Notes, the obligation of the Company to pay to the Holders of the Notes the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on such Notes or prevent the Trustee or the holders of the Notes from exercising all rights, powers and remedies otherwise permitted by applicable law or under this Indenture upon a default or Event of Default, all subject to the rights of the holders of the Senior Indebtedness to receive cash, securities, or other property otherwise payable or deliverable to the Holders of the Notes.
Senior Indebtedness shall not be deemed to have been paid in full unless the holders thereof shall have received cash, securities, or other property equal to the amount of such Senior Indebtedness then outstanding. Upon the payment in full of all Senior Indebtedness, the rights of the holders of Notes of each series shall be subrogated to all rights of any holders of Senior Indebtedness to receive any further payments or distributions applicable to the Senior Indebtedness until the indebtedness evidenced by the Notes shall have been paid in full, and such payments or distributions received by such Holders of Notes, by reason of such subrogation, of cash, securities, or other property which otherwise would be paid or distributed to the holders of Senior Indebtedness shall, as between the Company and its creditors other than the holders of Senior Indebtedness, on the one hand, and such Holders of Notes, on the other hand, be deemed to be a payment by the Company on account of Senior Indebtedness, and not on account of the Notes.



Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything else in this Section 2.6, at any time after the 123rd day following the date of deposit of funds pursuant to Article Four of the Base Indenture (provided all conditions set out in the applicable Article shall have been satisfied), the funds so deposited and any interest thereon will not be subject to any rights of holders of Senior Indebtedness including, without limitation, those arising under this Section 2.6; provided that no event described in clause (5) or (6) of Section 501 of the Base Indenture has occurred during such 123-day period.
The provisions of this Section 2.6 shall not impair any rights, interests, remedies, or powers of any secured creditor of the Company in respect of any security interest the creation of which is not prohibited by the provisions of this Indenture.
(b) In the event and during the continuation of any default in the payment of the principal of or any premium or interest, rent or other obligations on any Senior Indebtedness beyond any applicable grace period with respect to such Senior Indebtedness, or in the event that any event of default with respect to any Senior Indebtedness shall have occurred and be continuing permitting the holders of such Senior Indebtedness (or the trustee on behalf of the holders of such Senior Indebtedness) to declare such Senior Indebtedness due and payable prior to the date on which it would otherwise have become due and payable, unless and until such event of default shall have been cured or waived or shall have ceased to exist and any such declaration and its consequences shall have been rescinded or annulled, or in the event any judicial proceeding shall be pending with respect to any such default in payment or event of default, then no payment (including any payment which may be payable by reason of the payment of any other indebtedness of the Company being subordinated to the payment of the Notes) shall be made by the Company on account of the principal of or any premium or interest on the Notes or on account of the purchase or other acquisition of Notes.
Subject to Section 2.6(d), in the event that, notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall make any payment to the Trustee or the Holders of the Notes prohibited by the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.6(b), and if such fact shall, at or prior to the time of such payment, have been made known in a writing delivered to a responsible officer of the Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office by a holder of Senior Indebtedness or the Company or, as the case may be, such holder of Notes, then and in such event such payment shall be paid over and delivered to the Company.
The provisions of this Section 2.6(b) shall not apply to any payment with respect to which Section 2.6(a) would be applicable.
(c) Upon any payment or distribution of assets of the Company referred to in this Section 2.6, the Trustee and the holders of the Notes shall be entitled to conclusively rely upon an order or decree made by any court of competent jurisdiction in which such dissolution or winding up or liquidation or reorganization or arrangement proceedings are pending or upon a certificate of the trustee in bankruptcy, receiver, assignee for the benefit of creditors, or other Person making such payment or distribution, delivered to the Trustee or to the holders of the Notes, for the purpose of ascertaining the Persons entitled to participate in such distribution, the holders of the Senior Indebtedness and other indebtedness of the Company, the amount of or payable on and the amount or amounts paid or distributed on such Senior Indebtedness or other indebtedness, and all other facts pertinent to such Senior Indebtedness or other indebtedness or to this Section 2.6. In the absence of any such bankruptcy trustee, receiver, assignee, or other Person, the Trustee shall be entitled to conclusively rely upon a written notice by a Person representing itself, himself or herself to be a holder of Senior Indebtedness (or a trustee or representative on behalf of such holder) as evidence that such Person is a holder of such Senior Indebtedness (or is such a trustee or representative), of the amount of or payable on and the amount or amounts paid or distributed on such Senior Indebtedness or other indebtedness, and of all other facts pertinent to such Senior Indebtedness or other indebtedness. In the event that the Trustee determines, in good faith, that further evidence is required with respect to the right of any Person as a holder of Senior Indebtedness to participate in any payments or distributions pursuant to this Section 2.6, the Trustee may request such person to furnish evidence to the reasonable satisfaction of the Trustee as to the amount of Senior Indebtedness held by such Person, as to the extent to which such Person is entitled to participate in such payment or distribution, and as to other facts pertinent to the rights of such Person under this Section 2.6, and if such evidence is not furnished, the Trustee may withhold any payment to such Person pending judicial determination as to the right of such Person to receive payment. The Trustee, however, shall not be deemed to owe any fiduciary duty to the holders of Senior Indebtedness, and shall not be liable to any such holders if it shall pay over or deliver to the holders of the Notes or the Company or any other Person, cash, securities, or other property to which any holders of Senior Indebtedness shall be entitled by virtue of this Section 2.6 or otherwise. With respect to the holders of Senior Indebtedness, the Trustee undertakes to perform or to observe only such of its covenants and obligations as are specifically set forth in this Indenture, and no implied covenants or obligations with respect to the holders of Senior Indebtedness shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee.
(d) Nothing contained in this Section 2.6 (except in Section 2.6(e)) or elsewhere in this Indenture, or in the Notes, shall prevent (i) the Company at any time, except during the pendency of any dissolution, winding up, liquidation, or



reorganization proceedings referred to in Section 2.6(a) or under the conditions specified in Section 2.6(b), from making payments of the principal of (or premium, if any) or interest on the Notes or (ii) the application by the Trustee or any Paying Agent of any moneys deposited with it under this Indenture to payments of the principal of or interest on the Notes, if, at the time of such deposit, a responsible officer of the Trustee or such Paying Agent, as the case may be, had not received at the Corporate Trust Office the Officers’ Certificate or written notice provided for in Section 2.6(e) of any event prohibiting the making of such deposit, or if, at the time of such deposit (whether or not in trust) by the Company with the Trustee or any Paying Agent (other than the Company) such payment would not have been prohibited by the provisions of this Section 2.6, and the Trustee or any Paying Agent shall not be affected by any notice to the contrary received by it on or after such date.
(e) Anything in this Section 2.6 or elsewhere contained in this Indenture to the contrary notwithstanding, the Trustee shall not at any time be charged with knowledge of the existence of any facts which would prohibit the making of any payment of moneys to or by the Trustee, and shall be entitled conclusively to assume that no such facts exist and that no event specified in Section 2.6(a) or Section 2.6(b) has happened, unless and until a responsible officer of the Trustee shall have received at the Corporate Trust Office (i) an Officers’ Certificate to that effect or (ii) notice in writing to that effect signed by or on behalf of the holder or holders, or their representatives, of Senior Indebtedness who shall have been certified by the Company or otherwise established to the reasonable satisfaction of the Trustee to be such holder or holders or representatives or from any trustee under any indenture pursuant to which such Senior Indebtedness shall be outstanding; and before the receipt of any such Officers’ Certificate or written notice, the Trustee shall be entitled in all respects to assume that no such facts exist; provided, however, that if the Trustee shall not have received the Officers’ Certificate or the written notice provided for in this Section 2.6(e) at least three Business Days prior to the date upon which by the terms hereof any money may become payable for any purpose (including, without limitation, the payment of the principal of or interest on any Security) then, anything herein contained to the contrary notwithstanding, the Trustee shall have all power and authority to receive such money and to apply the same to the purpose for which such money were received and shall not be affected by any notice to the contrary which may be received by it during or after such three Business Day period.
The Company shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee and to the Paying Agent of any facts which would prohibit the payment of money or assets to or by the Trustee or any Paying Agent.
(f) Each Holder of Notes by such Holder’s acceptance thereof authorizes and directs the Trustee on such Holder’s behalf to take such action as may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate the subordination as between such Holder and holders of Senior Indebtedness as provided in this Section 2.6 and appoints the Trustee its attorney-in-fact for any and all such purposes.
(g) The Trustee shall be entitled to all the rights set forth in this Section 2.6 with respect to any Senior Indebtedness which may at the time be held by it, to the same extent as any other holder of Senior Indebtedness. Nothing in this Section 2.6 shall deprive the Trustee of any rights as such holder.
(h) In case at any time any Paying Agent other than the Trustee shall have been appointed by the Company and be then acting under this Indenture, the term “Trustee” as used in this Section 2.6 shall in such case (unless the context shall otherwise require) be construed as extending to and including such Paying Agent within its meaning as fully for all intents and purposes as if the Paying Agent were named in this Section 2.6 in addition to or in place of the Trustee; provided, however, that Sections 2.6(e) and 2.6(g) shall not apply to the Company or any Affiliate of the Company if the Company or such Affiliate acts as Paying Agent.
(i) No right of any present or future holders of any Senior Indebtedness to enforce subordination as provided in this Indenture shall at any time in any way be prejudiced or impaired by any act or failure to act on the part of the Company or by any act or failure to act, in good faith, by any such holder, or by any noncompliance by the Company with the terms, provisions, and covenants of this Indenture, regardless of any knowledge which any such holder may have or be otherwise charged with. The holders of Senior Indebtedness may, at any time or from time to time and in their absolute discretion, change the manner, place, or terms of payment, change or extend the time of payment of, or renew or alter, any such Senior Indebtedness, or amend or supplement any instrument pursuant to which any such Senior Indebtedness is issued or by which it may be secured, or release any security, or exercise or refrain from exercising any other of their rights under the Senior Indebtedness including, without limitation, the waiver of default, all without notice to or assent from the Holders of the Notes or the Trustee and without affecting the obligations of the Company, the Trustee, or the Holders of the Notes under this Section 2.6.
(j) Nothing in this Section 2.6 shall apply to claims of, or payments to, the Trustee under or pursuant to Sections 506 or 607 of the



(k) Anything in Article Nine of the Base Indenture or elsewhere contained in this Indenture to the contrary notwithstanding, no modification or amendment and no supplemental indenture shall modify the subordination provisions of this Section 2.6 in a manner that would adversely affect the holders of Senior Indebtedness. Whether or not any such modification, amendment or supplemental indenture modifies this Section 2.6 in a manner that would adversely affects the holders of Senior Indebtedness shall be determined by the Board of Directors of the Company, acting in good faith and shall be evidenced by delivery by the Company of an Officers’ Certificate and applicable board resolution to such effect to the Trustee and the representatives of the holders of Senior Indebtedness.
Section 2.7. Events of Default; Acceleration. Neither the Trustee nor the Holders of the Notes shall have the right to accelerate the maturity of the Notes unless there is an Event of Default specified under clause (5) or (6) of Section 501 of the Base Indenture. If an Event of Default specified in clause (5) or (6) of Section 501 of the Base Indenture occurs, then the principal amount of all of the Outstanding Notes, including any accrued and unpaid interest on the Notes and premium, if any, shall become and be immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or the Holders of the Notes in accordance with the provisions of Section 502 of the Base Indenture.
Section 2.8. No Sinking Fund. The Notes are not entitled to the benefit of any sinking fund.
Section 2.9. No Conversion or Exchange Rights. The Notes shall not be convertible into or exchangeable for any other securities or property of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company.
Section 2.10. No Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance. Section 1302 of the Base Indenture shall be applicable to the Notes. Section 1303 of the Base Indenture shall not be applicable to the Notes.
ARTICLE 3
REDEMPTION OF THE NOTES
Section 3.1. Optional Redemption. The Company may, at its option, redeem the Notes, in whole or in part, on any Interest Payment Date on or after July 20, 2021, at a Redemption Price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but excluding, the Redemption Date fixed by the Company; provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, the payment of such accrued and unpaid interest paid as a part of the Redemption Price shall satisfy in full the obligation of the Company to pay accrued and unpaid interest on the Notes redeemed from and including the most recent Interest Payment Date on which all accrued and unpaid interest on the Notes was paid or provided for to, but excluding, the Redemption Date. Any partial redemption will be made in accordance with the Base Indenture. The Company’s election to redeem any Notes shall be provided to the Trustee in the form of an Officers’ Certificate at least 60 days prior to the Redemption Date, or such shorter notice as may be acceptable to the Trustee.
Section 3.2. Redemption Upon Special Events. The Company may also, at its option, redeem the Notes before the Stated Maturity Date in whole, but not in part, at any time, upon the occurrence of a Tier 2 Capital Event, a Tax Event or a 1940 Act Event. Any such redemption will be at a Redemption Price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but excluding, the Redemption Date fixed by the Company; provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, the payment of such accrued and unpaid interest paid as a part of the Redemption Price shall satisfy in full the obligation of the Company to pay accrued and unpaid interest on the Notes redeemed from and including the most recent Interest Payment Date on which all accrued and unpaid interest on the Notes was paid or provided for through, but excluding, the Redemption Date. The Company’s election to redeem any Notes shall be provided to the Trustee in the form of an Officers’ Certificate at least 60 days prior to the Redemption Date, or such shorter notice as may be acceptable to the Trustee. If any conditions precedent to such optional redemption have not been satisfied, the Company shall provide written notice to the Trustee and each Holder of the Notes in the same manner in which the notice of redemption was given prior to the close of business prior to the Redemption Date fixed by the Company. Upon receipt of such notice, the notice of redemption shall be rescinded or delayed as provided in such notice.
Section 3.3. Redemption Approval. No redemption of the Notes by the Company prior to the Stated Maturity Date pursuant to this Article 3 shall be made without the prior approval of the Federal Reserve Board if such prior approval is or will be required at the scheduled Redemption Date. To the extent that the approval of the Federal Reserve Board is required for the Company’s redemption of the Notes pursuant to this Article 3, the Trustee shall not have any duty or obligation to determine whether such approval is required or any duty or obligation to obtain such approval. Prior to the delivery of the notice of redemption to the Holders of the Notes, the Company shall deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating (i) whether or not the approval of the Federal Reserve Board is required for the Company’s redemption of the Notes and (ii) if such approval is required, whether or not such approval has been obtained by the Company.



Section 3.4. Redemption Procedures. Notice of redemption must be provided to the Holders of the Notes to be redeemed not less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior to the applicable Redemption Date. The provisions of Article Eleven of the Base Indenture shall apply to any redemption of the Notes pursuant to this Article 3.
ARTICLE 4
FORM OF NOTES
The Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication thereon are to be substantially in the form attached as Exhibit A hereto, with such changes therein as the officers of the Company executing the Notes (by manual or facsimile signature) may approve, such approval to be conclusively evidenced by their execution thereof.
ARTICLE 5
ISSUE OF NOTES
Section 5.1. Additional Issues of Notes. The Company may, from time to time, without notice to or the consent of the Holders of the Notes, issue an unlimited amount of additional subordinated Securities of the same series as the Notes, which Securities will rank pari passu with the Notes and be identical in all respects to the Notes previously issued except for their issuance date, the offering price, the interest commencement date and the first payment of interest following the issue date of such additional subordinated Securities in order that such additional subordinated Securities may be consolidated and form a single series with the Notes outstanding immediately prior to the issuance of such additional subordinated Securities and have the same terms as to status, redemption or otherwise as the Notes; provided that, if any additional subordinated Securities are not fungible with the initial Notes for U.S. income tax purposes, such additional subordinated Securities will have a separate CUSIP number.
ARTICLE 6
IMMUNITY OF STOCKHOLDERS, EMPLOYEES, AGENTS, OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS
No director, officer, employee or shareholder of the Company, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Company under the Notes or this First Supplemental Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of or by reason of such obligations or their creation. By accepting the Notes, each Holder waives and releases all such liability.
ARTICLE 7
MISCELLANEOUS
Section 7.1. Ratification of Base Indenture. The Base Indenture, as supplemented by this First Supplemental Indenture, is in all respects ratified and confirmed, and this First Supplemental Indenture shall be deemed part of the Base Indenture in the manner and to the extent herein and therein provided; provided that the provisions of this First Supplemental Indenture apply solely with respect to the Notes.
Section 7.2. Trustee Not Responsible for Recitals. The recitals contained herein and in the Notes, except the Trustee’s certificates of authentication, shall be taken as statements of the Company and not those of the Trustee, and the Trustee assumes no responsibility for the correctness thereof. The Trustee makes no representations as to the validity or sufficiency of this First Supplemental Indenture or of the Notes. The Trustee shall not be accountable for the use or application by the Company of the Notes or of the proceeds thereof.
Section 7.3. Governing Law; Waiver of Jury Trial. THIS FIRST SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE AND EACH NOTE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT REGARD TO SUCH STATE’S INTERNAL CONFLICTS OF LAWS PRINCIPLES. THE ISSUER, THE TRUSTEE AND THE HOLDERS HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS FIRST SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE, THE NOTES OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.
Section 7.4. Separability Clause. In case any provision in this First Supplemental Indenture or in the Notes shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby



Section 7.5. Counterparts Originals. This First Supplemental Indenture may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which so executed shall be deemed to be an original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument. The exchange of copies of this First Supplemental Indenture and of signature pages by facsimile transmission or by transmission as a PDF e-mail attachment shall constitute effective execution and delivery of this First Supplemental Indenture as to the parties hereto and may be used in lieu of the original First Supplemental Indenture for all purposes. Signatures of the parties hereto transmitted by facsimile or PDF e-mail attachment shall be deemed to be their original signatures for all purposes.
Section 7.6. Benefits of First Supplemental Indenture. Nothing in this First Supplemental Indenture or in the Notes, express or implied, shall give to any Person, other than the parties to this First Supplemental Indenture and their successors under this First Supplemental Indenture and the Persons in whose names the Notes are registered from time to time, any benefit or any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under this First Supplemental Indenture.
Section 7.7. Conflict with Base Indenture. To the extent that any provision of this First Supplemental Indenture relating to the Notes is inconsistent with any provision of the Base Indenture, such provision of this First Supplemental Indenture shall control with respect to the Notes.
Section 7.8. Trust Indenture Act Controls. This First Supplemental Indenture is subject to the provisions of the Trust Indenture Act that are required to be part of the Indenture and shall, to the extent applicable, be governed by such provisions. If any provision of this First Supplemental Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with another provision that is required or deemed to be included in this First Supplemental Indenture by the Trust Indenture Act, such required or deemed provision shall control.
Section 7.9. Rights, Protections and Immunities of the Trustee. All of the rights, protections, benefits, immunities and indemnities afforded or given to the Trustee, the Security Registrar and the Paying Agent pursuant to the Base Indenture shall apply to and be enforceable by the Trustee, the Security Registrar and the Paying Agent acting in their respective capacities relating to the Notes and pursuant to this First Supplemental Indenture mutatis mutandi as if set forth and incorporated herein. The Trustee, the Security Registrar and the Paying Agent is acting hereunder, not in its individual capacity, but solely in its capacity as Trustee, Security Registrar or Paying Agent, as applicable, for the Notes under the Indenture.
Section 7.10 USA PATRIOT Act. The parties hereto acknowledge that in accordance with Section 326 of the USA PATRIOT Act, the Trustee, like all financial institutions and in order to help the government fight the funding of terrorism and money laundering, are required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies each person or legal entity that establishes a relationship or opens an account. The parties to this agreement agree that they will provide the Trustee with such information as it may request to satisfy the requirements of the USA PATRIOT Act.
[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.]




IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this First Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed as of the day and year first written above.
GUARANTY BANCORP



By: /s/ Christopher G. Treece                    
Name: Christopher G. Treece
Title: Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Secretary

WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee,
Registrar and Paying Agent



By: /s/ Maddy Hughes                    
Name: Maddy Hughes
Title: Vice President





















[Signature Page to First Supplemental Indenture]


Exhibit 4.12

EXECUTION COPY


SECOND SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE


THIS SECOND SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE (this "Supplemental Indenture ") is dated as of January 1, 2019, among Independent Bank Group, Inc., a Texas corporation ("Independent"), Guaranty Bancorp, a Delaware corporation (formerly known as Centennial Bank Holdings, Inc., successor to Guaranty Corporation) ("Guaranty), and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, a national banking association with its principal place of business in the State of Delaware (the "Trustee).

RECITALS

WHEREAS, Guaranty and the Trustee entered into that certain Indenture, dated as of July 30, 2003 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified prior to the date hereof, including by that certain First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of December 31, 2004 (the "First Supplemental Indenture"), the "Original Indenture"), pursuant to which Guaranty duly authorized the issuance of its Junior Subordinated Debt Securities due July 7, 2033 (the "Debt Securities");

WHEREAS, Independent and Guaranty entered into that certain Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of May 22, 2018, by and between Guaranty and Independent (the "Merger Agreement");

WHEREAS, on the date of this Supplemental Indenture, subject to the terms and conditions of the Merger Agreement, Guaranty will merge with and into Independent, with Independent being the surviving corporation (the "Merger"), whereupon the separate corporate existence of Guaranty will cease;

WHEREAS, Section 11.01 of the Original Indenture (as further amended hereby, the "Indenture ") provides that Independent shall expressly assume, by supplemental indenture executed and delivered to the Trustee, the due and punctual payment of all payments due on all of the Debt Securities in accordance with their terms, according to their tenor, and the due and punctual performance and observance of all the covenants and conditions of the Original Indenture to be kept or performed by Guaranty;

WHEREAS, Section 9.01(a) of the Original Indenture authorizes, without the consent of Securityholders, the execution of a supplemental indenture to evidence the succession of another Person to Guaranty, or successive successions, and the assumption by the successor Person of the covenants, agreements and obligations of Guaranty, pursuant to Article XI of the Original Indenture;

WHEREAS, pursuant to Sections 9.05, 11.03 and 14.06 of the Original Indenture, Guaranty has delivered to the Trustee an Officers' Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that (i) this Supplemental Indenture complies with the requirements of Article IX of the Original Indenture and (ii) all conditions precedent, if any, provided for in the Original Indenture relating



to the execution of this Supplemental Indenture have been complied with, and an Opinion of Counsel stating that (i) this Supplemental Indenture is authorized or permitted by, and conforms to, the terms of Article IX of the Original Indenture and that it is proper for the Trustee under the provisions of Article IX of the Original Indenture to join the execution of this Supplemental Indenture and (ii) the Merger and the assumption of payment and performance by Independent provided for herein each complies with the provisions of Article XI of the Original Indenture; and

WHEREAS, capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein shall have the respective meanings assigned to such terms in the Indenture.

NOW, THEREFORE, in compliance with Sections 11.01 and 11.02 of the Original Indenture, and in consideration of the covenants contained herein and intending to be legally bound hereby, Independent, Guaranty and the Trustee, for the benefit of the Securityholders, agree as follows:

1.    Assumption of Payment and Performance. Immediately upon effectiveness of the Merger, Independent (i) hereby expressly assumes the due and punctual payment of all payments due on all of the Debt Securities in accordance with their terms, according to their tenor, and the due and punctual performance and observance of all the covenants and conditions of the Original Indenture to be kept or performed by Guaranty and (ii) hereby succeeds to and is substituted for Guaranty, with the same effect as if Independent had been named "the Company" in the Original Indenture.

2.    Effect of Supplemental Indenture. Upon the execution of this Supplemental Indenture, (i) the Original Indenture shall be and be deemed to be modified and amended in accordance herewith; (ii) this Supplemental Indenture shall be and be deemed to be part of the terms and conditions of the Indenture for any and all purposes; (iii) except as modified and amended by this Supplemental Indenture, the Original Indenture shall continue in full force and effect; (iv) immediately upon effectiveness of the Merger, Independent also succeeds to and is substituted for Guaranty with the same effect as if Independent had originally been named in (a) the Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust, dated as of June 30, 2003 (the "Trust Agreement"), as Sponsor (as defined in the Trust Agreement) and (b) the Guarantee Agreement, dated as of June 30, 2003 (the "Guarantee Agreement"), as Guarantor (as defined in the Guarantee Agreement); (v) the Debt Securities shall continue to be governed by the Indenture; and (vi) every Securityholder shall be bound by this Supplemental Indenture.

3.    The Trustee. The Trustee shall not be responsible in any manner whatsoever for or in respect of the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or for or in respect of the recitals contained herein, all of which recitals are made solely by Independent and Guaranty.

4.    Supplemental Indenture Controls. In the event of a conflict or inconsistency between the Original Indenture and this Supplemental Indenture, the provisions of this Supplemental Indenture shall control.




5.    Governing Law. This Supplemental Indenture shall be deemed to be a contract made under the law of the State of New York, and for all purposes shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the law of said State, without regard to conflict of laws principles thereof.

6.    Successors and Assigns. This Supplemental Indenture shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the respective successors and assigns of the parties hereto and the holders of any Debt Securities then outstanding.

7.    Headings. The headings used in this Supplemental Indenture are inserted for convenience only and shall not in any way affect the meaning or construction of any provision of this Supplemental Indenture.

8.    Counterparts. This Supplemental Indenture may be executed in several counterparts, each of which shall be an original and all of which shall constitute one and the same instrument. Delivery of an executed counterpart by facsimile or PDF shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart thereof.

[Signature page follows]





IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized, as of the day and year first above written.

INDEPENDENT BANK GROUP, INC.

By: /s/ David R. Brooks            
Name: David R. Brooks
Title: Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and
President


GUARANTY BANCORP

By: /s/ Paul W. Taylor            
Name: Paul W. Taylor
Title: President and Chief Executive Officer


WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, not in its individual capacity, but solely as Trustee


By: /s/ Maddy Hughes            
Name: Maddy Hughes
Title: Vice President

[Signature Page to Guaranty Capital Trust III Second Supplemental Indenture]


Exhibit 4.13
THIS SECURITY AND THE OBLIGATIONS OF THE COMPANY (AS DEFINED HEREIN) AS EVIDENCED HEREBY (1) ARE NOT DEPOSITS WITH OR HELD BY THE COMPANY AND ARE NOT INSURED OR GUARANTEED BY ANY FEDERAL AGENCY OR INSTRUMENTALITY, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, THE FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION AND (2) ARE SUBORDINATE IN THE RIGHT OF PAYMENT TO THE SENIOR INDEBTEDNESS (AS DEFINED IN THE INDENTURE IDENTIFIED HEREIN).
GLOBAL NOTE
THIS SECURITY IS A GLOBAL SECURITY WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE INDENTURE HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO AND IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF THE DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY, WHICH MAY BE TREATED BY THE COMPANY, THE TRUSTEE AND ANY AGENT THEREOF AS OWNER AND HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY FOR ALL PURPOSES.
UNLESS AND UNTIL IT IS EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR THE INDIVIDUAL SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY, THIS GLOBAL SECURITY MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT AS A WHOLE (I) BY THE DEPOSITARY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR (II) BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR THE DEPOSITARY TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE OF SUCH SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY. UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY TO THE ISSUER OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO., ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL SINCE THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.
TRANSFERS OF THIS GLOBAL SECURITY SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS IN WHOLE, BUT NOT IN PART, BY THE DEPOSITARY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY, OR BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY TO THE DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY, OR BY THE DEPOSITARY OR ANY SUCH NOMINEE TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE OF SUCH SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY.
147947904v1


GUARANTY BANCORP
5.75% Fixed-to-Floating Rate Subordinated Notes due July 20, 2026
No. 1 CUSIP: 40075T AA0
ISIN: US40075TAA07
$40,000,000
Guaranty Bancorp, a Delaware corporation (hereinafter called the “Company,” which term includes any successor corporation under the Indenture hereinafter referred to), for value received, hereby promises to pay to CEDE & CO., or its registered assigns, the principal sum of $40,000,000 (or such other amount as set forth in the Schedule of Increases or Decreases in Note attached hereto) on July 20, 2026 (such date is hereinafter referred to as the “Stated Maturity Date”), unless redeemed prior to such date, and to pay interest thereon (i) from, and including, July 18, 2016, to, but excluding, July 20, 2021 or any early redemption date, at a rate of 5.75% per annum, semi-annually in arrears on January 20 and July 20 of each year, commencing January 20, 2017 (each such date, a “Fixed Rate Interest Payment Date,” with the period from, and including, July 18, 2016 to, but excluding, the first Fixed Rate Interest Payment Date and each successive period from, and including, a Fixed Rate Interest Payment Date to, but excluding, the next Fixed Rate Interest Payment Date being a “Fixed Rate Period”) and (ii) from, and including, July 20, 2021 to, but excluding, the Stated Maturity Date or any early redemption date, at a rate equal to Three-month LIBOR, reset quarterly, plus 473 basis points (4.73%), payable quarterly in arrears on January 20, April 20, July 20 and October 20 of each year, commencing October 20, 2021 through the Stated Maturity Date or earlier redemption date (each, a “Floating Rate Interest Payment Date,” and together with the Fixed Rate Interest Payment Dates, the “Interest Payment Dates,” with the period from, and including, July 20, 2021 to, but excluding, the first Floating Rate Interest Payment Date and each successive period from, and including a Floating Rate Interest Payment Date to, but excluding, the next Floating Rate Interest Payment Date being a “Floating Rate Period”). Interest payable on this Note during any Fixed Rate Period shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months. In the event that any scheduled Fixed Rate Interest Payment date on this Note falls on a day that is not a Business Day (as defined in the Indenture), then payment of interest payable on such Fixed Rate Interest Payment Date will be postponed to the next succeeding day that is a Business Day and no additional interest shall accrue. Interest payable on this Note during any Floating Rate Period shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year and the actual number of days in such Floating Rate Period. All percentages used in or resulting from any calculation of Three-month LIBOR shall be rounded, if necessary, to the nearest one hundred-thousandth of a percentage point, with 0.000005% rounded up to 0.00001%. In the event that any scheduled Floating Rate Interest Payment Date on this Note falls on a day that is not a Business Day, then payment of interest payable on such Floating Rate Interest Payment Date will be postponed to the next succeeding day that is a Business Day, unless such day falls in the next succeeding calendar month, in which case such Floating Rate Interest Payment Date will be accelerated to the immediately preceding day that is a Business Day, and, in each case, the
2
147947904v1


amounts payable on such Business Day will include interest accrued to, but excluding, such Business Day.
Any principal and premium, and any such installment of interest, which is overdue shall bear interest at the applicable rate set forth in the previous paragraph (to the extent that the payment of such interest shall be legally enforceable), from the dates such amounts are due until they are paid or made available for payment, and such interest shall be payable on demand. The interest so payable, and punctually paid or duly provided for, on any Fixed Rate Interest Payment Date will, as provided in the Indenture, be paid to the Person in whose name this Note is registered at the close of business on the Fixed Rate Interest Record Date for such interest, which shall be the close of business on the January 1 or July 1 (whether or not a Business Day) immediately preceding such Fixed Rate Interest Payment Date, through July 20, 2021, and thereafter, on any Floating Rate Interest Payment Date, on the Floating Rate Interest Record Date for such interest, which shall be the close of business on the January 1, April 1, July 1 and October 1 (whether or not a Business Day) immediately preceding such Floating Rate Interest Payment Date.
Payment of the principal of and interest on this Note will be made at the office or agency of the Company maintained for that purpose, which shall initially be the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, in such currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts.
Reference is hereby made to the further provisions of this Note set forth on the reverse hereof, which further provisions shall for all purposes have the same effect as if set forth at this place.
Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been executed by the Trustee referred to on the reverse hereof by manual signature, this Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose.
[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

3
147947904v1


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Note to be signed manually or by facsimile by its duly authorized officer.
GUARANTY BANCORP
By:     
Name:
Title:


4
147947904v1


TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION
This is one of the Notes of the series designated therein referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture.
Date of authentication:
WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee
By:     
Authorized Signatory


5
147947904v1


REVERSE OF NOTE
GUARANTY BANCORP
5.75% Fixed-to-Floating Rate Subordinated Notes due July 20, 2026
This Note is one of a duly authorized issue of Securities of the Company of a series designated as the “5.75% Fixed-to-Floating Rate Subordinated Notes due July 20, 2026” (herein called the “Notes”) initially issued in an aggregate principal amount of $40,000,000 on July 18, 2016. Such series of Securities has been established pursuant to, and is one of an indefinite number of series of subordinated debt securities of the Company issued or issuable under and pursuant to the Indenture, dated as of July 18, 2016 (the “Base Indenture”), between the Company and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee (herein called the “Trustee,” which term includes any successor trustee), as supplemented and amended by the First Supplemental Indenture between the Company and the Trustee, dated as of July 18, 2016 (the “First Supplemental Indenture,” and the Base Indenture as supplemented and amended by the First Supplemental Indenture, the “Indenture”), to which Indenture and any other indentures supplemental thereto reference is hereby made for a statement of the respective rights, limitations of rights, duties and immunities thereunder of the Company, the Trustee and the Persons in whose names Notes are registered from time to time and of the terms upon which the Notes are, and are to be, authenticated and delivered. The terms, conditions and provisions of the Notes are those stated in the Indenture, those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (the “Trust Indenture Act”), and those set forth in this Note. To the extent that the terms, conditions and provisions of this Note modify, supplement or are inconsistent with those of the Indenture, then the terms, conditions and other provisions of this Note shall govern to the extent that such terms, conditions and other provisions of this Note are not inconsistent with the terms, conditions and provisions made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act.
All capitalized terms used in this Note and not defined herein that are defined in the Indenture shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture. To the extent that any capitalized term used in this Note and defined herein is also defined in the Indenture but conflicts with the definition provided in the Indenture, the definition of the capitalized term in this Note shall control.
The indebtedness of the Company evidenced by the Notes, including the principal thereof, premium, if any, and interest thereon, is, to the extent and in the manner set forth in the Indenture, subordinate and subject in right of payment to the prior payment in full of all Senior Indebtedness, whether outstanding at the date hereof or hereafter incurred, and on the terms and subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Indenture, and shall rank pari passu in right of payment with all other Securities and with all other unsecured subordinated indebtedness of the Company and not by its terms subordinate and subject in right of payment to the prior payment in full of debentures, notes, bonds or other evidences of indebtedness of types that include the Notes. Each Holder of this Note, by the acceptance hereof, agrees to and shall be bound by such provisions of the Indenture and authorizes and directs the Trustee on his behalf to take such actions as may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate the subordination so provided.
6
147947904v1


The Notes are intended to be treated as Tier 2 capital (or its then-equivalent if the Company were subject to such capital requirement) for purposes of capital adequacy guidelines of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (or any successor regulatory authority with jurisdiction over bank holding companies) (the “Federal Reserve Board”) as then in effect and applicable to the Company. If an Event of Default with respect to Notes shall occur and be continuing, the principal and interest owed on the Notes shall only become due and payable in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in Article Five of the Base Indenture and Section 2.7 of the First Supplemental Indenture. Accordingly, the Holder of this Note has no right to accelerate the maturity of this Note in the event that the Company fails to pay interest on any of the Notes, or fails to perform any other obligations under the Notes or in the Indenture that are applicable to the Notes.
The Company may, at its option, redeem the Notes, in whole or in part, on any Interest Payment Date on or after July 20, 2021. The Company may also, at its option, redeem the Notes before the Stated Maturity Date, in whole, but not in part, at any time, upon the occurrence of a Tier 2 Capital Event, a Tax Event or a 1940 Act Event. Any such redemption will be at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but excluding, the Redemption Date fixed by the Company. No redemption of the Notes by the Company prior to the Stated Maturity Date shall be made without the prior approval of the Federal Reserve Board if such prior approval is or will be required at the scheduled Redemption Date. The provisions of Article Eleven of the Base Indenture and Article 3 of the First Supplemental Indenture shall apply to the redemption of any Notes by the Company.
The Notes are not entitled to the benefit of any sinking fund. The Notes are not convertible into or exchangeable for any other securities or property of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company.
The Indenture permits, with certain exceptions as therein provided, the amendment thereof and the modification of the rights and obligations of the Company and the rights of the Holders of the Notes at any time by the Company and the Trustee with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Notes. The Indenture also contains provisions permitting the Holders of specified percentages in principal amount of the Notes at the time Outstanding, on behalf of the Holders of all Notes, to waive certain past defaults under the Indenture and their consequences. Any such consent or waiver by the Holder of this Note shall be conclusive and binding upon such Holder and upon all future Holders of this Note and of any Note issued upon the registration of transfer hereof or in exchange herefor or in lieu hereof, whether or not notation of such consent or waiver is made upon this Note.
As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations therein set forth, the transfer of this Note is registrable in the Security Register described in Section 305 of the Base Indenture, upon surrender of this Note for registration of transfer at the office or agency of the Company in any place where the principal of and interest on this Note are payable, duly endorsed by, or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company and the Security Registrar duly executed by the Holder hereof or his attorney duly authorized in
7
147947904v1


writing, and thereupon one or more new Notes, of authorized denominations and for the same aggregate principal amount, will be issued to the designated transferee or transferees.
The Notes are issuable only in registered form without coupons in minimum denominations of $2,000 and any integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof that is an integral multiple of $1,000.
The Company and the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the Trustee may treat the Person in whose name this Note is registered as the owner hereof for all purposes, whether or not this Note is overdue, and neither the Company, the Trustee nor any such agent shall be affected by notice to the contrary.
This Security is a global note, represented by one or more permanent global certificates registered in the name of the nominee of The Depository Trust Company (each a “Global Note” and collectively, the “Global Notes”). Accordingly, unless and until it is exchanged for individual certificates, this Note may not be transferred except as a whole by The Depository Trust Company (the “Depositary”) to a nominee of such Depositary or by a nominee of such Depositary or by the Depositary or any nominee to a successor Depositary or any nominee of such successor. Ownership of beneficial interests in this Security will be shown on, and the transfer of that ownership will be effected only through, records maintained by the applicable Depositary or its nominee (with respect to interest of persons that have accounts with the Depositary (“Participants”)) and the records of Participants (with respect to interests of persons other than Participants). Beneficial interests in Notes owned by persons that hold through Participants will be evidenced only by, and transfers of such beneficial interests with such Participants will be effected only through, records maintained by such Participants. Except as provided below, owners of beneficial interests in this Note will not be entitled to have any individual certificates and will not be considered the owners or Holders thereof under the Indenture.
Except in the limited circumstances set forth in the Base Indenture, Participants and owners of beneficial interests in the Global Notes will not be entitled to receive Notes in the form of Individual Securities and will not be considered Holders of Notes. None of the Company, the Trustee, the Security Registrar, the Paying Agent or any of their respective agents will be liable for any delay by the Depositary, its nominee or any direct or indirect Participant in identifying the beneficial owners of the related Notes. The Company, the Trustee, the Security Registrar, the Paying Agent and each of their respective agents may conclusively rely on, and will be protected in relying on, instructions from the Depositary or its nominee for all purposes, including with respect to the registration and delivery, and the respective principal amounts, of the Notes to be issued.
Except as provided in Section 305 of the Base Indenture, beneficial owners of Global Notes will not be entitled to receive physical delivery of Notes in the form of Individual Securities, and no Global Note will be exchangeable except for another Global Note of like denomination and tenor to be registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee. Accordingly, each person owning a beneficial interest in a Global Note must rely on the procedures of the Depositary and, if such person is not a Participant, on the procedures of
8
147947904v1


the Participant through which such person owns its interest, to exercise any rights of a Holder under the Notes.
The laws of some jurisdictions may require that certain purchasers of securities take physical delivery of those securities in definitive form. Accordingly, the ability to transfer interests in the Notes represented by a Global Note to those persons may be limited. In addition, because the Depositary can act only on behalf of its Participants, who in turn act on behalf of persons who hold interests through Participants, the ability of a person having an interest in Notes represented by a Global Note to pledge or transfer such interest to persons or entities that do not participate in the Depositary’s system, or otherwise to take actions in respect of such interest, may be affected by the lack of a physical definitive security in respect of such interest. None of the Company, the Trustee, the Paying Agent and the Security Registrar will have any responsibility or liability for any aspect of the records relating to or payments made on account of Notes by the Depositary, or for maintaining, supervising or reviewing any records of the Depositary relating to the Notes.
Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, will act as the Company’s Paying Agent with respect to the Notes through its Corporate Trust Office presently located at 608 2nd Avenue South, 12th Floor, Minneapolis, MN 55402, attention: Bondholder Communications. The Company may at any time rescind the designation of a Paying Agent, appoint a successor Paying Agent, or approve a change in the office through which any Paying Agent acts.
Notices to the Holders of registered Notes in the form of Individual Securities will be given to such Holders at their respective addresses in the Security Register, or in the case of Global Notes, electronic delivery in accordance with DTC’s applicable procedures. The Indenture contains provisions setting forth certain conditions to the institution of proceedings by the Holders of Notes with respect to the Indenture or for any remedy under the Indenture.
THIS NOTE SHALL BE DEEMED TO BE A CONTRACT MADE UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

9
147947904v1


ASSIGNMENT FORM
To assign the within Security, fill in the form below: I or we assign and transfer the within Security to:

    
(Insert assignee’s legal name)

    
(Insert assignee’s social security or tax I.D. no.)
    
(Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code)

and irrevocably appoint as agent to transfer this Security on the books of . The agent may substitute another to act for it.
Your Signature:
(Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Security)

Your Name:
Date:
Signature Guarantee:


10
147947904v1


SIGNATURE GUARANTEE
Signatures must be guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” meeting the requirements of the Security Registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the Security Transfer Agent Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Security Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.


11
147947904v1


SCHEDULE OF INCREASES OR DECREASES IN GLOBAL NOTE
The initial principal amount of this Global Note is $40,000,000. The following increases or decreases in the principal amount of this Global Note have been made:
Date Amount of
decrease in
principal
amount
of this
Global Note
Amount of
decrease in
principal
amount
of this
Global Note
Principal
amount
of this
Global Note
following such
decrease or
increase
Signature of
authorized
signatory of
Trustee


12
147947904v1

Exhibit 4.14

DESCRIPTION OF REGISTRANT’S SECURITIES

As of December 31, 2020, Independent Bank Group, Inc. (the “Company” or “we”) had one class of securities registered under Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), our common stock, par value, $0.01 per share.

Description of Common Stock
General
The following summarizes certain of the important rights of the holders of shares of our common stock. This discussion does not purport to be a complete description of these rights. These rights can be determined in full only by reference to federal and state banking laws and regulations, the Texas Business Organizations Code, or the TBOC, and our certificate of formation and bylaws.
Our authorized capital stock consists of 100,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, and 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share. All of our shares of common stock outstanding at that date were fully paid and non-assessable.
Voting Rights
Subject to any special voting rights that may be given to any series of preferred stock that the Company may issue in the future, holders of our common stock are entitled to one vote per share in the election of directors and on all other matters submitted to a vote at a meeting of shareholders. Our shareholders do not have cumulative voting rights in the election of directors.
With respect to any matter other than a matter for which the affirmative vote of the holders of a specified portion of the shares entitled to vote is required by Texas law or our certificate of formation or bylaws, the act of the shareholders will be the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the shares entitled to vote on, and voted for or against, the matter at a meeting of shareholders at which a quorum is present.
Our bylaws provide that directors shall be elected by an affirmative majority of the votes cast by the shares entitled to vote who are present, in person or by proxy, and entitled to vote on the election of directors at any such meeting of shareholders at which a quorum is present. For purposes of the preceding sentence, a majority of the votes cast means that the number of shares voted “for” a director must exceed the number of shares “against” that director, with “abstentions” and “broker non-votes” not counted as votes cast with respect to the director. A director who does not receive a majority of votes cast and is therefore not elected shall tender his/her resignation as a director to our Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in a contested election, the persons receiving a plurality of the votes cast shall be elected directors. Our board of directors is divided into three classes, Class I, Class II and Class III, with each class serving staggered three-year terms.
Dividend Rights and Distributions
Holders of our common stock are entitled to dividends when, as and if declared by our board of directors out of funds legally available therefor.
Liquidation Rights
In the event of the termination of our Company’s existence and its related winding up, the holders of our common stock will be entitled to share ratably in any assets remaining after payment of all debts and other liabilities, including the liquidation preference of any shares of our preferred stock issued and outstanding at the time of the termination of our existence.
1
147964062v3



Other
Our common stock has no preemptive or conversion rights and is not entitled to the benefits of any redemption or sinking fund provision.
NASDAQ Listing
Our common stock is listed on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “IBTX.”
Transfer Agent and Registrar
The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock is EQ Shareowner Services, whose address is P.O. Box 64874, St. Paul, Minnesota 55164-0874.
Business Combinations under Texas Law
A number of provisions of Texas law, our certificate of formation and bylaws could have an anti-takeover effect and make more difficult the acquisition of the Company by means of a tender offer, a proxy contest or otherwise and the removal of incumbent directors. These provisions are intended to discourage coercive takeover practices and inadequate takeover bids and to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of us to negotiate first with our board of directors.
We are subject to the provisions of Title 2, Chapter 21, Subchapter M of the TBOC, which provides that a Texas corporation may not engage in specified types of business combinations, including mergers, consolidations and asset sales, with a person, or an affiliate or associate of that person, who is an “affiliated shareholder” for a period of three years from the date that person became an affiliated shareholder. The Company has more than 100 shareholders and is considered to be an “issuing public corporation” for purposes of this law. For purposes of this law, an “affiliated shareholder” is generally defined as a person who is the beneficial owner of 20% or more of the corporation’s voting shares, or during the preceding three-year period, was the beneficial owner of 20% or more of the corporation’s voting shares. The law’s prohibitions do not apply if:
the business combination or the acquisition of shares by the affiliated shareholder was approved by the board of directors of the corporation before the affiliated shareholder became an affiliated shareholder; or

the business combination was approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds of the outstanding voting shares of the corporation not beneficially owned by the affiliated shareholder or such shareholder’s affiliates or associates, at a meeting of shareholders called for that purpose not less than six months after the affiliated shareholder became an affiliated shareholder.
Furthermore, the above moratorium on business combinations does not apply to the following:

the business combination of an issuing public corporation for which the corporation’s original certificate of formation or bylaws contain a provision expressly electing not to be governed by the applicable subchapter of the TBOC;

2
147964062v3


the business combination of an issuing public corporation that adopts an amendment to its certificate of formation or bylaws, by the affirmative vote of the holders, other than affiliated shareholders and such shareholders’ affiliates or associates, of at least two-thirds of the outstanding voting shares of the corporation, expressly electing not to be governed by the applicable subchapter of the TBOC and so long as the amendment does not take effect for 18 months following the date of the vote and does not apply to a business combination with an affiliated shareholder who became affiliated on or before the effective date of the amendment;

a business combination of an issuing public corporation with an affiliated shareholder that became an affiliated shareholder inadvertently, if the affiliated shareholder divests itself, as soon as practicable, of enough shares to no longer be an affiliated shareholder and would not at any time within the three-year period preceding the announcement of the business combination have been an affiliated shareholder but for the inadvertent acquisition;

a business combination with an affiliated shareholder who became an affiliated shareholder through a transfer of shares by will or intestacy and continuously was an affiliated shareholder until the announcement date of the business combination; and

a business combination of a corporation with a domestic wholly owned subsidiary if the subsidiary is not an affiliate or associate of the affiliated shareholder other than by reason of the affiliated shareholder’s beneficial ownership of voting shares of the corporation.
Neither our certificate of formation nor our bylaws contain any provision expressly providing that the Company will not be subject to the applicable subchapter of the TBOC. The TBOC may have the effect of inhibiting a non-negotiated merger or other business combination involving the Company, even if some or a majority of our shareholders might believe it to be in their best interests or in which our shareholders might receive a premium for their stock over the Company’s then market price.
Certain Certificate of Formation and Bylaw Provisions Potentially Having an Anti-takeover Effect
Our certificate of formation and bylaws contain certain provisions that could have an anti-takeover effect and thus discourage potential takeover attempts and make it more difficult for our shareholders to change management or receive a premium for their shares. Further, the TBOC also includes certain provisions that could have an anti-takeover effect. Collectively, these provisions include:

authorization for our board of directors to issue shares of one or more series of preferred stock without shareholder approval;

the establishment of a classified board of directors, with directors of each class serving a three-year term;

a requirement that directors only be removed from office for cause and only upon a majority shareholder vote;

3
147964062v3


a provision that vacancies on our board of directors, including newly created directorships, may be filled only by a majority vote of directors then in office or by a sole remaining director;

a prohibition of shareholder action by written consent, requiring all actions to be taken at a meeting of the shareholders;

a limitation on the ability of shareholders to call special meetings to those shareholders or groups of shareholders owning at least 20% of the outstanding shares of Company common stock;

the requirement under Texas law that shareholders representing two-thirds or more of the outstanding shares of common stock approve all amendments to our certificate of formation and approve mergers and similar transactions;

the requirement that any shareholders that desire to bring business before our annual meeting of shareholders or nominate candidates for election as directors at our annual meeting of shareholders must provide timely notice of their intent in writing and comply with other requirements set forth in our bylaws; and

the prohibition of cumulative voting in the election of directors.





Limitation of Liability and Indemnification of Officers and Directors
Our certificate of formation provides that our directors are not personally liable to our Company or our shareholders for monetary damages for an act or omission in their capacity as a director. A director may, however, be found liable for:
any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to our Company or our shareholders;

acts or omissions not in good faith that constitute a breach of the director’s duty to our Company;

acts or omissions not in good faith that involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

any transaction from which the director receives an improper benefit, whether or not the benefit resulted from an action taken with the scope of the director’s duties;

4
147964062v3


acts or omissions for which the liability of the director is expressly provided by an applicable statute; and

acts related to an unlawful stock repurchase or payment of a dividend.
Our certificate of formation also provides that we will indemnify our directors and officers, and may indemnify our employees and agents, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Texas law from any expenses, liabilities or other matters. Moreover, we have agreed, subject to certain conditions, to indemnify each of our directors and officers for any expenses, liabilities or obligations he or she incurs as a result of, or for any amount paid by him or her in settlement of, any proceeding to which he or she is a party or in which he or she is a witness as a result of their position with our Company or one of subsidiaries.
Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of our Company pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, our Company has been advised that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by us of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of our Company in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, we will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.





End of Exhibit 4.1
5
147964062v3

Exhibit 4.15




IMAGE_01B.JPG




401(k) Volume Submitter Plan




466998




This document was signed according to the records of the Principal Life Insurance Company.
The "This Document Was Electronically Signed By" heading displays the name of the person that electronically signed the document along with the date the electronic signature was received. Changes to your documents become effective the latter of the Effective Date or the Signed Date, unless an earlier date is required by law.


The electronic signature(s) received by the Principal Life Insurance Company (Principal Life)
are in compliance with the electronic signature procedures established by Principal Life.





IMAGE_11A.JPG Jim Harbour
Defined Contribution Document Leader
Principal Life Insurance Company

This Document was Electronically
Signed By:
LISA BAUNSGARD
10/20/2020
6:13 PM





















Independent Financial 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan






































Amend No. 5 Effective January 1, 2021




Principal Financial Group 401(k) Volume Submitter
Approved August 8, 2014
Amend No. 5 Effective January 1, 2021





TABLE OF CONTENTS


Amend No. 5 Effective January 1, 2021
1
Plan ID No. 1063569 ( 4-66998)



INTRODUCTIO ARTICLE I
Section
N




1.01






-----


FORMAT AND DEFINITIONS Format
Section
1.02
-----
Definitions

ARTICLE II

PARTICIPATION

Section

2.01

-----

Active Participant
Section
2.02
-----
Inactive Participant
Section
2.03
-----
Cessation of Participation
Section
2.04
-----
Adopting Employers - Separate Plans
Section
2.05
-----
Adopting Employers - Single Plan
Section
2.06
-----
Adopting Employers - Multiple Employer Plan

ARTICLE III

CONTRIBUTIONS

Section

3.01

-----

Employer Contributions
Section
3.02
-----
Voluntary Contributions by Participants
Section
3.03
-----
Rollover Contributions
Section
3.04
-----
In-plan Roth Rollovers
Section
3.05
-----
Forfeitures
Section
3.06
-----
Allocation
Section
3.07
-----
Contribution Limitation
Section
3.08
-----
Excess Amounts
Section
3.09
-----
401(k) Safe Harbor Provisions
Section
3.10
-----
Eligible Automatic Contribution Arrangement (EACA) Provisions
Section
3.11
-----
Qualified Automatic Contribution Arrangement (QACA) Safe Harbor Provisions

ARTICLE IV

INVESTMENT OF CONTRIBUTIONS

Section

4.01

-----

Investment and Timing of Contributions
Section
4.02
-----
Investment in Qualifying Employer Securities
Section
4.03
-----
Voting and Tender of Self-Directed Brokerage Accounts
Section
4.04
-----
Life Insurance

ARTICLE V

BENEFITS

Section

5.01

-----

Retirement Benefits
Section
5.02
-----
Death Benefits
Section
5.03
-----
Vested Benefits
Section
5.04
-----
When Benefits Start
Section
5.05
-----
Withdrawal Benefits
Section
5.06
-----
Loans to Participants
Section
5.07
-----
Distributions Under Qualified Domestic Relations Orders

Amend No. 5 Effective January 1, 2021
2
Plan ID No. 1063569 ( 4-66998)





ARTICLE VI DISTRIBUTION OF BENEFITS

Section
6.01
-----
Automatic Forms of Distribution
Section
6.02
-----
Optional Forms of Distribution
Section
6.03
-----
Election Procedures
Section
6.04
-----
Notice Requirements

ARTICLE VII REQUIRED MINIMUM DISTRIBUTIONS

Section
7.01 -----
Application
Section
7.02 -----
Definitions
Section
7.03 -----
Required Minimum Distributions
Section
7.04 -----
TEFRA Section 242(b)(2) Elections

ARTICLE VIII

TERMINATION OF THE PLAN

ARTICLE IX

ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN
Section
9.01 -----
Administration
Section
9.02 -----
Expenses
Section
9.03 -----
Records
Section
9.04 -----
Information Available
Section
9.05 -----
Claim Procedures
Section
9.06 -----
Delegation of Authority
Section
9.07 -----
Exercise of Discretionary Authority
Section
9.08 -----
Transaction Processing

ARTICLE X

GENERAL PROVISIONS
Section 10.01 ----- Amendments
Section 10.02 ----- Direct Rollovers
Section 10.03 ----- Mergers and Direct Transfers
Section 10.04 ----- Provisions Relating to the Insurer and Other Parties
Section 10.05 ----- Employment Status Section 10.06 ----- Rights to Plan Assets Section 10.07 ----- Beneficiary
Section 10.08 ----- Nonalienation of Benefits
Section 10.09 ----- Construction Section 10.10 ----- Legal Actions Section 10.11 ----- Small Amounts Section 10.12 ----- Word Usage
Section 10.13 ----- Change in Service Method
Section 10.14 ----- Military Service
Section 10.15 ----- Qualification of Plan
ARTICLE XI TOP-HEAVY PLAN REQUIREMENTS Section 11.01 ----- Application
Section 11.02 ----- Definitions
Section 11.03 ----- Modification of Vesting Requirements
Section 11.04 ----- Modification of Contributions
Amend No. 5 Effective January 1, 2021
3
Plan ID No. 1063569 ( 4-66998)





ARTICLE XII TRUST PROVISIONS PLAN EXECUTION
Amend No. 5 Effective January 1, 2021
4
Plan ID No. 1063569 ( 4-66998)





INTRODUCTION


The Primary Employer previously established a retirement plan on March 1, 1994.

The Plan is amended with this Amendment Number 5, effective January 1, 2021. This amended document is substituted in lieu of the prior document with the exception of any interim amendment and any model amendment that have not been incorporated into this amendment. Such amendment(s) shall continue to apply to this Plan until such provisions are integrated into the Plan or such amendment(s) are superseded by another amendment.

It is intended that the Plan, as amended, qualify as a profit sharing plan under the Internal Revenue Code of
1986, including any later amendments to the Code. The Employer agrees to operate the Plan according to the terms, provisions, and conditions set forth in this document.

The amended Plan continues to be for the exclusive benefit of employees of the Employer. All persons covered under the Plan before the effective date of this amendment shall continue to be covered under the amended Plan, if they are still Eligible Employees as of the amendment date, with no loss of benefits.
Amend No. 5 Effective January 1, 2021
5
Plan ID No. 1063569 ( 4-66998)





ARTICLE I

FORMAT AND DEFINITIONS

SECTION 1.01--FORMAT.
The Employer’s retirement plan is set out in this signed document, and any amendments to this document. Words and phrases defined in the DEFINITIONS SECTION of Article I shall have that defined meaning when
used in this Plan, unless the context clearly indicates otherwise. These words and phrases have initial capital letters to aid in identifying them as defined terms.

Some of the defined terms and phrases in the DEFINITIONS SECTION of Article I and some of the provisions contained in the following articles may not apply to this Plan and shall not be used in the Plan. The provisions in Articles II through XII of the Plan shall determine whether or not the terms will apply.

SECTION 1.02--DEFINITIONS.

Account means the Participant’s share of the Plan Fund. Separate accounting records are kept for those parts of his Account resulting from the following contributions that are made to the plan as stated in Article III:

(a) Nondeductible Voluntary Contributions

(b) Deductible Voluntary Contributions

(c) Pre-tax Elective Deferral Contributions

(d) Roth Elective Deferral Contributions

(e) In-plan Roth Rollovers

(f) Matching Contributions that are not Qualified Matching Contributions or QACA Matching
Contributions

(g) Qualified Matching Contributions

(h) QACA Matching Contributions

(i) Qualified Nonelective Contributions

(j) QACA Nonelective Contributions

(k) Wage Rate Contributions

(l) All other Employer Contributions

(m) Rollover Contributions
Amend No. 5 Effective January 1, 2021
6
Plan ID No. 1063569 ( 4-66998)





If the Participant's Vesting Percentage is less than 100% as to any of the Employer Contributions, a separate accounting record will be kept for any part of his Account resulting from such Employer Contributions and, if there has been a prior Forfeiture Date, from such Contributions made before a prior Forfeiture Date.

A Participant's Account shall be reduced by any distribution of his Vested Account and by any Forfeitures. A Participant's Account shall participate in the earnings credited, expenses charged, and any appreciation or depreciation of the Investment Fund. His Account is subject to any minimum guarantees applicable under the Annuity Contract or other investment arrangement and to any expenses associated therewith.

Accrual Computation Period means the 12-month period used to measure hours for purposes of receiving an Employer Contribution or allocation.

The Accrual Computation Period is a consecutive 12-month period ending on the last day of each Plan Year, including corresponding consecutive 12-month periods before the effective date of this Plan.

Accrual Service means the period of service used to determine the number of units credited to a Participant for purposes of determining the amount of his Discretionary Contribution.

ACP Test means the nondiscrimination test described in Code Section 401(m)(2) as provided for in subparagraph (d) of the EXCESS AMOUNTS SECTION of Article III.

ACP Test Safe Harbor means the method described in the 401(k) SAFE HARBOR PROVISIONS SECTION or the QUALIFIED AUTOMATIC CONTRIBUTION ARRANGEMENT (QACA) SAFE HARBOR PROVISIONS SECTION of Article III for satisfying the ACP Test with respect to Matching Contributions.

Active Participant means an Eligible Employee who is actively participating in the Plan according to the provisions in the ACTIVE PARTICIPANT SECTION of Article II.

Additional Contributions means additional Employer Contributions (see the EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS SECTION of Article III), or the Forfeitures that are reallocated according to the ALLOCATION SECTION of Article III and are deemed to be Additional Contributions.
Adopting Employer means an employer who has adopted this Plan and who is not the Primary Employer. An Adopting Employer is an employer that is a Controlled Group member and is listed in the ADOPTING
EMPLOYERS – SINGLE PLAN SECTION of Article II.

ADP Test means the nondiscrimination test described in Code Section 401(k)(3) as provided for in subparagraph (c) of the EXCESS AMOUNTS SECTION of Article III.

ADP Test Safe Harbor means the method described in the 401(k) SAFE HARBOR PROVISIONS SECTION or the QUALIFIED AUTOMATIC CONTRIBUTION ARRANGEMENT (QACA) SAFE HARBOR PROVISIONS SECTION of Article III for satisfying the ADP Test.

Affiliated Service Group means any group of corporations, partnerships or other organizations of which the Employer is a part and that is affiliated within the meaning of Code Section 414(m) and the regulations thereunder. The term Controlled Group, as it is used in this Plan, shall include the term Affiliated Service Group.
Amend No. 5 Effective January 1, 2021
7
Plan ID No. 1063569 ( 4-66998)





Allocation Group means the designated groups of Employees for purposes of determining separate
Discretionary Contributions in the EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS SECTION of Article III.

Alternate Payee means any spouse, former spouse, child, or other dependent of a Participant who is recognized by a qualified domestic relations order as having a right to receive all, or a portion of, the benefits payable under the Plan with respect to such Participant.

Annual Compensation means the Employee’s Compensation for a defined 12-month period of time.

For a Plan Year, Annual Compensation is the Employee’s Compensation for the Compensation Year ending with or within the consecutive 12-month period ending on the last day of the Plan Year. Annual Compensation shall exclude Compensation for the portion of the Compensation Year in which an Employee is not an Active Participant.

Annuity Contract means the annuity contract or contracts into which the Primary Employer, and the Adopting Employers adopting this Plan as a separate plan enter, or Trustee enters, whichever is appropriate, with the Insurer for guaranteed benefits, for the investment of Contributions in separate accounts, and for the payment of benefits under this Plan.

Annuity Starting Date means the first day of the first period for which an amount is payable as an annuity or any other form.

Appendix A means the appendix identified as Appendix A which may be attached to and made a part of this
Plan.

Beneficiary means the person or persons named by a Participant to receive any benefits under the Plan when the Participant dies. See the BENEFICIARY SECTION of Article X.

Benefit Factor means, for a Plan Year, a person’s Annual Compensation for the Plan Year multiplied by his actuarial factor for the Plan Year determined in Appendix A.

Catch-up Contributions means Elective Deferral Contributions made to the Plan that are in excess of an otherwise applicable Plan limit and that are made by Participants who are age 50 or older by the end of their taxable year. An otherwise applicable Plan limit is a limit in the Plan that applies to Elective Deferral Contributions without regard to Catch-up Contributions, such as the limits on the Maximum Annual Additions, as defined in the CONTRIBUTION LIMITATION SECTION of Article III, the dollar limitation on Elective Deferral Contributions under Code Section 402(g) (not counting Catch-up Contributions), and the limit imposed by the ADP Test.

Catch-up Contributions are not subject to the limits on the Maximum Annual Additions, as defined in the CONTRIBUTION LIMITATION SECTION of Article III, are not counted in the ADP Test, and are not counted in determining the minimum allocation under Code Section 416 (but Catch-up Contributions made in prior years are counted in determining whether the Plan is top-heavy).

Claimant means any person who makes a claim for benefits under this Plan. See the CLAIM PROCEDURES SECTION of Article IX.

Code means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
Amend No. 5 Effective January 1, 2021
8
Plan ID No. 1063569 ( 4-66998)





Compensation means, except for purposes of the CONTRIBUTION LIMITATION SECTION of Article III and Article XI, the total earnings, except as modified in this definition, from the Employer during any specified period.

"Earnings" in this definition means wages, within the meaning of Code Section 3401(a), and all other payments of compensation to an Employee by the Employer (in the course of the Employer’s trade or business) for which the Employer is required to furnish the Employee a written statement under Code Sections 6041(d), 6051(a)(3), and 6052. Earnings shall be determined without regard to any rules under Code Section 3401(a) that limit the remuneration included in wages based on the nature or location of the employment or the services performed (such as the exception for agricultural labor in Code Section
3401(a)(2)). The type of compensation that is reported in the "Wages, Tips and Other Compensation" box on Form W-2 satisfies this definition.

For any Self-employed Individual, Compensation means Earned Income.

Except as provided herein, Compensation for a specified period is the Compensation actually paid or made available (or if earlier, includible in gross income) during such period.

For Plan Years beginning on or after July 1, 2007, Compensation for a Plan Year shall also include Compensation paid by the later of 2 1/2 months after an Employee’s Severance from Employment with the Employer maintaining the Plan or the end of the Plan Year that includes the date of the Employee’s Severance from Employment with the Employer maintaining the Plan, if (i) the payment is regular Compensation for services during the Employee’s regular working hours, or Compensation for services outside the Employee’s regular working hours (such as overtime or shift differential), commissions, bonuses, or other similar payments, and, absent a Severance from Employment, the payments would have been paid to the Employee while the Employee continued in employment with the Employer; (ii) the payment is for unused accrued bona fide sick, vacation or other leave that the Employee would have been able to use if employment had continued; or (iii) the payment is received by the Employee pursuant to a nonqualified unfunded deferred compensation plan and would have been paid at the same time if employment had continued, but only to the extent includible in gross income.

Any payments not described above shall not be considered Compensation if paid after Severance from Employment, even if they are paid by the later of 2 1/2 months after the date of Severance from Employment or the end of the Plan Year that includes the date of Severance from Employment.

Back pay, within the meaning of section 1.415(c)-2(g)(8) of the regulations, shall be treated as Compensation for the Plan Year to which the back pay relates to the extent the back pay represents wages and compensation that would otherwise be included in this definition.

Compensation paid or made available during a specified period shall include amounts that would otherwise be included in Compensation but for an election under Code Section 125(a), 132(f)(4), 402(e)(3),
402(h)(1)(B), 402(k), or 457(b).

Compensation shall exclude reimbursements or other expense allowances, fringe benefits (cash and noncash), moving expenses, deferred compensation (other than elective contributions), and welfare benefits.

Compensation shall exclude the following:

Annual performance bonuses paid in January of the prior year, holiday bonus, restricted stock and dividend equivalent payments, Shining Star awards, Christmas cash awards, shared leave pool, cash employee recognition.
Amend No. 5 Effective January 1, 2021
9
Plan ID No. 1063569 ( 4-66998)





For purposes of the EXCESS AMOUNTS SECTION of Article III, the Employer may elect to use an alternative nondiscriminatory definition of Compensation in accordance with the regulations under Code Section 414(s).

The annual Compensation of each Participant taken into account in determining contributions and allocations for any determination period (the period over which Compensation is determined) shall not exceed $200,000, as adjusted for cost-of-living increases in accordance with Code Section 401(a)(17)(B). The cost-of-living adjustment in effect for a calendar year applies to any determination period beginning with or within such calendar year. In modification of the foregoing, Elective Deferral Contributions may be made with respect to Compensation that exceeds the annual compensation limit, provided such Elective Deferral Contributions otherwise satisfy any applicable limitations.

If a determination period consists of fewer than 12 months, the annual compensation limit is an amount equal to the otherwise applicable annual compensation limit multiplied by a fraction. The numerator of the fraction is the number of months in the short determination period, and the denominator of the fraction is 12.

If Compensation for any prior determination period is taken into account in determining a Participant's contributions or allocations for the current Plan Year, the Compensation for such prior determination period is subject to the applicable annual compensation limit in effect for that determination period. For this purpose, in determining contributions and allocations in Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 2002, the annual compensation limit in effect for determination periods beginning before that date is $200,000.

Compensation means, for a Leased Employee, Compensation for the services the Leased Employee performs for the Employer, determined in the same manner as the Compensation of Employees who are not Leased Employees, regardless of whether such Compensation is received directly from the Employer or from the leasing organization.

Compensation Year means a defined 12-month period used to determine Annual Compensation.

The Compensation Year is the consecutive 12-month period ending on the last day of each Plan Year, including corresponding periods before the effective date of the Plan.

Contingent Annuitant means an individual named by the Participant to receive a lifetime benefit after the
Participant's death in accordance with a survivorship life annuity.

Contribution Date means the date on which Wage Rate Contributions are calculated.

Contributions means Employer Contributions, Participant Contributions, and Rollover Contributions as set out in Article III, unless the context clearly indicates only specific contributions are meant.

Controlled Group means any group of corporations, trades, or businesses of which the Employer is a part that is under common control. A Controlled Group includes any group of corporations, trades, or businesses, whether or not incorporated, which is either a parent-subsidiary group, a brother-sister group, or a combined group within the meaning of Code Section 414(b), Code Section 414(c) and the regulations thereunder and, for purposes of determining contribution limitations under the CONTRIBUTION LIMITATION SECTION of Article III, as modified by Code Section 415(h). The term Controlled Group, as it is used in this Plan, shall include the term Affiliated Service Group and any other employer required to be aggregated with the Employer under Code Section 414(o) and the regulations thereunder.
Amend No. 5 Effective January 1, 2021
10
Plan ID No. 1063569 ( 4-66998)





Designated Beneficiary means the individual who is designated by the Participant (or the Participant’s surviving spouse) as the Beneficiary of the Participant’s interest under the Plan and who is the designated beneficiary under Code Section 401(a)(9) and section 1.401(a)(9)-4 of the regulations.

Designated Roth Account means the portion of a Participant’s Account resulting from Roth Elective Deferral Contributions, In-plan Roth Rollovers, and the portion of a Rollover Contribution from a designated Roth account under another plan, and the respective earnings thereon. The Designated Roth Account shall be record kept in a manner that satisfies the separate accounting requirements of section 1.401(k)-1(f) of the regulations.

Differential Wage Payments means any payments that are made on or after January 1, 2009, by an Employer to an individual with respect to any period during which the individual is performing Qualified Military Service while on active duty for a period of more than 30 days. Such payments shall be made in accordance with Code Section 3401(h) and represent all or a portion of the wages the individual would have received from the Employer if the individual were performing service for the Employer.

Direct Rollover means a payment by the Plan to the Eligible Retirement Plan specified by the Distributee.

Discretionary Contributions means discretionary Employer Contributions. See the EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS SECTION of Article III.

Distributee means an Employee or former Employee. In addition, the Employee's (or former Employee's) surviving spouse and the Employee's (or former Employee's) spouse or former spouse who is the Alternate Payee under a qualified domestic relations order, as defined in Code Section 414(p), are Distributees with regard to the interest of the spouse or former spouse. For distributions made after December 31, 2006, a Distributee includes the Employee’s (or former Employee’s) nonspouse Designated Beneficiary, in which case, the distribution can only be transferred to a traditional IRA or Roth IRA established on behalf of the nonspouse Designated Beneficiary for the purpose of receiving the distribution.

Early Retirement Age means an age prior to the Participant’s Normal Retirement Age. The Participant’s
Account shall become nonforfeitable if he is an Employee upon attainment of such age. Early Retirement Age is not applicable to this Plan.
Early Retirement Date means a date before a Participant’s Normal Retirement Date that he selects for the start of his retirement benefits.

Early retirement is not permitted.

Earned Income means, for a Self-employed Individual, net earnings from self-employment in the trade or business for which this Plan is established if such Self-employed Individual’s personal services are a material income producing factor for that trade or business. Net earnings shall be determined without regard to items not included in gross income and the deductions properly allocable to or chargeable against such items. Net earnings shall be reduced for the employer contributions to the employer’s qualified retirement plan(s) to the extent deductible under Code Section 404.

Net earnings shall be determined with regard to the deduction allowed to the employer by Code Section
164(f) for taxable years beginning after December 31, 1989.

Elective Deferral Agreement means an agreement between an Eligible Employee and the Employer under which an Eligible Employee may make Elective Deferral Contributions. An Elective Deferral Agreement (or
Amend No. 5 Effective January 1, 2021
11
Plan ID No. 1063569 ( 4-66998)





change thereto) must be made in such manner and in accordance with such rules as the Employer may prescribe in a nondiscriminatory manner (including by means of voice response or other electronic system under circumstances the Employer permits). Elective Deferral Agreements cannot relate to Compensation that is payable prior to the later of the adoption or effective date of the cash or deferred arrangement (CODA). Elective Deferral Agreements shall be made, changed, or terminated according to the provisions of the EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS SECTION of Article III. An Elective Deferral Agreement may also be terminated according to the terms of an automatic contribution arrangement.

Elective Deferral Contributions means Employer Contributions made in accordance with either an Elective
Deferral Agreement or the terms of an automatic contribution arrangement.

Elective Deferral Contributions means Pre-tax Elective Deferral Contributions and Roth Elective Deferral
Contributions, unless the context clearly indicates only one is meant.

Elective Deferral Contributions shall be 100% vested and subject to the distribution restrictions of Code
Section 401(k) when made. See the WHEN BENEFITS START SECTION of Article V.

Eligibility Computation Period means a consecutive 12-month period.

Eligibility Service means the period of service used to determine if an Employee has met any service requirement for eligibility described in the ACTIVE PARTICIPANT SECTION of Article II.

Eligibility Service is an Employee's Period of Service. Eligibility Service shall be measured from his Employment Commencement Date to his most recent Severance Date. This Period of Service shall be reduced by any Period of Severance that occurred prior to his most recent Severance Date, unless such Period of Severance is included under the service spanning rule below. This period of Eligibility Service shall be expressed as years (on the basis that 365 days equal one year), months (on the basis that 30 days equal one month), or days.

Period of Severance included (service spanning rule):

A Period of Severance shall be deemed to be a Period of Service under either of the following conditions:

(a) the Period of Severance immediately follows a period during which an Employee is not absent from work and ends within 12 months; or

(b) the Period of Severance immediately follows a period during which an Employee is absent from work for any reason other than quitting, being discharged, or retiring (such as a leave of absence or layoff) and ends within 12 months of the date he was first absent.

Period of Military Duty included:

A Period of Military Duty shall be included as service with the Employer to the extent it has not already been credited.

Controlled Group service included:

An Employee's service with a member firm of a Controlled Group while both that firm and the
Employer were members of the Controlled Group shall be included as service with the Employer.
Amend No. 5 Effective January 1, 2021
12
Plan ID No. 1063569 ( 4-66998)





However, Eligibility Service is modified as follows:

Service with a Predecessor Employer that did not maintain this Plan included:

An Employee's service with a Predecessor Employer that did not maintain this Plan shall be included as service with the Employer. The crediting of such service shall be determined on a reasonably uniform basis for all similarly situated Employees based on all relevant facts and circumstances so as not to discriminate in favor of Highly Compensated Employees. An Employee's service with such Predecessor Employer shall be counted only if service continued with the Employer without interruption.

Eligible Employee means any Employee of the Employer excluding the following:

Bargaining class. Represented for collective bargaining purposes by any collective bargaining agreement between the Employer and employee representatives, if retirement benefits were the subject of good faith bargaining and if two percent or less of the Employees who are covered pursuant to that agreement are professionals as defined in section 1.410(b)-9 of the regulations. For this purpose, the term “employee representatives” does not include any organization more than half of whose members are Employees who are owners, officers, or executives of the Employer.

Nonresident alien, within the meaning of Code Section 7701(b)(1)(B), who receives no earned income, within the meaning of Code Section 911(d)(2), from the Employer that constitutes income from sources within the United States, within the meaning of Code Section 861(a)(3), or who receives such earned income but it is all exempt from income tax in the United States under the terms of an income tax convention.

An individual considered by the Employer to be an independent contractor who is later determined by the Internal Revenue Service to be an Employee.

However, to the extent an Employee becomes an Employee as a result of a Code Section 410(b)(6)(C) transaction, that Employee shall not be an Eligible Employee during the period beginning on the date of the transaction and ending on the last day of the first Plan Year beginning after the date of the transaction. This period is called the transition period. The transition period may end earlier if there is a significant change in the coverage under the Plan or if the Employer chooses to cover all similarly situated Employees as of an earlier date. A Code Section 410(b)(6)(C) transaction is an asset or stock acquisition, merger, or similar transaction involving a change in the employer of the employees of a trade or business.

Eligible Retirement Plan means an eligible plan under Code Section 457(b) which is maintained by a state, political subdivision of a state, or any agency or instrumentality of a state or political subdivision of a state and which agrees to separately account for amounts transferred into such plan from this Plan, a traditional IRA, a Roth IRA for distributions after December 31, 2007, an annuity plan described in Code Section
403(a), an annuity contract described in Code Section 403(b), or a qualified plan described in Code Section
401(a), that accepts the Distributee's Eligible Rollover Distribution. The definition of Eligible Retirement Plan shall also apply in the case of a distribution to a surviving spouse, or to a spouse or former spouse who is the Alternate Payee under a qualified domestic relations order, as defined in Code Section 414(p).

If any portion of an Eligible Rollover Distribution is attributable to payments or distributions from a Designated Roth Account, an Eligible Retirement Plan with respect to such portion shall include only (i) another designated Roth account of the individual from whose Account the payments or distributions were made or (ii) a Roth IRA of such individual.
Amend No. 5 Effective January 1, 2021
13
Plan ID No. 1063569 ( 4-66998)





Eligible Rollover Distribution means any distribution of all or any portion of the balance to the credit of the Distributee, except that an Eligible Rollover Distribution does not include: (i) any distribution that is one of a series of substantially equal periodic payments (not less frequently than annually) made for the life (or life expectancy) of the Distributee or the joint lives (or joint life expectancies) of the Distributee and the Distributee's Designated Beneficiary, or for a specified period of ten years or more; (ii) any distribution to the extent such distribution is required under Code Section 401(a)(9); (iii) any hardship distribution; (iv) any Permissible Withdrawal; and (v) any other distribution(s) that is reasonably expected to total less than $200 during a year. For purposes of the $200 rule, a distribution from a Designated Roth Account and a distribution from other accounts under the Plan shall be treated as made under separate plans.

Any portion of a distribution that consists of after-tax employee contributions that are not includible in gross income may be transferred only to (i) a traditional individual retirement account or annuity described in Code Section 408(a) or (b) (a “traditional IRA"); (ii) a Roth individual retirement account or annuity described in Code Section 408A (a “Roth IRA”) for distributions after December 31, 2007; or (iii) a qualified plan or an annuity contract described in Code Section 401(a) and 403(b), respectively, that agrees to separately account for amounts so transferred (and earnings thereon), including separately accounting for the portion of such distribution which is includible in gross income and the portion of such distribution which is not so includible.

Employee means an individual who is employed by the Employer or any other employer required to be aggregated with the Employer under Code Sections 414(b), (c), (m), or (o). A Controlled Group member is required to be aggregated with the Employer.

Beginning January 1, 2009, the term Employee shall include any individual receiving Differential Wage
Payments.

The term Employee shall include any Self-employed Individual treated as an employee of any employer described in the preceding paragraphs as provided in Code Section 401(c)(1). The term Employee shall also include any Leased Employee deemed to be an employee of any employer described in the preceding paragraphs as provided in Code Section 414(n) or (o).

An independent contractor is not an Employee. If the Internal Revenue Service determines that an individual who the Employer considered to be an independent contractor is an Employee, such individual shall be an Employee as of the reclassification date.

Employer means, except for purposes of the CONTRIBUTION LIMITATION SECTION of Article III, the Primary Employer or an Adopting Employer who has adopted this Plan as a separate plan. This will also include any successor corporation, trade or business which will, by written agreement, assume the obligations of this Plan or any Predecessor Employer that maintained this Plan.

Employer Contributions means Elective Deferral Contributions, Matching Contributions, Qualified Nonelective Contributions, QACA Nonelective Contributions, Additional Contributions, Wage Rate Contributions, and Discretionary Contributions as set out in Article III and contributions made by the Employer in accordance with the provisions of the MODIFICATION OF CONTRIBUTIONS SECTION of Article XI, unless the context clearly indicates only specific contributions are meant.

Employer Group means each separate group of entities which consist of the Primary Employer and all Adopting Employers that are members of the same Controlled Group as the Primary Employer or consist of an Adopting Employer that is not a member of the same Controlled Group as the Primary Employer and all other Adopting Employers who are members of the same Controlled Group as such Adopting Employer. If more than one Employer Group adopts this Plan, the Plan shall be a multiple employer plan as described in Code Section 413(c).
Amend No. 5 Effective January 1, 2021
14
Plan ID No. 1063569 ( 4-66998)





Employment Commencement Date means the date an Employee first performs an Hour of Service.

Entry Date means the date an Employee first enters the Plan as an Active Participant. See the ACTIVE PARTICIPANT SECTION of Article II.

ERISA means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

Fiscal Year means the Primary Employer’s taxable year. The last day of the Fiscal Year is December 31.

Forfeiture means the part, if any, of a Participant's Account that is forfeited. See the FORFEITURES SECTION of Article III.

Forfeiture Date means the date on which a Forfeiture occurs.

Highly Compensated Employee means any Employee who:

(a) was a 5-percent owner at any time during the year or the preceding year, or

(b) for the preceding year had compensation from the Employer in excess of $80,000 and was in the top-paid group (top 20% of employees based on compensation) for the preceding year. The $80,000 amount is adjusted at the same time and in the same manner as under Code Section 415(d), except that the base period is the calendar quarter ending September 30, 1996.

For this purpose the applicable year of the plan for which a determination is being made is called a determination year and the preceding 12-month period is called a look-back year.

In determining who is a Highly Compensated Employee, the Employer makes a top-paid group election. The effect of this election is that an Employee (who is not a 5-percent owner at any time during the determination year or the look-back year) with compensation in excess of $80,000 (as adjusted) for the look-back year is a Highly Compensated Employee only if the Employee was in the top paid group for the look-back year.

The election(s) once made, apply for all subsequent years unless changed by the Employer. The election(s) must apply consistently to the determination years of all plans maintained by the Employer which reference the highly compensated employee definition in Code Section 414(q), except as provided in Internal Revenue Service Notice 97-45 (or superseding guidance).

The determination of who is a highly compensated former Employee is based on the rules applicable to determining Highly Compensated Employee status as in effect for that determination year, in accordance with section 1.414(q)-1T, A-4 of the temporary Income Tax Regulations and Internal Revenue Service Notice
97-45.

The determination of who is a Highly Compensated Employee, including the determinations of the number and identity of Employees in the top-paid group, the compensation that is considered, and the identity of the
5-percent owners, shall be made in accordance with Code Section 414(q) and the regulations thereunder.

For purposes of this definition, the above references to compensation shall mean Compensation as defined in the CONTRIBUTION LIMITATION SECTION of Article III.
Amend No. 5 Effective January 1, 2021
15
Plan ID No. 1063569 ( 4-66998)





Hour of Service means, for the elapsed time method of crediting service in this Plan, each hour for which an Employee is paid, or entitled to payment, for performing duties for the Employer. Hour of Service means, for the hours method of crediting service in this Plan, the following:

(a) Each hour for which an Employee is paid, or entitled to payment, for performing duties for the
Employer during the applicable computation period.

(b) Each hour for which an Employee is paid, or entitled to payment, by the Employer on account of a period of time in which no duties are performed (irrespective of whether the employment relationship has terminated) due to vacation, holiday, illness, incapacity (including disability), layoff, jury duty, military duty or leave of absence. Notwithstanding the preceding provisions of this subparagraph (b), no credit will be given to the Employee:

(1) for more than 501 Hours of Service under this subparagraph (b) on account of any single continuous period in which the Employee performs no duties (whether or not such period occurs in a single computation period); or

(2) for an Hour of Service for which the Employee is directly or indirectly paid, or entitled to payment, on account of a period in which no duties are performed if such payment is made or due under a plan maintained solely for the purpose of complying with applicable worker's or workmen's compensation, or unemployment compensation, or disability insurance laws; or

(3) for an Hour of Service for a payment which solely reimburses the Employee for medical or medically related expenses incurred by him.

For purposes of this subparagraph (b), a payment shall be deemed to be made by, or due from the Employer, regardless of whether such payment is made by, or due from the Employer, directly or indirectly through, among others, a trust fund or insurer, to which the Employer contributes or pays premiums and regardless of whether contributions made or due to the trust fund, insurer or other entity are for the benefit of particular employees or are on behalf of a group of employees in the aggregate.

(c) Each hour for which back pay, irrespective of mitigation of damages, is either awarded or agreed to by the Employer. The same Hours of Service shall not be credited both under subparagraph (a) or subparagraph (b) above (as the case may be) and under this subparagraph (c). Crediting of Hours of Service for back pay awarded or agreed to with respect to periods described in subparagraph (b) above will be subject to the limitations set forth in that subparagraph.

The crediting of Hours of Service above shall be applied under the rules of paragraphs (b) and (c) of the Department of Labor Regulation 2530.200b-2 (including any interpretations or opinions implementing such rules); which rules, by this reference, are specifically incorporated in full within this Plan. The reference to paragraph (b) applies to the special rule for determining Hours of Service for reasons other than the performance of duties such as payments calculated (or not calculated) on the basis of units of time and the rule against double credit. The reference to paragraph (c) applies to the crediting of Hours of Service to computation periods.

Hours of Service shall be credited for employment with any other employer required to be aggregated with the Employer under Code Sections 414(b), (c), (m), or (o) and the regulations thereunder for purposes of eligibility and vesting. Hours of Service shall also be credited for any individual who is considered an employee for purposes of this Plan pursuant to Code Section 414(n) or (o) and the regulations thereunder.
Amend No. 5 Effective January 1, 2021
16
Plan ID No. 1063569 ( 4-66998)





Solely for purposes of determining whether a one-year break in service has occurred for vesting purposes, during a Parental Absence an Employee shall be credited with the Hours of Service which would otherwise have been credited to the Employee but for such absence, or in any case in which such hours cannot be determined, eight Hours of Service per day of such absence. The Hours of Service credited under this paragraph shall be credited in the computation period in which the absence begins if the crediting is necessary to prevent a break in service in that period; or in all other cases, in the following computation period.

Inactive Participant means a former Active Participant who has an Account. See the INACTIVE PARTICIPANT SECTION of Article II.

In-plan Roth Rollover means the irrevocable rollover of all or any portion of a Participant’s Vested Account (other than a Designated Roth Account) to a Designated Roth Account under the Plan. The rollover shall be subject to the provisions of the IN-PLAN ROTH ROLLOVERS SECTION of Article III, and made in accordance with Code Section 402A(c)(4) and any subsequent guidance.

Insurance Policy means the life insurance policy or policies issued to the Trustee by the Insurer as provided in Article IV.

Insurer means Principal Life Insurance Company or the insurance company or companies named by (i) the
Primary Employer or (ii) the Trustee in its discretion or as directed under the Trust Agreement.

Integration Level means the point in an integrated allocation formula at which the percentage of
Compensation used to determine the allocation of the Discretionary Contribution increases.

Investment Fund means the total of Plan assets, excluding the cash value of any Insurance Policy and the guaranteed benefit policy portion of any Annuity Contract. All or a portion of these assets may be held under, or invested pursuant to, the terms of a Trust Agreement.

The Investment Fund shall be valued at current fair market value as of the Valuation Date. The valuation shall take into consideration investment earnings credited, expenses charged, payments made, and changes in the values of the assets held in the Investment Fund.

The Investment Fund shall be allocated at all times to Participants, except as otherwise expressly provided in the Plan. The Account of a Participant shall be credited with its share of the gains and losses of the Investment Fund. The part of a Participant’s Account invested in a funding arrangement that establishes one or more accounts or investment vehicles for such Participant thereunder shall be credited with the gain or loss from such accounts or investment vehicles. The part of a Participant’s Account invested in other funding arrangements shall be credited with a proportionate share of the gain or loss of such investments. The share shall be determined by multiplying the gain or loss of the investment by the ratio of the part of the Participant’s Account invested in such funding arrangement to the total of the Investment Fund invested in such funding arrangement.

Investment Manager means any fiduciary (other than a Trustee or Named Fiduciary) (a) who has the power to manage, acquire, or dispose of any assets of the Plan;
(b) who (i) is registered as an investment adviser under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940; (ii) is not registered as an investment adviser under such Act by reason of paragraph (1) of section 203A(a) of such Act, is registered as an investment adviser under the laws of the state (referred to in such paragraph (1)) in which it maintains its principal office and place of business, and, at the time it last
Amend No. 5 Effective January 1, 2021
17
Plan ID No. 1063569 ( 4-66998)





filed the registration form most recently filed by it with such state in order to maintain its registration under the laws of such state, also filed a copy of such form with the Secretary of Labor; (iii) is a bank, as defined in that Act; or (iv) is an insurance company qualified to perform services described in subparagraph (a) above under the laws of more than one state; and

(c) who has acknowledged in writing being a fiduciary with respect to the Plan.

Late Retirement Date means any day that is after a Participant's Normal Retirement Date and on which retirement benefits begin. If a Participant continues to work for the Employer after his Normal Retirement Date, his Late Retirement Date shall be the day he has a Severance from Employment. A later Retirement Date (after a Severance from Employment) may apply if the Participant so elects. See the WHEN BENEFITS START SECTION of Article V. In modification of the foregoing, a Participant may elect to begin his retirement benefits before he has a Severance from Employment.

Leased Employee means any person (other than an employee of the recipient) who, pursuant to an agreement between the recipient and any other person ("leasing organization"), has performed services for the recipient (or for the recipient and related persons determined in accordance with Code Section 414(n)(6)) on a substantially full time basis for a period of at least one year, and such services are performed under primary direction or control by the recipient. Contributions or benefits provided by the leasing organization to a Leased Employee, which are attributable to service performed for the recipient employer, shall be treated as provided by the recipient employer.

A Leased Employee shall not be considered an employee of the recipient if:

(a) such employee is covered by a money purchase pension plan providing (i) a nonintegrated employer contribution rate of at least 10 percent of compensation, as defined in Code Section 415(c)(3), (ii) immediate participation, and (iii) full and immediate vesting, and

(b) Leased Employees do not constitute more than 20 percent of the recipient's nonhighly compensated work force.

Loan Administrator means the person(s) or position(s) authorized to administer the Participant loan program.

Mandatory Distribution means a distribution to a Participant that is made without the Participant’s consent and is made to the Participant before he attains the older of age 62 or his Normal Retirement Age.

Matching Contributions means Employer Contributions that are contingent on a Participant’s Elective
Deferral Contributions. See the EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS SECTION of Article III.
Maximum Integration Rate means the amount determined according to the following schedule: INTEGRATION MAXIMUM
LEVEL INTEGRATION RATE
100% of TWB 5.7% Less than 100%, but
more than 80% of TWB 5.4% More than 20% of TWB, but
Amend No. 5 Effective January 1, 2021
18
Plan ID No. 1063569 ( 4-66998)





not more than 80% of TWB 4.3% Not more than 20% of TWB 5.7%
"TWB" as used in this definition means the Taxable Wage Base as in effect on the latest Yearly Date.

On any date the portion of the rate of tax under Code Section 3111(a) (in effect on the latest Yearly Date)
that is attributable to old age insurance exceeds 5.7%, such rate shall be substituted for 5.7%. 5.4% and
4.3% shall be increased proportionately.

Monthly Date means each Yearly Date and the same day of each following month during the Plan Year beginning on such Yearly Date.

Named Fiduciary means the person or persons who have authority to control and manage the operation and administration of the Plan.

The Named Fiduciary is the Primary Employer.

Named Fiduciary for Contributions means the Named Fiduciary responsible for collecting Contributions pursuant to the ADMINISTRATION SECTION of Article IX.

Net Profits means the Employer’s current or accumulated net earnings, determined according to generally accepted accounting practices, before any Contributions made by the Employer under this Plan and before any deduction for Federal or state income tax, dividends on the Employer’s stock, and capital gains or losses. If the Employer is a nonprofit organization under Code Section 501(c)(3), Net Profits means excess revenues (excess of receipts over expenditures).

Nonhighly Compensated Employee means an Employee of the Employer who is not a Highly
Compensated Employee.

Nonvested Account means the excess, if any, of a Participant's Account over his Vested Account.

Normal Form means a single life annuity with installment refund.

Normal Retirement Age means the age at which the Participant's Account becomes nonforfeitable if he is an Employee. A Participant's Normal Retirement Age is 65.

Normal Retirement Date means the date the Participant reaches his Normal Retirement Age. Unless otherwise provided in this Plan, a Participant's retirement benefits shall begin on his Normal Retirement Date if he has had a Severance from Employment on such date. However, retirement benefits shall not begin before the older of age 62 or his Normal Retirement Age, unless the qualified election procedures of the ELECTION PROCEDURES SECTION of Article VI are met. Even if the Participant is an Employee on his Normal Retirement Date, he may choose to have his retirement benefit begin on such date.

Owner-employee means a Self-employed Individual who, in the case of a sole proprietorship, owns the entire interest in the unincorporated trade or business for which this Plan is established. If this Plan is established for a partnership, an Owner-employee means a Self-employed Individual who owns more than
10 percent of either the capital interest or profits interest in such partnership.

Parental Absence means an Employee's absence from work:
Amend No. 5 Effective January 1, 2021
19
Plan ID No. 1063569 ( 4-66998)





(a) by reason of pregnancy of the Employee,

(b) by reason of birth of a child of the Employee,

(c) by reason of the placement of a child with the Employee in connection with adoption of such child by such Employee, or

(d) for purposes of caring for such child for a period beginning immediately following such birth or placement.

Participant means either an Active Participant or an Inactive Participant. Participant Contributions means Voluntary Contributions as set out in Article III. Period of Military Duty means, for an Employee
(a) who served as a member of the armed forces of the United States, and

(b) who was reemployed by the Employer at a time when the Employee had a right to reemployment in accordance with seniority rights as protected under Chapter 43 of Title 38 of the U.S. Code,

the period of time from the date the Employee was first absent from active work for the Employer because of such military duty to the date the Employee was reemployed.

Period of Service means a period of time beginning on an Employee's Employment Commencement Date and ending on his Severance Date.

Period of Severance means a period of time beginning on an Employee's Severance Date and ending on the date he again performs an Hour of Service.

A one-year Period of Severance means a Period of Severance of 12 consecutive months.

Solely for purposes of determining whether a one-year Period of Severance has occurred for eligibility or vesting purposes, the consecutive 12-month period beginning on the first anniversary of the first date of a Parental Absence shall not be a one-year Period of Severance.

Permissible Withdrawal means a withdrawal that meets the requirements in the ELIGIBLE AUTOMATIC CONTRIBUTION ARRANGEMENT (EACA) PROVISIONS SECTION or the QUALIFIED AUTOMATIC CONTRIBUTION ARRANGEMENT (QACA) SAFE HARBOR PROVISIONS SECTION of Article III.

Plan means the 401(k) plan of the Employer set forth in this document, including any later amendments to it. If a Trust Agreement has been set up, the term Plan shall also include the Trust Agreement, unless the context clearly indicates otherwise.

Plan Administrator means the person or persons who administer the Plan. The Plan Administrator is the Primary Employer.
Plan Fund means the total of the Investment Fund, the guaranteed benefit policy portion of any Annuity
Contract, and the cash value of any Insurance Policy. The Investment Fund shall be valued as stated in its
Amend No. 5 Effective January 1, 2021
20
Plan ID No. 1063569 ( 4-66998)





definition. The guaranteed benefit policy portion of any Annuity Contract shall be determined in accordance with the terms of the Annuity Contract and, to the extent that such Annuity Contract allocates contract values to Participants, allocated to Participants in accordance with its terms. The cash value of any Insurance Policy shall be stated in such policy. The total value of all amounts held under the Plan Fund shall equal the value of the aggregate Participants’ Accounts under the Plan.

Plan Participation means the period of time during which a Participant has been an Active Participant since his earliest Entry Date.

Plan Year means a consecutive 12-month period beginning on a Yearly Date and ending on the day before the next Yearly Date. If the Yearly Date changes, the change will result in a short Plan Year.

Plan-year Quarter means a period beginning on a Quarterly Date and ending on the day before the next
Quarterly Date.

Practitioner means Principal Life Insurance Company.

Predecessor Employer means, except for purposes of the CONTRIBUTION LIMITATION SECTION of Article III, a firm of which the Employer was once a part (e.g., due to a spin-off or change of corporate status) or a firm absorbed by the Employer because of a merger or acquisition (stock or asset, including a division or an operation of such company).

Pre-tax Elective Deferral Contributions means a Participant’s Elective Deferral Contributions that are not includible in the Participant’s gross income at the time deferred.

Prevailing Rate Schedule means a schedule that is published by the United States Department of Labor or any State Department of Labor, indicating the minimum hourly rate for wages and fringe benefits (including, but not limited to, pension benefits) which must be paid to the employees of an employer working on particular jobs financed or contracted by the United States of America or any State, County, Municipality, or other governmental entity.

Primary Beneficiary means an individual who is named as a Beneficiary under the Plan and has an unconditional right to all or a portion of the Participant’s Account balance under the Plan upon the death of the Participant.

Primary Employer means Independent Bank.

Prior Employer means an Employee’s last employer immediately prior to the Employer that is not a
Predecessor Employer or a Controlled Group member.

QACA Matching Contributions means Matching Contributions made under a qualified automatic contribution arrangement and that are distributable only in accordance with the distribution provisions applicable to Elective Deferral Contributions, to the extent QACA Matching Contributions can be distributed under such distribution provision.

QACA Nonelective Contributions means Employer Contributions made under a qualified automatic contribution arrangement and that are distributable only in accordance with the distribution provisions applicable to Elective Deferral Contributions, to the extent QACA Nonelective Contributions can be distributed under such distribution provision.
Amend No. 5 Effective January 1, 2021
21
Plan ID No. 1063569 ( 4-66998)





Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity means, for a Participant who has a spouse, an immediate survivorship life annuity with installment refund, where the survivorship percentage is 50% and the Contingent Annuitant is the Participant's spouse. A former spouse will be treated as the spouse to the extent provided under a qualified domestic relations order as described in Code Section 414(p).

The amount of benefit payable under the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity shall be the amount of benefit that may be provided by the Participant's Vested Account.

Qualified Matching Contributions means Matching Contributions that are 100% vested when made to the Plan and that are distributable only in accordance with the distribution provisions applicable to Elective Deferral Contributions, to the extent Qualified Matching Contributions can be distributed under such distribution provision.

Qualified Military Service means any service in the uniformed services (as defined in Chapter 43 of Title 38 of the U.S. Code) by any individual if such individual is entitled to reemployment rights under such chapter with respect to such service.

Qualified Nonelective Contributions means Employer Contributions (other than Elective Deferral Contributions and Qualified Matching Contributions) that are 100% vested when made to the Plan and that are distributable only in accordance with the distribution provisions applicable to Elective Deferral Contributions, to the extent Qualified Nonelective Contributions can be distributed under such distribution provision.

Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity means a single life annuity with installment refund payable to the surviving spouse of a Participant who dies before his Annuity Starting Date. A former spouse will be treated as the surviving spouse to the extent provided under a qualified domestic relations order as described in Code Section 414(p).

Qualified Reservist Distribution means any distribution to an individual if: (i) such distribution is from an individual retirement plan, or from amounts attributable to employer contributions made pursuant to elective deferrals described in Code Section 402(g)(3)(A) or (C) or Code Section 501(c)(18)(D)(iii); (ii) such individual was (by reason of being a member of a reserve component (as defined in Section 101 of Title 37 of the U.S. Code)) ordered or called to active duty after September 11, 2001, for a period in excess of 179 days or for an indefinite period; and (iii) such distribution is made during the period beginning on the date of such order or call and ending at the close of the active duty period.

Qualifying Employer Securities means any security which is issued by the Employer or any Controlled Group member and which meets the requirements of Code Section 409(l) and ERISA Section 407(d)(5). This shall also include any securities that satisfied the requirements of the definition when these securities were assigned to the Plan.

Qualifying Employer Securities Fund means that part of the assets of the Trust Fund that are designated to be held primarily or exclusively in Qualifying Employer Securities for the purpose of providing benefits for Participants.

Quarterly Date means each Yearly Date and the third, sixth, and ninth Monthly Date after each Yearly Date that is within the same Plan Year.

Reemployment Commencement Date means, for purposes of determining a Vesting Computation Period, the date an Employee first performs an Hour of Service following a Vesting Break in Service. For all other
Amend No. 5 Effective January 1, 2021
22
Plan ID No. 1063569 ( 4-66998)





purposes, Reemployment Commencement Date means the date an Employee first performs an Hour of
Service following a Severance from Employment.

Reentry Date means the date a former Active Participant reenters the Plan. See the ACTIVE PARTICIPANT SECTION of Article II.

Retirement Date means the date a retirement benefit will begin and is a Participant's Early, Normal, or Late
Retirement Date, as the case may be.

Rollover Contributions means an amount distributed to an Employee that can be transferred directly or indirectly to this Plan from another Eligible Retirement Plan.

Roth Elective Deferral Contributions means a Participant’s Elective Deferral Contributions that are not excludible from the Participant’s gross income at the time deferred and have been irrevocably designated as Roth Elective Deferral Contributions by the Participant in his Elective Deferral Agreement. Whether an Elective Deferral Contribution is not excludible from a Participant’s gross income will be determined in accordance with section 1.401(k)-1(f)(2) of the regulations. In the case of a Self-employed Individual, an Elective Deferral Contribution is not excludible from gross income only if the individual does not claim a deduction for such amount.

Self-Directed Brokerage Account means that portion of a Participant’s Account that is invested at the
Participant’s direction in the Principal Self-Directed Brokerage AccountSM.

Self-employed Individual means, with respect to any taxable year, an individual who has Earned Income for the taxable year (or who would have Earned Income but for the fact the trade or business for which this Plan is established did not have net profits for such taxable year).

Semi-yearly Date means each Yearly Date and the sixth Monthly Date after each Yearly Date that is within the same Plan Year.

Severance Date means the earlier of:

(a) the date on which an Employee quits, retires, dies, or is discharged, or

(b) the first anniversary of the date an Employee begins a one-year absence from service (with or without pay). This absence may be the result of any combination of vacation, holiday, sickness, disability, leave of absence, or layoff.

Solely to determine whether a one-year Period of Severance has occurred for eligibility or vesting purposes for an Employee who is absent from service beyond the first anniversary of the first day of a Parental Absence, Severance Date is the second anniversary of the first day of the Parental Absence. The period between the first and second anniversaries of the first day of the Parental Absence is not a Period of Service and is not a Period of Severance.

Severance from Employment means, except for purposes of the CONTRIBUTION LIMITATION SECTION of Article III, an Employee has ceased to be an Employee. An Employee does not have a Severance from Employment if, in connection with a change of employment, the Employee’s new employer maintains such Plan with respect to the Employee.
Amend No. 5 Effective January 1, 2021
23
Plan ID No. 1063569 ( 4-66998)





Significant Corporate Event means any corporate merger or consolidation, recapitalization, reclassification, liquidation, dissolution, sale of substantially all assets of a trade or business, or such similar transaction as may be prescribed in regulations under Code Section 409(e)(3).

Taxable Wage Base means the contribution and benefit base under section 230 of the Social Security Act.

Totally and Permanently Disabled means that a Participant is disabled, as a result of sickness or injury, to the extent that he is prevented from engaging in any substantial gainful activity, and is eligible for and receives a disability benefit under Title II of the Federal Social Security Act.

Trust Agreement means an agreement of trust between the Primary Employer and Trustee established for the purpose of holding and distributing the Trust Fund under the provisions of the Plan. The Trust Agreement may provide for the investment of all or any portion of the Trust Fund in the Annuity Contract and any Insurance Policy or any other investment arrangement.

Trust Fund means the total funds held under the Trust Agreement. The term Trust Fund when used within a
Trust Agreement shall mean only the funds held under that Trust Agreement.

Trustee means the party or parties named in the Trust Agreement.

Valuation Date means the date on which the value of the assets of the Investment Fund is determined. The value of each Account that is maintained under this Plan shall be determined on the Valuation Date. In each Plan Year, the Valuation Date shall be the last day of the Plan Year. At the discretion of the Plan Administrator, Trustee, or Insurer (whichever applies) and in a nondiscriminatory manner, assets of the Investment Fund may be valued more frequently. These dates shall also be Valuation Dates.

Vested Account means the vested part of a Participant's Account. All Contributions are 100% vested when made, therefore the Participant's Vested Account is equal to his Account.

Vesting Break in Service means the period defined for purposes of determining when a break in service has occurred.

Vesting Computation Period means the 12-month period used to determine the hours for purposes of
Vesting Service.

Vesting Percentage means the percentage used to determine the nonforfeitable portion of a Participant's
Account attributable to Employer Contributions that were not 100% vested when made.

Vesting Service means a period of service used to determine a Participant's Vesting Percentage.

Voluntary Contributions means contributions by a Participant that are 100% vested when made to the Plan and are not required as a condition of employment or participation, or for obtaining additional Employer Contributions. Voluntary Contributions, and earnings thereon, shall be 100% vested and nonforfeitable at all times. See the VOLUNTARY CONTRIBUTIONS BY PARTICIPANTS SECTION of Article III.

Wage Rate Contributions means Employer Contributions based on the applicable Prevailing Rate
Schedule. See the EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS SECTION of Article III.

Yearly Date means March 1, 1994, and each following January 1.
Amend No. 5 Effective January 1, 2021
24
Plan ID No. 1063569 ( 4-66998)





Years of Service means an Employee’s Period of Service. Years of Service shall be measured from his Employment Commencement Date to his most recent Severance Date. Years of Service shall be reduced by any Period of Severance that occurred prior to his most recent Severance Date, unless such Period of Severance is included under the service spanning rule below. This period of Years of Service shall be expressed as years and fractional parts of a year (to four decimal places) on the basis that 365 days equal one year.

Period of Severance included (service spanning rule):

A Period of Severance shall be deemed to be a Period of Service under either of the following conditions:

(a) the Period of Severance immediately follows a period during which an Employee is not absent from work and ends within 12 months; or

(b) the Period of Severance immediately follows a period during which an Employee is absent from work for any reason other than quitting, being discharged, or retiring (such as a leave of absence or layoff) and ends within 12 months of the date he was first absent.

Period of Military Duty included:

A Period of Military Duty shall be included as service with the Employer to the extent it has not already been credited.

Controlled Group service included:

An Employee's service with a member firm of a Controlled Group while both that firm and the
Employer were members of the Controlled Group shall be included as service with the Employer.
Amend No. 5 Effective January 1, 2021
25
Plan ID No. 1063569 ( 4-66998)





ARTICLE II PARTICIPATION
SECTION 2.01--ACTIVE PARTICIPANT.

(a) An Employee shall first become an Active Participant (begin active participation in the Plan) on the earliest Quarterly Date on which he is an Eligible Employee and has met the eligibility requirement(s) set forth below. This date is his Entry Date.

He has completed 30 days of Eligibility Service before his Entry Date.

He is age 18 or older.

(b) If the Plan’s eligibility requirements are changed, an Employee who was an Active Participant immediately prior to the effective date of the change is deemed to satisfy the new requirements and his Entry Date shall not change.

(c) Each Employee who was an Active Participant on the day before the effective date of a restatement of the Plan (as determined in the Introduction) shall continue to be an Active Participant if he is still an Eligible Employee on such restatement effective date and his Entry Date shall not change.

(d) If service with a Predecessor Employer or Prior Employer is counted for purposes of Eligibility Service, an Employee shall be credited with such service on the date he becomes an Employee and shall become an Active Participant for purposes of specified Contributions which have an Eligibility Service requirement on the earliest Entry Date for such Contributions on which he is an Eligible Employee and has met all of the eligibility requirements for such Contributions above. This date is his Entry Date for such Contributions.

(e) If a person has been an Eligible Employee who has met all of the eligibility requirements for purposes of specified Contributions which have any such requirements, but is not an Eligible Employee on the date that would have been his Entry Date for such Contributions, he shall become an Active Participant for purposes of such Contributions on the date he again becomes an Eligible Employee. This date is his Entry Date for such Contributions.

(f) In the event an Employee who is not an Eligible Employee becomes an Eligible Employee, he shall become an Active Participant for purposes of specified Contributions immediately if he has satisfied the eligibility requirements for such Contributions and would have otherwise previously become an Active Participant had he met the definition of Eligible Employee. This date is his Entry Date for such Contributions.

(g) An Inactive Participant shall again become an Active Participant (resume active participation in the Plan) for purposes of the Contributions for which he previously had an Entry Date on the date he again performs an Hour of Service as an Eligible Employee. This date is his Reentry Date for such Contributions.

Upon again becoming an Active Participant, he shall cease to be an Inactive Participant.

(h) A former Participant shall again become an Active Participant (resume active participation in the
Plan) for purposes of the Contributions for which he previously had an Entry Date on the date he
Amend No. 5 Effective January 1, 2021
26
Plan ID No. 1063569 ( 4-66998)





again performs an Hour of Service as an Eligible Employee. This date is his Reentry Date for such
Contributions.

(i) A Participant’s earliest Entry Date shall be used to determine if he is an Active Participant for purposes of any minimum contribution or allocation under the MODIFICATION OF CONTRIBUTIONS SECTION of Article XI.

SECTION 2.02--INACTIVE PARTICIPANT.

An Active Participant shall become an Inactive Participant on the earlier of the following: (a) the date the Participant ceases to be an Eligible Employee, or
(b) the effective date of complete termination of the Plan under Article VIII.

An Employee or former Employee who was an Inactive Participant on the day before the effective date of the restatement or amendment (as determined in the Introduction) shall continue to be an Inactive Participant on the effective date of such restatement or amendment. Eligibility for any benefits payable to the Participant or on his behalf and the amount of the benefits shall be determined according to the provisions of the prior document, unless otherwise stated in this document or any subsequent documents.

SECTION 2.03--CESSATION OF PARTICIPATION.

A Participant shall cease to be a Participant on the date he is no longer an Eligible Employee and his
Account is zero.

SECTION 2.04--ADOPTING EMPLOYERS - SEPARATE PLANS.

No other employer has adopted this Plan as a separate plan.

SECTION 2.05--ADOPTING EMPLOYERS - SINGLE PLAN.

Each of the Controlled Group members listed below is an Adopting Employer. Each Adopting Employer listed below participates with the Employer in this Plan. An Adopting Employer's agreement to participate in this Plan shall be in writing.

The Employer has the right to amend the Plan. An Adopting Employer does not have the right to amend the
Plan.

If the Adopting Employer did not maintain its plan before its date of adoption specified below, its date of adoption shall be the Entry Date for any of its Employees who have met the requirements in the ACTIVE PARTICIPANT SECTION of this article as of that date. Service with and Compensation from an Adopting Employer shall be included as service with and Compensation from the Employer. Transfer of employment, without interruption, between an Adopting Employer and another Adopting Employer or the Employer shall not be considered an interruption of service.

The Primary Employer’s Fiscal Year defined in the DEFINITIONS SECTION of Article I shall be the Fiscal
Year used in interpreting this Plan for Adopting Employers.
Amend No. 5 Effective January 1, 2021
27
Plan ID No. 1063569 ( 4-66998)





Contributions made by an Adopting Employer shall be treated as Contributions made by the Employer. Forfeitures arising from those Contributions shall be used for the benefit of all Participants.

An employer shall not be an Adopting Employer if it ceases to be a Controlled Group member. Such an employer may continue a retirement plan for its Employees in the form of a separate document. This Plan shall be amended to delete a former Adopting Employer from the list below.

If (i) an employer ceases to be an Adopting Employer or the Plan is amended to delete an Adopting Employer and (ii) the Adopting Employer does not continue a retirement plan for the benefit of its Employees, partial termination may result and the provisions of Article VIII shall apply.


ADOPTING EMPLOYERS
NAME DATE OF ADOPTION Private Capital Management LLC January 1, 2019


SECTION 2.06--ADOPTING EMPLOYERS - MULTIPLE EMPLOYER PLAN.

No other employer has adopted this Plan as a multiple employer plan.
Amend No. 5 Effective January 1, 2021
28
Plan ID No. 1063569 ( 4-66998)





ARTICLE III CONTRIBUTIONS
SECTION 3.01--EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS.

Employer Contributions are conditioned on initial qualification of the Plan. If the Plan is denied initial qualification, the provisions of the QUALIFICATION OF PLAN SECTION of Article X shall apply.

Employer Contributions shall be made without regard to Net Profits. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Plan shall continue to be designed to qualify as a profit sharing plan for purposes of Code Sections 401(a), 402,
412, and 417. Such Contributions shall be equal to the Employer Contributions as described below:

The Plan is a 401(k) safe harbor plan and the 401(k) safe harbor provisions (including the annual notice requirements) described in the 401(k) SAFE HARBOR PROVISIONS SECTION of this article apply. The Plan will satisfy the ADP Test Safe Harbor and the ACP Test Safe Harbor.

The Plan is satisfying the ADP Test Safe Harbor using Matching Contributions.

(a) The amount of each Elective Deferral Contribution for a Participant shall be equal to a portion of Compensation as specified in an Elective Deferral Agreement. Such Elective Deferral Contribution shall not be made before the later of (i) the adoption or effective date of the cash or deferred arrangement (CODA) or (ii) the date the Participant signs the Elective Deferral Agreement. An Employee who is eligible to participate in the Plan for purposes of Elective Deferral Contributions may file an Elective Deferral Agreement with the Employer. The Participant shall modify or terminate an Elective Deferral Agreement by filing a new Elective Deferral Agreement. An Elective Deferral Agreement shall remain in effect until modified or terminated by the Participant. An Elective Deferral Agreement may also be terminated according to the terms of an automatic contribution arrangement.

An Elective Deferral Agreement to start or modify Elective Deferral Contributions shall be effective as soon as administratively feasible on or after the Participant’s Entry Date (Reentry Date, if applicable) or any following date. An Elective Deferral Agreement must be entered into on or before the date it is effective.

An Elective Deferral Agreement to stop Elective Deferral Contributions may be entered into on any date. Such Elective Deferral Agreement shall be effective as soon as administratively feasible following the date on which the Elective Deferral Agreement is entered into.

Elective Deferral Contributions made pursuant to an Elective Deferral Agreement or the terms of an automatic contribution arrangement shall not be made earlier than the date (i) the Participant performs the services that relate to such Elective Deferral Contributions or (ii) the Compensation used to calculate such Elective Deferral Contributions would be payable to the Participant if not contributed to the Plan.

A Participant who is age 50 or older by the end of the taxable year shall be eligible to make Catch-up
Contributions.

A Participant may elect to designate all or any portion of his future Elective Deferral Contributions as
Roth Elective Deferral Contributions.
Amend No. 5 Effective January 1, 2021
29
Plan ID No. 1063569 ( 4-66998)





The Plan provides for an automatic election to have Elective Deferral Contributions made. The automatic Elective Deferral Contribution shall be Pre-tax Elective Deferral Contributions and shall be
6% of Compensation. The automatic Elective Deferral Contribution shall be automatically increased as soon as administratively feasible on or after each January 1 by 1% up to a maximum automatic Elective Deferral Contribution of 15%. The Participant may affirmatively elect a different percentage
or elect not to make Elective Deferral Contributions, and may elect to designate all or any portion of
his Elective Deferral Contributions as Roth Elective Deferral Contributions, if Roth Elective Deferral
Contributions are allowed.

The automatic election shall apply when a Participant first becomes eligible to make Elective Deferral Contributions (or again becomes eligible after a period during which he was not an Active Participant).

An amendment that increases the amount of the automatic Elective Deferral Contribution shall apply to Participants as follows. The higher automatic deferral percentage shall apply to Participants at the time they enter or reenter the Plan on or after the effective date of such amendment and to Participants who were already automatically enrolled as of the effective date of such amendment.

An amendment that decreases the amount of the automatic Elective Deferral Contribution shall only apply to Participants at the time they enter or reenter the Plan on or after the effective date of such amendment. The lower automatic deferral percentage shall not apply to Participants who were already automatically enrolled as of the effective date of such amendment.

The Participant shall be provided a notice that explains the automatic election and his right to elect a different rate of Elective Deferral Contributions or to elect not to make Elective Deferral Contributions, and his right to designate all or any portion of his Elective Deferral Contributions as Roth Elective Deferral Contributions, if Roth Elective Deferral Contributions are allowed. The notice shall include the procedure for exercising those rights and the timing for implementing any such elections. The Participant shall be given a reasonable period thereafter to elect a different rate of Elective Deferral Contributions or to elect not to make Elective Deferral Contributions, and to designate all or any portion of his Elective Deferral Contributions as Roth Elective Deferral Contributions, if allowed.

Each Active Participant affected by the automatic election and automatic increase (if applicable) shall be provided an annual notice that explains the automatic election and his right to elect a different rate of Elective Deferral Contributions or to elect not to make Elective Deferral Contributions, and his right to designate all or any portion of his Elective Deferral Contributions as Roth Elective Deferral Contributions, if allowed. The notice shall include the procedure for exercising those rights and the timing for implementing any such elections.

No Participant shall be permitted to have Elective Deferral Contributions, as defined in the EXCESS AMOUNTS SECTION of this article, made under this Plan, or any other plan, contract, or arrangement maintained by the Employer, during any calendar year, in excess of the dollar limitation contained in Code Section 402(g) in effect for the Participant’s taxable year beginning in such calendar year. The dollar limitation in the preceding sentence shall be increased by the dollar limit on Catch-up Contributions under Code Section 414(v)(2)(B)(i) for the taxable year for any Participant who will be age 50 or older by the end of the taxable year.

The dollar limitation contained in Code Section 402(g) was $15,000 for taxable years beginning in
2006. After 2006, the $15,000 limit is adjusted by the Secretary of the Treasury for cost-of-living increases under Code Section 402(g)(4). Any such adjustments will be in multiples of $500.
Amend No. 5 Effective January 1, 2021
30
Plan ID No. 1063569 ( 4-66998)





Catch-up Contributions for a Participant for a taxable year may not exceed the dollar limit on Catch- up Contributions under Code Section 414(v)(2)(B)(i) for the taxable year. The dollar limit on Catch- up Contributions under Code Section 414(v)(2)(B)(i) was $5,000 for taxable years beginning in 2006. After 2006, the $5,000 limit is adjusted by the Secretary of the Treasury for cost-of-living increases under Code Section 414(v)(2)(C). Any such adjustments will be in multiples of $500.

Elective Deferral Contributions are 100% vested and nonforfeitable.

(b) The Employer shall make Matching Contributions in an amount equal to 100% of Elective Deferral
Contributions that are not over 6% of Compensation.

Matching Contributions are calculated based on Elective Deferral Contributions and Compensation for the Plan Year (excluding Elective Deferral Contributions and Compensation for any portion of the Plan Year in which an Employee is not an Active Participant for purposes of Matching Contributions). Matching Contributions shall be made for all persons who were Active Participants at any time during the Plan Year.

Elective Deferral Contributions that are Catch-up Contributions shall be matched.

Matching Contributions are Qualified Matching Contributions and are 100% vested when made. (c) Qualified Nonelective Contributions are not permitted.
(d) QACA Nonelective Contributions are not permitted. (e) Additional Contributions are not permitted.
(f) Wage Rate Contributions are not permitted.

(g) Discretionary Contributions may be made for each Plan Year in an amount determined by the
Employer.

Discretionary Contributions are 100% vested when made.

Employer Contributions are allocated according to the provisions of the ALLOCATION SECTION of this article.

The Employer may make all or a part of an annual Employer Contribution (Contributions that are calculated based on Annual Compensation or Compensation for the Plan Year) before the end of the Plan Year. Such Contributions that are made for or allocated to each person who was an Active Participant at any time during the Plan Year shall be allocated when made in a manner that approximates the allocation that would otherwise have been made as of the last day of the Plan Year. Succeeding allocations shall take into account amounts previously allocated for the Plan Year. The percentage of the Employer Contribution allocated to the Participant for the Plan Year shall be the same percentage that would have been allocated to him if the entire allocation had been made as of the last day of the Plan Year. Excess allocations shall be forfeited and reallocated as necessary to provide the percentage applicable to each Participant. Any other annual Employer Contributions made before the end of the Plan Year shall be held unallocated until the last day of the Plan Year. Then, as of the last day of the Plan Year, the advance Contributions (and earnings) shall be allocated according to the provisions of the ALLOCATION SECTION of this article.
Amend No. 5 Effective January 1, 2021
31
Plan ID No. 1063569 ( 4-66998)





A portion of the Plan assets resulting from Employer Contributions (but not more than the original amount of those Contributions) may be returned if the Employer Contributions are made because of a mistake of fact or are more than the amount deductible under Code Section 404 (excluding any amount which is not deductible because the Plan is disqualified). The amount involved must be returned to the Employer within one year after the date the Employer Contributions are made by mistake of fact or the date the deduction is disallowed, whichever applies. Except as provided under this paragraph and in Articles VIII and X, the assets of the Plan shall never be used for the benefit of the Employer and are held for the exclusive purpose of providing benefits to Participants and their Beneficiaries and for defraying reasonable expenses of administering the Plan.

SECTION 3.02--VOLUNTARY CONTRIBUTIONS BY PARTICIPANTS.

Voluntary Contributions are not permitted.

SECTION 3.03--ROLLOVER CONTRIBUTIONS.

A Rollover Contribution may be made by an Eligible Employee or Inactive Participant if the following conditions are met:

(a) The Contribution is a Participant Rollover Contribution or a direct rollover of an Eligible Rollover
Distribution from the types of plans and types of contributions specified below.

Direct Rollovers. The Plan will accept a direct rollover of an Eligible Rollover Distribution from:

A qualified plan described in Code Section 401(a) or 403(a), including after-tax employee contributions and including any portion of a designated Roth account.

An annuity contract described in Code Section 403(b), including after-tax employee contributions and including any portion of a designated Roth account.

An eligible plan under Code Section 457(b) which is maintained by a state, political subdivision of a state, or any agency or instrumentality of a state or political subdivision of a state, including any portion of a designated Roth account.

Participant Rollover Contributions from Other Plans. The Plan will accept a Participant contribution of an Eligible Rollover Distribution from:

A qualified plan described in Code Section 401(a) or 403(a), excluding after-tax employee contributions and including distributions of a designated Roth account only to the extent such amount would otherwise be includible in a Participant’s gross income.

An annuity contract described in Code Section 403(b), excluding after-tax employee contributions and including distributions of a designated Roth account only to the extent such amount would otherwise be includible in a Participant’s gross income.

An eligible plan under Code Section 457(b) which is maintained by a state, political subdivision of a state, or any agency or instrumentality of a state or political subdivision of a state, including distributions of a designated Roth account only to the extent such amount would otherwise be includible in a Participant’s gross income.
Amend No. 5 Effective January 1, 2021
32
Plan ID No. 1063569 ( 4-66998)





Participant Rollover Contributions from IRAs. The Plan will accept a Participant Rollover Contribution of the portion of a distribution from an individual retirement account or individual retirement annuity described in Code Section 408(a) or (b) that is eligible to be rolled over and would otherwise be includible in the Participant's gross income.

(b) The Contribution is of amounts that the Code permits to be transferred to a plan that meets the requirements of Code Section 401(a).

(c) The Contribution is made in the form of a direct rollover under Code Section 401(a)(31) or is a rollover made under Code Section 402(c) or 408(d)(3)(A) within 60 days after an Eligible Employee or Inactive Participant receives the distribution.

(d) In the case of an Inactive Participant, the Contribution must be of an amount distributed from another plan of the Employer or a plan of a Controlled Group member.

(e) The Eligible Employee furnishes evidence satisfactory to the Plan Administrator that the proposed rollover meets conditions (a), (b), and (c) above. Such evidence must be reasonable and cannot effectively eliminate or substantially impair the Eligible Employee’s right to elect a direct rollover.

A Rollover Contribution shall be allowed in cash or in kind and must be made according to procedures set up by the Plan Administrator. The in-kind distribution must be of an allowable security under the Self-Directed Brokerage Account.

A Rollover Contribution may include a direct rollover of an outstanding loan balance that is not in default for a Participant impacted by a business event in accordance with nondiscriminatory procedures set up by the Plan Administrator. For this purpose, a business event means an acquisition, merger, or similar transaction involving a change in the employer of the employees of a trade or business.

If the Eligible Employee is not an Active Participant when the Rollover Contribution is made, he shall be deemed to be an Active Participant only for the purpose of investment and distribution of the Rollover Contribution. Employer Contributions shall not be made for or allocated to the Eligible Employee and he may not make Participant Contributions until the time he meets all of the requirements to become an Active Participant.

Rollover Contributions made by an Eligible Employee or Inactive Participant shall be credited to his Account. The part of the Participant's Account resulting from Rollover Contributions is 100% vested and nonforfeitable at all times. Separate accounting records shall be maintained for those parts of his Rollover Contributions consisting of (i) voluntary contributions which were deducted from the Participant's gross income for Federal income tax purposes; (ii) after-tax employee contributions, including the portion that would not have been includible in the Participant’s gross income if the contributions were not rolled over into this Plan; and (iii) any portion of a designated Roth account, including the portion that would not have been includible in the Participant’s gross income if the contributions were not rolled over into this Plan.

SECTION 3.04--IN-PLAN ROTH ROLLOVERS.

In-plan Roth Rollovers are not permitted.
Amend No. 5 Effective January 1, 2021
33
Plan ID No. 1063569 ( 4-66998)





SECTION 3.05--FORFEITURES.

The Nonvested Account of a Participant shall be forfeited as of the earlier of the following:

(a) the date the record keeper is notified that the Participant died (if prior to such date he has had a
Severance from Employment), or

(b) the Participant’s Forfeiture Date.

A Participant’s Nonvested Account shall be forfeited before the earlier of (a) or (b) above if, after he has a Severance from Employment, he receives, or is deemed to receive, a distribution of his entire Vested Account under the RETIREMENT BENEFITS SECTION of Article V, the VESTED BENEFITS SECTION of Article V, or the SMALL AMOUNTS SECTION of Article X. The forfeiture shall occur as of the date the Participant receives, or is deemed to receive, the distribution.

A Forfeiture of Matching Contributions that relate to excess amounts shall also occur as provided in the
EXCESS AMOUNTS SECTION of this article.

Forfeitures shall be determined at least once during each Plan Year. Forfeitures may be used to pay administrative expenses or to reduce Employer Contributions (other than Elective Deferral Contributions, Qualified Matching Contributions, and Qualified Nonelective Contributions) made after the Forfeitures are determined. Forfeitures of Matching Contributions that relate to excess amounts as provided in the EXCESS AMOUNTS SECTION of this article that have not been used to pay administrative expenses, shall be used to reduce Employer Contributions (other than Elective Deferral Contributions, Qualified Matching Contributions, and Qualified Nonelective Contributions) made after the Forfeitures are determined. Forfeitures that have not been used to pay administrative expenses or used to reduce Employer Contributions shall be allocated as of the last day of the Plan Year in which such Forfeitures are determined as provided in the ALLOCATION SECTION of this article. Upon their allocation to Accounts, or application to reduce Employer Contributions, Forfeitures shall be deemed to be Employer Contributions.

If a Participant again becomes an Eligible Employee after receiving a distribution which caused all of his Nonvested Account to be forfeited, he shall have the right to repay to the Plan the entire amount of the distribution he received (excluding any amount of such distribution resulting from Participant Contributions and Rollover Contributions). The repayment must be made in a single sum (repayment in installments is not permitted) before the earlier of the date five years after the date he again becomes an Eligible Employee or the end of the first period of five consecutive Vesting Break in Service periods which begin after the date of the distribution.

If the Participant makes the repayment above, the Plan Administrator shall restore to his Account an amount equal to his Nonvested Account that was forfeited on the date of distribution, unadjusted for any investment gains or losses. If no amount is to be repaid because the Participant was deemed to have received a distribution or only received a distribution of Participant Contributions or Rollover Contributions, and he again performs an Hour of Service as an Eligible Employee within the repayment period, the Plan Administrator shall restore the Participant’s Account as if he had made a required repayment on the date he performed such Hour of Service. Restoration of the Participant’s Account shall include restoration of all Code Section
411(d)(6) protected benefits with respect to the restored Account, according to applicable Treasury regulations. Provided, however, the Plan Administrator shall not restore the Nonvested Account if (i) a Forfeiture Date has occurred after the date of the distribution and on or before the date of repayment and (ii) that Forfeiture Date would result in a complete forfeiture of the amount the Plan Administrator would otherwise restore.
The Plan Administrator shall restore the Participant’s Account by the close of the Plan Year following the
Plan Year in which repayment is made. The permissible sources for restoration of the Participant’s Account
Amend No. 5 Effective January 1, 2021
34
Plan ID No. 1063569 ( 4-66998)





are Forfeitures or special Employer Contributions. Such special Employer Contributions shall be made without regard to profits. The repaid and restored amounts are not included in the Participant’s Annual Additions, as defined in the CONTRIBUTION LIMITATION SECTION of this article.

SECTION 3.06--ALLOCATION.

A person meets the allocation requirements of this section if he is an Active Participant on the last day of the Plan Year and has at least 1,000 Hours of Service during the latest Accrual Computation Period ending on or before that date.

A person shall also meet the requirements of this section if he was an Active Participant at any time during the Plan Year and (i) dies or (ii) has a Severance from Employment after he reaches his Normal Retirement Date or becomes disabled. A person who dies or becomes disabled while performing Qualified Military Service shall also meet the requirements of this section if he is a Participant at any time during the Plan Year. For purposes of this paragraph, disabled means the disability is subsequently determined to meet the definition of Totally and Permanently Disabled.

Elective Deferral Contributions shall be allocated to the Participants for whom such Contributions are made under the EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS SECTION of this article. Such Contributions shall be allocated when made and credited to the Participant’s Account.

Matching Contributions shall be allocated to the persons for whom such Contributions are made under the EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS SECTION of this article. Matching Contributions shall be allocated no later than the last day of the Plan Year.

Forfeitures that have not been used to pay administrative expenses or used to reduce Employer
Contributions shall be allocated as of the last day of the Plan Year in which such Forfeitures are determined.

Discretionary Contributions plus any Forfeitures shall be allocated as of the last day of the Plan Year, using Annual Compensation for the Plan Year. The allocation shall be made to each person meeting the allocation requirements of this section. The amount allocated shall be equal to the Discretionary Contributions plus any Forfeitures multiplied by the ratio of such person’s Annual Compensation to the total Annual Compensation for all such persons. In years in which the Plan is a Top-heavy Plan, as defined in the DEFINITIONS SECTION of Article XI, and the minimum contribution under the MODIFICATION OF CONTRIBUTIONS SECTION of Article XI is not being provided by other contributions to this Plan or another plan of the Employer, and the allocation described above would provide an allocation for any person less than the minimum contribution required for such person in the MODIFICATION OF CONTRIBUTIONS SECTION of Article XI, such minimum contribution shall first be allocated to all such persons. Then any amount remaining shall be allocated to the remaining persons sharing in the allocation based on Annual Compensation as described above, as if they were the only persons sharing in the allocation for the Plan Year. The allocation for any person who does not meet the allocation requirements of this section shall be limited to the amount necessary to fund the minimum contribution.

This amount shall be credited to the person’s Account.

If Leased Employees are Eligible Employees, in determining the amount of Employer Contributions allocated to a person who is a Leased Employee, contributions provided by the leasing organization that are attributable to services such Leased Employee performs for the Employer shall be treated as provided by the Employer. Those contributions shall not be duplicated under this Plan.
Amend No. 5 Effective January 1, 2021
35
Plan ID No. 1063569 ( 4-66998)





SECTION 3.07--CONTRIBUTION LIMITATION.

The limitations of this section shall apply to Limitation Years beginning on or after July 1, 2007, except as otherwise provided herein.

(a) Definitions. For the purpose of determining the contribution limitation set forth in this section, the following terms are defined.

Annual Additions means the sum of the following amounts credited to a Participant’s account for the Limitation Year:

(1) employer contributions;

(2) employee contributions; and

(3) forfeitures.

Annual Additions to a defined contribution plan, as defined in section 1.415(c)-1(a)(2)(i) of the regulations, shall also include the following:

(4) mandatory employee contributions, as defined in Code Section 411(c)(2)(C) and section
1.411(c)-1(c)(4) of the regulations, to a defined benefit plan;

(5) contributions allocated to any individual medical benefit account, as defined in Code Section
415(l)(2), which is part of a pension or annuity plan maintained by the Employer;

(6) amounts attributable to post-retirement medical benefits, allocated to the separate account of a key employee, as defined in Code Section 419A(d)(3), under a welfare benefit fund, as defined in Code Section 419(e), maintained by the Employer;

(7) annual additions under an annuity contract described in Code Section 403(b); and

(8) allocations under a simplified employee pension.

Compensation means wages, within the meaning of Code Section 3401(a), and all other payments of compensation to an employee by the Employer (in the course of the Employer’s trade or business) for which the Employer is required to furnish the employee a written statement under Code Sections
6041(d), 6051(a)(3), and 6052. Compensation shall be determined without regard to any rules under Code Section 3401(a) that limit the remuneration included in wages based on the nature or location of the employment or the services performed (such as the exception for agricultural labor in Code
Section 3401(a)(2)). The type of compensation that is reported in the “Wages, Tips and Other
Compensation” box on Form W-2 satisfies this definition.

For any Self-employed Individual, Compensation means Earned Income.

Except as provided herein, Compensation for a Limitation Year is the Compensation actually paid or made available (or if earlier, includible in gross income) during such Limitation Year.

Compensation for a Limitation Year shall also include Compensation paid by the later of 2 1/2 months after an employee’s Severance from Employment with the Employer maintaining the plan or
Amend No. 5 Effective January 1, 2021
36
Plan ID No. 1063569 ( 4-66998)





the end of the Limitation Year that includes the date of the employee’s Severance from Employment with the Employer maintaining the plan, if (i) the payment is regular Compensation for services during the employee’s regular working hours, or Compensation for services outside the employee’s regular working hours (such as overtime or shift differential), commissions, bonuses, or other similar payments, and, absent a Severance from Employment, the payments would have been paid to the employee while the employee continued in employment with the Employer; (ii) the payment is for unused accrued bona fide sick, vacation or other leave that the employee would have been able to use if employment had continued; or (iii) the payment is received by the employee pursuant to a nonqualified unfunded deferred compensation plan and would have been paid at the same time if employment had continued, but only to the extent includible in gross income.

Any payments not described above shall not be considered Compensation if paid after Severance from Employment, even if they are paid by the later of 2 1/2 months after the date of Severance from Employment or the end of the Limitation Year that includes the date of Severance from Employment.

Back pay, within the meaning of section 1.415(c)-2(g)(8) of the regulations, shall be treated as Compensation for the Limitation Year to which the back pay relates to the extent the back pay represents wages and compensation that would otherwise be included in this definition.

Compensation paid or made available during such Limitation Year shall include amounts that would otherwise be included in Compensation but for an election under Code Section 125(a), 132(f)(4),
402(e)(3), 402(h)(1)(B), 402(k), or 457(b).

Compensation shall not include amounts paid as Compensation to a nonresident alien, as defined in Code Section 7701(b)(1)(B), who is not a Participant in the Plan to the extent the Compensation is excludible from gross income and is not effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business within the United States.

Defined Contribution Dollar Limitation means $40,000, automatically adjusted under Code Section 415(d) effective January 1 of each year, as published in the Internal Revenue Bulletin. The new limitation shall apply to Limitation Years ending with or within the calendar year of the date of the adjustment, but a Participant’s Annual Additions for a Limitation Year cannot exceed the currently applicable dollar limitation (as in effect before the January 1 adjustment) prior to January 1. However, after a January 1 adjustment is made, Annual Additions for the entire Limitation Year are permitted to reflect the dollar limitation as adjusted on January 1.

Employer means the employer that adopts this Plan, and all members of a controlled group of corporations (as defined in Code Section 414(b) as modified by Code Section 415(h)), all commonly controlled trades or businesses (as defined in Code Section 414(c), as modified, except in the case of a brother-sister group of trades or businesses under common control, by Code Section 415(h)), or affiliated service groups (as defined in Code Section 414(m)) of which the adopting employer is a part, and any other entity required to be aggregated with the employer pursuant to Code Section
414(o).

Limitation Year means the consecutive 12-month period ending on the last day of each Plan Year, including corresponding consecutive 12-month periods before the original effective date of the Plan. All qualified plans maintained by the Employer must use the same Limitation Year. If the Limitation Year is other than the calendar year, execution of this Plan (or any amendment to this Plan changing the Limitation Year) constitutes the Employer’s adoption of a written resolution electing the Limitation Year. If the Limitation Year is amended to a different consecutive 12-month period, the new Limitation Year must begin on a date within the Limitation Year in which the amendment is made.
Amend No. 5 Effective January 1, 2021
37
Plan ID No. 1063569 ( 4-66998)





Maximum Annual Addition means, except for catch-up contributions described in Code Section
414(v), the Annual Addition that may be contributed or allocated to a Participant’s Account under the
Plan for any Limitation Year. This amount shall not exceed the lesser of:

(1) The Defined Contribution Dollar Limitation, or

(2) 100 percent of the Participant’s Compensation for the Limitation Year.

A Participant’s Compensation for a Limitation Year shall not include Compensation in excess of the limitation under Code Section 401(a)(17) that is in effect for the calendar year in which the Limitation Year begins.

The compensation limitation referred to in (2) shall not apply to an individual medical benefit account (as defined in Code Section 415(l)); or a post-retirement medical benefits account for a key employee (as defined in Code Section 419A(d)(1)).

If a short Limitation Year is created because of an amendment changing the Limitation Year to a different consecutive 12-month period, the Maximum Annual Addition will not exceed the Defined Contribution Dollar Limitation multiplied by the following fraction:

Number of months (including any fractional parts of a month)
in the short Limitation Year
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12

If the Plan is terminated as of a date other than the last day of the Limitation Year, the Plan is treated as if the Plan was amended to change the Limitation Year and create a short Limitation Year ending on the date the Plan is terminated.

If a short Limitation Year is created, the limitation under Code Section 401(a)(17) shall be prorated in the same manner as the Defined Contribution Dollar Limitation.

Predecessor Employer means, with respect to a Participant, a former employer if the Employer maintains a plan that provides a benefit which the Participant accrued while performing services for the former employer. Predecessor Employer also means, with respect to a Participant, a former entity that antedates the Employer if, under the facts and circumstances, the Employer constitutes a continuation of all or a portion of the trade or business of the former entity.

Severance from Employment means an employee has ceased to be an employee of the Employer maintaining the plan. An employee does not have a Severance from Employment if, in connection with a change of employment, the employee’s new employer maintains the plan with respect to the employee.

(b) If the Participant does not participate in another defined contribution plan, as defined in section
1.415(c)-1(a)(2)(i) of the regulations (without regard to whether the plan(s) have been terminated) maintained by the Employer, the amount of Annual Additions that may be credited to the Participant’s Account for any Limitation Year shall not exceed the lesser of the Maximum Annual Addition or any other limitation contained in this Plan. If the Employer Contribution that would otherwise be contributed or allocated to the Participant’s Account would cause the Annual Additions for the Limitation Year to exceed the Maximum Annual Addition, the amount contributed or allocated
Amend No. 5 Effective January 1, 2021
38
Plan ID No. 1063569 ( 4-66998)





shall be reduced so that the Annual Additions for the Limitation Year will equal the Maximum Annual
Addition.

(c) If, in addition to this Plan, the Participant is covered under another defined contribution plan, as defined in section 1.415(c)-1(a)(2)(i) of the regulations, (without regard to whether the plan(s) have been terminated) maintained by the Employer that provides an Annual Addition during any Limitation Year, the Annual Additions that may be credited to a Participant’s Account under this Plan for any such Limitation Year will not exceed the Maximum Annual Addition, reduced by the Annual Additions credited to a Participant’s account under the other defined contribution plan(s) for the same Limitation Year. If the Annual Additions with respect to the Participant under the other defined contribution plan(s) maintained by the Employer are less than the Maximum Annual Addition, and the Employer Contribution that would otherwise be contributed or allocated to the Participant’s Account under this Plan would cause the Annual Additions for the Limitation Year to exceed this limitation, the amount contributed or allocated will be reduced so that the Annual Additions under all such plans and funds for the Limitation Year will equal the Maximum Annual Addition. If the Annual Additions with respect to the Participant under the other defined contribution plan(s) in the aggregate are equal to or greater than the Maximum Annual Addition, no amount will be contributed or allocated to the Participant’s Account under this Plan for the Limitation Year.

(d) The limitation of this section shall be determined and applied taking into account the rules in subparagraph (e) below.

(e) Other Rules

(1) Aggregating Plans. For purposes of applying the limitations of this section for a Limitation Year, all defined contribution plans (as defined in section 1.415(c)-1(a)(2)(i) of the regulations and without regard to whether the plan(s) have been terminated) ever maintained by the Employer and all defined contribution plans of a Predecessor Employer (in the Limitation Year in which such Predecessor Employer is created) under which a Participant receives Annual Additions are treated as one defined contribution plan.

(2) Break-up of Affiliated Employers. The Annual Additions under a formerly affiliated plan (as defined in section 1.415(f)-1(b)(2)(ii) of the regulations) of the Employer are taken into account for purposes of applying the limitations of this section for the Limitation Year in which the cessation of affiliation took place.

(3) Previously Unaggregated Plans. The limitations of this section are not exceeded for the first Limitation Year in which two or more existing plans, which previously were not required to be aggregated pursuant to section 1.415(f) of the regulations, are aggregated, provided that no Annual Additions are credited to a Participant after the date on which the plans are required to be aggregated if the Annual Additions already credited to the Participant in the existing plans equal or exceed the Maximum Annual Addition.

(4) Aggregation with Multiemployer Plan. If the Employer maintains a multiemployer plan, as defined in Code Section 414(f), and the multiemployer plan so provides, only the Annual Additions under the multiemployer plan that are provided by the Employer shall be treated as Annual Additions provided under a plan maintained by the Employer for purposes of this section.

SECTION 3.08--EXCESS AMOUNTS.

(a) Definitions. For purposes of this section, the following terms are defined:
Amend No. 5 Effective January 1, 2021
39
Plan ID No. 1063569 ( 4-66998)





ACP means, for a specified group of Participants (either Highly Compensated Employees or Nonhighly Compensated Employees) for a Plan Year, the average (expressed as a percentage) of the Contribution Percentages of the Eligible Participants in the group.

ADP means, for a specified group of Participants (either Highly Compensated Employees or Nonhighly Compensated Employees) for a Plan Year, the average (expressed as a percentage) of the Deferral Percentages of the Eligible Participants in the group.

Contribution Percentage means the ratio (expressed as a percentage) of the Eligible Participant’s Contribution Percentage Amounts to the Eligible Participant’s Compensation (excluding Differential Wage Payments paid on or after January 1, 2009) for the Plan Year (whether or not the Eligible Participant was an Eligible Participant for the entire Plan Year). In modification of the foregoing, Compensation shall be determined excluding Compensation for the portion of the Plan Year in which an Employee was not an Eligible Participant. For an Eligible Participant for whom such Contribution Percentage Amounts for the Plan Year are zero, the percentage is zero.

Contribution Percentage Amounts means the sum of the Participant Contributions and Matching Contributions (that are not Qualified Matching Contributions taken into account for purposes of the ADP Test) made under the plan on behalf of the Eligible Participant for the plan year. Contribution Percentage Amounts shall not include Participant Contributions withheld from Differential Wage Payments paid on or after January 1, 2009, and Matching Contributions based on Elective Deferral Contributions and Participant Contributions withheld from such Differential Wage Payments. For Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 2006, Matching Contributions cannot be taken into account for a plan year for a Nonhighly Compensated Employee to the extent they are disproportionate matching contributions as defined in section 1.401(m)-2(a)(5)(ii) of the regulations. Such Contribution Percentage Amounts shall not include Matching Contributions that are forfeited (i) to correct Excess Aggregate Contributions; (ii) because the contributions to which they relate are Excess Elective Deferrals, Excess Contributions, or Excess Aggregate Contributions; or (iii) because the contributions to which they relate were returned to the Participant as a Permissible Withdrawal. Under such rules as the Secretary of the Treasury shall prescribe, in determining the Contribution Percentage the Employer may elect to include Qualified Nonelective Contributions under this Plan that were not used in computing the Deferral Percentage. For Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 2006, Qualified Nonelective Contributions cannot be taken into account for a plan year for a Nonhighly Compensated Employee to the extent they are disproportionate contributions as defined in section 1.401(m)-2(a)(6)(v) of the regulations. The Employer may also elect to use Elective Deferral Contributions in computing the Contribution Percentage so long as the ADP Test is met before the Elective Deferral Contributions are used in the ACP Test and continues to be met following the exclusion of those Elective Deferral Contributions that are used to meet the ACP Test.

Deferral Percentage means the ratio (expressed as a percentage) of Elective Deferral Contributions (other than Catch-up Contributions, Elective Deferral Contributions returned to the Participant as a Permissible Withdrawal and Elective Deferral Contributions withheld from Differential Wage Payments) under this Plan on behalf of the Eligible Participant for the Plan Year to the Eligible Participant’s Compensation (excluding Differential Wage Payments) for the Plan Year (whether or not the Eligible Participant was an Eligible Participant for the entire Plan Year). In modification of the foregoing, Compensation shall be determined excluding Compensation for the portion of the Plan Year in which an Employee was not an Eligible Participant. The Elective Deferral Contributions used to determine the Deferral Percentage shall include Excess Elective Deferrals (other than Excess Elective Deferrals of Nonhighly Compensated Employees that arise solely from Elective Deferral Contributions made under this Plan or any other plans of the Employer or a Controlled Group member), but shall exclude Elective Deferral Contributions that are used in computing the Contribution Percentage (provided the ADP Test is satisfied both with and without exclusion of these Elective Deferral Contributions). Under such rules as the Secretary of the Treasury shall prescribe,
Amend No. 5 Effective January 1, 2021
40
Plan ID No. 1063569 ( 4-66998)





the Employer may elect to include Qualified Nonelective Contributions and Qualified Matching Contributions under this Plan in computing the Deferral Percentage. For Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 2006, Qualified Matching Contributions cannot be taken into account for a Plan Year for a Nonhighly Compensated Employee to the extent they are disproportionate matching contributions as defined in section 1.401(m)-2(a)(5)(ii) of the regulations. For Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 2006, Qualified Nonelective Contributions cannot be taken into account for a Plan Year for a Nonhighly Compensated Employee to the extent they are disproportionate contributions as defined in section 1.401(k)-2(a)(6)(iv) of the regulations. For an Eligible Participant for whom such contributions on his behalf for the Plan Year are zero, the percentage is zero.

Elective Deferral Contributions means any employer contributions made to a plan at the election of a participant in lieu of cash compensation. With respect to any taxable year, a participant’s Elective Deferral Contributions are the sum of all employer contributions made on behalf of such participant pursuant to an election to defer under any qualified cash or deferred arrangement (CODA) described in Code Section 401(k), any salary reduction simplified employee pension plan described in Code Section 408(k)(6), any SIMPLE IRA plan described in Code Section 408(p), any plan described under Code Section 501(c)(18), and any employer contributions made on behalf of a participant for the purchase of an annuity contract under Code Section 403(b) pursuant to a salary reduction agreement. Elective Deferral Contributions include Pre-tax Elective Deferral Contributions and Roth Elective Deferral Contributions. Elective Deferral Contributions shall not include any deferrals properly distributed as excess annual additions.

Eligible Participant means, for purposes of determining the Deferral Percentage, any Employee who is otherwise entitled to make Elective Deferral Contributions under the terms of the plan for the plan year. Eligible Participant means, for purposes of determining the Contribution Percentage, any Employee who is eligible (i) to make a Participant Contribution or an Elective Deferral Contribution (if the Employer takes such contributions into account in the calculation of the Contribution Percentage), or (ii) to receive a Matching Contribution (including forfeitures) or a Qualified Matching Contribution. If a Participant Contribution is required as a condition of participation in the plan, any Employee who would be a participant in the plan if such Employee made such a contribution shall be treated as an Eligible Participant on behalf of whom no Participant Contributions are made.

Excess Aggregate Contributions means, with respect to any Plan Year, the excess of:

(1) The aggregate Contribution Percentage Amounts taken into account in computing the numerator of the Contribution Percentage actually made on behalf of Highly Compensated Employees for such Plan Year, over

(2) The maximum Contribution Percentage Amounts permitted by the ACP Test (determined by hypothetically reducing contributions made on behalf of Highly Compensated Employees in order of their Contribution Percentages beginning with the highest of such percentages).

Such determination shall be made after first determining Excess Elective Deferrals and then determining Excess Contributions.

Excess Contributions means, with respect to any Plan Year, the excess of:

(1) The aggregate amount of employer contributions actually taken into account in computing the Deferral Percentage of Highly Compensated Employees for such Plan Year, over
Amend No. 5 Effective January 1, 2021
41
Plan ID No. 1063569 ( 4-66998)





(2) The maximum amount of such contributions permitted by the ADP Test (determined by hypothetically reducing contributions made on behalf of Highly Compensated Employees in the order of the Deferral Percentages, beginning with the highest of such percentages).

Excess Elective Deferrals means those Elective Deferral Contributions of a Participant that either (i) are made during the Participant’s taxable year and exceed the dollar limitation under Code Section 402(g) or (ii) are made during a calendar year and exceed the dollar limitation under Code Section 402(g) for the Participant’s taxable year beginning in such calendar year, counting only Elective Deferral Contributions made under this Plan and any other plan, contract, or arrangement maintained by the Employer. If the Plan provides for Catch-up Contributions in such taxable year, the dollar limitation shall be increased by the dollar limit on Catch-up Contributions under Code Section 414(v).

Excess Elective Deferrals shall be treated as Annual Additions, as defined in the CONTRIBUTION LIMITATION SECTION of this article, under the Plan, unless such amounts are distributed no later than the first April 15 following the close of the Participant’s taxable year.

Matching Contributions means employer contributions made to this or any other defined contribution plan, or to a contract described in Code Section 403(b), on behalf of a participant on account of a Participant Contribution made by such participant, or on account of a participant’s Elective Deferral Contributions, under a plan maintained by the Employer or a Controlled Group member.

Participant Contributions means contributions (other than Roth Elective Deferral Contributions) made to the plan by or on behalf of a participant that are included in the participant’s gross income in the year in which made and that are maintained under a separate account to which the earnings and losses are allocated.

Pre-tax Elective Deferral Contributions means a participant’s Elective Deferral Contributions that are not includible in the participant’s gross income at the time deferred.

Qualified Matching Contributions means Matching Contributions that are nonforfeitable when made to the plan and that are distributable only in accordance with the distribution provisions applicable to Elective Deferral Contributions, to the extent Qualified Matching Contributions can be distributed under such distribution provision.

Qualified Nonelective Contributions means any employer contributions (other than Matching Contributions) that an Employee may not elect to have paid to him in cash instead of being contributed to the plan and that are nonforfeitable when made to the plan and that are distributable only in accordance with the distribution provisions applicable to Elective Deferral Contributions, to the extent Qualified Nonelective Contributions can be distributed under such distribution provision.

Roth Elective Deferral Contributions means a participant’s Elective Deferral Contributions that are not excludible from the participant’s gross income at the time deferred and have been irrevocably designated as Roth Elective Deferral Contributions by the participant in his elective deferral agreement. Whether an Elective Deferral Contribution is not excludible from a participant’s gross income will be determined in accordance with section 1.401(k)-1(f)(2) of the regulations. In the case of a self-employed individual, an Elective Deferral Contribution is not excludible from gross income only if the individual does not claim a deduction for such amount.

(b) Excess Elective Deferrals. A Participant may assign to this Plan any Excess Elective Deferrals made during a taxable year of the Participant by notifying the Plan Administrator in writing on or
Amend No. 5 Effective January 1, 2021
42
Plan ID No. 1063569 ( 4-66998)





before the first following March 1 of the amount of the Excess Elective Deferrals to be assigned to the Plan. A Participant is deemed to notify the Plan Administrator of any Excess Elective Deferrals that arise by taking into account only those Elective Deferral Contributions made to this Plan and any other plan, contract, or arrangement of the Employer or a Controlled Group member. The Participant’s claim for Excess Elective Deferrals shall be accompanied by the Participant’s written statement that if such amounts are not distributed, such Excess Elective Deferrals will exceed the limit imposed on the Participant by Code Section 402(g) (including, if applicable, the dollar limitation on Catch-up Contributions under Code Section 414(v)) for the year in which the deferral occurred. The Excess Elective Deferrals assigned to this Plan cannot exceed the Elective Deferral Contributions allocated under this Plan for such taxable year.

Notwithstanding any other provisions of the Plan, Elective Deferral Contributions in an amount equal to the Excess Elective Deferrals assigned to this Plan, plus any income and minus any loss allocable thereto, shall be distributed no later than April 15 to any Participant to whose Account Excess Elective Deferrals were assigned for the preceding year and who claims Excess Elective Deferrals for such taxable year or calendar year.

Distribution of Excess Elective Deferrals shall be made on a pro rata basis from the Participant’s Account resulting from Pre-tax Elective Deferral Contributions and Roth Elective Deferral Contributions in the same proportion that such Contributions were made for the applicable year.

The Excess Elective Deferrals shall be adjusted for any income or loss. The income or loss allocable to such Excess Elective Deferrals shall be equal to the income or loss allocable to the Participant’s Elective Deferral Contributions for the taxable year in which the excess occurred multiplied by a fraction. The numerator of the fraction is the Excess Elective Deferrals. The denominator of the fraction is the closing balance without regard to any income or loss occurring during such taxable year (as of the end of such taxable year) of the Participant’s Account resulting from Elective Deferral Contributions.

For purposes of determining income or loss on Excess Elective Deferrals for taxable years beginning on or after January 1, 2006, any Excess Elective Deferrals, in addition to any adjustment for income or loss for the taxable year in which the excess occurred, shall be adjusted for income or loss for the gap period between the end of such taxable year and the date of distribution. Such income or loss allocable to the gap period shall be equal to 10% of the income or loss allocable to the Excess Elective Deferrals for the taxable year multiplied by the number of complete months (counting a partial month of 16 days or more as a complete month) in the gap period.

For purposes of determining income or loss on Excess Elective Deferrals for taxable years beginning on or after January 1, 2008, no adjustment shall be made for income or loss for the gap period.

Any Matching Contributions that were based on the Elective Deferral Contributions distributed as
Excess Elective Deferrals, plus any income and minus any loss allocable thereto, shall be forfeited.

(c) ADP Test. As of the end of each Plan Year after Excess Elective Deferrals have been determined, the Plan must satisfy the ADP Test. The ADP Test shall be satisfied using the prior year testing method or the current year testing method, as elected by the Employer in subparagraph (e) of this section.

(1) Prior Year Testing Method. The ADP for a Plan Year for Eligible Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees for each Plan Year and the prior year’s ADP for Eligible Participants who were Nonhighly Compensated Employees for the prior Plan Year must satisfy one of the following tests:
Amend No. 5 Effective January 1, 2021
43
Plan ID No. 1063569 ( 4-66998)





(i) The ADP for a Plan Year for Eligible Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year shall not exceed the prior year’s ADP for Eligible Participants who were Nonhighly Compensated Employees for the prior Plan Year multiplied by 1.25; or

(ii) The ADP for a Plan Year for Eligible Participants who are Highly Compensated
Employees for the Plan Year:

A.    shall not exceed the prior year’s ADP for Eligible Participants who were Nonhighly Compensated Employees for the prior Plan Year multiplied by 2, and

B. the difference between such ADPs is not more than 2.

If this is not a successor plan, for the first Plan Year the Plan permits any Participant to make Elective Deferral Contributions, for purposes of the foregoing tests, the prior year’s Nonhighly Compensated Employees’ ADP shall be 3 percent or the Plan Year’s ADP for these Eligible Participants, as elected by the Employer in subparagraph (e) of this section.

(2) Current Year Testing Method. The ADP for a Plan Year for Eligible Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees for each Plan Year and the ADP for Eligible Participants who are Nonhighly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year must satisfy one of the following tests:

(i) The ADP for a Plan Year for Eligible Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year shall not exceed the ADP for Eligible Participants who are Nonhighly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year multiplied by 1.25; or

(ii) The ADP for a Plan Year for Eligible Participants who are Highly Compensated
Employees for the Plan Year:

A. shall not exceed the ADP for Eligible Participants who are Nonhighly
Compensated Employees for the Plan Year multiplied by 2, and

B. the difference between such ADPs is not more than 2.

If the Employer has elected to use the current year testing method, that election cannot be changed unless (i) the Plan has been using the current year testing method for the preceding five Plan Years, or if less, the number of Plan Years the Plan has been in existence; or (ii) if as a result of a merger or acquisition described in Code Section
410(b)(6)(C)(i), the Employer maintains both a plan using the prior year testing method and a plan using the current year testing method and the change is made within the transition period described in Code Section 410(b)(6)(C)(ii).

A Participant is a Highly Compensated Employee for a particular Plan Year if he meets the definition of a Highly Compensated Employee in effect for that Plan Year. Similarly, a Participant is a Nonhighly Compensated Employee for a particular Plan Year if he does not meet the definition of a Highly Compensated Employee in effect for that Plan Year.

The Deferral Percentage for any Eligible Participant who is a Highly Compensated Employee for the
Plan Year and who is eligible to have Elective Deferral Contributions (and Qualified Nonelective
Amend No. 5 Effective January 1, 2021
44
Plan ID No. 1063569 ( 4-66998)





Contributions or Qualified Matching Contributions, or both, if treated as Elective Deferral Contributions for purposes of the ADP Test) allocated to his account under two or more arrangements described in Code Section 401(k) that are maintained by the Employer or a Controlled Group member shall be determined as if such Elective Deferral Contributions (and, if applicable, such Qualified Nonelective Contributions or Qualified Matching Contributions, or both) were made under a single arrangement. If a Highly Compensated Employee participates in two or more cash or deferred arrangements of the Employer or of a Controlled Group member that have different plan years, all Elective Deferral Contributions made during the Plan Year shall be aggregated. For Plan Years beginning before 2006, all such cash or deferred arrangements ending with or within the same calendar year shall be treated as a single arrangement. The foregoing notwithstanding, certain plans shall be treated as separate if mandatorily disaggregated under the regulations of Code Section
401(k).

In the event this Plan satisfies the requirements of Code Section 401(k), 401(a)(4), or 410(b) only if aggregated with one or more other plans, or if one or more other plans satisfy the requirements of such Code sections only if aggregated with this Plan, then this section shall be applied by determining the Deferral Percentage of Employees as if all such plans were a single plan. If more than 10 percent of the Employer’s Nonhighly Compensated Employees are involved in a plan coverage change as defined in section 1.401(k)-2(c)(4) of the regulations, then any adjustments to the Nonhighly Compensated Employee ADP for the prior year shall be made in accordance with such regulations if the Employer has elected to use the prior year testing method. Plans may be aggregated in order to satisfy Code Section 401(k) only if they have the same plan year and use the same testing method for the ADP Test.

For purposes of the ADP Test, Elective Deferral Contributions, Qualified Nonelective Contributions, and Qualified Matching Contributions must be made before the end of the 12-month period immediately following the Plan Year to which the contributions relate.

If the Plan Administrator should determine during the Plan Year that the ADP Test is not being met, the Plan Administrator may limit the amount of future Elective Deferral Contributions of the Highly Compensated Employees.

Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Plan, Excess Contributions, plus any income and minus any loss allocable thereto, shall be distributed no later than 12 months after the last day of a Plan Year to Participants to whose Accounts such Excess Contributions were allocated for such Plan Year, except to the extent such Excess Contributions are classified as Catch-up Contributions. Excess Contributions are allocated to the Highly Compensated Employees with the largest amounts of employer contributions taken into account in calculating the ADP Test for the year in which the excess arose, beginning with the Highly Compensated Employee with the largest amount of such employer contributions and continuing in descending order until all of the Excess Contributions have been allocated. If a Highly Compensated Employee participates in two or more cash or deferred arrangements of the Employer or of a Controlled Group member, the amount distributed shall not exceed the amount of the employer contributions taken into account in calculating the ADP Test and made to this Plan for the year in which the excess arose. If Catch-up Contributions are allowed for the Plan Year being tested, to the extent a Highly Compensated Employee has not reached his Catch-up Contribution limit under the Plan for such year, Excess Contributions allocated to such Highly Compensated Employee are Catch-up Contributions and will not be treated as Excess Contributions. If such excess amounts (other than Catch-up Contributions) are distributed more than
2 1/2 months after the last day of the Plan Year in which such excess amounts arose, a 10 percent excise tax shall be imposed on the employer maintaining the plan with respect to such amounts.

Excess Contributions shall be treated as Annual Additions, as defined in the CONTRIBUTION LIMITATION SECTION of this article, even if distributed.
Amend No. 5 Effective January 1, 2021
45
Plan ID No. 1063569 ( 4-66998)





The Excess Contributions shall be adjusted for any income or loss. The income or loss allocable to such Excess Contributions allocated to each Participant shall be equal to the income or loss allocable to the Participant’s Elective Deferral Contributions (and, if applicable, Qualified Nonelective Contributions or Qualified Matching Contributions, or both) for the Plan Year in which the excess occurred multiplied by a fraction. The numerator of the fraction is the Excess Contributions. The denominator of the fraction is the closing balance without regard to any income or loss occurring during such Plan Year (as of the end of such Plan Year) of the Participant’s Account resulting from Elective Deferral Contributions (and Qualified Nonelective Contributions or Qualified Matching Contributions, or both, if such contributions are included in the ADP Test).

For purposes of determining income or loss on Excess Contributions beginning with the 2006 Plan Year, any Excess Contributions, in addition to any adjustment for income or loss for the Plan Year in which the excess occurred, shall be adjusted for income or loss for the gap period between the end of such Plan Year and the date of distribution. Such income or loss allocable to the gap period shall be equal to 10% of the income or loss allocable to the Excess Contributions for the Plan Year multiplied by the number of complete months (counting a partial month of 16 days or more as a complete month) in the gap period.

For purposes of determining income or loss on Excess Contributions for Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 2008, no adjustment shall be made for income or loss for the gap period.

Excess Contributions allocated to a Participant shall be distributed from the Participant’s Account resulting from Elective Deferral Contributions. If such Excess Contributions exceed the amount of Excess Contributions in the Participant’s Account resulting from Elective Deferral Contributions, the balance shall be distributed from the Participant’s Account resulting from Qualified Matching Contributions (if applicable) and Qualified Nonelective Contributions, respectively.

Distribution of Excess Contributions shall be made on a pro rata basis from the Participant’s Account resulting from Pre-tax Elective Deferral Contributions and Roth Elective Deferral Contributions in the same proportion that such Contributions were made for the applicable year.

Any Matching Contributions that were based on the Elective Deferral Contributions distributed as
Excess Contributions, plus any income and minus any loss allocable thereto, shall be forfeited.

(d) ACP Test. As of the end of each Plan Year, the Plan must satisfy the ACP Test. The ACP Test shall be satisfied using the prior year testing method or the current year testing method, as elected by the Employer in subparagraph (e) of this section.

(1) Prior Year Testing Method. The ACP for a Plan Year for Eligible Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees for each Plan Year and the prior year’s ACP for Eligible Participants who were Nonhighly Compensated Employees for the prior Plan Year must satisfy one of the following tests:

(i) The ACP for a Plan Year for Eligible Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year shall not exceed the prior year’s ACP for Eligible Participants who were Nonhighly Compensated Employees for the prior Plan Year multiplied by 1.25; or

(ii) The ACP for a Plan Year for Eligible Participants who are Highly Compensated
Employees for the Plan Year:
Amend No. 5 Effective January 1, 2021
46
Plan ID No. 1063569 ( 4-66998)





A.    shall not exceed the prior year’s ACP for Eligible Participants who were Nonhighly Compensated Employees for the prior Plan Year multiplied by 2, and

B. the difference between such ACPs is not more than 2.

If this is not a successor plan, for the first Plan Year the Plan permits any Participant to make Participant Contributions, provides for Matching Contributions, or both, for purposes of the foregoing tests, the prior year’s Nonhighly Compensated Employees’ ACP shall be 3 percent or the Plan Year’s ACP for these Eligible Participants, as elected by the Employer in subparagraph (e) of this section.

(2) Current Year Testing Method. The ACP for a Plan Year for Eligible Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees for each Plan Year and the ACP for Eligible Participants who are Nonhighly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year must satisfy one of the following tests:

(i) The ACP for a Plan Year for Eligible Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year shall not exceed the ACP for Eligible Participants who are Nonhighly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year multiplied by 1.25; or

(ii) The ACP for a Plan Year for Eligible Participants who are Highly Compensated
Employees for the Plan Year:

A. shall not exceed the ACP for Eligible Participants who are Nonhighly
Compensated Employees for the Plan Year multiplied by 2, and

B. the difference between such ACPs is not more than 2.

If the Employer has elected to use the current year testing method, that election cannot be changed unless (i) the Plan has been using the current year testing method for the preceding five Plan Years, or if less, the number of Plan Years the Plan has been in existence; or (ii) if as a result of a merger or acquisition described in Code Section
410(b)(6)(C)(i), the Employer maintains both a plan using the prior year testing method and a plan using the current year testing method and the change is made within the transition period described in Code Section 410(b)(6)(C)(ii).

A Participant is a Highly Compensated Employee for a particular Plan Year if he meets the definition of a Highly Compensated Employee in effect for that Plan Year. Similarly, a Participant is a Nonhighly Compensated Employee for a particular Plan Year if he does not meet the definition of a Highly Compensated Employee in effect for that Plan Year.

The Contribution Percentage for any Eligible Participant who is a Highly Compensated Employee for the Plan Year and who is eligible to have Contribution Percentage Amounts allocated to his account under two or more plans described in Code Section 401(a) or arrangements described in Code Section 401(k) that are maintained by the Employer or a Controlled Group member shall be determined as if the total of such Contribution Percentage Amounts was made under each plan and arrangement. If a Highly Compensated Employee participates in two or more such plans or arrangements that have different plan years, all Contribution Percentage Amounts made during the Plan Year shall be aggregated. For Plan Years beginning before 2006, all such plans and arrangements ending with or within the same calendar year shall be treated as a single plan or
Amend No. 5 Effective January 1, 2021
47
Plan ID No. 1063569 ( 4-66998)





arrangement. The foregoing notwithstanding, certain plans shall be treated as separate if mandatorily disaggregated under the regulations of Code Section 401(m).

In the event this Plan satisfies the requirements of Code Section 401(m), 401(a)(4), or 410(b) only if aggregated with one or more other plans, or if one or more other plans satisfy the requirements of such Code sections only if aggregated with this Plan, then this section shall be applied by determining the Contribution Percentage of Employees as if all such plans were a single plan. If more than 10 percent of the Employer’s Nonhighly Compensated Employees are involved in a plan coverage change as defined in section 1.401(m)-2(c)(4) of the regulations, then any adjustments to the Nonhighly Compensated Employee ACP for the prior year shall be made in accordance with such regulations if the Employer has elected to use the prior year testing method. Plans may be aggregated in order to satisfy Code Section 401(m) only if they have the same plan year and use the same testing method for the ACP Test.

For purposes of the ACP Test, Participant Contributions are considered to have been made in the Plan Year in which contributed to the Plan. Matching Contributions and Qualified Nonelective Contributions will be considered to have been made for a Plan Year if made no later than the end of the 12-month period beginning on the day after the close of the Plan Year.

Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Plan, Excess Aggregate Contributions, plus any income and minus any loss allocable thereto, shall be forfeited, if not vested, or distributed, if vested, no later than 12 months after the last day of a Plan Year to Participants to whose Accounts such Excess Aggregate Contributions were allocated for such Plan Year. Excess Aggregate Contributions are allocated to the Highly Compensated Employees with the largest Contribution Percentage Amounts taken into account in calculating the ACP Test for the year in which the excess arose, beginning with the Highly Compensated Employee with the largest amount of such Contribution Percentage Amounts and continuing in descending order until all of the Excess Aggregate Contributions have been allocated. If a Highly Compensated Employee participates in two or more plans or arrangements of the Employer or of a Controlled Group member that include Contribution Percentage Amounts, the amount distributed shall not exceed the Contribution Percentage Amounts taken into account in calculating the ACP Test and made to this Plan for the year in which the excess arose. If such Excess Aggregate Contributions are distributed more than 2 1/2 months after the last day of the Plan Year in which such excess amounts arose, a 10 percent excise tax shall be imposed on the employer maintaining the plan with respect to such amounts.

Excess Aggregate Contributions shall be treated as Annual Additions, as defined in the
CONTRIBUTION LIMITATION SECTION of this article, even if distributed.

The Excess Aggregate Contributions shall be adjusted for any income or loss. The income or loss allocable to such Excess Aggregate Contributions allocated to each Participant shall be equal to the income or loss allocable to the Participant’s Contribution Percentage Amounts for the Plan Year in which the excess occurred multiplied by a fraction. The numerator of the fraction is the Excess Aggregate Contributions. The denominator of the fraction is the closing balance without regard to any income or loss occurring during such Plan Year (as of the end of such Plan Year) of the Participant’s Account resulting from Contribution Percentage Amounts.

For purposes of determining income or loss on Excess Aggregate Contributions beginning with the
2006 Plan Year, any Excess Aggregate Contributions, in addition to any adjustment for income or loss for the Plan Year in which the excess occurred, shall be adjusted for income or loss for the gap period between the end of such Plan Year and the date of distribution. Such income or loss allocable to the gap period shall be equal to 10% of the income or loss allocable to the Excess Aggregate
Amend No. 5 Effective January 1, 2021
48
Plan ID No. 1063569 ( 4-66998)





Contributions for the Plan Year multiplied by the number of complete months (counting a partial month of 16 days or more as a complete month) in the gap period.

For purposes of determining income or loss on Excess Aggregate Contributions for Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 2008, no adjustment shall be made for income or loss for the gap period.

Excess Aggregate Contributions allocated to a Participant shall be distributed from the Participant’s Account resulting from Participant Contributions that are not required as a condition of employment or participation or for obtaining additional benefits from Employer Contributions. If such Excess Aggregate Contributions exceed the balance in the Participant’s Account resulting from such Participant Contributions, the balance shall be forfeited, if not vested, or distributed, if vested, on a pro rata basis from the Participant’s Account resulting from Contribution Percentage Amounts.

(e) Employer Elections. The Employer has made an election to use the current year testing method.

SECTION 3.09--401(k) SAFE HARBOR PROVISIONS.

The Plan is a 401(k) safe harbor plan. In accordance with sections 1.401(k)-1(e)(7) and 1.401(m)-1(c)(2) of the regulations, the Employer cannot use ADP (and ACP testing, if applicable) for a Plan Year in which it is intended for the Plan through its written terms to be an ADP Test Safe Harbor (and ACP Test Safe Harbor, if applicable) and the Employer fails to satisfy the requirements of such safe harbors for the Plan Year, unless the 401(k) safe harbor election is revoked as provided in (e) below.

(a) Rules of Application.

(1) To satisfy the requirements to be a 401(k) safe harbor plan, a Plan must: (i) satisfy the notice requirements and contribution requirements of this section; and (ii) apply the 401(k) safe harbor provisions for the entire 12-month Plan Year, unless a short Plan Year exception in (2) below applies.

Any provisions relating to the ADP Test in the EXCESS AMOUNTS SECTION of this article do not apply for any Plan Year in which the provisions of this section apply unless the plan is amended to revoke the 401(k) safe harbor provisions during the Plan Year in accordance with (e) below. Any provisions relating to the ACP Test in the EXCESS AMOUNTS SECTION of this article do not apply with respect to Matching Contributions for any Plan Year in which the provisions of this section apply unless the Plan is amended to revoke the
401(k) safe harbor provisions during the Plan Year in accordance with (e) below.

(2) Short Plan Year Exceptions. The provisions of this section shall not apply unless the Plan
Year is 12 months long except as provided below:

(i) In the case of the first Plan Year of a newly established plan (other than a successor plan), the Plan Year is at least 3 months long (or any shorter period if the Employer is a newly established employer that establishes the Plan as soon as administratively feasible after the Employer came into existence).

(ii) In the case of a cash or deferred arrangement that is added to an existing profit sharing, stock bonus, or pre-ERISA money purchase pension plan for the first time during a plan year, provided the Plan is not a successor plan and the cash or deferred arrangement is made effective no later than 3 months prior to the end of
Amend No. 5 Effective January 1, 2021
49
Plan ID No. 1063569 ( 4-66998)





the Plan Year. The Plan may not be an ACP Test Safe Harbor for such Plan Year unless the existing Plan did not provide for Matching Contributions and the amendment providing for Matching Contribution is made effective at the same time as the adoption of the cash or deferred arrangement.

(iii) If the Plan has a short Plan Year as a result of changing its Plan Year, provided that the Plan satisfied the ADP Test Safe Harbor requirements and ACP Test Safe Harbor requirements, if applicable, for the immediately preceding Plan Year and the Plan satisfies the ADP Test Safe Harbor requirements and ACP Test Safe Harbor requirements, if applicable, (determined without regard to the revocation of 401(k) safe harbor election described in (e) below) for the immediately following Plan Year (or for the immediately following 12 months if the immediately following Plan Year is less than 12 months).

(iv) If the Plan has a short Plan Year due to Plan termination, provided that the Plan satisfies the ADP Test Safe Harbor requirements and ACP Test Safe Harbor requirements, if applicable, through the date of termination and either:

A.    the Plan would satisfy the requirements of the revocation of 401(k) safe harbor election described in (e) below, treating the termination of the Plan as a reduction or suspension of Qualified Matching Contributions, other than the requirement that Active Participants have a reasonable opportunity to change the amount of their Elective Deferral Contributions; or

B.    the Plan termination is in connection with a transaction described in Code Section 410(b)(6)(C) or the Employer incurs a substantial business hardship comparable to a substantial business hardship described in Code Section
412(c).

(3) To the extent that any other provision of the Plan is inconsistent with the provisions of this section, the provisions of this section shall govern.

(b) ADP Test Safe Harbor.

(1) Contributions. The Plan is satisfying the ADP Test Safe Harbor using Qualified Matching Contributions as provided in the EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS SECTION of this article. The Employer shall pay to the Insurer or Trustee, as applicable, such Contributions for each Plan Year not later than the end of the 12-month period immediately following the Plan Year for which they are deemed to be paid.

(2) Notice Requirement. At least 30 days, but not more than 90 days, before the beginning of the Plan Year, the Employer shall provide each Active Participant a comprehensive notice of his rights and obligations under the Plan, including a description of the Qualified Matching Contributions or Qualified Nonelective Contributions that will be made to the Plan to satisfy the ADP Test Safe Harbor.

The notice shall be written in a manner calculated to be understood by the average Active
Participant.

If an Employee becomes an Active Participant after the 90th day before the beginning of the
Plan Year and does not receive the notice described above for that reason, the applicable
Amend No. 5 Effective January 1, 2021
50
Plan ID No. 1063569 ( 4-66998)





notice must be provided no more than 90 days before he becomes an Active Participant but not later than the date he becomes an Active Participant.

(3) Election Periods. In addition to any other election periods provided under the Plan, each Active Participant may make or modify a deferral election during the 30-day period immediately following receipt of the notice described in (2) above.

(c) ACP Test Safe Harbor.

Matching Contributions. If the Plan is satisfying the ACP Test Safe Harbor, Matching Contributions shall be limited as provided in the EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS SECTION of this article.

(d) ACP Test.

(1) Continued Application. If the Plan is satisfying the ADP Test Safe Harbor and the ACP Test Safe Harbor, the Plan must still satisfy the ACP Test in the manner specified in (2) below with respect to Participant Contributions. If the Plan is satisfying the ADP Test Safe Harbor but not the ACP Test Safe Harbor, the Plan must satisfy the ACP Test in the manner specified in (2) below with respect to Participant Contributions and Matching Contributions.

(2) Special Rules. If the Plan is satisfying the ADP Test Safe Harbor and the ACP Test Safe Harbor, all Matching Contributions, with respect to all Eligible Participants, as defined in the EXCESS AMOUNTS SECTION of this article, shall be disregarded. If the Plan is satisfying the ADP Test Safe Harbor using Qualified Nonelective Contributions, but is not satisfying the ACP Test Safe Harbor, such Qualified Nonelective Contributions shall be disregarded. Qualified Matching Contributions shall not be treated as being taken into account for purposes of the ADP Test. Elective Deferral Contributions may not be taken into account for purposes of the ACP Test.

(e) Revocation of 401(k) Safe Harbor Election.

The Employer may amend the Plan to revoke the 401(k) safe harbor election and the corresponding Qualified Matching Contributions or Qualified Nonelective Contributions during any Plan Year, if the following conditions are met:

(1) All Active Participants shall be provided a supplemental notice that explains the consequences of the amendment, informs them of the effective date of the elimination of the Qualified Matching Contributions or Qualified Nonelective Contributions, and explains the procedures to change their Elective Deferral Agreement.

(2) The effective date of the revocation cannot be earlier than the later of (i) 30 days after the Active Participants are given such notice, and (ii) the date the amendment revoking such provisions is adopted.

(3) Active Participants are given a reasonable opportunity (including a reasonable period after receipt of the supplemental notice) to change their Elective Deferral Agreement prior to the revocation of the 401(k) safe harbor election.

(4) The elimination of the Qualified Nonelective Contributions during a Plan Year is permitted for amendments adopted after May 18, 2009, if the Employer incurs a substantial business hardship comparable to a substantial hardship described in Code Section 412(c).
Amend No. 5 Effective January 1, 2021
51
Plan ID No. 1063569 ( 4-66998)





If the 401(k) safe harbor election is revoked for the Plan Year, the Employer shall perform the ADP Test and ACP Test, if applicable, for the entire Plan Year using the current year testing method described in the EXCESS AMOUNTS SECTION of this article, and satisfy the Top-heavy Plan requirements of Article XI.

The Employer shall make the Qualified Matching Contributions, if applicable, with respect to Elective Deferral Contributions and Compensation for the portion of the Plan Year prior to the effective date of the revocation. The Employer shall make the Qualified Nonelective Contributions, if applicable, with respect to Compensation paid for the portion of the Plan Year through the effective date of the revocation. The annual compensation limit applied to Compensation for purposes of the Qualified Matching Contributions and Qualified Nonelective Contributions shall be adjusted for the short determination period as described in the definition of Compensation in the DEFINITIONS SECTION of Article I.

(f) Top-heavy Rules. The Plan is deemed to not be a Top-heavy Plan, as defined in the DEFINITIONS SECTION of Article XI, for a Plan Year if the exception under Code Section 416(g)(4)(H) applies for such year.

SECTION 3.10--ELIGIBLE AUTOMATIC CONTRIBUTION ARRANGEMENT (EACA) PROVISIONS.

Section 3.10 does not apply to the Plan.

SECTION 3.11--QUALIFIED AUTOMATIC CONTRIBUTION ARRANGEMENT (QACA) SAFE HARBOR PROVISIONS.

Section 3.11 does not apply to the Plan.
Amend No. 5 Effective January 1, 2021
52
Plan ID No. 1063569 ( 4-66998)





ARTICLE IV INVESTMENT OF CONTRIBUTIONS
SECTION 4.01--INVESTMENT AND TIMING OF CONTRIBUTIONS.

The handling of Contributions and Plan assets is governed by the provisions of the Trust Agreement and any other relevant document, such as an Annuity Contract (for the purposes of this paragraph alone, the Trust Agreement and such other documents will each be referred to as a “document” or collectively as the “documents”), duly entered into by or with regard to the Plan that govern such matters. To the extent permitted by the documents, the parties named below shall direct the Contributions for investment in any of the investment options available to the Plan under or through the documents, and may request the transfer of amounts resulting from those Contributions between such investment options.

A Participant may not direct the investment of all or any portion of his Account in collectibles. Collectibles mean any work of art, rug or antique, metal or gem, stamp or coin, alcoholic beverage, or other tangible personal property specified by the Secretary of the Treasury. However, for tax years beginning after December 31, 1997, certain coins and bullion as provided in Code Section 408(m)(3) shall not be considered collectibles.

If a Participant has provided investment direction for all or certain specific Contributions made to his Account, such Contributions shall be invested in accordance with such direction to the extent possible. If an investment option selected by the Participant in that investment direction is no longer available and a new investment option is not selected by the Participant (in lieu of the one that is no longer available) by the deadline set by a fiduciary of the Plan (or by the date the investment option is no longer available), all amounts currently held in the investment option that is no longer available and future Contributions directed to such investment option by the Participant (and made after such deadline or date) shall be invested in the appropriate default investment option, unless otherwise directed by a fiduciary of the Plan.

If an investment option selected by the Participant is no longer available for future Contributions only and a new investment option is not selected by the Participant (in lieu of the one that is no longer available) by the deadline set by a fiduciary of the Plan (or by the date the investment option is no longer available), all future Contributions directed to such investment option that is not available for future Contributions (and made after such deadline or date) shall be invested in the appropriate default investment option, unless otherwise directed by a fiduciary of the Plan.

To the extent that a Participant who has the ability to provide investment direction (either on an ongoing basis or in response to a notice from a fiduciary of the Plan) fails to give timely investment direction, the amount in the Participant’s Account for which no investment direction is received shall be invested in the appropriate default investment option, unless otherwise directed by a fiduciary of the Plan.

If the Primary Employer has investment direction, the Contributions shall be invested in accordance with such direction. The Employer shall have investment direction for amounts that have not been allocated to Participants. To the extent an investment option is no longer available, a fiduciary of the Plan may require that amounts currently held in such investment option be reinvested in other investment options. To the extent that the Employer has not given investment direction, and no Plan fiduciary gives direction regarding the reinvestment of such amounts, the amounts held in an investment option that is no longer available or which had been directed to be invested in an investment option that is not available for future Contributions shall be invested in the appropriate default investment option.
Amend No. 5 Effective January 1, 2021
53
Plan ID No. 1063569 ( 4-66998)





Default investment options are defined in documents duly entered into by or with regard to the Plan that govern such matters.

At least annually, the Named Fiduciary shall review all pertinent Employee information and Plan data in order to establish the funding policy of the Plan and to determine appropriate methods of carrying out the Plan's objectives. The Named Fiduciary shall inform the Trustee and any Investment Manager of the Plan's short- term and long-term financial needs so the investment policy can be coordinated with the Plan's financial requirements.

The Participant shall direct the investment of all Contributions and the transfer of amounts resulting from those Contributions.

However, the Named Fiduciary may delegate to the Investment Manager investment direction for
Contributions and amounts that are not subject to Participant direction.

All Contributions are forwarded by the Employer to (i) the Trustee to be deposited in the Trust Fund or otherwise invested by the Trustee in accordance with the relevant documents; or (ii) the Insurer to be deposited under the Annuity Contract, as applicable.

SECTION 4.02--INVESTMENT IN QUALIFYING EMPLOYER SECURITIES.

All or some portion of the Participant’s Account may be invested in Qualifying Employer Securities.

If the Participant has investment control, once an investment in the Qualifying Employer Securities Fund is made available to Participants, it shall continue to be available unless the Plan is amended to disallow such available investment. In the absence of an election to invest in Qualifying Employer Securities, Participants shall be deemed to have elected to have their Accounts invested wholly in other investment options of the Investment Fund. Once an election is made, it shall be considered to continue until a new election is made.

For purposes of determining the annual valuation of the Plan, and for reporting to Participants and regulatory authorities, the assets of the Plan shall be valued at least annually on the Valuation Date which corresponds to the last day of the Plan Year. The fair market value of Qualifying Employer Securities shall be determined on such Valuation Date. The prices of Qualifying Employer Securities as of the date of the transaction shall apply for purposes of valuing distributions and other transactions of the Plan to the extent such value is representative of the fair market value of such securities in the opinion of the Plan Administrator. The value of a Participant's Account held in the Qualifying Employer Securities Fund may be expressed in units.

If the Qualifying Employer Securities are not publicly traded, or if an extremely thin market exists for such securities so that reasonable valuation may not be obtained from the market place, then such securities must be valued at least annually by an independent appraiser who is not associated with the Employer, the Plan Administrator, the Trustee, or any person related to any fiduciary under the Plan. The independent appraiser may be associated with a person who is merely a contract administrator with respect to the Plan, but who exercises no discretionary authority and is not a plan fiduciary.

If there is a public market for Qualifying Employer Securities of the type held by the Plan, then the Plan Administrator may use as the value of the securities the price at which such securities trade in such market. If the Qualifying Employer Securities do not trade on the relevant date, or if the market is very thin on such date, then the Plan Administrator may use for the valuation the next preceding trading day on which the trading prices are representative of the fair market value of such securities in the opinion of the Plan Administrator.
Amend No. 5 Effective January 1, 2021
54
Plan ID No. 1063569 ( 4-66998)





Cash dividends payable on the Qualifying Employer Securities shall be reinvested in additional shares of such securities. In the event of any cash or stock dividend or any stock split, such dividend or split shall be credited to the Accounts based on the number of shares of Qualifying Employer Securities credited to each Account as of the payable date of such dividend or split.

All purchases of Qualifying Employer Securities shall be made at a price, or prices, which, in the judgment of the Plan Administrator, do not exceed the fair market value of such securities.

In the event that the Trustee acquires Qualifying Employer Securities by purchase from a “disqualified person” as defined in Code Section 4975(e)(2) or from a “party-in-interest” as defined in ERISA Section
3(14), the terms of such purchase shall contain the provision that in the event there is a final determination by the Internal Revenue Service, the Department of Labor, or court of competent jurisdiction that the fair market value of such securities as of the date of purchase was less than the purchase price paid by the
Trustee, then the seller shall pay or transfer, as the case may be, to the Trustee an amount of cash or shares
of Qualifying Employer Securities equal in value to the difference between the purchase price and such fair market value for all such shares. In the event that cash or shares of Qualifying Employer Securities are paid or transferred to the Trustee under this provision, such securities shall be valued at their fair market value as of the date of such purchase, and interest at a reasonable rate from the date of purchase to the date of payment or transfer shall be paid by the seller on the amount of cash paid.

The Plan Administrator may direct the Trustee to sell, resell, or otherwise dispose of Qualifying Employer Securities to any person, including the Employer, provided that any such sales to any disqualified person or party-in-interest, including the Employer, will be made at not less than the fair market value and no commission will be charged. Any such sale shall be made in conformance with ERISA Section 408(e).

The Employer is responsible for compliance with any applicable Federal or state securities law with respect to all aspects of the Plan. If the Qualifying Employer Securities or interest in this Plan are required to be registered in order to permit investment in the Qualifying Employer Securities Fund as provided in this section, then such investment will not be effective until the later of the effective date of the Plan or the date such registration or qualification is effective. The Employer, at its own expense, will take or cause to be taken any and all such actions as may be necessary or appropriate to effect such registration or qualification. Further, if the Trustee is directed to dispose of any Qualifying Employer Securities held under the Plan under circumstances which require registration or qualification of the securities under applicable Federal or state securities laws, then the Employer will, at its own expense, take or cause to be taken any and all such action as may be necessary or appropriate to effect such registration or qualification. The Employer is responsible for all compliance requirements under Section 16 of the Securities Act.

Diversification Requirements.

The diversification requirements below apply for Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 2007.

An applicable individual (as defined in section 1.401(a)(35)-1(b) of the regulations) is permitted to elect to direct any publicly traded qualifying employer securities (as defined in Code Section 401(a)(35)(G)(v)) held in his Account under the Plan to be reinvested in other investment options offered under the Plan with respect to the portion of his Account that is subject to Code Section 401(a)(35)(B) or (C). The Employer may permit diversification of amounts invested in qualifying employer securities earlier than required as long as the earlier time period is applied consistently to all applicable individuals.

The Plan shall offer at least three investment options, other than Qualifying Employer Securities, to which the applicable individual may direct all or any portion of his Account invested in Qualifying Employer Securities, and each investment option must be diversified and have materially different risk and return characteristics that satisfy the requirements of section 2550.404c-1(b)(3) of the Department of Labor regulations. The Plan
Amend No. 5 Effective January 1, 2021
55
Plan ID No. 1063569 ( 4-66998)





may limit the time for divestment and reinvestment to periodic, reasonable opportunities occurring no less frequently than quarterly. The Plan may not impose any restrictions or conditions with respect to the investment of Qualifying Employer Securities that are not imposed on the investment options offered under the Plan, except as provided in section 1.401(a)(35)-1(e) of the regulations.

For Qualifying Employer Securities held under the Plan in a Plan Year beginning before January 1, 2007, the diversification rights described above shall only apply to the applicable percentage of the number of shares of those securities as stated below:
(a) The applicable percentage is 33% for the first Plan Year to which Code Section 401(a)(35) applies. (b) The applicable percentage is 66% for the second Plan Year to which Code Section 401(a)(35)
applies.

(c) The applicable percentage is 100% for all subsequent Plan Years.

If there is more than one class of securities held under the Plan, the transition rule above shall apply separately with respect to each class. The transition rule above does not apply to Participants who are age
55 or older and have completed at least three years of service (as defined in section 1.401(a)(35)-1(c)(3) of the regulations) prior to the first day of the first Plan Year beginning after December 31, 2005.

A notice must be provided to each applicable individual that describes the divestiture rights and the importance of diversifying the investment of retirement plan assets. The Employer shall provide the notice to all applicable individuals no later than 30 days before the date on which the applicable individuals are eligible to exercise their right to diversify.

Voting and Tender Rights.

Voting rights with respect to Qualifying Employer Securities will be passed through to Participants. Participants will be allowed to direct the voting rights of Qualifying Employer Securities for any matter put to the vote of shareholders. Before each meeting of shareholders, the Employer shall cause to be sent to each person with power to control such voting rights a copy of any notice and any other information provided to shareholders and, if applicable, a form for instructing the Trustee how to vote at such meeting (or any adjournment thereof) the number of full and fractional shares subject to such person’s voting control. The Trustee may establish a deadline in advance of the meeting by which such forms must be received in order to be effective.

Each Participant shall be entitled to one vote for each share credited to his Account.

If some or all of the Participants have not directed or have not timely directed the Trustee on how to vote, then the Trustee shall vote such Qualifying Employer Securities in the same proportion as those shares of Qualifying Employer Securities for which the Trustee has received proper direction for such matter.

The Trustee shall hold the Participant’s individual directions with respect to voting rights in confidence and, except as required by law, shall not divulge or release such individual directions to anyone associated with the Employer. The Employer may require verification of the Trustee’s compliance with the directions received from Participants by any independent auditor selected by the Employer, provided that such auditor agrees to maintain the confidentiality of such individual directions.

The Employer may develop procedures to facilitate the exercise of votes, such as the use of facsimile transmissions for the Participants located in physically remote areas.
Amend No. 5 Effective January 1, 2021
56
Plan ID No. 1063569 ( 4-66998)





Tender rights or exchange offers for Qualifying Employer Securities will be passed through to Participants. As soon as practicable after the commencement of a tender or exchange offer for Qualifying Employer Securities, the Employer shall cause each person with power to control the response to such tender or exchange offer to be advised in writing the terms of the offer and, if applicable, to be provided with a form for instructing the Trustee, or for revoking such instruction, to tender or exchange shares of Qualifying Employer Securities, to the extent permitted under the terms of such offer. In advising such persons of the terms of the offer, the Employer may include statements from the board of directors setting forth its position with respect to the offer.

If some or all of the Participants have not directed or have not timely directed the Trustee on how to tender, then the Trustee shall tender such Qualifying Employer Securities in the same proportion as those shares of Qualifying Employer Securities for which the Trustee has received proper direction for such matter.

If the tender or exchange offer is limited so that all of the shares that the Trustee has been directed to tender or exchange cannot be sold or exchanged, the shares that each Participant directed to be tendered or exchanged shall be deemed to have been sold or exchanged in the same ratio that the number of shares actually sold or exchanged bears to the total number of shares that the Trustee was directed to tender or exchange.

The Trustee shall hold the Participant’s individual directions with respect to tender decisions in confidence and, except as required by law, shall not divulge or release such individual directions to anyone associated with the Employer. The Employer may require verification of the Trustee’s compliance with the directions received from Participants by any independent auditor selected by the Employer, provided that such auditor agrees to maintain the confidentiality of such individual directions.

The Employer may develop procedures to facilitate the exercise of tender rights, such as the use of facsimile transmissions for the Participants located in physically remote areas.

SECTION 4.03--VOTING AND TENDER OF SELF-DIRECTED BROKERAGE ACCOUNTS.

Section 4.03 does not apply to the Plan.

SECTION 4.04--LIFE INSURANCE.

Section 4.04 does not apply to the Plan.
Amend No. 5 Effective January 1, 2021
57
Plan ID No. 1063569 ( 4-66998)





ARTICLE V BENEFITS
SECTION 5.01--RETIREMENT BENEFITS.

On a Participant’s Retirement Date, his Vested Account shall be distributed to him according to the distribution of benefits provisions of Article VI and the provisions of the SMALL AMOUNTS SECTION of Article X.

SECTION 5.02--DEATH BENEFITS.

If a Participant dies before his Annuity Starting Date, his Vested Account shall be distributed according to the distribution of benefits provisions of Article VI and the provisions of the SMALL AMOUNTS SECTION of Article X.

SECTION 5.03--VESTED BENEFITS.

If an Inactive Participant’s Vested Account is not payable under the SMALL AMOUNTS SECTION of Article X, he may elect, but is not required, to receive a distribution of any part of his Vested Account after he has a Severance from Employment. A distribution under this paragraph shall be a retirement benefit and shall be distributed to the Participant according to the distribution of benefits provisions of Article VI.

A Participant may not elect to receive a distribution under the provisions of this section after he again becomes an Employee until he subsequently has a Severance from Employment and meets the requirements of this section.

A Participant who has been performing Qualified Military Service for a period of more than 30 days is deemed to have had a severance from employment (as described in Code Section 414(u)(12)(B)(i)) for purposes of requesting a distribution of his Vested Account resulting from Elective Deferral Contributions. The Plan will suspend Elective Deferral Contributions and Participant Contributions for six months after receipt of the distribution. If the Participant is also eligible to receive a Qualified Reservist Distribution and the distribution could be either type of distribution, the distribution will be treated as a Qualified Reservist Distribution.

If an Inactive Participant does not receive an earlier distribution, upon his Retirement Date or death, his Vested Account shall be distributed according to the provisions of the RETIREMENT BENEFITS SECTION or the DEATH BENEFITS SECTION of this article.

The Nonvested Account of an Inactive Participant who has had a Severance from Employment shall remain a part of his Account until it becomes a Forfeiture. However, if he again becomes an Employee so that his Vesting Percentage can increase, the Nonvested Account may become a part of his Vested Account.

SECTION 5.04--WHEN BENEFITS START.

(a) Unless otherwise elected, benefits shall begin no later than the 60th day following the close of the
Plan Year in which the latest date below occurs:

(1) The date the Participant attains age 65 (or Normal Retirement Age, if earlier).
Amend No. 5 Effective January 1, 2021
58
Plan ID No. 1063569 ( 4-66998)





(2) The 10th anniversary of the Participant's earliest Entry Date. (3) The date the Participant terminates service with the Employer.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the failure of a Participant to consent to a distribution while a benefit is immediately distributable, within the meaning of the ELECTION PROCEDURES SECTION of Article VI, shall be deemed to be an election to defer the start of benefits sufficient to satisfy this section.

The Participant may elect to have benefits begin after the latest date for beginning benefits described above, subject to the following provisions of this section. The Participant shall make the election in writing. Such election must be made before his Normal Retirement Date or the date he has a Severance from Employment, if later. The Participant shall not elect a date for beginning benefits or a form of distribution that would result in a benefit payable when he dies which would be more than incidental within the meaning of governmental regulations.

Benefits shall begin on an earlier date if otherwise provided in the Plan. For example, the Participant’s Retirement Date or Required Beginning Date, as defined in the DEFINITIONS SECTION of Article VII.

(b) The Participant's Vested Account resulting from Elective Deferral Contributions, Qualified Nonelective Contributions, Qualified Matching Contributions, QACA Matching Contributions, and QACA Nonelective Contributions may not be distributed earlier than Severance from Employment, death, or disability. However, such amount may be distributed upon:

(1) Termination of the Plan as permitted in Article VIII.

(2) The attainment of age 59 1/2 if such distribution is permitted in the WITHDRAWAL BENEFITS SECTION of this article.

(3) The attainment of Normal Retirement Age, provided such age is at least age 59 1/2 and such distribution is permitted in the definition of Normal Retirement Date in the DEFINITIONS SECTION of Article I.

(4) A federally declared disaster, where resulting legislation authorizes such a distribution.

The Participant's Vested Account resulting from Elective Deferral Contributions may also be distributed:

(5) As a hardship withdrawal, if such distribution is permitted in the WITHDRAWAL BENEFITS SECTION of this article.

(6) As a Qualified Reservist Distribution, if such distribution is permitted in the WITHDRAWAL BENEFITS SECTION of this article.

(7) If the Participant is deemed to have had a severance from employment as described in Code Section 414(u)(12)(B)(i), if such distribution is permitted in the VESTED BENEFITS SECTION of this article.
Amend No. 5 Effective January 1, 2021
59
Plan ID No. 1063569 ( 4-66998)





All distributions that may be made pursuant to one or more of the foregoing distributable events will be a retirement benefit and shall be distributed to the Participant according to the distribution of benefits provisions of Article VI. In addition, distributions that are triggered by the termination of the Plan must be made in a lump sum. A lump sum shall include a distribution of an annuity contract.

SECTION 5.05--WITHDRAWAL BENEFITS.

A request for withdrawal shall be made in such manner and in accordance with such rules as the Employer shall prescribe for this purpose (including by means of voice response or other electronic means under circumstances the Employer permits). Withdrawals shall be a retirement benefit and shall be distributed to the Participant according to the distribution of benefits provisions of Article VI. A forfeiture shall not occur solely as a result of a withdrawal.

Withdrawal of Rollover Contributions. A Participant may withdraw any part of his Vested Account resulting from Rollover Contributions. A Participant may make such a withdrawal at any time.

Withdrawal after Age 59 1/2. A Participant who has attained age 59 1/2 may withdraw any part of his Vested
Account resulting from the following Contributions:

Elective Deferral Contributions Matching Contributions Discretionary Contributions

A Participant may make such a withdrawal at any time.

Financial Hardship Withdrawal. A Participant may withdraw any part of his Vested Account resulting from Elective Deferral Contributions in the event of hardship due to an immediate and heavy financial need. Withdrawals from the Participant's Account resulting from Elective Deferral Contributions shall be limited to the amount of the Participant's Elective Deferral Contributions plus income allocable thereto credited to his Account as of December 31, 1988.

A Participant may also withdraw any part of his Vested Account resulting from any of the following
Contributions:

Matching Contributions (other than Qualified Matching Contributions and QACA Matching
Contributions)
Discretionary Contributions

Immediate and heavy financial need shall be limited to: (i) expenses incurred or necessary for medical care that would be deductible under Code Section 213(a) (determined without regard to whether the expenses exceed the stated limit on adjusted gross income); (ii) the purchase (excluding mortgage payments) of a principal residence for the Participant; (iii) payment of tuition, related educational fees, and room and board expenses, for up to the next 12 months of post-secondary education for the Participant, his spouse, children, or dependents (as defined in Code Section 152 without regard to Code Sections 152(b)(1), (b)(2), and (d)(1)(B)); (iv) payments necessary to prevent the eviction of the Participant from, or foreclosure on the mortgage of, the Participant’s principal residence; (v) payments for funeral or burial expenses for the Participant’s deceased parent, spouse, child, or dependent (as defined in Code Section 152 without regard to Code Section 152(d)(1)(B)); (vi) expenses to repair damage to the Participant’s principal residence that would qualify for a casualty loss deduction under Code Section 165 (determined without regard to whether the loss exceeds 10% of adjusted gross income); or (vii) any other distribution which is deemed by the Commissioner of Internal Revenue to be made on account of immediate and heavy financial need as
Amend No. 5 Effective January 1, 2021
60
Plan ID No. 1063569 ( 4-66998)





provided in Treasury regulations. Immediate and heavy financial need shall also include expenses described in (i), (iii), and (v) (relating to medical, tuition, and funeral expenses, respectively) of a Primary Beneficiary.
No withdrawal shall be allowed which is not necessary to satisfy such immediate and heavy financial need. Such withdrawal shall be deemed necessary only if all of the following requirements are met: (i) the
distribution is not in excess of the amount of the immediate and heavy financial need (including amounts
necessary to pay any Federal, state, or local income taxes or penalties reasonably anticipated to result from the distribution); (ii) the Participant has obtained all distributions, other than hardship distributions, and all nontaxable loans currently available under all plans maintained by the Employer; and (iii) the Plan, and all other plans maintained by the Employer, provide that the Participant's elective contributions and participant contributions will be suspended for at least six months after receipt of the hardship distribution. The Plan will suspend elective contributions and participant contributions for six months as provided in the preceding sentence.

A Participant shall not cease to be an Eligible Participant, as defined in the EXCESS AMOUNTS SECTION
of Article III, merely because his elective contributions or participant contributions are suspended.

Qualified Reservist Distribution. A Participant may withdraw any part of his Vested Account resulting from Elective Deferral Contributions if such distribution meets the requirements to be a Qualified Reservist Distribution.

SECTION 5.06--LOANS TO PARTICIPANTS.

An Eligible Employee or Inactive Participant impacted by a business event may roll an outstanding loan balance that is not in default to this Plan in accordance with nondiscriminatory procedures set up by the Plan Administrator. For this purpose, a business event means an acquisition, merger, or similar transaction involving a change in the employer of the employees of a trade or business. No other loans shall be allowed.

SECTION 5.07--DISTRIBUTIONS UNDER QUALIFIED DOMESTIC RELATIONS ORDERS.

The Plan specifically permits distributions to an Alternate Payee under a qualified domestic relations order as defined in Code Section 414(p), at any time, irrespective of whether the Participant has attained his earliest retirement age, as defined in Code Section 414(p), under the Plan. A distribution to an Alternate Payee before the Participant has attained his earliest retirement age is available only if the order specifies that distribution shall be made prior to the earliest retirement age or allows the Alternate Payee to elect a distribution prior to the earliest retirement age.

Nothing in this section shall permit a Participant to receive a distribution at a time otherwise not permitted under the Plan nor shall it permit the Alternate Payee to receive a form of payment not permitted under the Plan.

The benefit payable to an Alternate Payee shall be subject to the provisions of the SMALL AMOUNTS SECTION of Article X if the value of the benefit does not exceed the amount stated in that section.

The Plan Administrator shall establish reasonable procedures to determine the qualified status of a domestic relations order. Upon receiving a domestic relations order, the Plan Administrator shall promptly notify the Participant and each Alternate Payee named in the order, in writing, of the receipt of the order and the Plan’s procedures for determining the qualified status of the order. Within a reasonable period of time after receiving the domestic relations order, the Plan Administrator shall determine the qualified status of the order
Amend No. 5 Effective January 1, 2021
61
Plan ID No. 1063569 ( 4-66998)





and shall notify the Participant and each Alternate Payee, in writing, of its determination. The Plan Administrator shall provide notice under this paragraph by mailing to the individual’s address specified in the domestic relations order, or in a manner consistent with Department of Labor regulations. The Plan Administrator may treat as qualified any domestic relations order entered before January 1, 1985, irrespective of whether it satisfies all the requirements described in Code Section 414(p).

If any portion of the Participant’s Vested Account is payable during the period the Plan Administrator is making its determination of the qualified status of the domestic relations order, a separate accounting shall be made of the amount payable. If the Plan Administrator determines the order is a qualified domestic relations order within 18 months of the date amounts are first payable following receipt of the order, the payable amounts shall be distributed in accordance with the order. If the Plan Administrator does not make its determination of the qualified status of the order within the 18-month determination period, the payable amounts shall be distributed in the manner the Plan would distribute if the order did not exist and the order shall apply prospectively if the Plan Administrator later determines the order is a qualified domestic relations order.

The Plan shall make payments or distributions required under this section by separate benefit checks or other separate distribution to the Alternate Payee(s).
Amend No. 5 Effective January 1, 2021
62
Plan ID No. 1063569 ( 4-66998)





ARTICLE VI DISTRIBUTION OF BENEFITS
SECTION 6.01--AUTOMATIC FORMS OF DISTRIBUTION.

Unless an optional form of benefit is selected pursuant to a qualified election within the election period (see the ELECTION PROCEDURES SECTION of this article), the automatic form of benefit payable to or on behalf of a Participant is determined as follows:

(a) Retirement Benefits. The automatic form of retirement benefit for a Participant who does not die before his Annuity Starting Date shall be a single sum payment.

(b) Death Benefits. The automatic form of death benefit for a Participant who dies before his Annuity
Starting Date shall be a single sum payment to the Participant's Beneficiary.

SECTION 6.02--OPTIONAL FORMS OF DISTRIBUTION.

(a) Retirement Benefits. The optional forms of retirement benefit shall be the following:
A single sum payment
An in-kind distribution for the portion of a Participant's Account that is held in the Qualifying
Employer Securities Fund

Election of an optional form is subject to the qualified election provisions of the ELECTION PROCEDURES SECTION of this article and the distribution requirements of Article VII.

(b) Death Benefits. The optional form of death benefit is a single sum payment.

Election of an optional form is subject to the qualified election provisions of the ELECTION PROCEDURES SECTION of this article and the distribution requirements of Article VII.

SECTION 6.03--ELECTION PROCEDURES.

The Participant or Beneficiary shall make any election under this section in writing. The Plan Administrator may require such individual to complete and sign any necessary documents as to the provisions to be made. Any election permitted under (a) and (b) below shall be subject to the qualified election provisions of (c) below.

(a) Retirement Benefits. A Participant may elect his Beneficiary and may elect to have retirement benefits distributed under any of the optional forms of retirement benefit available in the OPTIONAL FORMS OF DISTRIBUTION SECTION of this article.

(b) Death Benefits. A Participant may elect his Beneficiary and may elect to have death benefits distributed under any of the optional forms of death benefit available in the OPTIONAL FORMS OF DISTRIBUTION SECTION of this article.

If the Participant has not elected an optional form of distribution for the death benefit payable to his Beneficiary, the Beneficiary may, for his own benefit, elect the form of distribution, in like manner as a Participant.
Amend No. 5 Effective January 1, 2021
63
Plan ID No. 1063569 ( 4-66998)





(c) Qualified Election. The Participant or Beneficiary may make an election at any time during the election period. The Participant or Beneficiary may revoke the election made (or make a new election) at any time and any number of times during the election period. An election is effective only if it meets the consent requirements below.

(1) Election Period for Retirement Benefits. The Participant may make an election as to retirement benefits at any time before the Annuity Starting Date.

(2) Election Period for Death Benefits. A Participant may make an election as to death benefits at any time before he dies. The Beneficiary's election period begins on the date the Participant dies and ends on the date benefits begin.

(3) Consent to Election. If the Participant’s Vested Account exceeds the amount stated in the SMALL AMOUNTS SECTION of Article X, any benefit that is immediately distributable requires the consent of the Participant.

The consent of the Participant to a benefit that is immediately distributable must not be made before the date the Participant is provided with the notice of the ability to defer the distribution. Such consent shall be in writing.

The consent shall not be made more than 180 days (90 days for Plan Years beginning before January 1, 2007) before the Annuity Starting Date. The consent of the Participant shall not be required to the extent that a distribution is required to satisfy Code Section
401(a)(9) or 415.

In addition, upon termination of this Plan, if the Plan does not offer an annuity option (purchased from a commercial provider), and if the Employer (or any entity within the same Controlled Group) does not maintain another defined contribution plan (other than an employee stock ownership plan as defined in Code Section 4975(e)(7)), the Participant’s Account balance will, without the Participant’s consent, be distributed to the Participant. However, if any entity within the same Controlled Group maintains another defined contribution plan (other than an employee stock ownership plan as defined in Code Section
4975(e)(7)) the Participant’s Account will be transferred, without the Participant’s consent, to the other plan if the Participant does not consent to an immediate distribution.

A benefit is immediately distributable if any part of the benefit could be distributed to the
Participant before the Participant attains the older of Normal Retirement Age or age 62.

Spousal consent is needed to name a Beneficiary other than the Participant's spouse. If the Participant names a Beneficiary other than his spouse, the spouse has the right to limit consent only to a specific Beneficiary. The spouse can relinquish such right. Such consent shall be in writing. The spouse's consent shall be witnessed by a plan representative or notary public. The spouse's consent must acknowledge the effect of the election, including that the spouse had the right to limit consent only to a specific Beneficiary and that the relinquishment of such right was voluntary. Unless the consent of the spouse expressly permits designations by the Participant without a requirement of further consent by the spouse, the spouse's consent must be limited to the Beneficiary, class of Beneficiaries, or contingent Beneficiary named in the election.

Spousal consent is not required, however, if the Participant establishes to the satisfaction of the plan representative that the consent of the spouse cannot be obtained because there is no spouse or the spouse cannot be located. A spouse's consent under this paragraph shall
Amend No. 5 Effective January 1, 2021
64
Plan ID No. 1063569 ( 4-66998)





not be valid with respect to any other spouse. A Participant may revoke a prior election without the consent of the spouse. Any new election will require a new spousal consent, unless the consent of the spouse expressly permits such election by the Participant without further consent by the spouse. A spouse's consent may be revoked at any time within the Participant's election period.

SECTION 6.04--NOTICE REQUIREMENTS.

Optional Forms of Retirement Benefit and Right to Defer. The Plan Administrator shall furnish to the Participant a written explanation of the right of the Participant to defer distribution until such time it is no longer immediately distributable. Such notice shall include a written explanation of the optional forms of retirement benefit in the OPTIONAL FORMS OF DISTRIBUTION SECTION of this article, including a general description of the material features and, for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 2006, a description of the consequences of not deferring the distribution.


The Plan Administrator shall furnish the written explanation by a method reasonably calculated to reach the attention of the Participant no less than 30 days, and no more than 180 days (90 days for Plan Years beginning before January 1, 2007), before the Annuity Starting Date.

However, distribution may begin less than 30 days after the notice described in this subparagraph is given, provided the Plan Administrator clearly informs the Participant that he has a right to a period of at least 30 days after receiving the notice to consider the decision of whether or not to elect a distribution (and if applicable, a particular distribution option), and the Participant, after receiving the notice, affirmatively elects a distribution.
Amend No. 5 Effective January 1, 2021
65
Plan ID No. 1063569 ( 4-66998)





ARTICLE VII

REQUIRED MINIMUM DISTRIBUTIONS

SECTION 7.01--APPLICATION.

The optional forms of distribution are only those provided in Article VI. An optional form of distribution shall not be permitted unless it meets the requirements of this article. The timing of any distribution must meet the requirements of this article.

Notwithstanding the provisions of this article, a Participant or Beneficiary who would have been required to receive required minimum distributions (described in the REQUIRED MINIMUM DISTRIBUTIONS SECTION of this article) for 2009 but for the enactment of Code Section 401(a)(9)(H), and who would have satisfied that requirement by receiving distributions that are (i) equal to the 2009 required minimum distributions or (ii) one or more payments in a series of substantially equal distributions (that include the 2009 required minimum distributions) made at least annually and expected to last for the life (or life expectancy) of the Participant, the joint lives (or joint life expectancy) of the Participant and the Participant’s Designated Beneficiary, or for a period of at least 10 years, will not receive those required minimum distributions for 2009 unless the Participant or Beneficiary chooses to receive such distributions. Solely for purposes of applying the provisions of the DIRECT ROLLOVERS SECTION of Article X, required minimum distributions made for
2009 will be treated as Eligible Rollover Distributions.

SECTION 7.02--DEFINITIONS.

For purposes of this article, the following terms are defined:

Distribution Calendar Year means a calendar year for which a minimum distribution is required. For distributions beginning before the Participant's death, the first Distribution Calendar Year is the calendar year immediately preceding the calendar year that contains the Participant's Required Beginning Date. For distributions beginning after the Participant's death, the first Distribution Calendar Year is the calendar year in which distributions are required to begin under (b)(2) of the REQUIRED MINIMUM DISTRIBUTIONS SECTION of this article. The required minimum distribution for the Participant’s first Distribution Calendar Year will be made on or before the Participant’s Required Beginning Date. The required minimum distribution for other Distribution Calendar Years, including the required minimum distribution for the Distribution Calendar Year in which the Participant’s Required Beginning Date occurs, will be made on or before December 31 of that Distribution Calendar Year.

5-percent Owner means a Participant who is treated as a 5-percent Owner for purposes of this article. A Participant is treated as a 5-percent Owner for purposes of this article if such Participant is a 5-percent owner as defined in Code Section 416 at any time during the Plan Year ending with or within the calendar year in which such owner attains age 70 1/2.

Once distributions have begun to a 5-percent Owner under this article, they must continue to be distributed, even if the Participant ceases to be a 5-percent Owner in a subsequent year.

Life Expectancy means life expectancy as computed by use of the Single Life Table in Q&A-1 in section
1.401(a)(9)-9 of the regulations.

Participant's Account Balance means the Account balance as of the last Valuation Date in the calendar year immediately preceding the Distribution Calendar Year (valuation calendar year) increased by the
Amend No. 5 Effective January 1, 2021
66
Plan ID No. 1063569 ( 4-66998)





amount of any contributions made and allocated or forfeitures allocated to the Account as of dates in the valuation calendar year after the Valuation Date and decreased by distributions made in the valuation calendar year after the Valuation Date. The Account balance for the valuation calendar year includes any amounts rolled over or transferred to the Plan either in the valuation calendar year or in the Distribution Calendar Year if distributed or transferred in the valuation calendar year.

Required Beginning Date means, for a Participant who is a 5-percent Owner, April 1 of the calendar year following the calendar year in which he attains age 70 1/2.

Required Beginning Date means, for any Participant who is not a 5-percent Owner, April 1 of the calendar year following the later of the calendar year in which he attains age 70 1/2 or the calendar year in which he retires.

If the Plan previously provided for a Required Beginning Date based on age 70 1/2 for all Participants, the preretirement age 70 1/2 distribution option is only eliminated with respect to Participants who reach age 70
1/2 in or after a calendar year that begins after the later of December 31, 1998, or the adoption date of the amendment which eliminated such option. The preretirement age 70 1/2 distribution option is an optional
form of benefit under which benefits payable in a particular distribution form (including any modifications that
may be elected after benefits begin) begin at a time during the period that begins on or after January 1 of the calendar year in which the Participant attains age 70 1/2 and ends April 1 of the immediately following calendar year.

If the Plan previously provided for a Required Beginning Date based on age 70 1/2 for all Participants, the options available for Participants who are not 5-percent Owners and attained age 70 1/2 in calendar years before the calendar year that begins after the later of December 31, 1998, or the adoption date of the amendment which eliminated the preretirement age 70 1/2 distribution option shall be the following. Any such Participant attaining age 70 1/2 in years after 1995 may elect by April 1 of the calendar year following the calendar year in which he attained age 70 1/2 (or by December 31, 1997, in the case of a Participant attaining age 70 1/2 in 1996) to defer distributions until April 1 of the calendar year following the calendar year in which he retires. If no such election is made, the Participant shall begin receiving distributions by April 1 of the calendar year following the year in which he attained age 70 1/2 (or by December 31, 1997, in the case of a Participant attaining age 70 1/2 in 1996). Any such Participant attaining age 70 1/2 in years prior to 1997 may elect to stop distributions that are not purchased annuities and recommence by April 1 of the calendar year following the calendar year in which he retires. There shall be a new Annuity Starting Date upon recommencement.

SECTION 7.03--REQUIRED MINIMUM DISTRIBUTIONS.

(a) General Rules.

(1) The requirements of this article shall apply to any distribution of a Participant’s interest and will take precedence over any inconsistent provisions of this Plan. Unless otherwise specified, the provisions of this article apply to calendar years beginning after December 31,
2002.

(2) All distributions required under this article shall be determined and made in accordance with the regulations under Code Section 401(a)(9), including the incidental death benefit requirement in Code Section 401(a)(9)(G), and the regulations thereunder.

(b) Time and Manner of Distribution.
Amend No. 5 Effective January 1, 2021
67
Plan ID No. 1063569 ( 4-66998)





(1) Required Beginning Date. The Participant’s entire interest will be distributed, or begin to be distributed, to the Participant no later than the Participant’s Required Beginning Date.

(2) Death of Participant Before Distributions Begin. If the Participant dies before distributions begin, the Participant’s entire interest will be distributed, or begin to be distributed, no later than as follows:

(i) If the Participant’s surviving spouse is the Participant’s sole Designated Beneficiary, distributions to the surviving spouse will begin by December 31 of the calendar year immediately following the calendar year in which the Participant died, or by December 31 of the calendar year in which the Participant would have attained age
70 1/2, if later, except to the extent that an election is made to receive distributions in accordance with the 5-year rule under (e) below. Under the 5-year rule, the Participant’s entire interest will be distributed to the Designated Beneficiary by December 31 of the calendar year containing the fifth anniversary of the Participant’s death.

(ii) If the Participant’s surviving spouse is not the Participant’s sole Designated Beneficiary, distributions to the Designated Beneficiary will begin by December 31 of the calendar year immediately following the calendar year in which the Participant died, except to the extent that an election is made to receive distributions in accordance with the 5-year rule under (e) below. Under the 5-year rule, the Participant’s entire interest will be distributed to the Designated Beneficiary by December 31 of the calendar year containing the fifth anniversary of the Participant’s death.

(iii) If there is no Designated Beneficiary as of September 30 of the year following the year of the Participant’s death, the Participant’s entire interest will be distributed by December 31 of the calendar year containing the fifth anniversary of the Participant’s death.

(iv) If the Participant’s surviving spouse is the Participant’s sole Designated Beneficiary and the surviving spouse dies after the Participant but before distributions to the surviving spouse are required to begin, this (b)(2), other than (b)(2)(i), will apply as if the surviving spouse were the Participant.

For purposes of this (b)(2) and (d) below, unless (b)(2)(iv) above applies, distributions are considered to begin on the Participant’s Required Beginning Date. If (b)(2)(iv) above applies, distributions are considered to begin on the date distributions are required to begin to the surviving spouse under (b)(2)(i) above. If distributions under an annuity purchased from an insurance company irrevocably commence to the Participant before the Participant’s Required Beginning Date (or to the Participant’s surviving spouse before the date distributions are required to begin to the surviving spouse under (b)(2)(i) above), the date distributions are considered to begin is the date distributions actually commence.

(3) Forms of Distribution. Unless the Participant's interest is distributed in the form of an annuity purchased from an insurance company or in a single sum on or before the Required Beginning Date, as of the first Distribution Calendar Year distributions will be made in accordance with (c) and (d) below. If the Participant's interest is distributed in the form of an annuity purchased from an insurance company, distributions thereunder will be made in accordance with the requirements of Code Section 401(a)(9) and the regulations thereunder.
Amend No. 5 Effective January 1, 2021
68
Plan ID No. 1063569 ( 4-66998)





(c) Required Minimum Distributions During Participant's Lifetime.

(1) Amount of Required Minimum Distribution For Each Distribution Calendar Year. During the Participant’s lifetime, the minimum amount that will be distributed for each Distribution Calendar Year is the lesser of:

(i) the quotient obtained by dividing the Participant’s Account Balance by the distribution period in the Uniform Lifetime Table set forth in Q&A-2 in section
1.401(a)(9)-9 of the regulations, using the Participant’s age as of the Participant’s birthday in the Distribution Calendar Year; or

(ii) if the Participant’s sole Designated Beneficiary for the Distribution Calendar Year is the Participant’s spouse, the quotient obtained by dividing the Participant’s Account Balance by the number in the Joint and Last Survivor Table set forth in Q&A-3 in section 1.401(a)(9)-9 of the regulations, using the Participant’s and spouse’s attained ages as of the Participant’s and spouse’s birthdays in the Distribution Calendar Year.

(2) Lifetime Required Minimum Distributions Continue Through Year of Participant’s Death.
Required minimum distributions will be determined under this (c) beginning with the first Distribution Calendar Year and continuing up to, and including, the Distribution Calendar Year that includes the Participant’s date of death.
(d) Required Minimum Distributions After Participant's Death. (1) Death On or After Date Distributions Begin.

(i) Participant Survived by Designated Beneficiary. If the Participant dies on or after the date distributions begin and there is a Designated Beneficiary, the minimum amount that will be distributed for each Distribution Calendar Year after the year of the Participant’s death is the quotient obtained by dividing the Participant’s Account Balance by the longer of the remaining Life Expectancy of the Participant or the remaining Life Expectancy of the Participant’s Designated Beneficiary, determined as follows:

A.    The Participant’s remaining Life Expectancy is calculated using the age of the Participant in the year of death, reduced by one for each subsequent year.

B.    If the Participant’s surviving spouse is the Participant’s sole Designated Beneficiary, the remaining Life Expectancy of the surviving spouse is calculated for each Distribution Calendar Year after the year of the Participant’s death using the surviving spouse’s age as of the spouse’s birthday in that year. For Distribution Calendar Years after the year of the surviving spouse’s death, the remaining Life Expectancy of the surviving spouse is calculated using the age of the surviving spouse as of the spouse’s birthday in the calendar year of the spouse’s death, reduced by one for each subsequent calendar year.

C. If the Participant’s surviving spouse is not the Participant’s sole Designated
Beneficiary, the Designated Beneficiary’s remaining Life Expectancy is
Amend No. 5 Effective January 1, 2021
69
Plan ID No. 1063569 ( 4-66998)





calculated using the age of the Beneficiary in the year following the year of the Participant’s death, reduced by one for each subsequent year.

(ii) No Designated Beneficiary. If the Participant dies on or after the date distributions begin and there is no Designated Beneficiary as of September 30 of the year after the year of the Participant’s death, the minimum amount that will be distributed for each Distribution Calendar Year after the year of the Participant’s death is the quotient obtained by dividing the Participant’s Account Balance by the Participant’s remaining Life Expectancy calculated using the age of the Participant in the year of death, reduced by one for each subsequent year.

(2) Death Before Date Distributions Begin.

(i) Participant Survived by Designated Beneficiary. If the Participant dies before the date distributions begin and there is a Designated Beneficiary, the minimum amount that will be distributed for each Distribution Calendar Year after the year of the Participant’s death is the quotient obtained by dividing the Participant’s Account Balance by the remaining Life Expectancy of the Participant’s Designated Beneficiary, determined as provided in (d)(1) above, except to the extent that an election is made to receive distributions in accordance with the 5-year rule under (e) below. Under the 5-year rule, the Participant’s entire interest will be distributed to the Designated Beneficiary by December 31 of the calendar year containing the fifth anniversary of the Participant’s death.

(ii) No Designated Beneficiary. If the Participant dies before the date distributions begin and there is no Designated Beneficiary as of September 30 of the year following the year of the Participant’s death, distribution of the Participant’s entire interest will be completed by December 31 of the calendar year containing the fifth anniversary of the Participant’s death.

(iii) Death of Surviving Spouse Before Distributions to Surviving Spouse Are Required to Begin. If the Participant dies before the date distributions begin, the Participant’s surviving spouse is the Participant’s sole Designated Beneficiary, and the surviving spouse dies before distributions are required to begin to the surviving spouse under (b)(2)(i) above, this (d)(2) will apply as if the surviving spouse were the Participant.

(e) Election of 5-year Rule. Participants or Beneficiaries may elect on an individual basis whether the 5- year rule in (b)(2) and (d)(2) above applies to distributions after the death of a Participant who has a Designated Beneficiary. The election must be made no later than the earlier of September 30 of the calendar year in which the distribution would be required to begin under (b)(2) above if no such election is made, or by September 30 of the calendar year which contains the fifth anniversary of the Participant’s (or, if applicable, surviving spouse’s) death.

SECTION 7.04--TEFRA SECTION 242(b)(2) ELECTIONS.

(a) Notwithstanding the other requirements of this article, distribution on behalf of any Participant, including a 5-percent Owner, who has made a designation under section 242(b)(2) of the Tax Equity and Fiscal Responsibility Act (a section 242(b)(2) election) may be made in accordance with all of the following requirements (regardless of when such distribution commences):

(1) The distribution by the Plan is one that would not have disqualified such Plan under Code
Section 401(a)(9) as in effect prior to amendment by the Deficit Reduction Act of 1984.
Amend No. 5 Effective January 1, 2021
70
Plan ID No. 1063569 ( 4-66998)





(2) The distribution is in accordance with a method of distribution designated by the Participant whose interest in the Plan is being distributed or, if the Participant is deceased, by a Beneficiary of such Participant.

(3) Such designation was in writing, was signed by the Participant or the Beneficiary, and was made before January 1, 1984.

(4) The Participant had accrued a benefit under the Plan as of December 31, 1983.

(5) The method of distribution designated by the Participant or the Beneficiary specifies the time at which distribution will commence, the period over which distributions will be made, and in the case of any distribution upon the Participant’s death, the Beneficiaries of the Participant listed in order of priority.

(b) A distribution upon death will not be covered by this transitional rule unless the information in the designation contains the required information described above with respect to the distributions to be made upon the death of the Participant.

(c) For any distribution which commences before January 1, 1984, but continues after December 31,
1983, the Participant, or the Beneficiary, to whom such distribution is being made, will be presumed to have designated the method of distribution under which the distribution is being made if the method of distribution was specified in writing and the distribution satisfies the requirements in (a)(1)
and (5) above.

(d) If a designation is revoked, any subsequent distribution must satisfy the requirements of Code Section 401(a)(9) and the regulations thereunder. If a designation is revoked subsequent to the date distributions are required to begin, the Plan must distribute by the end of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the revocation occurs the total amount not yet distributed which would have been required to have been distributed to satisfy Code Section 401(a)(9) and the regulations thereunder, but for the section 242(b)(2) election. For calendar years beginning after December 31,
1988, such distributions must meet the minimum distribution incidental benefit requirements. Any changes in the designation will be considered to be a revocation of the designation. However, the mere substitution or addition of another Beneficiary (one not named in the designation) under the designation will not be considered to be a revocation of the designation, so long as such substitution or addition does not alter the period over which distributions are to be made under the designation, directly or indirectly (for example, by altering the relevant measuring life).

(e) In the case in which an amount is transferred or rolled over from one plan to another plan, the rules in Q&A-14 and Q&A-15 in section 1.401(a)(9)-8 of the regulations shall apply.
Amend No. 5 Effective January 1, 2021
71
Plan ID No. 1063569 ( 4-66998)





ARTICLE VIII TERMINATION OF THE PLAN
The Employer expects to continue the Plan indefinitely but reserves the right to terminate the Plan in whole or in part at any time upon giving written notice to all parties concerned.

The Account of each Participant shall be 100% vested and nonforfeitable as of the effective date of the complete termination of the Plan. The Account of each Participant shall also be 100% vested and nonforfeitable upon complete discontinuance of Contributions as of the effective date of the amendment to cease Contributions or the date determined by the Internal Revenue Service. Further, the Account of each Participant who is included in the group of Participants deemed to be affected by a partial termination of the Plan (as determined by the Plan Administrator or a governmental entity authorized to make such determination) shall be 100% vested and nonforfeitable as of the effective date of such event. The Participant’s Vested Account shall continue to participate in the earnings credited, expenses charged, and any appreciation or depreciation of the Investment Fund until his Vested Account is distributed.

A Participant’s Vested Account that does not result from Elective Deferral Contributions, Qualified Nonelective Contributions, Qualified Matching Contributions, QACA Matching Contributions, and QACA Nonelective Contributions may be distributed to the Participant after the effective date of the complete termination of the Plan. A Participant’s Vested Account resulting from such Contributions may be distributed upon complete termination of the Plan, but only if neither the Employer nor any Controlled Group member maintain another defined contribution plan (other than an employee stock ownership plan as defined in Code Section 4975(e)(7) or 409(a), a simplified employee pension plan as defined in Code Section 408(k), a SIMPLE IRA plan as defined in Code Section 408(p), a plan or contract that satisfies the requirements of Code Section 403(b), or a plan described in Code Section 457(b) or (f)) at any time during the period beginning on the date of complete termination of the Plan and ending 12 months after all assets have been distributed from the Plan. Such distribution is made in a lump sum. A distribution under this article shall be a retirement benefit and shall be distributed to the Participant according to the provisions of Article VI.

The Participant’s entire Vested Account shall be paid in a single sum to the Participant as of the effective date of complete termination of the Plan if (i) the requirements for distribution of Elective Deferral Contributions in the above paragraph are met and (ii) consent of the Participant is not required in the ELECTION PROCEDURES SECTION of Article VI to distribute a benefit that is immediately distributable. This is a small amounts payment. The small amounts payment is in full settlement of all benefits otherwise payable.

Upon complete termination of the Plan, no more Employees shall become Participants and no more
Contributions shall be made.

The assets of this Plan shall not be paid to the Employer at any time, except that, after the satisfaction of all liabilities under the Plan, any assets remaining may be paid to the Employer. The payment may not be made if it would contravene any provision of law.
Amend No. 5 Effective January 1, 2021
72
Plan ID No. 1063569 ( 4-66998)





ARTICLE IX ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN
SECTION 9.01--ADMINISTRATION.

Subject to the provisions of this article, the Plan Administrator has complete control of the administration of the Plan. The Plan Administrator has all the powers necessary for it to properly carry out its administrative duties. Not in limitation, but in amplification of the foregoing, the Plan Administrator has complete discretion to construe or interpret the provisions of the Plan, including ambiguous provisions, if any, and to determine all questions that may arise under the Plan, including all questions relating to the eligibility of Employees to participate in the Plan and the amount of benefit to which any Participant or Beneficiary may become entitled. The Plan Administrator's decisions upon all matters within the scope of its authority shall be final.

Without limiting the foregoing, the Plan Administrator shall be the Named Fiduciary for Contributions, unless the Plan Administrator delegates to a retirement committee, pursuant to the DELEGATION OF AUTHORITY SECTION of this article, the duties and responsibilities of the Named Fiduciary for Contributions. The Named Fiduciary for Contributions shall have sole and exclusive responsibility for (i) collecting all Contributions, including the determination of the amount of Contributions required to be made under the Plan, (ii) monitoring and ensuring that Contributions are timely made to the Plan, and (iii) enforcing the Plan’s legal claims for Contributions, including for trusteed plans, responsibility for directing the Trustee with respect to the Plan’s legal claims for delinquent Contributions.

Unless otherwise set out in the Plan or Annuity Contract, the Plan Administrator may delegate recordkeeping and other duties that are necessary to assist it with the administration of the Plan to any person or firm which agrees to accept such duties. The Plan Administrator shall be entitled to rely upon all tables, valuations, certificates and reports furnished by the consultant or actuary appointed by the Plan Administrator and upon all opinions given by any counsel selected or approved by the Plan Administrator.

The Plan Administrator shall receive all claims for benefits by Participants, former Participants, and Beneficiaries. The Plan Administrator shall determine all facts necessary to establish the right of any Claimant to benefits and the amount of those benefits under the provisions of the Plan. The Plan Administrator may establish rules and procedures to be followed by Claimants in filing claims for benefits, in furnishing and verifying proofs necessary to determine age, and in any other matters required to administer the Plan.

SECTION 9.02--EXPENSES.

Expenses of the Plan, to the extent that the Employer does not pay such expenses, may be paid out of the assets of the Plan provided that such payment is consistent with ERISA. Expenses of the Plan will be paid in accordance with the most recent service and expense agreement or such other documents duly entered into by or with regard to the Plan that govern such matters. Such expenses include, but are not limited to, expenses for bonding required by ERISA; expenses for recordkeeping and other administrative services; fees and expenses of the Annuity Contract or Trustee; expenses for investment education service; and direct costs that the Employer incurs with respect to the Plan. Expenses that relate solely to a specific Participant or Alternate Payee may be assessed against such Participant or Alternate Payee as provided in the service and expense agreement or such other documents duly entered into by or with regard to the Plan that govern such matters.
Amend No. 5 Effective January 1, 2021
73
Plan ID No. 1063569 ( 4-66998)





SECTION 9.03--RECORDS.

All acts and determinations of the Plan Administrator shall be duly recorded. All these records, together with other documents necessary for the administration of the Plan, shall be preserved in the Plan Administrator's custody.

Writing (handwriting, typing, printing), photostating, photographing, microfilming, magnetic impulse, mechanical or electrical recording, or other forms of data compilation shall be acceptable means of keeping records.

SECTION 9.04--INFORMATION AVAILABLE.

Any Participant in the Plan or any Beneficiary may examine copies of the summary plan description, latest annual report, any bargaining agreement, this Plan, the Annuity Contract, or any other instrument under which the Plan was established or is operated. The Plan Administrator shall maintain all of the items listed in this section in its office, or in such other place or places as it may designate in order to comply with governmental regulations. These items may be examined during reasonable business hours. Upon the written request of a Participant or Beneficiary receiving benefits under the Plan, the Plan Administrator shall furnish him with a copy of any of these items. The Plan Administrator may make a reasonable charge to the requesting person for the copy.

SECTION 9.05--CLAIM PROCEDURES.

A Claimant must submit any necessary forms and needed information when making a claim for benefits under the Plan.

If a claim for benefits under the Plan is wholly or partially denied, the Plan Administrator shall provide adequate written notice to the Claimant whose claim for benefits under the Plan has been denied. The notice must be furnished within 90 days of the date that the claim is received by the Plan without regard to whether all of the information necessary to make a benefit determination is received. The Claimant shall be notified in writing within this initial 90-day period if special circumstances require an extension of the time needed to process the claim. The notice shall indicate the special circumstances requiring an extension of time and the date by which the Plan Administrator's decision is expected to be rendered. In no event shall such extension exceed a period of 90 days from the end of the initial 90-day period.

The Plan Administrator's notice to the Claimant shall: (i) specify the reason or reasons for the denial; (ii) reference the specific Plan provisions on which the denial is based; (iii) describe any additional material and information needed for the Claimant to perfect his claim for benefits; (iv) explain why the material and information is needed; and (v) inform the Claimant of the Plan’s appeal procedures and the time limits applicable to such procedures, including a statement of the Claimant’s right to bring a civil action under ERISA Section 502(a) following an adverse benefit determination on appeal.

Any appeal made by a Claimant must be made in writing to the Plan Administrator within 60 days after receipt of the Plan Administrator’s notice of denial of benefits. If the Claimant appeals to the Plan Administrator, the Claimant may submit written comments, documents, records, and other information relating to the claim for benefits. The Claimant shall be provided, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records, and other information relevant to the Claimant’s claim for benefits. The Plan Administrator shall review the claim taking into account all comments, documents, records, and other information submitted by the Claimant relating to the claim, without regard to whether such information was submitted or considered in the initial benefit determination.
Amend No. 5 Effective January 1, 2021
74
Plan ID No. 1063569 ( 4-66998)





The Plan Administrator shall provide adequate written notice to the Claimant of the Plan’s benefit determination on review. The notice must be furnished within 60 days of the date that the request for review is received by the Plan without regard to whether all of the information necessary to make a benefit determination on review is received. The Claimant shall be notified in writing within this initial 60-day period if special circumstances require an extension of the time needed to process the claim. The notice shall indicate the special circumstances requiring an extension of time and the date by which the Plan Administrator expects to render the determination on review. In no event shall such extension exceed a period of 60 days from the end of the initial 60-day period.

In the event the benefit determination is being made by a committee or board of trustees that hold regularly scheduled meetings at least quarterly, the above paragraph shall not apply. The benefit determination must be made by the date of the meeting of the committee or board that immediately follows the Plan’s receipt of a request for review, unless the request for review is filed within 30 days preceding the date of such meeting. In such case, the benefit determination must be made by the date of the second meeting following the Plan’s receipt of the request for review. The date of the receipt of the request for review shall be determined without regard to whether all of the information necessary to make a benefit determination on review is received. The Claimant shall be notified in writing within this initial period if special circumstances require an extension of the time needed to process the claim. The notice shall indicate the special circumstances requiring an extension of time and the date by which the committee or board expects to render the determination on review. In no event shall such benefit determination be made later than the third meeting of the committee or board following the Plan’s receipt of the request for review. The Plan Administrator shall provide adequate written notice to the Claimant of the Plan’s benefit determination on review as soon as possible, but not later than five days after the benefit determination is made.

If the claim for benefits is wholly or partially denied on review, the Plan Administrator’s notice to the Claimant shall: (i) specify the reason or reasons for the denial; (ii) reference the specific Plan provisions on which the denial is based; (iii) include a statement that the Claimant is entitled to receive, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records, and other information relevant to the Claimant’s claim for benefits; and (iv) include a statement of the Claimant’s right to bring a civil action under ERISA Section 502(a). Any civil action under (iv) must be filed no later than one year after the date on the Plan Administrator’s notice.

A Claimant may authorize a representative to act on the Claimant’s behalf with respect to a benefit claim or appeal of an adverse benefit determination. Such authorization shall be made by completion of a form furnished for that purpose. In the absence of any contrary direction from the Claimant, all information and notifications to which the Claimant is entitled shall be directed to the authorized representative.

The Plan Administrator shall perform periodic examinations, reviews, or audits of benefit claims to determine whether claims determinations are made in accordance with the governing Plan documents and, where appropriate, Plan provisions have been consistently applied with respect to similarly situated Claimants.

SECTION 9.06--DELEGATION OF AUTHORITY.

All or any part of the administrative duties and responsibilities under this article may be delegated by the Plan Administrator to a retirement committee. The duties and responsibilities of the retirement committee shall be set out in a separate written agreement.

SECTION 9.07--EXERCISE OF DISCRETIONARY AUTHORITY.

The Employer, Plan Administrator, and any other person or entity who has authority with respect to the management, administration, or investment of the Plan may exercise that authority in its/his full discretion, subject only to the duties imposed under ERISA. This discretionary authority includes, but is not limited to,
Amend No. 5 Effective January 1, 2021
75
Plan ID No. 1063569 ( 4-66998)





the authority to make any and all factual determinations and interpret all terms and provisions of the Plan documents relevant to the issue under consideration. The exercise of authority will be binding upon all persons.

SECTION 9.08--TRANSACTION PROCESSING.

Transactions (including, but not limited to, investment directions, trades, loans, and distributions) shall be processed as soon as administratively practicable after proper directions are received from the Participant or other parties. No guarantee is made by the Plan, Plan Administrator, Insurer, Employer, or Trustee that such transactions will be processed on a daily or other basis, and no guarantee is made in any respect regarding the processing time of such transactions. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, the Employer, the Plan Administrator, or the Trustee reserves the right to not value an investment option on any given Valuation Date for any reason deemed appropriate by the Employer, the Plan Administrator, or the Trustee, except that such investment option shall be valued as of the last day of the Plan Year as stated in the definition of Valuation Date in Article I.

Administrative practicality will be determined by legitimate business factors (including, but not limited to, failure of systems or computer programs, failure of the means of the transmission of data, force majeure, the failure of a service provider to timely receive values or prices, and correction for errors or omissions or the errors or omissions of any service provider) and in no event will be deemed to be less than 14 days. The processing date of a transaction shall be binding for all purposes of the Plan and considered the applicable Valuation Date for any transaction.
Amend No. 5 Effective January 1, 2021
76
Plan ID No. 1063569 ( 4-66998)





ARTICLE X GENERAL PROVISIONS
SECTION 10.01--AMENDMENTS.

(a) Amendment by the Employer. The Employer may amend this Plan at any time, including any remedial retroactive changes (within the time specified by Internal Revenue Service regulations), to comply with any law or regulation issued by any governmental agency to which the Plan is subject.

An amendment may not allow reversion or diversion of Plan assets to the Employer at any time, except as may be required to comply with any law or regulation issued by any governmental agency to which the Plan is subject.

The Employer may amend the Plan by adding sample or model Plan amendments published by the Internal Revenue Service that provide that their adoption will not cause the Plan to be treated as individually designed. The Employer may amend the Plan in order to correct failures under the Internal Revenue Service correction programs or to correct a coverage or nondiscrimination failure, as permitted under applicable Treasury regulations. An amendment to this Plan will be forwarded to Principal Life Insurance Company, the volume submitter practitioner.

The Employer may attach an addendum which lists the Code Section 411(d)(6) protected benefits that must be preserved due to a restatement or amendment of the Plan. Such a list would not be considered an amendment to the Plan and will not cause the Plan to be treated as individually designed.

The Employer may make minor modifications to the Plan as permitted under sections 14 and 15 of
Revenue Procedure 2011-49.

If the Employer amends the Plan for any reason other than those set out above, the Plan shall no longer participate in this volume submitter plan and shall be considered an individually designed plan. The Employer reserves the right to continue its retirement program under a document separate and distinct from this Plan. In such event, all rights and obligations of the Employer, or of any Participant or Beneficiary under this document, shall cease. Assets held in support of this Plan will be transferred to the designated funding medium under the new or restated plan and, if applicable, trust agreement, in the manner permitted under, and subject to the provisions of, the Annuity Contract.

An amendment may not eliminate or reduce a section 411(d)(6) protected benefit, as defined in Q&A-1 in section 1.411(d)-4 of the regulations, that has already accrued, except as provided in section 1.411(d)-3 or 1.411(d)-4 of the regulations. This is generally the case even if such elimination or reduction is contingent upon the Employee’s consent and includes an amendment that otherwise places greater restrictions or conditions on a Participant’s right to Code Section 411(d)(6) protected benefits, even if the amendment merely adds a restriction or condition that is permitted under the vesting rules in Code Section 411(a)(3) through (11). However, the Plan may be amended to eliminate or reduce section 411(d)(6) protected benefits with respect to benefits not yet accrued as of the later of the amendment’s adoption date or effective date without violating Code Section 411(d)(6). For purposes of this paragraph, an amendment that has the effect of decreasing a Participant’s Account balance, with respect to benefits attributable to service before the amendment, shall be treated as reducing an accrued benefit.
Amend No. 5 Effective January 1, 2021
77
Plan ID No. 1063569 ( 4-66998)





No amendment to the Plan shall be effective to eliminate or restrict an optional form of benefit. The preceding sentence shall not apply to a Plan amendment that eliminates or restricts the ability of a Participant to receive payment of his Account balance under a particular optional form of benefit if the amendment provides a single sum distribution form that is otherwise identical to the optional form of benefit being eliminated or restricted. For this purpose, a single sum distribution form is otherwise identical only if the single sum distribution form is identical in all respects to the eliminated or restricted optional form of benefit (or would be identical except that it provides greater rights to the Participant) except with respect to the timing of payments after commencement.

If, as a result of an amendment, an Employer Contribution is removed that is not 100% immediately vested when made, the applicable vesting schedule in effect as of the last day such Contributions were permitted shall remain in effect with respect to that part of the Participant’s Account resulting from such Contributions. The Participant shall not become immediately 100% vested in such Contributions as a result of the elimination of such Contribution except as otherwise specifically provided in the Plan.

An amendment shall not decrease a Participant's vested interest in the Plan. If an amendment to the Plan changes the computation of the percentage used to determine that portion of a Participant's Account attributable to Employer Contributions which is nonforfeitable (whether directly or indirectly), in the case of an Employee who is a Participant as of the later of the date such amendment or change is adopted or the date it becomes effective, the nonforfeitable percentage (determined as of such date) of such Employee’s right to his Account attributable to Employer Contributions shall not be less than the percentage computed under the Plan without regard to such amendment or change. Furthermore, each Participant or former Participant

(1) who has completed at least three Years of Service on the date the election period described below ends (five Years of Service if the Participant does not have at least one Hour of Service in a Plan Year beginning after December 31, 1988) and
(2) whose nonforfeitable percentage will be determined on any date after the date of the change may elect, during the election period, to have the nonforfeitable percentage of his Account resulting
from Employer Contributions determined without regard to the amendment. This election may not be revoked. If after the Plan is changed, the Participant’s nonforfeitable percentage will at all times be as great as it would have been if the change had not been made, no election needs to be provided.
The election period shall begin no later than the date the Plan amendment is adopted and end no
earlier than the 60th day after the latest of the date the amendment is adopted or becomes effective, or the date the Participant is issued written notice of the amendment by the Employer or the Plan Administrator.

For an amendment adopted after August 9, 2006, with respect to a Participant’s Account attributable to Employer Contributions accrued as of the later of the adoption or effective date of the amendment and earnings, the vested percentage of each Participant will be the greater of the vested percentage under the old vesting schedule or the vested percentage under the new vesting schedule.

(b) Amendment by the Volume Submitter Practitioner.

The Employer delegates the authority to amend this Plan to Principal Life Insurance Company as the volume submitter practitioner. The Employer hereby consents to any such amendment. However, no such amendment shall increase the duties of the Named Fiduciary without his consent. Such an amendment shall not deprive any Participant or Beneficiary of any accrued benefit except to the extent necessary to comply with any law or regulation issued by any governmental agency to which
Amend No. 5 Effective January 1, 2021
78
Plan ID No. 1063569 ( 4-66998)





this Plan is subject. Such an amendment shall not provide that the Plan Fund be used for any purpose other than the exclusive benefit of Participants or their Beneficiaries or that such Plan Fund ever revert to or be used by the Employer.

However, for purposes of reliance on an advisory or determination letter, Principal Life Insurance Company as the volume submitter practitioner will no longer have the authority to amend the Plan on behalf of the Employer as of the date (i) the Employer amends the Plan to incorporate a type of plan described in section 16.03 of Revenue Procedure 2011-49 that is not permitted under the VS program, or (ii) the Internal Revenue Service notifies the Employer, in accordance with section 24.03 of Revenue Procedure 2011-49, that the Plan is an individually designed plan due to the nature and extent of employer amendments to the Plan.

Any amendment to this Plan by Principal Life Insurance Company, as the volume submitter practitioner, shall be deemed to be an amendment to this Plan by the Employer. The effective date of any amendment shall be specified in the written instrument of amendment.

SECTION 10.02--DIRECT ROLLOVERS.

Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary that would otherwise limit a Distributee's election under this section, a Distributee may elect, at the time and in the manner prescribed by the Plan Administrator, to have any portion of an Eligible Rollover Distribution paid directly to an Eligible Retirement Plan specified by the Distributee in a Direct Rollover.

In the event of a Mandatory Distribution of an Eligible Rollover Distribution greater than $1,000 in accordance with the SMALL AMOUNTS SECTION of this article (or which is a small amounts payment under Article VIII at complete termination of the Plan), if the Participant does not elect to have such distribution paid directly to an Eligible Retirement Plan specified by the Participant in a Direct Rollover or to receive the distribution directly, the Plan Administrator will pay the distribution in a Direct Rollover to an individual retirement plan designated by the Plan Administrator. For purposes of determining whether a Mandatory Distribution is greater than $1,000, a Designated Roth Account and all other accounts under the Plan shall be treated as accounts held under two separate plans and shall not be combined.

In the event of any other Eligible Rollover Distribution to a Distributee in accordance with the SMALL AMOUNTS SECTION of this article (or which is a small amounts payment under Article VIII at complete termination of the Plan), if the Distributee does not elect to have such distribution paid directly to an Eligible Retirement Plan specified by the Distributee in a Direct Rollover or to receive the distribution directly, the Plan Administrator will pay the distribution to the Distributee.

SECTION 10.03--MERGERS AND DIRECT TRANSFERS.

The Plan may not be merged or consolidated with, nor have its assets or liabilities transferred to, any other retirement plan, unless each Participant in this Plan would (if that plan then terminated) receive a benefit immediately after the merger, consolidation, or transfer that is equal to or greater than the benefit the Participant would have been entitled to receive immediately before the merger, consolidation, or transfer (if this Plan had then terminated). The Employer may enter into merger agreements or direct transfer of assets agreements with the employers under other retirement plans which are qualifiable under Code Section
401(a), including an elective transfer, and may accept the direct transfer of plan assets, or may transfer plan assets, as a party to any such agreement. The Employer shall not consent to, or be a party to a merger, consolidation, or transfer of assets with a defined benefit plan if such action would result in a defined benefit feature being maintained under this Plan. The Employer will not transfer any amounts attributable to elective deferral contributions, qualified matching contributions, qualified nonelective contributions, and contributions used to satisfy Code Section 401(k)(13) safe harbors unless the transferee plan provides that the limitations
Amend No. 5 Effective January 1, 2021
79
Plan ID No. 1063569 ( 4-66998)





of section 1.401(k)-1(d) of the regulations shall apply to such amounts (including post-transfer earnings thereon), unless the amounts could have been distributed at the time of the transfer (other than for hardships as described in the WITHDRAWAL BENEFITS SECTION of Article V or deemed severance from employment as described in the VESTED BENEFITS SECTION of Article V), and the transfer is an elective transfer described in Q&A-3(b)(1) in section 1.411(d)-4 of the regulations.

Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, to the extent any optional form of benefit under the Plan permits a distribution prior to the Employee’s retirement, death, disability, or Severance from Employment, and prior to plan termination, the optional form of benefit is not available with respect to benefits attributable to assets (including the post-transfer earnings thereon) and liabilities that are transferred, within the meaning of Code Section 414(l), to this Plan from a money purchase pension plan qualified under Code Section 401(a) (other than any portion of those assets and liabilities attributable to voluntary employee contributions). The limitations of section 1.401(k)-1(d) of the regulations applicable to elective deferral contributions, qualified matching contributions, qualified nonelective contributions, and contributions used to satisfy Code Section 401(k)(13) safe harbors shall continue to apply to any amounts attributable to such contributions (including post-transfer earnings thereon) transferred to this Plan, unless the amounts could have been distributed at the time of the transfer (other than for hardships as described in the WITHDRAWAL BENEFITS SECTION of Article V or deemed severance from employment as described in the VESTED BENEFITS SECTION of Article V), and the transfer is an elective transfer described in Q&A-
3(b)(1) in section 1.411(d)-4 of the regulations.

The Plan may accept a direct transfer of plan assets on behalf of an Eligible Employee. If the Eligible Employee is not an Active Participant when the transfer is made, the Eligible Employee shall be deemed to be an Active Participant only for the purpose of investment and distribution of the transferred assets. Employer Contributions shall not be made for or allocated to the Eligible Employee, until the time he meets all of the requirements to become an Active Participant.

The Plan shall hold, administer, and distribute the transferred assets as a part of the Plan. The Plan shall maintain a separate account for the benefit of the Employee on whose behalf the Plan accepted the transfer in order to reflect the value of the transferred assets.

A Participant’s section 411(d)(6) protected benefits, as defined in Q&A-1 in section 1.411(d)-4 of the regulations, may not be eliminated by reason of transfer or any transaction amending or having the effect of amending a plan or plans to transfer benefits except as provided below.

A Participant’s section 411(d)(6) protected benefits may be eliminated or reduced upon transfer between qualified defined contribution plans if the conditions in Q&A-3(b)(1) in section 1.411(d)-4 of the regulations are met. The transfer must meet all of the other applicable qualification requirements.

A Participant’s section 411(d)(6) protected benefits may be eliminated or reduced if a transfer is an elective transfer of certain distributable benefits between qualified plans (both defined benefit and defined contribution) and the conditions in Q&A-3(c)(1) in section 1.411(d)-4 of the regulations are met. The rules applicable to distributions under the plan would apply to the transfer, but the transfer would not be treated as a distribution for purposes of the minimum distribution requirements of Code Section 401(a)(9). If the Participant is eligible to receive an immediate distribution of his entire Vested Account in a single sum distribution that would consist entirely of an eligible rollover distribution under Code Section 401(a)(31), such transfer will be accomplished as a direct rollover under Code Section 401(a)(31).

SECTION 10.04--PROVISIONS RELATING TO THE INSURER AND OTHER PARTIES.

The obligations of an Insurer shall be governed solely by the provisions of the Annuity Contract. The Insurer shall not be required to perform any act not provided in or contrary to the provisions of the Annuity Contract.
Amend No. 5 Effective January 1, 2021
80
Plan ID No. 1063569 ( 4-66998)





Each Annuity Contract when purchased shall comply with the Plan. See the CONSTRUCTION SECTION of this article.

Any issuer or distributor of investment contracts or securities is governed solely by the terms of its policies, written investment contract, prospectuses, security instruments, and any other written agreements entered into with the Trustee with regard to such investment contracts or securities.

Such Insurer, issuer or distributor is not a party to the Plan, nor bound in any way by the Plan provisions. Such parties shall not be required to look to the terms of this Plan, nor to determine whether the Employer, the Plan Administrator, the Trustee, or the Named Fiduciary have the authority to act in any particular manner or to make any contract or agreement.

Until notice of any amendment or termination of this Plan or a change in Trustee has been received by the Insurer at its home office or an issuer or distributor at their principal address, they are and shall be fully protected in assuming that the Plan has not been amended or terminated and in dealing with any party acting as Trustee according to the latest information which they have received at their home office or principal address.

SECTION 10.05--EMPLOYMENT STATUS.

Nothing contained in this Plan gives an Employee the right to be retained in the Employer's employ or to interfere with the Employer's right to discharge any Employee.

SECTION 10.06--RIGHTS TO PLAN ASSETS.

An Employee shall not have any right to or interest in any assets of the Plan upon termination of employment or otherwise except as specifically provided under this Plan, and then only to the extent of the benefits payable to such Employee according to the Plan provisions.

Any final payment or distribution to a Participant or his legal representative or to any Beneficiaries of such Participant under the Plan provisions shall be in full satisfaction of all claims against the Plan, the Named Fiduciary, the Plan Administrator, the Insurer, the Trustee, and the Employer arising under or by virtue of the Plan.

SECTION 10.07--BENEFICIARY.

Each Participant may name a Beneficiary to receive any death benefit that may arise out of his participation in the Plan. The Participant may change his Beneficiary from time to time. Unless a qualified election has been made, for purposes of distributing any death benefits before the Participant’s Retirement Date, the Beneficiary of a Participant who has a spouse shall be the Participant's spouse. The Participant's Beneficiary designation and any change of Beneficiary shall be subject to the provisions of the ELECTION PROCEDURES SECTION of Article VI.

It is the responsibility of the Participant to give written notice to the Plan Administrator of the name of the Beneficiary on a form furnished for that purpose. The Plan Administrator shall maintain records of Beneficiary designations for Participants before their Retirement Dates. However, the Plan Administrator may delegate to another party the responsibility of maintaining records of Beneficiary designations. In that event, the written designations made by Participants shall be filed with such other party. If a party other than the Insurer maintains the records of Beneficiary designations and a Participant dies before his Retirement Date, such other party shall certify to the Insurer the Beneficiary designation on its records for the Participant.
Amend No. 5 Effective January 1, 2021
81
Plan ID No. 1063569 ( 4-66998)





If there is no Beneficiary named or surviving when a Participant dies, the Participant’s Beneficiary shall be the Participant’s surviving spouse, or where there is no surviving spouse, the executor or administrator of the Participant's estate for the benefit of the estate.

SECTION 10.08--NONALIENATION OF BENEFITS.

Benefits payable under the Plan are not subject to the claims of any creditor of any Participant, Beneficiary, spouse, or Contingent Annuitant. A Participant, Beneficiary, spouse, or Contingent Annuitant does not have any rights to alienate, anticipate, commute, pledge, encumber, or assign such benefits. The preceding sentences shall also apply to the creation, assignment, or recognition of a right to any benefit payable with respect to a Participant according to a domestic relations order, unless such order is determined by the Plan Administrator to be a qualified domestic relations order, as defined in Code Section 414(p), or any domestic relations order entered before January 1, 1985. The preceding sentences shall not apply to any offset of a Participant’s benefits provided under the Plan against an amount the Participant is required to pay the Plan with respect to a judgment, order, or decree issued, or a settlement entered into, on or after August 5, 1997, which meets the requirements of Code Sections 401(a)(13)(C) or (D).

SECTION 10.09--CONSTRUCTION.

The validity of the Plan or any of its provisions is determined under and construed according to Federal law and, to the extent permissible, according to the laws of the state in which the Employer has its principal office. In case any provision of this Plan is held illegal or invalid for any reason, such determination shall not affect the remaining provisions of this Plan, and the Plan shall be construed and enforced as if the illegal or invalid provision had never been included.

In the event of any conflict between the provisions of the Plan and the terms of any Annuity Contract issued hereunder, the provisions of the Plan control.

SECTION 10.10--LEGAL ACTIONS.

No person employed by the Employer; no Participant, former Participant, or their Beneficiaries; nor any other person having or claiming to have an interest in the Plan is entitled to any notice of process. A final judgment entered in any such action or proceeding shall be binding and conclusive on all persons having or claiming to have an interest in the Plan. Should any Participant, Beneficiary, or other person claiming an interest in the Plan pursue a legal action against the Plan, such legal action may not be brought more than two years following the date such cause of action or proceeding arose.

SECTION 10.11--SMALL AMOUNTS.

If the value of the Participant’s Vested Account does not exceed $5,000, the Participant’s entire Vested Account shall be distributed as of the earliest of his Retirement Date, the date he dies, or the date he has a Severance from Employment for any other reason (the date the Employer provides notice to the record keeper of the Plan of such event, if later). For purposes of this section, if the Participant’s Vested Account is zero, the Participant shall be deemed to have received a distribution of such Vested Account. This is a small amounts payment.

In the event a Participant does not elect to have a small amounts payment paid directly to an Eligible Retirement Plan specified by the Participant in a Direct Rollover or to receive the distribution directly and his Vested Account is greater than $1,000, a Mandatory Distribution will be made in accordance with the DIRECT ROLLOVERS SECTION of this article. If his Vested Account is $1,000 or less, the Participant’s entire Vested Account shall be paid directly to him.
Amend No. 5 Effective January 1, 2021
82
Plan ID No. 1063569 ( 4-66998)





If a small amounts payment is made on or after the date the Participant dies, the small amounts payment shall be made to the Participant’s Beneficiary. If a small amounts payment is made while the Participant is living, the small amounts payment shall be made to the Participant.

The small amounts payment is in full settlement of all benefits otherwise payable. No other small amounts payment shall be made.

SECTION 10.12--WORD USAGE.

The masculine gender, where used in this Plan, shall include the feminine gender and the singular words, where used in this Plan, shall include the plural, unless the context indicates otherwise.

The words “in writing” and “written,” where used in this Plan, shall include any other forms (such as voice response or other electronic system) as permitted by any governmental agency to which the Plan is subject.

SECTION 10.13--CHANGE IN SERVICE METHOD.

(a) Change of Service Method Under This Plan. If this Plan is amended to change the method of crediting service from the elapsed time method to the hours method for any purpose under this Plan, the Employee’s service shall be equal to the sum of (1), (2), and (3) below:

(1) The number of whole years of service credited to the Employee under the Plan as of the date the change is effective.

(2) One year of service for the computation period in which the change is effective if he is credited with the required number of Hours of Service. For that portion of the computation period ending on the date of the change (for the first day of the computation period if the change is made on the first day of the computation period), the Employee will be credited with the greater of (i) his actual Hours of Service or (ii) the number of Hours of Service that is equivalent to the fractional part of a year of elapsed time service credited as of the date of the change, if any. In determining the equivalent Hours of Service, the Employee shall be credited with 190 Hours of Service for each month and any fractional part of a month in such fractional part of a year. The number of months and any fractional part of a month shall be determined by multiplying the fractional part of a year, expressed as a decimal, by 12. For the remaining portion of the computation period (the period beginning on the second day of the computation period and ending on the last day of the computation period if the change is made on the first day of the computation period), the Employee will be credited with his actual Hours of Service.

(3) The Employee’s service determined under this Plan using the hours method after the end of the computation period in which the change in service method was effective.

If this Plan is amended to change the method of crediting service from the hours method to the elapsed time method for any purpose under this Plan, the Employee’s service shall be equal to the sum of (4), (5), and (6) below:

(4) The number of whole years of service credited to the Employee under the Plan as of the beginning of the computation period in which the change in service method is effective.

(5) The greater of (i) the service that would be credited to the Employee for that entire computation period using the elapsed time method or (ii) the service credited to him under the Plan as of the date the change is effective.
Amend No. 5 Effective January 1, 2021
83
Plan ID No. 1063569 ( 4-66998)






(6) The Employee’s service determined under this Plan using the elapsed time method after the end of the applicable computation period in which the change in service method was effective.

(b) Transfers Between Plans with Different Service Methods. If an Employee has been a participant in another plan of the Employer that credited service under the elapsed time method for any purpose that under this Plan is determined using the hours method, then the Employee’s service shall be equal to the sum of (1), (2), and (3) below:

(1) The number of whole years of service credited to the Employee under the other plan as of the date he became an Eligible Employee under this Plan.

(2) One year of service for the applicable computation period in which he became an Eligible Employee if he is credited with the required number of Hours of Service. For that portion of such computation period ending on the date he became an Eligible Employee (for the first day of such computation period if he became an Eligible Employee on the first day of such computation period), the Employee will be credited with the greater of (i) his actual Hours of Service or (ii) the number of Hours of Service that is equivalent to the fractional part of a year of elapsed time service credited as of the date he became an Eligible Employee, if any. In determining the equivalent Hours of Service, the Employee shall be credited with 190
Hours of Service for each month and any fractional part of a month in such fractional part of a year. The number of months and any fractional part of a month shall be determined by multiplying the fractional part of a year, expressed as a decimal, by 12. For the remaining portion of such computation period (the period beginning on the second day of such computation period and ending on the last day of such computation period if he became an Eligible Employee on the first day of such computation period), the Employee will be credited with his actual Hours of Service.

(3) The Employee’s service determined under this Plan using the hours method after the end of the computation period in which he became an Eligible Employee.

If an Employee has been a participant in another plan of the Employer that credited service under the hours method for any purpose that under this Plan is determined using the elapsed time method, then the Employee’s service shall be equal to the sum of (4), (5), and (6) below:

(4) The number of whole years of service credited to the Employee under the other plan as of the beginning of the computation period under that plan in which he became an Eligible Employee under this Plan.

(5) The greater of (i) the service that would be credited to the Employee for that entire computation period using the elapsed time method or (ii) the service credited to him under the other plan as of the date he became an Eligible Employee under this Plan.

(6) The Employee’s service determined under this Plan using the elapsed time method after the end of the applicable computation period under the other plan in which he became an Eligible Employee.

If an Employee has been a participant in a Controlled Group member’s plan that credited service under a different method than is used in this Plan, in order to determine entry and vesting, the provisions in (b) above shall apply as though the Controlled Group member’s plan was a plan of the Employer.
Amend No. 5 Effective January 1, 2021
84
Plan ID No. 1063569 ( 4-66998)





Any modification of service contained in this Plan shall be applicable to the service determined pursuant to this section.

SECTION 10.14--MILITARY SERVICE.

Notwithstanding any provision of this Plan to the contrary, the Plan shall provide contributions, benefits, and service credit with respect to Qualified Military Service in accordance with Code Section 414(u).

A Participant who dies on or after January 1, 2007, while performing Qualified Military Service is treated as having resumed and then terminated employment on account of death, in accordance with Code Section
401(a)(37) and any subsequent guidance. The survivors of such Participant are entitled to any additional benefits provided under the Plan on account of death of the Participant.

SECTION 10.15--QUALIFICATION OF PLAN.

If the Plan is denied initial qualification upon filing timely application, it will be treated as void from the beginning. It will be terminated and all amounts contributed to the Plan, less expenses paid, shall be returned to the Employer within one year after the date of denial. If amounts have been contributed by Employees, the Employer shall refund to each Employee the amount made by him or, if less, the amount then in his Account resulting from such amounts. The Insurer and Trustee shall be discharged from all further obligations.

If the Plan fails to attain or retain qualification, it shall no longer participate in this volume submitter plan and shall be considered an individually designed plan.
Amend No. 5 Effective January 1, 2021
85
Plan ID No. 1063569 ( 4-66998)





ARTICLE XI

TOP-HEAVY PLAN REQUIREMENTS

SECTION 11.01--APPLICATION.

The provisions of this article shall supersede all other provisions in the Plan to the contrary.

For the purpose of applying the Top-heavy Plan requirements of this article, all members of the Controlled Group shall be treated as one Employer. The term Employer, as used in this article, shall be deemed to include all members of the Controlled Group, unless the term as used clearly indicates only the Employer is meant.

The accrued benefit or account of a participant resulting from deductible employee contributions shall not be included for any purpose under this article.

The minimum vesting and contribution provisions of the MODIFICATION OF VESTING REQUIREMENTS SECTION and the MODIFICATION OF CONTRIBUTIONS SECTION of this article shall not apply to any Employee who is included in a group of Employees covered by a collective bargaining agreement that the Secretary of Labor finds to be a collective bargaining agreement between employee representatives and one or more employers, including the Employer, if there is evidence that retirement benefits were the subject of good faith bargaining between such representatives. For this purpose, the term "employee representatives" does not include any organization more than half of whose members are employees who are owners, officers, or executives.

SECTION 11.02--DEFINITIONS.

For purposes of this article the following terms are defined:

Aggregation Group means:

(a) each of the Employer's qualified plans in which a Key Employee is a participant during the Plan Year containing the Determination Date or any of the four preceding Plan Years (regardless of whether the plans have terminated),

(b) each of the Employer's other qualified plans which allows the plan(s) described in (a) above to meet the nondiscrimination requirement of Code Section 401(a)(4) or the minimum coverage requirement of Code Section 410, and

(c) any of the Employer's other qualified plans not included in (a) or (b) above which the Employer desires to include as part of the Aggregation Group. Such a qualified plan shall be included only if the Aggregation Group would continue to satisfy the requirements of Code Sections 401(a)(4) and
410.

The plans in (a) and (b) above constitute the "required" Aggregation Group. The plans in (a), (b), and (c)
above constitute the "permissive" Aggregation Group.

Compensation means compensation as defined in the CONTRIBUTION LIMITATION SECTION of Article
III.
Amend No. 5 Effective January 1, 2021
86
Plan ID No. 1063569 ( 4-66998)





Determination Date means as to any plan, for any plan year subsequent to the first plan year, the last day of the preceding plan year. For the first plan year of the plan, the Determination Date is the last day of that year.

Key Employee means any Employee or former Employee (including any deceased Employee) who at any time during the Plan Year that includes the Determination Date is:

(a) an officer of the Employer having Compensation for the Plan Year greater than $130,000 (as adjusted under Code Section 416(i)(1) for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 2002),

(b) a 5-percent owner of the Employer, or
(c) a 1-percent owner of the Employer having Compensation for the Plan Year of more than $150,000. The determination of who is a Key Employee shall be made according to Code Section 416(i)(1) and the
applicable regulations and other guidance of general applicability issued thereunder.

Nonkey Employee means any Employee who is not a Key Employee.

Top-heavy Plan means a plan that is top-heavy for any plan year. This Plan shall be top-heavy if any of the following conditions exist:

(a) The Top-heavy Ratio for this Plan exceeds 60 percent and this Plan is not part of any required
Aggregation Group or permissive Aggregation Group.

(b) This Plan is a part of a required Aggregation Group, but not part of a permissive Aggregation Group, and the Top-heavy Ratio for the required Aggregation Group exceeds 60 percent.

(c) This Plan is a part of a required Aggregation Group and part of a permissive Aggregation Group and the Top-heavy Ratio for the permissive Aggregation Group exceeds 60 percent.

Top-heavy Ratio means:

(a) If the Employer maintains one or more defined contribution plans (including any simplified employee pension plan) and the Employer has not maintained any defined benefit plan that during the five-year period ending on the Determination Date(s) has or has had accrued benefits, the Top-heavy Ratio for this Plan alone or for the required or permissive Aggregation Group, as appropriate, is a fraction, the numerator of which is the sum of the account balances of all Key Employees as of the Determination Date(s) (including any part of any account balance distributed in the one-year period ending on the Determination Date(s) and distributions under a terminated plan which if it had not been terminated would have been required to be included in the Aggregation Group), and the denominator of which is the sum of all account balances (including any part of any account balance distributed in the one-year period ending on the Determination Date(s) and distributions under a terminated plan which if it had not been terminated would have been required to be included in the Aggregation Group), both computed in accordance with Code Section 416 and the regulations thereunder. In the case of a distribution made for a reason other than Severance from Employment, death, or disability, this provision shall be applied by substituting “five-year period” for “one-year period.” Both the numerator and denominator of the Top-heavy Ratio are increased to reflect any contribution not actually made as of the Determination Date, but which is required to be taken into account on that date under Code Section 416 and the regulations thereunder.
Amend No. 5 Effective January 1, 2021
87
Plan ID No. 1063569 ( 4-66998)





(b) If the Employer maintains one or more defined contribution plans (including any simplified employee pension plan) and the Employer maintains or has maintained one or more defined benefit plans that during the five-year period ending on the Determination Date(s) has or has had accrued benefits, the Top-heavy Ratio for any required or permissive Aggregation Group, as appropriate, is a fraction, the numerator of which is the sum of the account balances under the aggregated defined contribution plan or plans of all Key Employees, determined in accordance with (a) above, and the present value of accrued benefits under the aggregated defined benefit plan or plans for all Key Employees as of the Determination Date(s), and the denominator of which is the sum of the account balances under the aggregated defined contribution plan or plans for all participants, determined in accordance with (a) above, and the present value of accrued benefits under the defined benefit plan or plans for all participants as of the Determination Date(s), all determined in accordance with Code Section 416 and the regulations thereunder. The accrued benefits under a defined benefit plan in both the numerator and denominator of the Top-heavy Ratio are increased for any distribution of an accrued benefit made in the one-year period ending on the Determination Date (and distributions under a terminated plan which if it had not been terminated would have been required to be included in the Aggregation Group). In the case of a distribution made for a reason other than Severance from Employment, death, or disability, this provision shall be applied by substituting “five-year period” for “one-year period.”

(c) For purposes of (a) and (b) above, the value of account balances and the present value of accrued benefits will be determined as of the most recent Valuation Date that falls within or ends with the 12- month period ending on the Determination Date, except as provided in Code Section 416 and the regulations thereunder for the first and second plan years of a defined benefit plan. The account balances and accrued benefits of a participant (i) who is not a Key Employee but who was a Key Employee in a prior year or (ii) who has not been credited with at least one hour of service with any employer maintaining the plan at any time during the one-year period (five-year period in determining whether the plan is top-heavy for plan years beginning before January 1, 2002) ending on the Determination Date will be disregarded. The calculation of the Top-heavy Ratio and the extent to which distributions, rollovers, and transfers are taken into account will be made in accordance with Code Section 416 and the regulations thereunder. Deductible employee contributions will not be taken into account for purposes of computing the Top-heavy Ratio. When aggregating plans, the value of account balances and accrued benefits will be calculated with reference to the Determination Dates that fall within the same calendar year.

The accrued benefit of a participant other than a Key Employee shall be determined under (i) the method, if any, that uniformly applies for accrual purposes under all defined benefit plans maintained by the Employer, or (ii) if there is no such method, as if such benefit accrued not more rapidly than the slowest accrual rate permitted under the fractional rule of Code Section 411(b)(1)(C).

SECTION 11.03--MODIFICATION OF VESTING REQUIREMENTS.

A Participant’s Vesting Percentage is at all times at least as great as the Vesting Percentage required to satisfy the requirements of Code Section 416. The part of the Participant’s Account resulting from the minimum contributions required pursuant to the MODIFICATION OF CONTRIBUTIONS SECTION of this article will vest according to the vesting schedule selected in the definition of Vesting Percentage in the DEFINITIONS SECTION of Article I. If no schedule is selected in such definition, the minimum contribution (and earnings thereon) will be 100% vested and nonforfeitable.

The part of the Participant’s Vested Account resulting from the minimum contributions required pursuant to the MODIFICATION OF CONTRIBUTIONS SECTION of this article (to the extent required to be nonforfeitable under Code Section 416(b)) may not be forfeited under Code Section 411(a)(3)(B) or (D).
Amend No. 5 Effective January 1, 2021
88
Plan ID No. 1063569 ( 4-66998)





SECTION 11.04--MODIFICATION OF CONTRIBUTIONS.

During any Plan Year in which this Plan is a Top-heavy Plan, the Employer shall make a minimum contribution as of the last day of the Plan Year for each Nonkey Employee who is an Employee on the last day of the Plan Year and who was an Active Participant at any time during the Plan Year. A Nonkey Employee is not required to have a minimum number of Hours of Service or minimum amount of Compensation in order to be entitled to this minimum. A Nonkey Employee who fails to be an Active Participant merely because his Compensation is less than a stated amount or merely because of a failure to make mandatory participant contributions or, in the case of a cash or deferred arrangement, elective contributions shall be treated as if he were an Active Participant. The minimum is the lesser of (a) or (b) below:

(a) 3 percent of such person's Compensation for such Plan Year.

(b) The "highest percentage" of Compensation for such Plan Year at which the Employer's Contributions are made for or allocated to any Key Employee. The highest percentage shall be determined by dividing the Employer Contributions made for or allocated to each Key Employee during the Plan Year by the amount of his Compensation for such Plan Year, and selecting the greatest quotient (expressed as a percentage). To determine the highest percentage, all of the Employer's defined contribution plans within the Aggregation Group shall be treated as one plan. The minimum shall be the amount in (a) above if this Plan and a defined benefit plan of the Employer are required to be included in the Aggregation Group and this Plan enables the defined benefit plan to meet the requirements of Code Section 401(a)(4) or 410.

For purposes of (a) and (b) above, Compensation shall be limited by Code Section 401(a)(17).

If the Employer's contributions and allocations otherwise required under the defined contribution plan(s) are at least equal to the minimum above, no additional contribution shall be required. If the Employer's total contributions and allocations are less than the minimum above, the Employer shall contribute the difference for the Plan Year.

The minimum contribution applies to all of the Employer's defined contribution plans in the aggregate which are Top-heavy Plans. A minimum contribution under a profit sharing plan shall be made without regard to whether or not the Employer has profits.

For purposes of this section, any employer contribution made according to a salary reduction or similar arrangement shall not apply in determining if the minimum contribution requirement has been met, but shall apply in determining the minimum contribution required. Matching contributions, as defined in Code Section
401(m), shall be taken into account for purposes of satisfying the minimum contribution requirements of Code Section 416(c)(2) and the Plan. Matching contributions that are used to satisfy the minimum contribution requirements shall be treated as matching contributions for purposes of the actual contribution percentage test and other requirements of Code Section 401(m).

The requirements of this section shall be met without regard to any Social Security contribution.
Amend No. 5 Effective January 1, 2021
89
Plan ID No. 1063569 ( 4-66998)





ARTICLE XII TRUST PROVISIONS
The Plan includes the attached Principal Financial Group pre-approved Trust Agreement.

The Trust Fund shall be administered according to the provisions of such trust agreement. The provisions of the Trust Agreement shall apply to all adopting employers. No other trust agreement may be used as long as the Plan continues to be a Principal Financial Group 401(k) Volume Submitter Plan.
Amend No. 5 Effective January 1, 2021
90
Plan ID No. 1063569 ( 4-66998)





SIGNATURES

Failure to properly complete or amend this volume submitter plan may result in disqualification of this Plan. Principal Life Insurance Company will inform you of any amendments made to the Plan or of the discontinuance or abandonment of the Plan. The address and telephone number of Principal Life Insurance Company is 711 High Street, Des Moines, Iowa 50392-0001; 1-800-543-4015, extension 51238.

The Employer may rely on an advisory letter issued by the Internal Revenue Service as evidence that this
Plan is qualified under Code Section 401 only to the extent provided in Revenue Procedure 2011-49.

The Employer may not rely on an advisory letter in other circumstances or with respect to certain qualification requirements which are specified in the advisory letter issued with respect to the Plan and in Revenue Procedure 2011-49.

In order to have reliance in such circumstances or with respect to such qualification requirements, application for a determination letter must be made to Employee Plans Determinations of the Internal Revenue Service.

The Primary Employer adopts the Principal Financial Group 401(k) Volume Submitter Specimen Plan for the exclusive benefit of its Employees. Selections and specifications contained in this document constitute the Plan of the Primary Employer.

It is understood that Principal Life Insurance Company is not a party to the Plan and shall not be responsible for any tax or legal aspects of the Plan. The Primary Employer assumes responsibility for these matters. The obligations of Principal Life Insurance Company shall be governed solely by the provisions of its contracts and policies. Principal Life Insurance Company shall not be required to look into any action taken by the Plan Administrator, Named Fiduciary, Trustee, Investment Manager, or the Primary Employer and shall be fully protected in taking, permitting or omitting any action on the basis of the Primary Employer’s actions. Principal Life Insurance Company shall incur no liability or responsibility for carrying out actions as directed by the Plan Administrator, Named Fiduciary, Trustee, Investment Manager or the Primary Employer.

By executing this Plan, the Primary Employer acknowledges having counseled to the extent necessary with selected legal and tax advisors regarding the Plan's legal and tax implications. The Primary Employer also certifies diligent efforts have been made to provide a copy of this Plan document to each Adopting Employer and each Trustee and that proper signatures will be obtained on the attached Trust Agreement.

Executed this day of , .



Independent Bank




By:





Title:
Amend No. 5 Effective January 1, 2021
91
Plan ID No. 1063569 ( 4-66998)


         Exhibit 10.4(e)

SECOND AMENDMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT


This SECOND AMENDMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT (this “Amendment”) is dated as of January 17, 2021 and is between INDEPENDENT BANK GROUP, INC., a Texas corporation (the “Borrower”), and U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION (“U.S. Bank”), a national banking association, as the Lender and as Administrative Agent.

RECITALS

A.    Borrower, the Lender and the Administrative Agent are party to a Credit Agreement dated as of January 17, 2019, and a First Amendment to Credit Agreement dated as of January 17, 2020 (as amended, restated or otherwise modified, the “Credit Agreement”). Capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this First Amendment shall have the meanings respectively ascribed to them in the Credit Agreement.

B.    The parties hereto desire to amend and modify the Credit Agreement in accordance with the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Amendment.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants, conditions and agreements herein contained, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

AGREEMENT

SECTION 1. AMENDMENTS TO THE CREDIT AGREEMENT.

Section 1.1    Article I - Definitions. The definitions of “LIBOR Loan” and “Termination Date” as set forth in Article I of the Credit Agreement are amended in their entireties to read as follows:

“LIBOR Loan” means each Revolving Loan to the extent the Monthly Reset LIBOR Rate is the base rate of interest for such Revolving Loan under this Agreement.

“Termination Date” means January 17, 2022 or any earlier date on which the Aggregate Commitment is reduced to zero or otherwise terminated pursuant to the terms hereof.

Article I of the Credit Agreement shall be amended by deleting the definition of “LIBOR Rate” and adding thereto the following definitions in proper alphabetical order:

“Benchmark” is defined in Section 3.3.

“Board” means the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.

“Daily Simple SOFR” means a daily rate based on SOFR and determined by the Lender in accordance with the conventions for such rate.




“LIBOR” means the London interbank offered rate.

“Monthly Reset LIBOR Rate” means the greater of (a) zero percent (0.0%) and (b) the one-month LIBOR rate quoted by the Administrative Agent from Reuters Screen LIBOR01 Page or any successor thereto that may be designated by the Administrative Agent or the Lender as provided in Section 3.3, which shall be that one-month LIBOR rate in effect two New York Banking Days prior to the Rate Adjustment Date, adjusted for any reserve requirement and any subsequent costs arising from a change in government regulation, such rate rounded up to the nearest one-sixteenth percent, and such rate to be reset monthly on each Rate Adjustment Date. If the initial Revolving Loan is made other than on the Rate Adjustment Date, the initial one-month LIBOR rate shall be that one-month LIBOR rate in effect two New York Banking Days prior to the later of (a) the immediately preceding Rate Adjustment Date and (b) the Closing Date, which rate plus the percentage described above shall be in effect until the next Rate Adjustment Date.

“New York Banking Day” means any day (other than a Saturday or Sunday) on which commercial banks are open for business in New York, New York.

“Rate Adjustment Date” means the last day of each month.

“SOFR” means the secured overnight financing rate which is published by the Board and available at www.newyorkfed.org.

“Term SOFR” means a forward-looking term rate based on SOFR and recommended by the Board.

Section 1.2    Interest Rate. Section 2.7 of the Credit Agreement s amended in its entirety to read as follows:

2.7    Interest Rates, Prior to an Event of Default, and except as otherwise provided herein, interest on each Revolving Loan shall accrue at an annual rate equal to 1.75% plus the Monthly Reset LIBOR for each day such Revolving Loan shall be outstanding. The Administrative Agent's internal records of applicable interest rates shall be determinative in the absence of manifest error.

Section 1.3    Availability of LIBOR Advances; Adequacy of Interest Rate. Section 3.3 of the Credit Agreement is amended in its entirety to read as follows:

3.3    LIBOR Unavailability. If the Administrative Agent or the Lender has determined that (a)(i) the administrator, or any relevant agency or authority for such administrator, of LIBOR (or any substitute index which replaces LIBOR (LIBOR or such replacement, the “Benchmark”)) has announced that such Benchmark will no longer be provided, (ii) any relevant agency or authority has announced that such Benchmark is no longer representative, or (iii) any similar circumstance exists such that such Benchmark has become unavailable or ceased to exist, or (b) similar loans are being documented with a replacement rate to such Benchmark, the Administrative Agent and the Lender will (x) replace such Benchmark with a replacement rate or (y) if any such circumstance applies to fewer than all tenors of such Benchmark used for determining an interest period



hereunder, discontinue the availability of the affected interest periods. In the case of LIBOR, (a) for any advance hereunder where the rate is reset daily, such replacement rate will be Daily Simple SOFR, plus the adjustment described below, and (b) for any advance hereunder where the rate is reset at monthly or longer intervals, such replacement rate will be Term SOFR, plus the adjustment described below; provided that if the Administrative Agent or the Lender determines in its sole discretion that (i) Term SOFR is not available for the applicable advance at the time of such replacement or (ii) the administration of Term SOFR is not administratively feasible for the Administrative Agent or the Lender, then such replacement rate will be Daily Simple SOFR, plus the adjustment described below. In each case, the Administrative Agent and the Lender will add an adjustment to Term SOFR or Daily Simple SOFR that is selected or recommended by the Board. In connection with the selection and implementation of any such replacement rate, the Administrative Agent and the Administrative Agent or the Lender may make any technical, administrative or operational changes that the Lender decides may be appropriate to reflect the adoption and implementation of such replacement rate. The Administrative Agent and the Lender do not warrant or accept any responsibility for the administration or submission of, or any other matter related to, LIBOR or with respect to any alternative or successor rate thereto, or replacement rate thereof, including without limitation whether any such alternative, successor or replacement rate will have the same value as, or be economically equivalent to, LIBOR. The Administrative Agent’s and Lender’s internal records of applicable interest rates shall be determinative in the absence of manifest error.

SECTION 2. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES. Borrower hereby represents and warrants to the Lender and the Administrative Agent as of the date hereof as follows:

(i)    No Default or Event of Default has occurred or is continuing under the Credit Agreement, and no Default or Event of Default would result from the amendment contemplated hereby.

(ii)    The execution, delivery and performance by Borrower of this Amendment have been duly authorized by all necessary and proper corporate and other proceedings and do not and will not require any registration with, consent or approval of, or notice to or action by any Person (including any Governmental Authority) in order to be effective and enforceable.

(iii)    This Amendment and the other Loan Documents (as amended by this Amendment) constitute the legal, valid and binding obligations of Borrower, enforceable against Borrower in accordance with their respective terms, except as enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency or similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally.

(iv)    The representations and warranties contained in Article V of the Credit Agreement are (x) with respect to any representations or warranties that contain a materiality qualifier, true and correct in all respects as of the date hereof (upon giving effect to this Amendment), except to the extent any such representation or warranty is stated to relate solely to an earlier date, in which case such representation or warranty shall have been true and correct in all respects on and as of such earlier date and (y) with respect to any representations or warranties that do not contain a materiality qualifier, true



and correct in all material respects as of such Borrowing Date, except to the extent any such representation or warranty is stated to relate solely to an earlier date, in which case such representation or warranty shall have been true and correct in all material respects on and as of such earlier date.

(v)    Borrower is in compliance with all of the covenants contained in the Credit Agreement.

(vi)    Borrower’s Obligations under the Credit Agreement and under the other Loan Documents are not subject to any defense, counterclaim, set-off, right to recoupment, abatement or other claim.

SECTION 3. ADDITIONAL TERMS.

Section 3.1    Acknowledgement of Indebtedness under Credit Agreement. Borrower acknowledges and confirms that, as of the date hereof, Borrower is indebted to the Lender, without defense, setoff, or counterclaim, in the aggregate principal amount of $6,500,000 under the Credit Agreement.

Section 3.2    The Credit Agreement. On and after the Effective Date: (i) each reference in the Credit Agreement to “this Agreement,” “hereunder,” “hereof,” “herein,” or words of like import shall mean and be a reference to the Credit Agreement as amended hereby, (ii) each reference to the Credit Agreement in all Loan Documents shall mean and be a reference to the Credit Agreement, as amended hereby, and (iii) this Amendment shall be deemed a “Loan Document” for the purposes of the Credit Agreement.

Section 3.3    Amendment and Credit Agreement to be Read Together. This Amendment supplements and is hereby made a part of the Credit Agreement, and the Credit Agreement and this Amendment shall from and after the Effective Date be read together and shall constitute one agreement. Except as otherwise set forth herein, the Credit Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

Section 3.4    Acknowledgements. Borrower acknowledges that (i) it has been advised by counsel of its choice of law with respect to this Amendment, the Credit Agreement, the other Loan Documents and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, (ii) any waiver of Borrower set forth herein has been knowingly and voluntarily made, and (iii) the obligations of the Lender and the Administrative Agent hereunder shall be strictly construed and shall be expressly subject to Borrower’s compliance in all respects with the terms and conditions of the Credit Agreement.

Section 3.5    No Waiver. The execution, delivery and effectiveness of this Amendment shall not operate as a waiver of any Event of Default (including without limitation any Event of Default existing on the date hereof), nor operate as a waiver of any right, power or remedy of any Lender or the Administrative Agent (including without limitation any rights, powers or remedies of a Lender or the Administrative Agent with respect to any Event of Default existing on the date hereof), nor constitute a waiver of, or consent to any departure from, any provision of the Credit Agreement, or any of the other Loan Documents.




Section 3.6    No Novation. The terms and conditions of the Credit Agreement are amended as set forth in this Amendment. It is expressly understood and acknowledged that nothing in this Amendment shall be deemed to cause or otherwise give rise to a novation of the indebtedness contemplated in the Credit Agreement. All of Borrower’s “Obligations” under the Credit Agreement shall in all respects be continuing and this Amendment shall not be deemed to evidence or result in a novation or repayment and re- borrowing of such “Obligations.”

SECTION 4. CONDITIONS PRECEDENT. The amendments set forth in SECTION 1 above shall become effective as of the date (the “Effective Date”) on which each of the following conditions shall have been satisfied: (i) Administrative Agent shall have received a fully executed Amendment and any other documents to be executed, delivered, or performed in connection with this Amendment (the “Amendment Documents”); (ii) the Administrative Agent shall have received all fees and other amounts due and payable on or prior to the Effective Date; (iii) a certificate of the Secretary or Assistant Secretary of Borrower certifying (A) as to resolutions of the Board of Directors of Borrower sufficient to authorize this Amendment by Borrower and its execution and delivery by officers of Borrower, that there has been no change in or revocation of the authority granted to the officers of Borrower therein, (B) that there has been no change to Borrower’s articles of incorporation or bylaws since a copy thereof was provided by the secretary or assistant secretary of Borrower with a certificate delivered to the Administrative Agent on or about the date of the Credit Agreement or if such changes have occurred, providing a true and accurate copy of the current articles of incorporation and bylaws, as applicable, (C) as to the names and titles of officers authorized to execute and deliver this Amendment, and (D) as to such other matters as the Administrative Agent shall require; (iv) a certificate of good standing or status from the Secretary of State or other applicable office of the state in which Borrower was incorporated or formed, and (v) Administrative Agent shall have received payment from Borrower, in immediately available funds, of an amount sufficient to reimburse all reasonable out-of-pocket costs, fees and expenses incurred by Administrative Agent, or for which Administrative Agent has become obligated which have been invoiced to Borrower prior to or on the date hereof, in connection with the negotiation, preparation and consummation of this Amendment, including but not limited to, reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses.

SECTION 5. RELEASE. BORROWER, FOR ITSELF AND ITS SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS, DOES HEREBY FULLY, FINALLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY RELEASE AND FOREVER DISCHARGE, AND AGREES TO HOLD HARMLESS, THE LENDER, THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT AND EACH OF THEIR RESPECTIVE EQUITY HOLDERS AND AFFILIATES, AND THEIR RESPECTIVE AGENTS, ADVISORS, MANAGERS, PARENTS, SUBSIDIARIES, ATTORNEYS, REPRESENTATIVES, EMPLOYEES, OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS, AND THE SUCCESSORS, ASSIGNS, HEIRS AND REPRESENTATIVES OF EACH OF THE FOREGOING, FROM ANY AND ALL DEBTS, CLAIMS, COUNTERCLAIMS, SETOFFS, OBLIGATIONS, DAMAGES, COSTS, ATTORNEYS’ FEES AND EXPENSES, SUITS, DEMANDS, LIABILITIES, ACTIONS, PROCEEDINGS AND CAUSES OF ACTION, IN EACH CASE WHETHER KNOWN OR UNKNOWN, CONTINGENT OR FIXED, DIRECT OR INDIRECT AND OF WHATEVER KIND, NATURE OR DESCRIPTION, AND WHETHER IN LAW OR IN EQUITY, UNDER CONTRACT, TORT, STATUTE OR OTHERWISE, THAT BORROWER HAS



HERETOFORE HAD OR NOW OR HEREAFTER CAN, SHALL OR MAY HAVE BY REASON OF ANY ACT, OMISSION OR THING WHATSOEVER DONE OR OMITTED TO BE DONE ON OR PRIOR TO THE EFFECTIVE DATE ARISING OUT OF, CONNECTED WITH OR RELATED IN ANY WAY TO THIS AMENDMENT, THE CREDIT AGREEMENT, THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS, THE TRANSACTIONS DESCRIBED THEREIN, THE REVOLVING LOANS, THE LENDER’S AND THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT’S ADMINISTRATION THEREOF, OR THE FINANCING OR BANKING RELATIONSHIPS OF BORROWER WITH THE LENDER AND THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT.

SECTION 6. MISCELLANEOUS.

Section 6.1    Entire Agreement; Successors. This Amendment (i) constitutes the entire understanding of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, and any other prior or contemporaneous agreements, whether written or oral, with respect hereto or thereto are expressly superseded hereby; and (ii) shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the parties hereto permitted pursuant to Article XIII of the Credit Agreement.

Section 6.2    Counterparts. This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts (which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument) and by facsimile or electronic (.pdf) transmission, which facsimile or electronic (.pdf) signatures shall be considered original executed counterparts.

Section 6.3    GOVERNING LAW. THIS AMENDMENT SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE INTERNAL LAWS (WITHOUT REGARD TO THE CONFLICT OF LAWS PROVISIONS) OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, BUT GIVING EFFECT TO FEDERAL LAWS APPLICABLE TO NATIONAL BANKS.
Section 6.4    CONSENT TO JURISDICTION. BORROWER HEREBY IRREVOCABLY SUBMITS TO THE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF ANY UNITED STATES FEDERAL OR STATE COURT SITTING IN NEW YORK, NEW YORK IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AMENDMENT AND BORROWER HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AGREES THAT ALL CLAIMS IN RESPECT OF SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING MAY BE HEARD AND DETERMINED IN ANY SUCH COURT AND IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY OBJECTION IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE AS TO THE VENUE OF ANY SUCH SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING BROUGHT IN SUCH A COURT OR THAT SUCH COURT IS AN INCONVENIENT FORUM. NOTHING HEREIN SHALL LIMIT THE RIGHT OF THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT OR ANY LENDER TO BRING PROCEEDINGS AGAINST BORROWER IN THE COURTS OF ANY OTHER JURISDICTION. ANY JUDICIAL PROCEEDING BY BORROWER AGAINST THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT OR ANY LENDER OR ANY AFFILIATE OF THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT OR ANY LENDER INVOLVING, DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY, ANY MATTER IN ANY WAY ARISING OUT OF, RELATED TO, OR CONNECTED WITH THIS AMENDMENT SHALL BE BROUGHT ONLY IN A COURT IN NEW YORK, NEW YORK.

Section 6.5    WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. BORROWER, THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT AND EACH LENDER HEREBY WAIVE TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY



JUDICIAL PROCEEDING INVOLVING, DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY, ANY MATTER (WHETHER SOUNDING IN TORT, CONTRACT OR OTHERWISE) IN ANY WAY ARISING OUT OF, RELATED TO, OR CONNECTED WITH THIS AMENDMENT OR THE RELATIONSHIP ESTABLISHED HEREUNDER.

Section 6.6    SERVICE OF PROCESS. EACH PARTY HERETO IRREVOCABLY CONSENTS TO SERVICE OF PROCESS IN THE MANNER PROVIDED FOR NOTICES IN SECTION 14.1 (OTHER THAN TRANSMISSION BY FACSIMILE) OF THE CREDIT AGREEMENT WITH RESPECT TO THE MATTERS SET FORTH IN THIS AMENDMENT. NOTHING IN THIS WAIVER WILL AFFECT THE RIGHT OF ANY PARTY HERETO TO SERVE PROCESS IN ANY OTHER MANNER PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]




IMAGE_01A.JPG


usbank.com


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Borrower, the Lender, and the Administrative Agent have executed this
Amendment as of the date first above written.

INDEPENDENT BANK GROUP, INC.


By: /s/ David R. Brooks     Name: David R. Brooks
Title: Chairman of the Board, CEO and
President


Exhibit 10.6(b)
SCHEDULE OF EXECUTIVE OFFICERS WHO HAVE EXECUTED A CHANGE IN CONTROL AGREEMENT IN THE FORM FILED AS EXHIBIT 10.1(a) TO THE QUARTERLY REPORT ON FORM 10‑Q OF THE COMPANY FOR THE QUARTER ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2016 (this “Schedule”)
This Schedule of Executive Officers Who Have Executed a Change in Control Agreement relates to the form of Change in Control Agreement filed by Independent Bank Group, Inc. as Exhibit 10.1(a) to its Quarterly Report on Form 10‑Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2016, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 27, 2016 (the “Form Agreement”). This Schedule is included pursuant to Instruction 2 of Item 601(a) of Regulation S-K for the purpose of setting forth the details in which the specific agreements executed in the form of the Form Agreement differ from the Form Agreement, and, in particular to set forth the persons who, with Independent Bank Group, Inc., were parties to the Change in Control Agreements in such form as of March 1, 2021.
Executive Officer Who is a Party to such Change in Control Agreement Date of Change in Control Agreement The number of times the sum of (a) Executive’s current base salary plus (b) Executive’s target total annual bonus for the year of termination paid upon a Change in Control
David R. Brooks July 26, 2016 Three (3) times
Daniel W. Brooks July 26, 2016 Two (2) times
Michelle S. Hickox July 26, 2016 Two (2) times
James C. White January 31, 2018 Two (2) times
James P. Tippit January 31, 2018 Two (2) times
Mark S. Haynie January 31, 2018 Two (2) times
Michael B. Hobbs December 11, 2020 Two (2) times



Exhibit 23.1






Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm


We consent to the incorporation by reference in Registration Statement (No. 333-239125) on Form S-3 pertaining to a shelf registration statement and Registration Statement (No. 333-251511) on Form S-8 pertaining to the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan of Independent Bank Group, Inc. and Registration Statement (No. 333-251269) on Form S-8 pertaining to the Independent Bank 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan of our report dated March 1, 2021, relating to the consolidated financial statements, and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting of Independent Bank Group, Inc., appearing in the Annual Report to Shareholders, which is incorporated in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, of Independent Bank Group, Inc. for the year ended December 31, 2020.



RSM US LLP

Dallas, Texas
March 1, 2021




Exhibit 31.1
CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFER

I, David R. Brooks, certify that:
1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K (the “Report”) of Independent Bank Group, Inc. (the “registrant”);
2. Based on my knowledge, this Report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this Report;
3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this Report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this Report;
4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
(a)designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information related to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this Report is being prepared;
(b)designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
(c)evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this Report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this Report based on such evaluation; and
(d)disclosed in this Report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors:
(a)all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
(b)any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
Date: March 1, 2021 /s/ David R. Brooks
    David R. Brooks
Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and President
   




Exhibit 31.2
  CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER
I, Michelle S. Hickox, certify that:
1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K (the “Report”) of Independent Bank Group, Inc. (the “registrant”);
2. Based on my knowledge, this Report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this Report;
3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this Report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this Report;
4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
(a)designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information related to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this Report is being prepared;
(b)designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
(c)evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this Report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
(d)disclosed in this Report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors:
(a)all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
(b)any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
Date: March 1, 2021 /s/ Michelle S. Hickox
    Michelle S. Hickox
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer


Exhibit 32.1
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350 (AS ADOPTED
PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE
SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002)

In connection with the Annual Report of Independent Bank Group, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the period ended December 31, 2020 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, David R. Brooks, Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and President of the Company, certify to my knowledge and in my capacity as an officer of the Company, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:
1. the Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and
2. the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company as of the dates and for the periods expressed in the Report.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Certificate, effective as of March 1, 2021.
   

/s/ David R. Brooks
   
David R. Brooks
Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and President
[A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to Independent Bank Group, Inc. and will be retained by Independent Bank Group, Inc. and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.]



Exhibit 32.2
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350 (AS ADOPTED
PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE
SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002)

In connection with the Annual Report of Independent Bank Group, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the period ended December 31, 2020 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Michelle S. Hickox, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Company, certify to my knowledge and in my capacity as an officer of the Company, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:
1. the Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and
2. the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company as of the dates and for the periods expressed in the Report.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Certificate, effective as of March 1, 2021.

   
/s/ Michelle S. Hickox
   
Michelle S. Hickox
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
[A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to Independent Bank Group, Inc. and will be retained by Independent Bank Group, Inc. and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.]